Every script on file for this channel, paired with the published video it produced. The written ones came first. The rest are the finished videos transcribed word for word, so what is on this page is what was actually said on camera. Covering August 2025 to August 2026.
Client: Vision Twins, Men's Weight Loss Coaching Format: Long form Published views: 247 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U7OgKCRLSf0 Content pillar: Mindset and Discipline Hook template used: Contrarian Take Target runtime: 9.5 minutes (1,425 words at 150 words per minute) Title options 1. The Simplest Weight Loss Rule (No One Follows) 2. Just Do More: The Rule That Took 300 Pounds Off Us 3. Volume Negates Luck: Why You Are Not Losing Weight Thumbnail direction Calvin mid stride on a treadmill, soaked in sweat, shot from a low angle so he fills the frame. Behind him a smaller, blurred figure sits on a bench looking at a phone. Overlay text reads VOLUME NEGATES LUCK in heavy white type. Keep the gym lighting harsh and unflattering so it reads as real work, not a fitness ad. The script [ON SCREEN: "Just do more"] The topic of today's video is just do more. So many times on a weight loss journey you might be asking yourself, why isn't the weight coming off the way I want it to? Why aren't I seeing the progress that I want? You might try to find all these different solutions on the internet, this next hack, this next recipe, this next quick fix to lose the weight. And ultimately what it boils down to is you're just not doing enough. If you aren't where you want to be, just do more volume, because volume negates the luck. If you put in so much work, so much effort to achieving a goal, it's bound to happen. But when you try to do it every once in a while, you're hoping that you become successful. You're hoping that this three mile run you did on Monday, and you skipped Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday, and then expect to see results by Saturday and Sunday. It's not going to happen. [ON SCREEN: "Where success actually lives"] Where success lies is doing more volume every single day. We know deep down inside of us that we can put out more effort than anybody. And just look at our results from our own weight loss journey. I was able to lose over 140 pounds in less than 12 months. Angelo lost 160 pounds in the same time frame. The only reason we were able to do that is because we were always doing more than the average person. Most fitness trainers nowadays grew up skinny their entire life. They've never been over 220 pounds, let alone 300 pounds plus like we were. So for the average 300 pound plus man, you have to become okay with doing more than what the average skinny person does at your gym. [ON SCREEN: "200 calories vs 1,200 calories"] If you see that skinny guy on his phone playing around, then you need to be on the treadmill putting in an hour of cardio. That guy is only going to burn about 200 calories. You, on the other hand, are going to burn 1,200 to 1,300 calories, and you're going to yield even better results. We spend most of our time in our coaching business, and we see a lot of guys who are crushing their weight loss journey quickly. One of these clients, his name is Riley. He's lost 97 pounds in the last five months, coming up on five months in a few days. And when me and Angelo were studying what he's been doing and breaking down his transformation, the only reason he's been able to see so much success so fast was that Riley simply does more than the average person. [ON SCREEN: "He was told 60 minutes. He does 2 to 3 hours."] Instead of working out for an hour like we told him to, 60 minutes per day, Riley's putting in two hours, three hours worth of exercise. And so him losing 20 to 30 pounds a month has become the norm for him. Twenty pounds a month is the average for us, for any of our clients. But with him, we're seeing 20, 30, sometimes he's even lost 35 to 40 pounds in one month. Why? Because a 300 pound plus person is going to lose weight much faster than the average 250 pound guy. Again, if you're over 300 pounds, if you're a fat guy like we were, you might be asking yourself, man, I just got dealt the unlucky hand. Why do I have to put in so much more effort to see such little results? Well, that should be a gift for you. You have to see that and change your perspective. [ON SCREEN: "The hard hand is the gift"] You think, damn, I have to put in so much more work, so much more effort just to see some results, when another guy can work out for a month and be at his dream weight. For us, that's not the case. We have to put in so much more effort. And that's a beautiful thing, because it shows down the line. When you get to your goal weight in six months, eight months, 12 months, you're still going to be so accustomed to putting in so much work that you're going to get to your next goal faster than the guy who's only been working out every once in a while and achieves his goal easily. For us, we're grateful that we had to go through this journey. We're grateful that we were 350 pounds. I wouldn't want to be at that weight again. It was awful, don't get me wrong. But looking back at it, the lessons that I got from that are something I can take with me for the rest of my life. [ON SCREEN: "It is the same rule everywhere else"] I can see somebody that's being successful and I can break down why that is the case. And the one thing that we have come down to is just doing more work. That person is just working harder. That person is just waking up earlier. That person is just doing more in their business. They're doing more in their relationships. Everything in their life is enhanced to another level, because they're not okay with settling for what everybody else has. You look at somebody that has an amazing relationship with their partner, their wife. It's not like they just don't have to put in the effort and they have an amazing relationship. No. That comes from nurturing it. That comes from putting in the effort and dedicating yourself every evening, every day, to being a greater husband, being a greater wife, being a great partner. It's not like it just happens easily. You see that and you think, they really must care about each other. They put a lot of effort into each other. That's why the relationship grows. That's why they have such a successful marriage, a successful everything in their life. [ON SCREEN: "It will cost you a lot of work. It is worth it."] So if you want to go to that next level in your life and lose that weight, lose 100 pounds, you can do it. But you have to get to the point where you understand that it's going to cost you a lot of work. And the cool part is, it's worth it. You actually get a result from this. You don't just go and work out for two hours a day for an entire month and not see results. That's not going to happen. You're going to see great results in your weight loss journey, versus somebody who's just comfortable and is coasting. When we talk about investing more into your relationships, into your weight loss, into your career, the reason you invest so much is because you know that there's going to be a return from it. If you have a garden in the backyard, the more that you tend and care for that plant, the more it's going to grow into something beautiful. It's going to return a beautiful being. If you neglect it and you don't really pay attention to it, that thing is going to wither and die with speed. [ON SCREEN: "More motions is not more progress"] When we talk about just doing more, it's not just about doing more motions. That's the part where most guys completely mess up. They think, I'm just going to track my calories more, or I'm just going to do my workouts even harder, even longer. But if you're not doing it with the right system, then you're going to fail. The reason we've developed the 100 Pound Blueprint here in our program is because it's not just going through the motions. One of our football coaches told us back in high school, we were linemen. We talk about this in a lot of our other podcasts, but our head coach was Coach Cobbs. He was more like the manager of the coaches. He won us a few games, got us to the playoffs here and there. But I don't really remember much of what Coach Cobbs said, versus our offensive coordinator. His name was Coach Burton. [ON SCREEN: "Film room every Monday"] Now, Coach Burton would bring us into the film room every single Monday after practice, and we'd go over last game's film. And he would rate us one through five on our performance. Calvin, that was a one. Angelo, that was a three play. Angelo, that was a complete zero play. Angelo, that was a five. You got a pancake. You pancaked the guy, the D end. You also went out to the corner, got a pancake on the corner, and you led the entire way for the touchdown. Angelo, that's a five. We would get broken down on film every single Monday, and we would take that criticism and use it to get better. And that's what good coaching is. That's what good coaching does. It plays that game film back for you to see where you messed up, so that you can actually get better. And that same type of coaching, criticism and positive feedback is exactly what we do inside of our program. [ON SCREEN: "Perfect practice makes perfect"] The big phrase around this, going alongside doing more, is perfect practice makes perfect. Not going through the motions makes perfect. Not thinking you're doing good makes perfect. Perfect practice makes perfect. If you practice perfectly, if you do the play 100 percent correctly, that will make a perfect play. Now, if you do the play half heartedly and you give it half your energy, you will get a half hearted play, maybe a yard, and most likely you will get tackled behind the backfield. You'll get a sack if you have a one or a two on one of your plays. You can be going 100 percent effort but doing the wrong play. Say the play is jet right sweep and you're going jet left. You could be going full effort in the wrong direction. And that's what most guys are doing, especially over 300 pounds. [ON SCREEN: "Do more, the right way"] When we say do more effort, you have to do it the right way. And that's what we help our clients do. So if you're tired of doing things and putting in all this effort and not seeing any results, if you've been trying to lose weight for years now, if you've even lost some weight before but then gained it right back because you knew you didn't do it the right way, go ahead and click the link in the description below, and we'll be reaching out to you to show you exactly how our clients are losing 100 pounds in six months.
Client: Vision Twins, Men's Weight Loss Coaching Format: Long form Published views: 47 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MLJkQ-JRepo Content pillar: Mindset and Discipline Hook template used: Contrarian Take Target runtime: 12.5 minutes (1,875 words at 150 words per minute) Title options 1. Setting "Realistic" Weight Loss Goals Keeps You Stuck 2. Losing 100 Pounds Is Easier Than Losing 10 3. Why 250 Pounds Is The Worst Goal You Could Set Thumbnail direction Angelo and Calvin either side of a scale that reads 250, with a big red X over the number and 199 written above it in green. Both men are shot chest up, arms crossed, deadly serious. Overlay text reads YOUR GOAL IS TOO SMALL. Keep the background dark so the numbers pop. The script [ON SCREEN: "We lost a combined 300 pounds"] What's going on, fellas? My name is Angelo. My name is Calvin. We are the Vision Twins and we lost a combined 300 pounds. Now it's our life mission to show guys who are exactly like us how to do the same thing. And in this video, you clicked onto it because the title caught your attention, and it's something that we want to talk to you about. If your goal weight is to be 250 pounds, we're going to save you years of anguish and frustration in this video today. Make sure you watch to the very end, because we have something very special for you if you're the type of guy who wants to go beyond what he could possibly expect is possible for himself on his weight loss journey. With that being said, let's jump right into it. [ON SCREEN: "100 pounds is easier than 10"] Losing 100 pounds in six months is much easier than losing 10 pounds in six months. Now, if you don't believe me, we have proof. Just look at our client Riley, for example. He came into our program in November, started November 1st, and he's down over 100 pounds in a matter of six months. The reason why is because on his first call with us, what we set him up to do was set an impossible goal. Which means that anything that would take his attention away from doing the menial tasks of just losing 10 pounds, it forced him to stop doing all of the things that were holding him back. Whether that was going to the gym and only doing 30 minutes of cardio, whether that was eating really good for a few days and then splurging out on the weekends, we had him cut the things that were holding him back out of his life. That way he could speed up his process, and the only path that he had to get to his goal weight was the straight path, the fastest path. [ON SCREEN: "The weak goal trap"] That's how he was able to lose weight so fast. Because most guys, they try to go out and lose 10 pounds in a matter of six months, and they set a very weak weight loss goal for themselves. Think about it. If you're over 300 pounds right now, how many times have you told yourself, man, if I could just get to 280 pounds, then I'd be set. Once you get to 280 pounds, then what happens? You start getting comfortable, you revert back to your old habits, then you gain all of the weight back, and then some. The reason why is because from the jump you never set that impossible goal for yourself. You didn't force yourself to take actions like that 250 pound version of you, who you want to be. Not even 250 pounds, the 200 pound version of you. [ON SCREEN: "250 pounds is still not the goal"] Because look at it like this. If you weigh 250 pounds, you're still a big guy. Nobody out there that weighs 250 pounds, unless they're on some form of steroids and gear and are massively juiced up at 250 pounds, looks healthy. For you to be at 250 pounds, you're still going to have that belly. You're still going to look at yourself in the mirror and see man boobs. You're not going to actually like what you see. And when you don't like what you see in the mirror, you're going to constantly bag on yourself and get down on yourself, no matter how much progress you made. But if you set that impossible goal to lose 100 pounds in six months, or get down to 200 pounds, you'll look at yourself in a different light. You'll look at yourself as a guy that accomplished something amazing. There's a big difference between seeing 100 pounds lost on the scale versus seeing 50 or 60 pounds. You truly feel like you did something so miraculous and so amazing that there's no doubting the amount of work that you put in. You know that you went hard to achieve this goal. [ON SCREEN: "A 250 goal lets you keep the old habits"] So, like Calvin was saying, when you set that goal to be 250 pounds, you're not really stretching yourself far enough. You can still get away with a lot of the things that you do at 300 pounds plus while weighing 250 pounds. Like Calvin said, you can eat decent throughout the week, but then on the weekends you can splurge a little bit. And overall you'll still lose a couple of pounds during the week. That's a bad habit to keep up with, because the 200 pound version of you, the 180 pound version of you, the 220 pound version of you doesn't do that. They're much more disciplined. They're much more focused on their goal and what they're eating every single day. [ON SCREEN: "What I saw in Florida"] I'll take this as a situation for you guys to learn from. This past week I was in Florida. And throughout this whole time in Florida, I get to the beach and I'm looking around at people, and every single person I saw, maybe not every single person, I would say about 40 percent of the people that I saw in Florida this weekend were overweight. And not just overweight. I'm talking about obese, 290 pounds plus, big belly, beer belly, fat and out of shape, just sloppy. Now the rest of the people, I would say maybe 30 or 40 percent of them, were still a bit overweight. Nobody was really in tip top shape. Out of the thousand people I saw this week in Florida, I would say maybe 50 to 100 of them were actually in great shape. People that had abs, people that really took their health seriously in January and now are reaping the benefits on their vacation in the summertime. [ON SCREEN: "Same habits, same body"] And it took me back when I went to the restaurant, that these overweight people still were doing the things that kept them overweight in the first place. They didn't see that being overweight on the beach was something undesirable, even though I know deep down they had a goal at the beginning of the year to lose weight so they could look good at this beach trip in Florida. They had the opportunity to eat something healthy, and instead of ordering the chicken and broccoli and some mashed potatoes at dinner, I saw them ordering pizzas. I saw them ordering pizookies. I saw them getting four, five, six beers set to the table with appetizers of fried pickles and all of that. And I'm thinking, dude, you're never going to lose weight. Look at your habits. And the reason you're never going to lose weight is because your goal is not actually something that would stretch you. You wouldn't be able to eat those fried pickles if your goal weight was 200 pounds. But since your goal weight is to be 20 pounds lighter, 30 pounds lighter, you're not going to make massive changes. You're not going to say no to that third or fourth beer. You're not going to say no to the fried pickles. You're not going to say no to the pizza. You could still eat that stuff and get away with it and still be a husky fat guy. [ON SCREEN: "You will never look anorexic"] A lot of the guys that we speak to, Calvin, when I meet them the first time on a call, they say I want to be not too skinny. I want to be 240 pounds, 250 pounds. I want to be a bigger guy still. I don't want to be a twig. And I'm like, dude, you'll never be a twig. Do you understand that? You're never going to look anorexic. You yourself watching this, if you weigh over 320 pounds, 350 pounds, you're never going to be anorexic, so don't even worry about that. Your goal weight is actually to be something healthy, shredded, muscular, fit, looking athletic. And when you set that goal for yourself, you almost don't believe it. So you psych yourself out a bit and then say, no, 250 pounds is more realistic for me. [ON SCREEN: "We will stretch you on the call"] But the thing is, 250 pounds, or even 240 pounds, is still not healthy. That's why on the call that you're going to have with us, we're going to challenge you. We're going to stretch you to think bigger. We're going to stretch you to expand your mindset. If you're over 300 pounds, we're going to challenge you to get into the 100s. We're going to challenge you to accomplish something that you never even thought was possible for you. Maybe you thought it late at night when nobody was around and you were able to actually conceive of these thoughts for yourself. And you imagined that it'd be possible for you. But then when you actually voice it out and you have the opportunity to share it with somebody else, the furthest thing that you could say is 240 pounds, because you can't even viscerally feel what it would be like to be in the 100s. [ON SCREEN: "Picture the 1 on the scale"] Take this moment right now. Take this moment and think in your mind and imagine, what would the version of you that sees a one on the scale look like? When you look down at the scale and you see a one that reads when you step on it, what's the first thing that comes to your mind? Wearing better clothes? Being able to take your shirt off at the beach? Having a better sex drive? Being able to run a mile without getting out of breath? Being able to tie your shoes without getting out of breath? Being able to go up a flight of stairs without getting out of breath? Being able to set the example for your family? Being able to look at yourself in the mirror and see a six pack? Being able to love who you are through and through and actually just feel really good about yourself? Because at 240 pounds or 250 pounds you don't feel that. You're still going to feel the resemblance of the version that you are right now. [ON SCREEN: "Why we are called the Vision Twins"] When we say have that vision for yourself, we could have just named ourselves and branded ourselves as the Weight Loss Twins. But we believe that your mission in life is bigger than that. That you have a vision of who you want to be. And even though it may not be clear, maybe you don't know exactly what shoes that person's wearing or what shirt that person's wearing, or what that drive out of your driveway is going to be like at that weight, but you can at least think about it and vision what it could be. So when you think of the Vision Twins, think about that vision for yourself. And what are you willing to do in order to become him? [ON SCREEN: "Write your dream weight. Now take 20 pounds off it."] And here are the tangible steps for you on how to achieve a massive weight loss journey and stop going through the cycle of losing 20 pounds and gaining it back. From the beginning, right now, I want you to get down on a piece of paper or on your phone and make a note. What is the absolute dream weight you would love to be at? And think even further than that. Do you have your number down? Okay, good. Take another 20 pounds off of that. That is your real goal weight. Say your goal weight was originally to be 230 pounds. Your actual goal that you want is 210 pounds. You need to stretch a bit further. [ON SCREEN: "The messy work vs the 20 percent"] So now, with that goal in mind of 210 pounds, you have to go about it and think about it a different way than you thought about the 230 pound goal. Because to get down to 210 pounds it's a different strategy than getting to 230 or 250, which is what you might have been thinking. The stuff that you're doing that would get you to 250 pounds is what we call the messy work. The 80 percent. The things that you really don't need to do every single day. Things like drinking regular sodas. Or not eating fast food. Or not eating fast food every day, right. Not drinking regular sodas. Those are the small changes that you can make. Maybe exercise three times a week. You can get away with being 250 pounds doing those things. [ON SCREEN: "What 210 actually requires"] But being 210 pounds, being 180 pounds, there's a different level of effort that is required. You're going to have to work out five to seven days a week. Sometimes twice a day. You're going to have to drink a gallon of water per day. You're going to have to eat maybe two meals, sometimes one and a half. You're not going to have a full six course meal, five meals in a day that you typically would. No more snacking. There's no more menial eating during the day. You're actually very focused about every single thing that you put in your body, and you're critical of it. You actually look at the food and say, do I need these nutrients right now? Not, does this taste good and will it help me lose weight? No. Is this what I need for my body right now? Is this what my body is craving? Do I need carbs? Do I need energy? Do I need protein? Do I feel not satiated? Do I need fats? Do I need healthy fats? Is my brain fog kind of not up to speed right now? Am I not feeling energised? You'll start thinking about food a different way. And that is the 20 percent of shifted thinking that you have to do. [ON SCREEN: "Any diet gets you to 250. Lifestyle gets you to 210."] It's a much more defined level of thinking, and there are only a few outcomes that could get you down to 210 pounds. You can do pretty much any diet and get down to 250 pounds. You can do keto. You can do carnivore. You can do vegetarian. You can do all these different fad diets and lose 50 to 60 pounds. But then you have to say, to get to 210 pounds it becomes a lifestyle. It's a different way of living. It's a different way of operating. It's a different way of thinking every single day. Like I said, you have to be critical of your food. You have to work out more often. But most importantly, you need accountability to get there. [ON SCREEN: "You will not get there alone"] You are not, and I repeat again, you are not going to get down to 210 pounds unless you have some form of accountability. Why do you think that there are professional athletes who train with other professional athletes in the summertime? Say it's a linebacker for a football team. He knows that he has to train with other linebackers to compete with them at a certain level, because that's what a linebacker should be doing. They should be training a certain way. And when they all train a certain way, their accountability is much tighter. But say if someone goes and trains off by themselves and messes around during the summer, and they come back to summer camp 30 pounds overweight, they're not going to have a position on that team anymore. They're going to be kicked off, because their habits started to slip. Why? They weren't surrounded by people that were holding them to a higher standard of what's necessary for the position, for the job, for whatever they're trying to accomplish. [ON SCREEN: "We have been in your shoes"] We have built that for guys over 300 pounds. Not from theory, not from ideas, not from having been skinny our whole life and just telling you how to lose the weight. No. We have been in your shoes before. We know what it's like to be 330 pounds, to be 350 pounds. We know what it's like to go work out for a week and not see any results, and then the next week you lose five pounds and you're questioning why the hell that happened. We know what it's like to want to stay home in the evening because you had a long day at work and you feel like every ounce of you is telling you not to go and work out, but then you go and work out anyway. And you had somebody give you a call, you had somebody give you a text, and they reminded you of what your goal was. We do that every single day for our clients, so that they can achieve their impossible goal in less than six months. And we guarantee you can do the same. So if you want more information on how we can help you lose 100 pounds in the next six months guaranteed, and you don't pay a dime if you don't, click the link in the description below and we will reach out to you to see if we can help. With that being said, go change your life, because everybody else's life around you depends on it. But most importantly, yours does. Don't wait, lose weight.
Client: Vision Twins, Men's Weight Loss Coaching Format: Long form Published views: 134 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HEJsB426oks Content pillar: Mindset and Discipline Hook template used: Shock and Stat Target runtime: 13.0 minutes (1,950 words at 150 words per minute) Title options 1. Discipline Doesn't Work for Weight Loss (Here's What Does) 2. You Did Not Lose Your Discipline. You Lost Your Structure. 3. 330 To 197 In Six Months: The Four Pillar System Thumbnail direction Riley's before and after side by side, 330 on the left and 197 on the right, with the six month gap written between them. Angelo stands to one side pointing at the after shot. Overlay text reads STRUCTURE, NOT DISCIPLINE in bold white. Keep the before image respectful, not mocking. The script [ON SCREEN: "You win everywhere except here"] If you're watching this right now, I'm going to guess something about you. You're successful. You've built your career. You take care of your family. And people from the outside looking in would assume that you have it all figured out. But there's one area that you've been failing in for the majority of your life, and that is your weight. My name is Angelo. I lost 160 pounds in 14 months. And today I'm going to show you how the high performing men that we work with lose 100 pounds in six months, without another diet, without another app, and without another round of starting over every Monday. [ON SCREEN: "330 pounds to 197 pounds"] The client you see in the picture below, his name is Riley. He's a government contractor. He weighed 330 pounds in October of 2025. This month, April 2026, he weighs 197 pounds. He's lost 133 pounds in six months. This video is going to show you exactly how to do that. So for starters, who am I? Like I said, my name is Angelo, and I run a coaching business with my twin brother named Calvin. We're known as the Vision Twins. I lost 160 pounds in 14 months, on the left. My brother Calvin lost 140 pounds in 12 months, on the right. Together we built a social media following of over 3 million followers and helped over 2,000 men lose 100 pounds in the last 5 years. [ON SCREEN: "Three things you will learn"] Now I'm going to show you what you'll learn today. Number one, why the weight keeps coming back. And no, it's not because you lack discipline. It's not because you lack willpower. It's not you. Number two, the hidden trap that hit your career. The specific structural shift that quietly destroyed your body, and almost nobody talks about it. And number three, the four pillar system that actually works. How our clients lose up to 100 pounds in six months and keep it off for the rest of their life. [ON SCREEN: "Real men, real numbers"] Guys just like you. These are real results and they're not by accident. Like I said in the beginning, that's our client Riley at the top left. He lost 133 pounds in six months. Our client Chris, an entrepreneur, lost 130 pounds in 12 months. Client Zach, a general contractor, lost 120 pounds in six months. Our client Oscar lost 116 pounds in nine months as a civil service officer. Client Matt lost 80 pounds in 12 months. These guys alone have lost over a thousand pounds, including myself and my brother. Here's why nothing has stuck. You succeed everywhere else in life except this one area. You've lost 30, 40, maybe 50 pounds before and it always came back. You have the home gym. You actually walk right past it every day. You beat yourself up daily about it and nothing changes. And by the end of the day you've got nothing left in the tank. [ON SCREEN: "What you actually want"] And here's what you actually want. Number one, you want to be the husband and father your family deserves. Not just alive, but fully present, worthy and leading. Number two, you want to stop being the guy who can't fit. Can't fit things like the seat, the ride, the chair, the t shirt. Never again. And number three, you want to match the outside of your life with the inside. You want to win the same way you do at work. [ON SCREEN: "The cycle that keeps trapping you"] And here's the cycle that keeps trapping you. Number one, you find some motivation. You flip the switch and you start really saying, I'm going to lock in and go crazy. But then immediately your first action is to go into restriction mode. You pick a harsh diet between fasting, keto, vegetarian, some other diet, and you'll see some results. You'll lose 20 to 30 pounds. But then life hits. Travel, stress, work, kids, things just come up. And then immediately you start going into shame because you fell off track. You did something that was restrictive, and because you couldn't restrict yourself through life, you start feeling shame. You start feeling less worthy of yourself. You feel guilty and you feel like you're a failure and that you've lost your discipline. So then instantly you start saying, I'm going to start on Monday. I'm going to start this next week coming up. I'm going to make this change. I'm going to lock back in. But then you know that never happens. You end up getting heavier and you're worse than before. [ON SCREEN: "You lost your structure, not your discipline"] You see, this isn't about your discipline. This is the fact that you have the wrong structure. And I want you to know that you didn't lose your discipline. You've lost your structure. Because remember this. Ten years ago you'd walk into the office. You'd get up and go talk to co workers. You'd have a team lunch, team happy hours, you played pickup basketball on Tuesdays, and movement just happened automatically. And you were in pretty good shape then. You weren't as heavy as you are now. Things looked better. But today you work from a desk from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. You work from home and no one sees you. You DoorDash food. You don't have team lunches anymore. Your chairs get more comfortable every single year after you order on Amazon. And now your movement has to be scheduled, so it doesn't happen. [ON SCREEN: "How to break out"] And here's how to break out. First, you have to stop trying to out discipline it and instead replace it with structure. Second, you have to stop chasing motivation and build discipline through repetition and help. Next, you have to stop dieting. You have to build a way of eating that you can actually do for the rest of your life. And finally, you have to stop going at it alone. You need to get somebody who won't let you off the hook. [ON SCREEN: "The four pillars, in this exact order"] Here are the four pillars of how our clients lose 100 pounds in six months. If you want to do the same thing, you have to run it in this exact order. Number one is you need to shift your mindset. You need to kill the comfort habit and rewire the inner voice that speaks to you. Second, you have to change your nutrition. This doesn't mean that you go on a crazy diet again, but you need to be able to find a way that you can eat certain foods for the rest of your life and not keep doing these 30 day sprints. Third, you need to have the right training system. You need to move like a grown man with a job. You don't need to spend two hours inside of the gym waking up at 4 a.m. to go work out before work. You need a real plan, something that you can stay consistent with and actually enjoy. And finally, you need accountability. You need a structure that won't get lost and that's actually built around your life. [ON SCREEN: "Pillar 1: kill the comfort habit"] So number one, let's talk about the mindset. First, I want you to kill the comfort habit. You don't have a weight problem. You have a comfort habit. Every day has three moments where comfort wins. The afternoon slump, the post dinner snack, and the Sunday night I'll start tomorrow. Name them. You can't beat an enemy that you can't see. Right now I want you to take a couple of minutes and pause this video and write down three moments in your day where comfort wins. Put it somewhere you'll see it every morning. You'll recognise them instantly. Put it in your shower. Put a sticky note up and say, this is when I start to fall off during the day. This is where my comfort starts to kick in. I need to recognise these moments. [ON SCREEN: "Pillar 2: protein first"] Second is your nutrition. You need to eat for the life that you live. You don't need to do keto. You don't need to do an 18 hour fast. You don't need to eat chicken and rice out of a Tupperware bowl. You need protein first eating, built around foods you actually like. Our clients hit their protein targets first every single meal. Everything else gets filled in afterwards. So for your next meal, I want you to hit 40 to 50 grams of protein. If you can do that for three days, your cravings will drop. Most of that late night snacking isn't hunger. It's that you're protein deficient. [ON SCREEN: "Pillar 3: train like a grown man"] Third, you need to start training like a grown man. You don't need to be a professional athlete, and in fact I'm not here to turn you into Arnold Schwarzenegger. When you're 30 years old or older with kids and a career, three to four workouts a week is all you need, for 30 to 45 minutes. More than that and you're going to burn out. But training is half the game. Daily movement is the bigger unlock. That's how you undo the damage that remote work did. [ON SCREEN: "Pillar 4: accountability"] Finally is your accountability, the structure that you lost. This is the pillar that separates the guys who transform from the guys who stay stuck. A weekly one on one call every week for 52 weeks, plus 24/7 messaging access. Not an AI app, not a forum. A real coach who knows your story and won't let you drift. Right now, count the accountability structures you have in your life for your body, not your work, for your body. If the answer is zero, that's why nothing has stuck. And most of you might be thinking, hey, I've got my wife, I've got friends. But really think about it. Are they the ones who are meant to keep you accountable? Your wife has a life as well. She's got the kids she's managing. She's got things she's doing during the day. So her focusing on your weight loss journey probably isn't the best solution. For some people it might be, but I would say for about 90 percent of you it's not the case. [ON SCREEN: "Your daily habits to lose 100 pounds"] And so here are your daily habits to lose 100 pounds. Number one, you need to hit protein first in every meal, 40 to 50 grams minimum. This can be a protein shake. This can be an egg white omelette, some ground beef, some ground turkey, some ground chicken. Anything that has 40 to 50 grams of protein minimum. Second, you need to work out three to four times per week, just for 30 to 45 minutes. Do not miss days consecutively. Third, I want you to walk during at least one of your calls during the day, and I want you to start working up to half of your calls during the day. Fourth, you need to weigh in weekly, not daily. Data over drama. Number five, one weekly check in call with a coach who won't let you drift. Do you have that? Probably not. [ON SCREEN: "The stories in your head"] And I already know what you're thinking. These are the stories going on in your head. I don't have the time. You see, time isn't the issue. Your priorities are. I travel too much. Okay, half of our clients live on planes. This system runs for people who live in a hotel. I've tried everything. No. You've tried programs. You've tried keto. You've tried fasting. You've tried everything out there. Not a real one on one accountability system. I'll start when life calms down. Okay, when has life ever calmed down? It only gets busier. And you know that. Finally, I'm too far gone. Okay, our client Riley was 330 pounds. He's 197 pounds today. You're not too far gone. [ON SCREEN: "Riley, Chris, Zach"] Riley, 28 year old government contractor, former inside linebacker, played on the football team. He lost 133 pounds in six months. That's his before. This is his after. Former athlete, now works in a white collar career. 330 pounds is where he came to us. He ran our system. He stayed on the calls. He didn't miss a week. And six months later he was 197 pounds. This is what happens when the structure gets rebuilt. Our client Chris, a 35 year old entrepreneur, came to us at 350 pounds. He lost 130 pounds in 12 months. He had control over his own schedule. The guy who on paper should have been able to do this alone, but he couldn't. Not because he's weak, but because having a flexible schedule isn't the same as having accountability. Once he had a coach who was in his corner, the weight melted off his body. Our client Zach, a 32 year old project manager, lost 120 pounds in six months. White collar career, sits for a living. This is the man that slide eight was about. If you go back a few minutes, the guy whose career made him successful and quietly destroyed his body at the same time. Six months in our system and he was 120 pounds lighter. Same job, different guy. [ON SCREEN: "Two paths from here"] So you have two paths from here. You can keep doing this alone. You can go another six months of Mondays that never start. Another summer dreading the pool, the beach, having your shirt off. You can go another year on the sidelines while your kids grow up. And you can spend another year making promises to your wife that this time is different. Or path two, you can run the system with us. You can lose 50 to 100 pounds in the next six months, guaranteed. You'll have a coach in your corner every week for an entire year. The structure you lost will be rebuilt around your life. This time the man your family already knows is in there will come out. And we'll show you how to get there. So the question is, are you ready to stop losing to yourself? We coach men like you one on one for 12 months. Fifty pounds of weight loss is the guarantee, or you get your money back and we will coach you for free. That is how confident we are in the system. If that sounds like you and you want to make a change in your life, apply below using the link in the description and we'll be reaching out to you to see if we can help.
Client: Vision Twins, Men's Weight Loss Coaching Format: Long form Published views: 138 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Wix3MchAOCk Content pillar: Client Transformation Hook template used: Before and After Target runtime: 10.7 minutes (1,605 words at 150 words per minute) Title options 1. Oscar Dropped 106lbs in 12 Months | Here's Exactly How (4K) 2. The Roller Coaster Moment That Should Have Changed Everything 3. From 336 To 228: Oscar Tells The Whole Truth Thumbnail direction Oscar today, seated in the interview chair, with a faded 336 pound photo of himself composited behind his shoulder. A roller coaster restraint graphic sits in the lower corner as a visual hook to the story. Overlay text reads 336 TO 228. Warm studio lighting, two camera interview look. The script [ON SCREEN: "Before Vision Twins"] All right, so Oscar, take me back before Vision Twins. What did a normal day look like, and how were you really feeling about the guy in the mirror? So, 340 pounds ago, or, 340 pounds would be wanting to eat at all times of the day. If I went to run some errands, I'd make sure to get fast food or stop somewhere to get food. During work, if I didn't have lunch already ready, I'd go to Burger King, Taco Bell, Taco Bell breakfast. And I'd make food a priority. So I need to have breakfast, I need to have lunch, I need to have dinner. And I wouldn't treat it as fuel. I'd make it an event all the time. So if I'm going to go eat, YouTube video, TikTok, sit down, find a nice spot, a comfortable spot, and eat. [ON SCREEN: "No prep. No gym. No start date."] And don't get me wrong, I still watch YouTube. Yeah, but I cook my food before I eat it now. No meal prepping back then. So it was kind of just like, oh, if I'm going to eat, I'm only making a plate for myself and my wife, or for myself if she's not there. And no exercising. I'd say, oh, I'll start the diet on Monday, and Monday comes, I'll start next week. No gym membership. I'd have access to a gym with work or the apartment complex, but I never went. And just having a hard time fitting into places. [ON SCREEN: "The walk of shame"] I'm a huge, huge lover of theme parks. Growing up I went to Busch Gardens, Disney, Universal. And about three years ago is when I got to my heaviest, two, three years ago. And there were times where I wouldn't fit on a roller coaster and I'd have to do the walk of shame of getting on there and then they're like, oh no, it won't close, you've got to get off. Damn. Yeah. And that sucks. And I'm upset that that wasn't my turning point. I kept letting it go. Even after not being able to get on. Right. I remember one of the more specific ones. My wife and I went to Universal and we went to the Hulk roller coaster, and I told her, hey, I'll hold the bags. I don't fit. You can go ahead. And I waited there outside watching everyone get on, and I'm just like, damn, why did I let myself get to this point? [ON SCREEN: "What stopped you from saying yes?"] So what was the hesitation that stopped you from saying yes? That voice in the back of your head, even if you've been following us and watching our content, that made you say, this won't work. My hesitation, I'd say, is me procrastinating and saying, oh, I'll start it next week. Or I'll start at the beginning of the month. Kind of giving myself false hope that I'm going to start on my own, knowing damn well that that wasn't going to happen. I have tried to lose weight in the past with a buddy of mine, and I lost 40 pounds, I think was the most that I lost, and gained it right back. Even more. I gained over 100 pounds in a year. Two years. [ON SCREEN: "How did you break the I'll start Monday loop?"] So for that type of mindset that you had, I'll start Monday, I'll start Monday, giving yourself false hope, what helped you break through that? Because we talk to a lot of guys that have similar experiences. How were you able to conquer that? Well, for starters, you guys reaching out to me was one of the things that rang in my head saying, okay, there's somebody that's actually willing to help. I'd watched your guys' content for years before I signed up. And I was thinking to myself the other day too, that I remember going on YouTube and pulling up one of your HIIT workouts and trying it at work at like 3 o'clock in the morning, and I couldn't keep up. And I think I got through a few minutes of the video, and I'm like, forget this, I can't do this, this is not for me. But I still followed you guys. I watched all your videos kind of in the shadows. And once you reached out, that was like a light bulb popping up saying, okay, now I need to get it together and see what I can do. [ON SCREEN: "He quit after one set"] Do you think that's an important mindset shift that you kind of just talked about? I don't think you even caught it, but you caught it. You said you did one of our workouts. You had it up at 3 a.m. at work, and the workouts are usually like 30 minutes long. They're not very long in the first place. But you said you got through a few minutes and then said, forget it, this isn't for me. Right. So to get through a few minutes of one of our workouts, you basically did the stretches and one set. Yeah, you did the stretching, and then you did one set of the workouts. Yeah. And before you could get into set two or set three or set four, you said, forget it, I'm out, this is too much for me. That was it. Exactly. [ON SCREEN: "What would you say to that guy?"] So for a guy watching this right now that might not even catch the fact that he drops out early, he leaves early, he kind of gives up early. What would you say to him? Push through. You've got to embrace the suck, I guess, is a term that people use. It's going to suck whenever you start working out, whenever you change your life around and change the way you eat and live. But I promise you that the outcome outweighs the work that you put in. All that work, all the struggles, all the sacrifices you make, will be worth it 100 percent in the long run. Yeah. The biggest thing is you just need to get through step one. Yep. The first step is always the hardest. [ON SCREEN: "336, then 325, then 313"] Yeah. And then once you're committed to it. Yep. Once you commit and once you're consistent and you see those results, you're going to be hungry for more. You're going to want to keep pushing. For me, those first 25 pounds, I started at 336 and I remember I was at 325, and then the next week I was at 313, and I was like, holy hell, something's working, something's going on with my body. This work that I'm putting in, I'm seeing results, and I'm hungry for more. And I kept going and going, and here we are at 228. And I've still got more work to do, but we're pushing. We've got to push. [ON SCREEN: "Get over yourself"] Yeah. One thing I'll say too, for anybody watching this, for the guy watching this in particular, is you've got to get over yourself. Get over the fact of how you feel in that moment. Like, oh, this is too difficult, forget this, I'm out. Ask yourself, why is my first instinct when I face adversity to pull away? Or to get defensive. Or to find a reason not to do it. And you probably have a million different times in your life where you were about to do something, but then you pulled away because you got tired, nervous, scared, whatever the case is. Defending the old version of you. And then you justified that excuse with something that felt valid in the moment. Oh, I was tired. Oh, I was too sweaty. Oh, I had to get back to work. [ON SCREEN: "Get through the shitty part first"] If you really want the results, if you really want to become what you say you want to become, get through the ugly part first, so that you can actually see the results that come from the hard work. And then you won't want to go back to copping out early, because you know that on the other side of every challenge that you face is the outcome that you were looking for. [ON SCREEN: "Talk to the guy at 336"] So Oscar, last question, man. Same thing I did with Riley. Look straight into the camera and picture yourself on the other side. Maybe we need to get the old picture of Oscar up there. Have the screenshot of him. 336 pounds, he's staring right back at you right now. Somebody else is watching this right now. A certain guy. And he's exactly where you were at 336 pounds. Old Oscar right here. There you go. He's messaged us just to ask the question. He's messaged us a few times on Instagram, got a free workout plan, a free meal plan, and he's kind of trying to figure it out by himself. And he's saying, I don't know if I should join and work with these guys. What would you really say? [ON SCREEN: "Money comes back. Time does not."] What are you doing, man? How long have you been overweight? You're just wasting time. It can be scary to sign up for a program, especially online, not having the in person type of thing. But sometimes you've got to get out of your comfort zone and invest in yourself. I understand that money can be a problem or money can be tight, but there are definitely methods and other routes you can take to have that paid for. You find a payment plan and keep pushing. One thing I like hearing is, money will come back, but time doesn't. And especially with this, if you're going to be so worried about money and waste time basically being fat, you've got to have a talk with yourself in the mirror and understand that you have to invest in yourself. It's going to be a tough road, but it will 100 percent be worth it. Talking to my old self, it's, why did you waste so much time? But start today. Take that first step into your future, into the rest of your life, and into a better life. So what are you waiting for? [ON SCREEN: "Not tomorrow. Right now."] Then he says, okay, but I'm going to start tomorrow. Nope. Right now. Start today. Even if it's night time and you just signed up for the program and you get that first workout, knock it out. Because if you start tomorrow and you keep that mentality, then you're not going to change. So yeah. Get to it. Get to work. Good stuff, man. Appreciate you coming out, bro. We really appreciate you. Thanks for having me. It's been a blast. I'd love to come back out another time. When I'm down in Atlanta I want to do something with you guys.
Client: Vision Twins, Men's Weight Loss Coaching Format: Long form Published views: 318 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sCJM3lri7os Content pillar: Fat Loss Science Hook template used: Story Open Target runtime: 10.0 minutes (1,500 words at 150 words per minute) Title options 1. 5 Steps to Lose 100 Pounds (The Truth No One Tells You) 2. If I Was 350 Pounds Again, This Is Exactly What I Would Do 3. No Keto. No Fasting. No Running. Here Is What Actually Worked. Thumbnail direction Calvin walking outdoors in ordinary clothes, not gym gear, with a step counter graphic overlaid reading 30 TO 45 MIN. Behind him, greyed out and crossed through, are icons for keto, fasting and running. Overlay text reads IF I WAS 350 AGAIN. The script [ON SCREEN: "If I was 350 pounds again"] What's going on? Hope you're having an amazing day today. So in this video I'm going to break down what I would do if I was 350 pounds again, and how I would lose this weight the second time around. Here's the thing. If I was 350 pounds again, I would not waste another year talking about what I should do. I wouldn't wait until Monday. I wouldn't scroll across YouTube looking for the perfect diet. I would lock in on the simple things that actually got the weight off the first time. And I wouldn't try to follow magic. I wouldn't try to follow the hype. I would just do a plan that actually works. In this video I'm going to break down for you exactly the plan that will help you lose 150 pounds or more if you're a guy in his 300s. [ON SCREEN: "Step 1: I would not run"] All right. The first thing I would do is I would not run. I wouldn't do some intense two hour CrossFit workout. The workout I would do to start off with is number one, I'd walk 30 to 45 minutes every single day. When I was 350 pounds I couldn't even finish a jog without feeling like my lungs were on fire and my knees were going to break down on me. But walking was actually the one thing that I could do daily. There were no excuses behind it. There was no intimidation. All I had to do was get up off the couch and start walking. And here's the thing, most guys don't get that. They think that a walk is about exercising, and that that's what's going to make the change for me, when it's not. The walk isn't about fat burn. It's about building the consistency and proving to yourself that you show up even when no one's watching. [ON SCREEN: "Then the elliptical. Then running."] After I was done doing the walking and I started to lose some weight, I would move up to something with a little bit more intensity. I would do the elliptical machine. The reason the elliptical machine is so important is because it allows you to burn more calories in a structured way that doesn't hurt your body. The elliptical machine is very low impact. Front, back, front and back. You can burn up to 600 calories in just an hour doing the elliptical machine. So if you haven't got onto it yet, start off with walking, then do the elliptical machine. And then guess what happens after the elliptical machine? You can start running. [ON SCREEN: "Step 2: stop chasing perfect diets"] Number two, I'd stop chasing the perfect diets. I wouldn't do keto. I wouldn't do intermittent fasting. I wouldn't do low carb. I wouldn't do no carb. I've done it all. And here's the thing, a lot of those do have utility benefits, but it's not going to be the one thing that helps you change your life. If I was 350 pounds again, I'd focus on something simple that I could repeat. I would eat real food. I would measure my portions. And I wouldn't do gimmicks. I wouldn't do the keto diet. I wouldn't do low carb, Mediterranean, fasting, vegetarian. I have done all of this. What really works at the end of the day is getting simple foods and eating them repeatedly. Eggs, ground beef, vegetables, potatoes, chicken, rice. I'd eat the same three to four meals every day to remove the decision fatigue. [ON SCREEN: "The win is in repetition, not variety"] Because back then it wasn't that I didn't know what to eat. It was that I was drowning in options and not doing anything about it. And the win is in repetition, not variety. So what you can do is get a big bowl of chicken, cook it up. Get a big bowl of ground beef, cook it up. Bake the potatoes, cook the veggies. Boom, you have four or five solid meals that you can repeat from and just mix and match. That takes all the decision fatigue away from you. So all you have to do is eat the food that you have prepped. And that way it's less likely that you'll go and get the fast food. [ON SCREEN: "Step 3: I would not wait for motivation"] All right, number three is I wouldn't wait for motivation. That is the biggest lie that we tell ourselves. At 350 pounds I thought I needed to feel ready, but the truth is I built the results on the days that I didn't want to do it. I'd set a step goal. I'd have a meal plan already written out of what I was going to eat that day based on the foods that I had at home. I'd have non negotiables. A wake up time, a step count, water in the morning, cardio in the evening. I'd track my meals. I would track my sleep. All of these things that you can do repeatedly is what builds a long term successful weight loss journey, and not motivation. Motivation itself fades. But structure doesn't. And that structure is what carries you through when you want to quit. Very simple, guys. It's not difficult, it's very simple to follow, and hard to execute on. And once you can get past that difficulty of executing, and you just do the things that you know you're supposed to do when you're supposed to do them, you'll lose the weight. [ON SCREEN: "Step 4: find a brotherhood"] Number four is I would find a brotherhood. When I was 350 pounds, what broke me wasn't just being overweight. It was the fact that I felt like no one got it, aside from my brother. It felt like I was fighting this battle alone while everyone else had their life together. Guys were graduating high school, going into college playing sports. Guys were going into careers that their fathers already had lined up for them. I didn't have that. I grew up in a rough childhood. My dad went to prison. My mom was a single parent raising three boys. I was raised on my own. And what I found comfort in was food. [ON SCREEN: "Oh, you just don't want it"] And so the moment that I surrounded myself with my brother more often, because he was losing weight ahead of me and he started making progress, and I surrounded myself with a guy who was already on track and had already lost the weight, it showed me that it's possible to lose the weight myself. In that moment everything changed. I got pushed more often. I got called out more often. I was reminded of who I wanted to be. There was a certain situation where my brother was going to the gym one day and I didn't feel like going. I was on the couch playing video games. He's leaving the house and he's like, oh, you want to come to the gym with me? And I was like, nah, I'll go tomorrow, I'm really tired today. And in that moment he's like, oh, okay, you just don't want it. And I was like, what do you mean I don't want it? [ON SCREEN: "Best workout of my life"] And see, I'm a competitive guy. I played football growing up. We were linemen. Competition is in my nature. It's in my blood. It's what fuels me. So when someone tells me that I can't do something, I literally have to push back and prove to them why I can do it, even if it was my own brother. And so in that moment when he told me, oh, you just don't want it, I was like, okay, I'm going to show you that I want it. And I got up and I went and worked out with him. I probably had one of the best workouts I've ever had in my life, simply because I had that push. I had somebody calling me out. I had somebody reminding me of who I wanted to be. So if I was at 350 pounds again, I'd plug myself into a brotherhood every single day. I wouldn't be trying to do this alone. And that's why so many people quit, because they feel like they're letting down nobody. And when you let down nobody, you let down yourself. And if you've been letting yourself down all the time, it's easy to keep that repeated. Not for me. And not for you. If you want to make this change and you want a brotherhood, just message us the word coach on Instagram. We can show you how to do that. [ON SCREEN: "Step 5: stop wasting time"] Number five, this is the most important part. If I was 350 pounds again, I wouldn't waste my time. And I'm so thankful that I got it done early, because I got to live my 20s like the young 20 year old guy that most people dream of. I got that life. I could tell you for sure that I would do it 10 times over again if I had to. But here's the thing. I wouldn't try to be perfect. I would walk. I'd eat on plan. I'd build a structure. And I'd find my people. And I'd stop negotiating with my old self. Here's the thing. You don't need another year of thinking about it. You need a plan. You need accountability. You need people who won't let you quit. And that's exactly what we do here at Vision Twins Coaching. [ON SCREEN: "No more gimmicks"] So if you want genuine help on this journey, and you're tired of scrolling on Instagram and TikTok trying to find the perfect workout routine, the perfect nutrition plan, all that stuff's helpful. But what's really going to be helpful is when it's curated to you, and you know that all you have to do is follow it, get told what to do, and do it. No more questioning, no more gimmicks, no more fad diets, no more trying to figure out the quickest way. You have a structure, it's proven to work, you follow it, you lose the weight. So I appreciate you guys for watching. If you have any questions, just leave them down in the comments below, and we'll reach out to you to see if we can help.
Client: Vision Twins, Men's Weight Loss Coaching Format: Long form Published views: 85 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uYEcs3cUQ6c Content pillar: Nutrition Truths Hook template used: Question Hook Target runtime: 11.0 minutes (1,650 words at 150 words per minute) Title options 1. How To Overcome Late Night Cravings (Weight Loss Coaching) 2. Nobody Grabs A Chicken Breast At 10pm. Here Is Why. 3. The 310 Calorie Anchor Meal That Kills Night Cravings Thumbnail direction A dark kitchen at night, fridge door open, light spilling out over a man's silhouette. In the foreground, a bowl of Greek yogurt with a protein scoop beside it, brightly lit. Overlay text reads 85g PROTEIN, 310 CALORIES. The contrast between the dark kitchen and the lit bowl carries the whole idea. The script [ON SCREEN: "Inside a real coaching call"] Yo, what's going on? So this video is a coaching call from our program where we work with our clients one on one to help them lose weight. Not only do we teach them one on one how to lose the weight, but we show them in a group setting and give them teaching points, so that they can lose this weight and have the understanding long after the time we're done working together. You'll get a quick sneak peek of what we do for our clients. And if you want some extra help on your weight loss journey, click the link in the description below and we'll be reaching out to you to see if we can help. Hope you enjoy. [ON SCREEN: "Do you deal with late night hunger?"] Without further ado, guys, I want to jump right into it. As you guys know, this Monday mastermind is a coaching lesson. You'll learn some cool stuff on how to lose weight, be more effective, and just really get better. So I'm going to go ahead and share my screen with you and show you what I've really been thinking about over the last couple of days. So I don't know about you guys, but do you deal with late night hunger? A little bit. I mean, I've actually found some foods recently that have kind of curbed that. But yeah, the late nights are always the one that killed me for 20 years. [ON SCREEN: "Hunger is not the same as craving"] Yeah, historically it's the biggest thing, right? You do well throughout the day, then it gets to the evening time, you're about to go to bed, and then something's just pulling you. Let's go eat something. Go attack the cabinet right now. See what's inside there. A lot of the things I hear, especially on calls with guys, are like, man, I always find myself eating Ritz crackers and just snacks and things like that. And I'm like, okay, there's a reason behind that. And I want to share with you why that is the case, how to beat that, and actually just get better on this weight loss journey. So if you have some notes you want to take, go ahead and pay attention, because this is a good one. [ON SCREEN: "It is not about hunger"] I do want to talk about one thing, being that the real problem with late night snacking and eating out late is that it's actually not about hunger. Because hunger is different from cravings. Hunger is when your stomach is literally empty. You feel it grumbling. You feel it growling. And you can just identify, that's hunger. But then there's a difference with cravings, and a craving is almost something that's pulling you to go eat food. It's pulling you out of bed. It's pulling you into your car and driving somewhere and grabbing a snack. It's a different feeling. Now, there is still a little bit of hunger involved in it, but it's more about satisfying your brain, satisfying the mental part of, oh, I just have to have something sweet right now. I just have to have something spicy. [ON SCREEN: "Fatigue, habits, environment"] And so to be able to deal with it and understand whether you're dealing with hunger or a craving, you have to realise the things that are happening before that. So that you can identify, oh, this is hunger, and oh, this is a craving. So the first thing you have to understand is that when you're late night snacking or wanting to eat late at night, it's about your fatigue, your habits and your environment. You're tired, your discipline is lower, your brain wants fast energy, which is carbs, and you default to what's easy. And that's what makes it easy for you to get out of bed and be like, oh, I could satisfy this craving with a rice cake, or I could satisfy this craving with some chips, something quick that's already processed in a bag, ready to eat. And as a result you'll go get the cookies, the crackers, the random snacks, and there's no real control with that. [ON SCREEN: "Nobody grabs a chicken breast at 10pm"] Now, I'm sure Trey already knows what I'm going to say, and some people that have already been seeing progress on this journey. There are snacks that you can have. Some of those things I like to talk about are beef jerky, and having some fresh fruit is good. But one of the things we have to understand is that when your body is hungry at night it's not asking for protein, it's asking for quick energy. And that quick energy is always going to come in the form of carbs, which, like I said, is those cookies, crackers, random snacks. This is why nobody grabs a chicken breast at 10 p.m., right? Nobody's making a steak when they're super hungry at night. Why? Because it's not quick. It's not easy. [ON SCREEN: "We do not fight cravings with willpower"] And so the strategy is, we don't try to fight the late night cravings, because they're going to come. You're fasting. You're not eating as much food. You're in a calorie deficit. You're literally going to be hungry during the day. So we don't fight the cravings with willpower. That does not work. And the reason I'm saying this is because I just had this last night. I was craving food. And if I was my old self, 100 percent I'm grabbing some bananas. I'm making a protein smoothie. I'm justifying it in my brain why I'm about to eat something that's 400, 500, 600 calories. The way that I dealt with that is that before I went to bed, maybe two hours before, three hours before, I had a lot of protein. And what that looks like is I had Greek yogurt with a scoop of protein powder. I also had a Fairlife protein shake with it. And I got to stay below 300 calories, but I also got like 60 grams of protein within 15 minutes. And so right then and there my cravings went away. My hunger went away. [ON SCREEN: "Set the day up and the cravings lose"] And so that's what you guys have to understand. If you set up your day the right way, the cravings lose. And how do we do that? Through a lot of protein. So with the fasting structure, all your fasting windows are a bit different from everybody else's. Some people are ending at 5, some people are ending at 7. But the last meal that you have is the most important thing. If you get a last meal before your fast and it's heavy in carbs, lots of rice, lots of starch, and only a little bit of protein, you're in trouble, because you're going to be hungry again in two hours, three hours from there. And so that determines how you're able to go to sleep at night, whether you end up binging or not, and just overall how you feel. If you're laying in bed watching some Hulu, you're going to be like, I'm hungry. [ON SCREEN: "60 to 80 grams in your final meal"] And so that's how you solve it, by having tons of protein. Your final meal should always be about 60 to 80 grams of protein. Let me say that again. 60 to 80 grams of protein. Why? Because it slows your digestion down. It keeps you full for longer. It stabilises your cravings and it prevents the late night snacking. This is your anchor meal. Okay, so I'm going to share with you what I had. It's very simple, repeatable and effective. Non fat plain Greek yogurt. [ON SCREEN: "Check the label, not the front"] A lot of people typically go for the Oikos type of thing. I mean, that isn't as bad, but the non fat plain Greek yogurt is next level, and I'm going to explain why. Some people get the honey ones. They'll get one and it's like, oh, 23 grams of protein. You see this big label here and think, oh, this is going to be good. But then you turn it over and it usually has tons of sugar in it. The yogurt I was talking about was called Chobani. And they'll get that yogurt and think it's good, but it's like 15 grams of protein, 150 calories, and about seven grams of sugar. And it's like, okay, you made the right choice going from chips and other stuff, but you're still not making the most effective meal. [ON SCREEN: "The build"] And so one of the most effective meals I've created was with the non fat plain Greek yogurt. Now hear me out when I say this. You get a scoop of protein powder, but then you add a quarter of a cup of egg whites to it. Really? Yes. A quarter of a cup of egg whites. You might be wondering, why am I adding egg whites? Well, it's not because I love the taste of egg whites. I don't drink that out of the bottle. The reason I do it is because it gives it consistency. Because if you just put a scoop of protein powder in some yogurt, it's going to have this powdery taste to it. So I just put a quarter cup of egg whites, which, fun fact, is about 10 grams of protein. And then I also have the scoop of protein powder, which is 30 grams of protein. That's 40 grams of protein right there. [ON SCREEN: "310 calories, 85 grams of protein"] And then about three quarters of a cup of the yogurt is 90 calories, or maybe 80 calories, and it comes with 17 grams of protein. So I'll have 160 calories with the yogurt. That's 34 grams of protein, plus my scoop of protein powder, which now makes it 64 grams of protein, plus the quarter cup of egg whites, which boosts that up to 75 to 80 grams of protein in one meal. This meal, calorie wise, let's do the math. The egg whites are like 20 calories probably. And then the protein powder is 120 calories. So if I do some quick math, that's about 310 calories for 85 grams of protein. The protein ratio is like one to three or something like that. It's crazy, right? So that alone, I had that last night. And if I'm feeling fancy, some days I'll put blackberries in it. Some days I'll put half a banana in there. And that will fill you up. There's no way you have a craving after that. [ON SCREEN: "Simple, repeated, functional"] Again, it's not fancy. A lot of people think they have to have some honey protein pancakes or some crazy snack or whatever's available to them. Yeah, it's cute, it's fun. But this weight loss journey isn't about being fancy. It's just about doing the simple things repeatedly, and it's functional. [ON SCREEN: "How you should feel going to bed"] And so here's how you should know how you should be going to bed at night, because this is one thing a lot of people ask questions about. They're like, how do I push through those moments? When I'm hungry and I want to quit, how do you push through? Well, the thing is, I never let myself get to a point where I feel completely depleted. Most people go to bed starving or they go to bed stuffed. There's rarely an in between. You want to have slight hunger before you go to bed. Now what does slight hunger feel like? It doesn't feel like I need to get up and eat something. Because when people see the word hunger they're like, oh man, you've got to go have some food. No, that's not the case. I want you to think of this hunger as if you just ate your lunch at 12 p.m. and it's 2:30. It's like, I'm a little hungry right now, I could eat something, but I'm actually able to push this off until my next meal. That's how you want to feel when you're going to bed. Just a little bit empty, but not to the point where you can't fall asleep with it. [ON SCREEN: "What it teaches you"] And so what this means is that when you're feeling a little bit hungry, you're in a calorie deficit, your progress keeps moving, and it's still manageable without binging. And when you allow yourself to overcome that slight hunger and go to bed, you teach yourself something much more important than the weight could ever do. Hope you enjoyed that. That is one of our recordings from a coaching call that we did with our clients on their weight loss journeys. Now, we do help people individually with their workouts, with their nutrition plans, and their mindsets to stay accountable on this journey, but we also give them group coaching calls every single week. You just got a quick sneak peek of what we do for our clients every single week for an entire year, to make sure that they lose 100 pounds and keep it off for the rest of their life. If that's something you want to be a part of, and you want to genuinely get these results and also be taught how to do this and maintain the weight afterwards, go ahead and click the link in the description below and we'll be reaching out to you to see if we can help.
Client: Vision Twins, Men's Weight Loss Coaching Format: Long form Published views: 451 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lIHBuO57GGI Content pillar: Training Systems Hook template used: Authority Reveal Target runtime: 16.0 minutes (2,400 words at 150 words per minute) Title options 1. 4 Day Workout Split for Men Over 30 to Lose 100lbs in 6 Months 2. The Exact 60 Minute Workout We Give Every Client 3. 45 Minutes Cardio, 15 Minutes Weights. That Is The Whole Plan. Thumbnail direction Calvin standing beside an elliptical machine with a whiteboard next to him showing four boxes labelled Day 1 to Day 4. A stopwatch graphic reads 60 MIN. Overlay text says 45 + 15 in very large numerals. Shoot in a normal commercial gym, not a studio, so it looks achievable. The script [ON SCREEN: "The routine we give our clients"] What is going on? Hope you're having the best day of your entire life. So if you're watching this video now, you're probably looking for the workout routine that we give to our clients that helps them lose 100 pounds in just six months. The good news is that in this video I'm going to break down the simple workout routines that you can start implementing, so that you can start seeing results and stop wasting your time when you exercise. A lot of the people we work with, before they started working with us, they talked about how they'd go to the gym and try a bunch of different workouts that they used to do back in high school playing football, or playing sports back in the day. Or they'd try to remember the workouts they did with their last trainer. And unfortunately those things just don't line up with the way their current lifestyle is set up. [ON SCREEN: "Most guys do not have two hours"] Most guys don't have two hours to be spending inside of the gym. Heck, even an hour and a half. They have kids, they have families, they have other responsibilities, and so it's very easy to put something that seems to be difficult, like weight loss, on the back burner. But in this video I'm going to break down how you can actually start losing weight very rapidly, and most importantly keep it off, because this is a very simple structure that virtually any career driven man can do. So with that being said, let's jump right into it. The workout routine we're going to be giving you is the 100 Pound Blueprint, and it's focused on how career driven men over 30 can lose 100 pounds in six months. It's very simple to follow. I want you to pay attention to this. [ON SCREEN: "Day 1: laying down the foundation"] Just to start off with, the first workout you're going to be doing when you go to the gym is understanding that you have to build a foundation. This workout is called laying down the foundation. This builds the base that supports everything else. In this overall workout split that's in the 100 Pound Blueprint, it's focused, again, on losing weight. As time goes along you'll start wanting to tone up your body, really building up that physique and looking like a bodybuilder, I guess you could say. Maybe you don't even want to look like a bodybuilder, but just like someone that's physically fit. And that part will come. But right now, like most of the guys we work with, again, are 260 pounds to 350 pounds plus. And so right now it's about losing the stomach fat, losing the man boobs. And this workout routine is specifically designed to help you do that. [ON SCREEN: "Cardio, but not running"] So the first workout you're going to be doing is cardio. Now, most people have cardio confused because they think they have to do two hours of it. They think they have to run on the treadmill. And quite frankly, that's just not possible right now. I remember when I was 350 pounds myself. I couldn't run on the treadmill. I would get onto it and I'd stop the machine, and I've even broken a few treadmills in my day, having the mat roll up on itself. It's pretty embarrassing, and that's not what we're going to have you doing at the start of this. And also, if you do want more extensive help with this, this is great for the foundation. Working out is very important. But a lot of the people working with us also have struggles with the nutrition and the accountability side of things. If that's something you're interested in and you want some help with, just come back to the chat and message us the word change, and we can have a conversation about what would specifically look good for you, because we do work with people one on one. This isn't cookie cutter. This is just a simple strategy you can follow that will help you lose the weight. [ON SCREEN: "The elliptical, and why"] So the first workout again is cardio. And when it comes to cardio, the machine you're going to be using is the elliptical machine. If you don't know what the elliptical machine is, I'm sure you probably do. It's the machine that has the handlebars and the feet things that swing back and forward. This is a great workout that allows you to burn a lot of calories and still get your cardio in without feeling like you're hurting your knees or like you have to quit right away. Again, I don't promote running right away just because the knee pains are very serious and you want to be able to come back and do this again the next day. The elliptical machine is very low impact, low pressure on your joints, so it's very easy to stay consistent with it. [ON SCREEN: "45 minutes, broken into four blocks"] So you'll be doing the elliptical machine for 45 minutes. And how we split it up for the first day is, you're just going to be doing five minutes of warm up. When you're doing your five minutes of warm up and you haven't been exercising in a long time, you're going to think, oh man, after one to two minutes this is going to be tiring. I don't know if I could consistently do this thing for the long run. But trust me, you can do it. This is where that next level of pushing yourself has to come into play. Most of the time people are doing this alone, and you're probably going to be doing this workout routine alone. So understand that if you feel like you can push yourself, you have to. You have to push yourself, because that's what's going to get you to lose the weight and that's going to give you that drive. That's what's going to give you that fire back, to not only perform in your weight loss journey, but when life gets challenging in every other area of your life, whether it's your relationships, your work, your kids, the stress that comes from day to day life, you're going to be able to push through that. And it starts with taking care of your physical health first. [ON SCREEN: "Block 1: five minutes, level 4 to 5"] So the first five minutes is just warming up on level four to level five. It's more of a medium, moderate pace. The bigger you are, the easier it's going to be to move the elliptical machine back and forth, just because you have more weight and more momentum going. So level four to level five. You should feel a little bit of pressure, but not a lot. It's just enough to get a good sweat going. And trust me, after the first five minutes you're going to be getting a good sweat. Then after that you stay on the machine. Don't get off the elliptical machine and don't go switch it up because you're tired or feel like you need a water break. You can still keep pushing. You have to just keep pushing yourself. Keep your feet moving. [ON SCREEN: "Block 2: 25 minutes, level 8 to 10"] And then after that five minutes, you're going to do 25 minutes at a steady pace at level eight to level 10. This is important. Level eight to level 10. This is where it's going to be a little bit more challenging for you, so that you have to use your arms as well. Because if you're just relying on your feet with the elliptical machine you're going to get really tired. You have to use that full body momentum, and that's what gives you that extra assistance when you use your arms. So you're going to do that for 25 minutes consistently. The best way I would say to do this is just have some water with you. Have a water bottle, have a towel over your neck, put on a good video or a podcast and just watch it for 25 minutes and zone out. Don't even think about your body at that moment. Just focus on front and back, back and forth, moving, moving, moving. [ON SCREEN: "Block 3: 10 minute intervals. Block 4: cool down."] After that 25 minutes is done, then you're going to go to a 10 minute interval session. What I like to do with the 10 minute intervals is you try to push yourself really hard for a minute and then go slow for a minute, then push yourself hard for another minute, then slow down for a minute. This is only for 10 minutes. If you feel like you can do three minutes of hard pushing and then one minute of slowing down, you do that a few times and you're pretty much done at that point. And then the last five minutes. You never want to get off the elliptical machine without having done a cool down session. The reason is because your body's still jazzed up, and if you keep trying to carry that all out energy into the rest of your workout you're going to hurt yourself. So it's very important to do a five minute cool down after that, on a level two to a level five, just so you can get your body back to regular breathing, getting yourself normal again, and then you can get off the elliptical machine. [ON SCREEN: "Weights are only 15 minutes"] And then something that's interesting about this is you're going to see that weights are only going to be for 15 minutes. The elliptical machine is 45 minutes of working out. This is the bulk of your exercise right here. And reminder, the workouts are only an hour long. So you don't need to be in the gym for two hours. You don't need to be doing a bunch of different things. One machine for 45 minutes. The rest is 15 minutes of quick workouts with the weights. So what this looks like is bodyweight squats. You're going to do this for three rounds with a one minute rest. Bodyweight squats, you do 20 of them. After that you do 15 push ups. And if you need to do assisted, modified push ups, just go to your knees. And then after that you do planks for one minute. Very simple. You do that three times, one minute rest in between. That way you can get this workout done in 15 minutes and get out of there. [ON SCREEN: "Why trainers give you 30 exercises"] It's very simple. Do this workout your first day, one hour, get yourself done. Forget the gym, get out of there. You did a good workout. It doesn't need to be 50 different machines and all these different things that most trainers will tell you to do. The reason trainers will tell you to do 30 different exercises is because they want you confused. They want you to keep coming back. They want you to feel like you're relying on them to get the results. When quite frankly, a good trainer doesn't do that. They give you the foundations, they give you what you need to do, and then you can go and perform them without them. That's my goal for this. And if you do want real trainers that have been in your position and can guide you, yeah, we'll be there for you every step of the way for the first year or so. But then after that you should have enough knowledge to be able to keep pushing. [ON SCREEN: "Day 2: framing the structure"] So that's day one. The second one is framing the structure. Now you've got the foundation, but I need to frame it. How do I keep this thing consistent? If you want to do this Monday, Wednesday, Friday, Saturday type of deal, or you want to go Monday through Thursday, whatever it is, that's fine. But it's going to be four workouts for the week. Everybody can commit to doing four workouts for an hour. You've got the time, right? So again, this is the same situation. Elliptical machine, 45 minutes. It's pretty much similar to the first one, but you're going to do a 10 minute moderate warm up. Instead of five minutes, about 10 minutes this time, because you want to get your body used to it again. Ten minutes on the elliptical machine, level two to four. [ON SCREEN: "Do not step off the machine"] And then we get right into it again. 25 minutes of high resistance on level 10. If you feel like you need a break after one or two minutes, that's fine, but do not step off the machine. That's very important. Do not step off the machine. That's what's going to keep you from wanting to get back on. It's much easier just to keep pushing through. And if you don't want to keep starting over, stop quitting. And then the last 10 minutes, a steady finish. This time you can drop it down from 10 to level six or seven. Boom, you've got your cardio done. After this I guarantee you will be sweating buckets. You will need a towel. You will need to clean up the machine afterwards. But you're going to feel 10 times better than you ever have before. [ON SCREEN: "Day 2 weights: core and shoulders"] And then finally on day two you're going to finish with some more weights. Fifteen minutes. This is going to be a core and shoulders workout. Again, three rounds. All you're doing is dumbbell lateral raises. If you don't know what that is, if you have two dumbbells, you have your arms by your side, you just go out laterally, out sideways like this. And you're going to do that 20 times. But the key is you need to do it with light weight. Don't be jealous that you see other guys doing 30 pound lateral raises, or even 25 pounds. You're probably starting off as a beginner, and I recommend you start off with light weight. Anything like 10 pounds, even five pounds is good, because you're starting off the smart way. [ON SCREEN: "Build the small muscles first"] Most guys will go in there and throw up 20 pound dumbbells and think they're doing it well. Oh, because I'm a big jacked guy, I can lift all this weight. But you're not doing it well for the long term, because you need to have levels to it. You need to build a foundation before you go all in. The guy that starts off at 20s is going to cap out at 30 to 35 pounds, versus this guy who goes from 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. That first guy's going to be stuck, because he never built that foundation in the smaller muscles that get hit when you do low weight, high repetition. Does that make sense? And then shoulder press. You're going to be sitting on the flat bench, you just tilt it up, you move the little thing, you turn it up, and then you go 15 right here. Just like that. Fifteen shoulder presses. [ON SCREEN: "Russian twists. Touch the ground."] And then Russian twists. This is an ab workout. You're almost done with this workout already, 15 minutes. You get on the ground, Russian twist, you turn side to side with your feet hanging up in the air, and you're just going side to side, touching the ground on each way that you go. Don't turn and then miss the ground. You remember back in sports back in the day where they said if you're running, touch the line, touch the line. It's the same thing with a Russian twist. Touch the ground. You do that, you rest 30 seconds, you repeat three times and you're done. It's that easy. You don't need to spend two hours in the gym. Fifteen minutes of weights, 45 minutes of cardio, and you will drop 100 pounds in six months. This is the best workout routine for the guys out there. [ON SCREEN: "Day 3: lower body and core"] And then day three, again, this is going to be a bit of a different workout because it's focused a little bit more on weights this time, because we do want you to build muscle. Obviously cardio is going to be a big focus on losing the weight, but we want you to look good after this too. So what you can do is the elliptical machine for 30 minutes. You do a five minute warm up, 20 minutes of moderate to high push, like level seven, level eight. This day is not going to be crazy hard like the days before where you're doing level 10 for 25, 30 minutes. This is just 20 minutes of high moderate push, like level seven, level eight, and then a five minute cool down. Very important to do your five minute cool down after your 20 minutes of high pushing levels. [ON SCREEN: "You already have strong legs"] And then once you're done with that, you get over to the weights. Now this is where we start building in the strength. As you can see, this is a lower body and core workout. We've already done cardio for the first day. We did shoulders and we did core. Now we're doing lower body and core, because we've got to get full body strength training. Most guys think, oh, I've just got to lose my stomach, I've just got to lose my man boobs, my chest, my shoulders, I'm really insecure about this area up here. But I'm telling you, if you look at a picture, if you compare yourself next to somebody that's the dream goal weight you want to be, it's not that they just have a smaller midsection or a smaller upper body, they also have smaller legs. And you probably do have really strong legs. If we're being honest, you probably have really strong legs, because you're carrying 260 to 350 pounds of weight all day long. Most people, if they had to carry that weight, they would have jacked legs. And you do have jacked legs. You just have to be able to see them, but they're covered up with fat. This workout is going to allow you to lose the fat and see that muscle you've been carrying for so long underneath. [ON SCREEN: "Goblet squats, light weight, high reps"] So what you're going to be doing is a goblet squat, 20 reps. This is again light weight, light weight, high reps. Goblet squats are where you get a dumbbell and you hold it by the little circle part right here. You're holding it like that and you squat down. But the thing is, most people do this with 50 pounds, or they'll do it with 80 pounds. I can do it pretty heavy, I've been lifting for a long time. But for you, you're going to do like 10 pounds right here. And you might feel a little weird because you're doing only 10 pounds and squatting it with your legs, but that's okay. Do 20 reps of this with 10 pounds. [ON SCREEN: "Dumbbell lunges, 10 each leg"] And then once you're done, you do dumbbell lunges. Now most gyms have a grassy area or an area where there's a big wide range where you can do your workouts. If they don't have it, just find a good 20 feet of space to do this. What you're going to do is 10 dumbbell lunges with each leg. So you have the dumbbells in your hand, again like five to 10 pounds. If you need to do kettlebells too, that's fine. Kettlebells are the ones that have the little circle hoop and then the weight on the bottom. A dumbbell is the one that's the straight bar with the circle things on each side. So you're going to do 10. You're walking one lunge, stand up, don't take an extra step in between your next lunge, just go straight into the next lunge. Step, step, step, step, and do 10 of them. Ten on each leg. So you're pretty much going to be doing 20 steps, but 10 for each leg. Does that make sense? And if you need to go slower, take your time with it. This isn't a rush. It's not a sprint, it's a marathon. So take your time. This workout should take you about 30 minutes. [ON SCREEN: "Romanian deadlifts and leg extensions"] And then after that you're going to do Romanian deadlifts. A Romanian deadlift, if you don't know what most of these workouts are, you can look them up on the internet and there will be an example of how to do it. But a Romanian deadlift, you have two dumbbells, you bend over, hip hinge at the waist, and you're working your hamstrings and lower back. Trust me, after you do this workout you're going to be feeling pretty sore, but it's a good thing, because you're not doing another leg workout for a few days after this. And then leg extensions. You sit down on the machine, kick your legs out 15 times, money, you're done. Forty five seconds of resting and you repeat that for three rounds. Now the 45 second rest is very important, because it's not a long time of rest. Most people do like two to three minutes. They sit on their phone and scroll for 20 minutes just messing around at the gym. This is for guys that don't have a lot of time and just want to get their workout done, in and out. We're done. Get back to living your life. [ON SCREEN: "Day 4: inspection day"] And then the last workout is the inspection day. Time to put this whole thing together before we take our project to the market. So we've got to make sure it's all done correctly. This is the foundation of putting it all together here on this workout. So finally, the last workout is just 45 minutes of level eight to level 10 on the elliptical machine. We've already built up some stamina to do this over the week. So now you're doing your final workout. Level eight to 10, 45 minutes. And then weights, 15 minutes, upper body push. Dumbbell curls, you know what those are. Dumbbell bench press, you know what that is, you lay down on your back with the dumbbells, you're just doing some bench press, 15 reps. Dumbbell front raises, keep your arms in front of you, 15 reps. Tricep extension, you know those little two ropes that they have, you go up to the standing machine and you just push it down 15 times. And you rest for 30 seconds and you repeat that for three rounds. [ON SCREEN: "Three months, 50 to 60 pounds"] If you do this workout consistently for literally three months, I know I said six months, but if you do this for three months you should easily lose at least 50 to 60 pounds. And then if you just double it, you can lose 100 pounds in six months. Again, it's very important to have the right nutrition and the right accountability system to hold you to doing these things, and that's where we'll help you out. So if you do want some extra help with this and you found this very valuable, but you feel like, hey, I want to take it a step further and get this guaranteed for myself, so I don't just try and fail on doing this, because this will work for the workout side, but the food and making sure you do it is also just as important. That's where we come in, and I'd love to help you out with that. We do one on one coaching, me and my twin brother Coach Calvin, and we'd love to help you out. So hope you found this valuable. And if you have any questions, just come back to the chat and let us know what you think.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2025-12-09 Views: 478 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aEa94Rl4_JQ Runtime: 47 min 37 sec (10,451 words) The script, as delivered on camera Yeah, this is gonna change your life, man. This stuff that we're about to do is gonna change your life. Yeah. So, let's do it. Let's go. Three, two, one. What's going on, everybody? My name is Angelo. My name is Calvin. We are the Vision Twins. And we lost a combined 300 lb. Now, it's our life mission to show the entire world how to do the same thing. And in this video, and in this podcast, we are starting something new. We're starting a podcast, you guys, to help men who are careerdriven and really just lost themselves over the last 5 to 10 years get themselves back. You know, build your comeback story, start becoming the man that you feel like you should be deep down, but you have all these different things in front of you that are seemingly stopping you. And they they seem right, they seem like they're stopping you. Um, but we're here to show you guys that, yeah, while those things might be there and they might be true, it's not the thing that's stopping you. There's a lot more that goes into it. And no, we're not just going to say you're a lazy piece of [ __ ] No, we're not going to say that it's not important to lose weight and all these different things that most people will tell you. We're going to tell you the real raw truth from guys who were over 300 lbs each. We know what it's like to be in your position. We know how bad it [ __ ] sucks, but we also know the other side to losing weight. So, Calvin, real quick, why don't you introduce yourself and kind of explain your story, then I'll explain mine. Yeah. So, to give you a better understanding on who we are, this isn't technically our first podcast or our first video. Or a long form video for that matter, but it is essentially more of a a breakdown of who we are and how to help you get to where you want to be and even a backstory on how we've helped thousands of men here over the past 5 years do the exact same thing. And to give you a background who on who I am personally, my name is Coach Calvin. I've lost 140 pounds. And when I did this, I was 17 going on 18 years old and I had gotten my first job doing landscaping with one of my football buddies. And during this job, it was a summer job and it was in between football season, right, where you have that dead period. You can essentially, you know, do what you want for that time. And for us, it was like, okay, we're going to get our career started or at least learn how to put ourselves out into the world, start making money. Yeah. making money. We're on our own at this point and really just learn more, right? So, you know, during this job, one of my football invited football buddies invited me. His name was Dylan, and he's like, "Hey, I got this job over in in Santi in San Diego County, if you're familiar with it." And he's essentially telling me, "Hey, there's this job. We can go work for this old lady. She runs a old person care home. You know, it's a bunch of old ladies in there. Group group home. They're not going to worry. They're not going to worry about what we're doing. you know, we could still do our go get lunch and do our little things on the side, but you know, she has this job for us, pretty much renovating the whole backyard. So, we're like, "Okay, you know, let's go let's go get it done." So, first day on the job, you know, we're working. I do that for about a few weeks. And then July 23rd happened. July 23rd, 2016. I remember we were inside of this 15 by 15t pond. And we're there. We're sweating. It's about noon. It's noon, 12 pm in the afternoon. And you know, we're just digging and and working. And I remember as the sweat's coming down from my brow, looking up at the sun and thinking to myself with the shovel in my hand, thinking, I wonder what I could look like by the time I graduate high school. And mind you, I got all this dirt on me. And you know, I'm just kind of in a I'm in a really deep, dark spot of my life where I'm trying to figure all the all these things out. and I'm 330 lbs at this point. And so I'm looking at the sun and I think to myself, I wonder what I could look like by the time I graduate high school. And so from that moment on, anything I did in that job moving forward, whether it was taking out the trash, carrying cinder blocks, doing push-ups even in the back shed, or digging that 15 by 15 foot pond, I turned it into a workout. And by the time I had gotten back to school that summer for my senior year, I had lost about 40 to 50 lb. And which is a lot of weight, by the way. Like if you weigh over 300 lb. I gotten down under 300 lb. I I broke that 300 lb pound barrier. And everybody had noticed a significant difference in who I was becoming. Let me let me add on to this. So when Calvin says people noticed a significant difference in him, Yeah. like he was getting tons of praise from people like oh my gosh like you are doing it like you're finally losing weight like congratulations you look good but when he says he was getting compare like congratulations it was in comparison it was in comparison to me cuz I didn't lose any weight and we'll get into that here in just a second but Calvin was getting tons of praise so continue on what you're saying the only reason why people noticed he had made such a big change is because he looked so different from me even though we're both technically fat guys he was the lesser fat one so yeah go ahead Exactly. And in this job, I actually ended up getting Angelo on board. So, at this point, you kind of see how our branding essentially how Vision Twins is coming apart, coming together because we were we were starting in the starting phases of losing this weight together. And it would go on to build to where we are today. And, you know, just thinking back on that that story of my life of really just putting in the ground work. You know, a lot of guys that we talk to, they put in that groundwork or they even have a similar background, right? Where they get their first job or they're doing sports and they have really good coaches on their side. It's just when they get put out into the real world by themselves, they don't know how to continue that journey on without any form of accountability. And since we were doing it together, it's really just culminated into this into this guide of experience that we've gained together over the past 10 years now of losing the weight and keeping it off where that's the same way that we coach our clients today and showing them that, hey, you've been trying to figure this out by yourself. There's endless information out there on the internet. Although really being able to take all that information and then apply it into real life is what we've been able to do. And that missing factor has always been that accountability from people who have been in your position before, aka Angelo. And he was heavier than me. So not even in a similar position. He was heavier than me. And he still ended up making a crazier transformation. He ended up losing more weight down the line, which we'll get to. Yeah. But yeah, Angelo, he we noticed a significant difference going back to school. And that comparison between Angelo and I was was was huge. And then like I said, I wonder what I would look like by the time I graduated high school. June 2017 comes around. I graduate at 220 lbs. Was it 220? 220 lbs. So within that, you know, 10 month period, I lost 110 lbs. And then I'd go on to lose more weight with a little bit of bumps along the way, getting into a relationship that was toxic, right? Wasn't good for me. And then Angelo ended up surpassing me. Yeah. So, back to Angelo's story. Yeah, that's that's where my background is. Yeah. So, basically carrying on with what Calvin said. Um, let's take it back to that when we got the job. So, Calvin was working there for a few weeks and I was like, dude, I'm trying to make some money, too. Like, let me get in on this. Like, you know, hook me up. Let me get a job. And so, he did. And yeah, it was like every day for that summer we would go and work. And we were, you know, finally making money. Like, to us, making a hundred bucks a day was like freaking we're rich at this point, you know? So, we're making some decent money for us some high schoolers and we ended up getting a car and everything. But, you know, all that putting in that work showed us like, hey, you have to work for what you want. It's not going to just be handed to you. And obviously, we knew that from playing sports and having a background that, hey, there's nothing going to be free. There's nothing handed out to you in life. Like, you got to earn it if you want it. And that was something that we really took and applied it to our weight loss journey as well. But, back to what Calvin was saying, you know, he had that epiphany, you know, I'm going to lose, how much weight can I lose by the time I graduate high school? And I was I was the hater. Like to be honest, I'm I'm I was I hate to say it, but like I was the worst version of you. Like and really just the worst version of me. A lot of guys that you know I I understand are the ones that really have given up. Like the ones that have just completely resided to the facts, the facts currently of life. Not the fact, but the facts of what's going on in your life. And just saying, you know what? like I'm going to be a big guy forever. I'm not really looking future focused. I'm not looking towards what I could be. Like, yeah, I I want to lose weight. Like, it'd be nice to be there at some point, but I never really put in the effort to get there. I never thought that it would work out or why even try because it's so far away. Like, let's just, you know, accept it for what it is, you know, reside to the facts of life. And yeah, Calvin started losing weight. And during this process, you know, I was the hater. Like I said, I was the one that And looking back, it probably didn't feel like hate to you. Maybe it did. I don't know. But to me, I was very uh pessimistic. That's the word I'm looking for. Very pessimistic about it. Like, what's the point of doing all this? Yeah. Like, why are you going to the gym? It's not going to work. Like, we can't lose weight. It's not possible for us. We've been fat our entire life. We've always been the biggest people we've known. Like, there's no way we're going to be the ones that actually lose the weight. And so, I really believe that. And when you start believing in something like that, seeing other people change or seeing other people try to fight that reality kind of makes you irritated. It also makes you look at yourself in the mirror like, am I really being lazy? Like I I didn't think I was that lazy of a person, but looking back like I was very lazy. I would, you know, come home and I would do anything but work out. I'd eat chips. Like the first thing I think about when I come home was what what am I going to eat for a snack? You know, what video game or what Netflix movie am I going to watch? And that was it. That was my day-to-day life. Even though I was making money, I wasn't trying to go out and live my life. I was just, you know, let me get a car, let me do this type, different type of stuff. I could buy whatever type of food I want now. Like, you know, all the responsibilities on me and I'm I'm okay with being where I'm at. But seeing Calvin, you know, go out there and he was doing push-ups like in front of the lady as we were working. And I was like, "Dude, you're going to get us fired? Like, this is not the most important thing right now. Like, we need to be making money." And granted, it was probably the most important thing to make the money at the time because we needed to provide for ourselves, but I was always trying to justify why he should stop or like why what's the point in doing this? And so, you know, seeing him do that for like three, four months. Like he said, we went back to school. We started in July and then we started school in August or September or something like that. He had lost a good like 30 40 50 lbs. I don't know exactly how much he lost. 40 50. Yeah, he lost a good amount of weight. I got under 300 lb. So you lost 50 pounds in three months. And that's kind of our saying like, "Hey, we'll help you lose 50 pounds in three months." Like that's because when once you do it, we figured it out. But for him, he lost the 50 pounds in three months. And so going back to school, um, I noticed a difference cuz he was like starting to buy different clothes. Like we didn't wear the same shirts anymore. We'd always share the same clothes. We'd always share the same outfits. But he had to go get new clothes. And like he's like, "I'm not going to wear that, bro. Like I looks ridiculous on me." I'm like, "What do you mean you're not going to wear our clothes?" was like, "We fit in this. We're we we're in this together. Like, we're both big. Like, no, this is our clothes." And he's like, "No, like I can't fit it." He started buying like uh 2XL's and XL's instead of 3XL's. I was like, "Damn, like that stuff actually looks kind of nice." Like being able to go into a store. He was able to grab it's still a 2XL, but he was still able to buy something that was H&M. H&M. Like in the store they have the 2XL's. They didn't have 3XL's. And so I'm like, damn. Like, okay, let's see how long this lasts for. You know what I mean? like I was still skeptical probably four or five months until into his journey before I decided to start. And so yeah, he people were giving him congratulations and like football practice during that summer. Our coaches were like uh giving Calvin like daps like he was getting he was first to become a captain. He was first to get and I was a skinny center. Like I was like in the middle of the season I was still working out and losing weight and I was like 275 270 like skinny center but like skinny center skinny center compared to all the football camps that we had went to prior. You know we've been going to Nike combines and all of these other workout camps or football camps for our entire football career. And so going back into the season, you know, being 275, 27, way more athletic, more agile, more mobile, I was a skinny center, I was losing some muscle at the time, but I was okay with it because I was looking thinner. Yeah. And like you said, the coaches were giving me dabs and giving me credit and giving me praise. I'll remember this one and and I'm like, yeah, go ahead. And I'm like, how I I think it's because of the work ethic. They saw my vision and they saw that I was working towards something as opposed to just being okay with being the big lineman. And yeah, it may have put a little less girth on the O line. Yeah. But I was still actively doing something positive in your own life, too. And I think that's a big thing that for a lot of people if they if other people see you working on yourself, not just your job or not just your your sport or not just your career, people see that and they're like, "Wow, this guy has something about him that he's not just okay with just being another piece of the puzzle. He like wants to change the whole puzzle that they're doing anyways and create something new." And people love that. And so the coaches, like I said, were giving him dabs, giving him praise, giving him credit. And I I remember this one thing that our uh our it was we were in like a wrestling practice one day and the coach told Calvin it was shirts versus skins. So guys with the shirts go over here people with their shirts off go over here. And Calvin got put with the skins. And then the coach told me he's like Angelo in a joking way. He didn't he wasn't saying it in a demeaning way maybe a demeaning way. Maybe he was just a little bit to try to motivate me, but he said, "Angelo, you go with the shirts. Like, nobody wants to see that [ __ ] Like, keep your shirt on. Go over there." And Calvin got put with the skins. And Calvin like takes a shirt off. Lesser size man boobs, lesser big stomach. But for me, I was like, damn. Like, he's still fat, but not even like fat fat. You know what I mean? Like I was fat fat at this point. So, like, hey, we don't even want to see that. Go over there, Calvin. Go with the skins. And that really pissed me off in the moment. And I'll never forget that. that really stuck with me that yeah, like people are seeing this [ __ ] Like it's not just him trying it anymore and you know hoping and I guess you could say praying to lose the weight like he's actually losing the weight. he's seeing the results and I was like, "Okay, there's something to this." Like Calvin's whatever he's doing like it's working. And really the only thing you were doing was just working on yourself, putting in the effort, like actually trying day in and day out, not just like for two days or three days, you know, you're eating a little bit healthier, you're working out, like you were like on it. You were serious about making this change. And for me and for a lot of guys, it's like, how do I get motivated to do that? How do I how do I get that drive? Like where does that come from? How does that epiphany just happen? And honestly, it happens for everybody in their own life. Whatever the situations may be leading up to it, there's a moment where things flip for you. Things switch. You start taking it serious. Calvin's was July 23rd, 2016. But for me, like I'm waiting for this moment. Like, all right, God. Like, give me the sign. You know what I mean? Like, where's my I want to look up at the sun and start like just change my life all of a sudden. But it it didn't come like that for me. It took it took me seeing somebody else do it that was just like me for me to be like, you know what, like, [ __ ] it. Let's try it. Like, let's go for it. And dropping my ego, looking at all the things that I was doing day in and day out and trying to mirror what he was doing to see results. And like I said, the only thing you were doing was just putting in the effort, going and working out, like doing those 10 push-ups in between a lunch break when instead of just sitting down and scrolling on your phone. Like those little things, they seem stupid in the moment. To me, they seem stupid. I was like, "Dude, what's 10 push-ups going to do? You need to go do this." Like, I'm giving you judge. You got to go freaking run. You got to go. I'm fat. Like, I don't know what I'm talking about. But he was just doing these small things day in and day out that were making a big change. And so, again, fast forwarding like three to four month or four or five months now because this was after the football season, which was like November. Mine was actually I do know the month I did it. It was November 2016 and football season had ended. I was like, "Okay, you know what? like I'm going to start working out. Like I'm going to I'm going to do something on my own now. You know, you're not seeing all your boys in practice anymore. You're not you don't have anything to show up to. We weren't going to go to college and play, you know, future. So, I was like, you know what? Like, let me start putting in this work on my own. And Calvin was still going to the gym and I decided to go get a gym membership with him. Now, I walk into the gym, I'm like, I don't know what the [ __ ] to do. But I did know this that anytime I felt like I was really working out hard, I was doing a good workout was when I was sweating, was when I was tired, when I was panting, and I just I I was like, [sighs] and that's when a lot of people asked that like they say to us, I don't know if I'm doing enough. And you're not. And that was the biggest thing that you just hit on is most guys aren't doing enough. Mh. So, like you said, the only thing you could really hang your hat on was knowing that it has to suck. It has to feel hard in the moment. That if it doesn't feel like you're sweating, if it if you're not sweating and if it doesn't feel like you're actually putting in all your energy, then you're not going to get the return that you want. Yeah. And so, I I knew that I was like, you know, what is the biggest thing I hated in football practice? I hated running. I hated doing up downs. Like I hated just moving my body, not just like sitting down and you know bench pressing and like I I loved all that stuff cuz you don't get really tired from it. I knew that I had to like I have to kick my ass right now. I knew I had to kick my ass and I don't know what I can do to kick my ass because all this gym equipment there's downstairs was like the weights and then upstairs was the the cardio machines. So I was like, you know what, I'll go upstairs. Like I don't want to be again I'm 350 pounds. I don't want to be seen by people, you know, being the fat guy trying to work out and change his life and then people are jud silently judging you like, "Oh, this guy's going to be here for one month and then he's not here the next month." Which is the case for most people because they're not seeing results. But for me, I was like, "You know what? I'm going to go up to this one machine upstairs and I'm going to stay on that thing until I lose weight." Let me ask you this. With that machine, I would always remember you being on the same one, but maybe I'm wrong. Was it actually the same one every time? It was the same machine every time. the same location, same machine. That [ __ ] knew my name. That [ __ ] knew how much I weighed. Like, that was my machine. I was sweating all over that thing. I would never see people go on it after me because I was like, I'm taking credit. I'm owning this machine right here. And that's exactly how I am today. I will always go to the gym. Well, for me, at that crunch location that we went to, that crunch gym location we went to, Oklahoma in Oklahoma, I would always go I wouldn't actually always go to the same one because all of the treadmill equipment had a mirror in front of it. And so either it was you had a view of the outside which had a big window and you could see yourself through or there was like a middle section where there was a mirror. We'll get to that. We'll get to that one. Even today, I still just go to the one that's closest to the mirror. Now, at the gym that we go to now, there's no there's the mirror is like on the left side all the way to the end. So, I'm always going to the left one so I can at least see myself get the clearest view of where I'm at. And that's the most fun part about losing weight is like you're constantly seeing yourself change. So this having the mir having that mirror to show you exactly where you're getting better at in your form. There's so many benefits to having a mirror next to you and losing weight and why the mirror is so important for your transformation. So yeah, and we'll get into that point too. So as I'm, you know, going to this gym, I'm getting on this one machine. I'm sure you're probably wondering, okay, what is this machine? Like what were you doing, man, that like you figured it out? So I remember I started at 350 pounds in November of 2016. I go start going to the gym. I go up to the machine called the elliptical machine. The elliptical machine was something that I knew I could do. Why did I know I could do it? Well, I knew I couldn't run. I knew what I couldn't do. I knew I couldn't run very long because my knees would be on fire. Like all that pressure, I couldn't even run a lap 0.25 without feeling like my knees were about to give out on me or or if I didn't my knees didn't give out to me, I g the machine gave out on me. I broke the treadmill. Like the thing would wrap up and like I've done it a few times where that thing not only would it just stop. Sometimes there's treadmills out there that would just stop completely and like shut off. When you see that when you see the out of order sign. Yeah. Out of order. I've done that a few times. But mine would actually like so much pressure going down on it where the the the track would roll up on itself and I was like, "Oh, I really damaged this thing. Like this thing's broken broken." So I would do that. So I wouldn't do that. I would do the elliptical machine. And the elliptical machine is basically a full body workout. Like if you're over, if you're 300 to I would say like 450 pounds, this is it right here. I would go on there and I'd put it I'd start off small. Like I wouldn't again these small things that I saw Calvin doing. I would just be like, you know what, I'm going to do 10 minutes. Like that's as much as I could do. And so one day I'd go in there and I'd do 10 minutes. 10 minutes on the elliptical machine. I wouldn't change the intensity. Over time, I started getting a grasp of like how the machine worked and I would put the buttons up and the time and then all that stuff. But I just started doing it and I first 10 minutes I'm like I am tired. Okay, but I'm done. I finished my 10-minute workout. Like I did something good for myself today. But then once you're there, it's really hard to not want to keep going because I was like, you know what, at least 30 minutes. Like 30 minutes is like a work. I can't just get in my car, drive here for 10 minutes, and then leave. So I was like, okay, you know what? Like I'm already here. Let me keep going. And so right there when you talk about motivation, motivation only comes when you show up. It does not come from contemplating, thinking about what you should be doing, all these different like how-tos and all that stuff. Like it only comes once you're there and you're doing the work. And then once you start doing the work, like, okay, you know what? Let me push myself a little bit more. And maybe that pushing myself a little bit more, that voice in my head that tells me I can do more comes from, you know, a sports background, from football, from, you know, go, you know, do the rep again, like do go run the next lap around the football field again, like just go one more, keep doing that extra thing. And so I did it for 30 minutes and I looked down at my uh Fitbit at the time and I had burned like a thousand calories. Now, something that's going to shock a lot of you guys, me and Calvin went our entire weight loss journey, never tracking a calorie, never knowing what a macro was basically not having any form to anything we were doing. It was just pure like we're going to do this. And I think that's the best way you could go about your journey is just saying I'm going to do it like committing regardless and trying to figure it out along the way. And now there are strategy there is a strategy that we have in place right now especially with our current clients where we teach you all of the backend information like we've developed our skills as coaches you know we've invested a lot into becoming better coaches for ourselves and really learning that backend stuff it's important like knowing how to weigh your food right knowing how much food you're eating really dialing in the data we're very data driven so seeing the data driven points on what our weight loss looks like I mean Shoot. Look, Angela's got an Apple Watch on. I've got one on. He's got the Aura Ring. Tracks his sleep, tracks stress levels, tracks all that good stuff. And really just being able to understand that we have that with our 100 pound bluepint blueprint that we use with our current clients. Although for the beginning when they get started, it's just, hey, get your workout done that we have in set that we have set in place for you and we'll teach you all the other stuff as time goes along. But right now, the weight already wants to come off of your body. You just need to be doing the exercises that we have in place for you in order for that to happen as fast as possible. Yeah. And and like not throwing the whole kitchen sink because again, if you threw the whole kitchen sink at me in the beginning and you told me I have to track all this and do my macros and know with it, like I would have been like, "Fuck no, dude." Like I just I just want to lose weight, man. Like I don't I don't want any of that. So, but again, the reason why I went upstairs is I knew I don't need to like build muscle right now. I don't need to look jacked. My goal isn't to be strong and like muscular. I honestly want to be slim. Like I want to be a thin guy. I don't want to be fat anymore. And I knew that cardio or some form of like getting myself sweaty, panting for air, gasping for air, like that was the strategy. So, like I said, I did that for 30 minutes, checked my Fitbit. I had burned like 1,200 calories at that. And I was like, that's that sounds like a lot. Like 1,200. Like that sounds like a lot of calories. I'm going to do that again. And so every day, not like just Monday through Friday, but every single day when I wasn't seeing the results, I would show up and do it over and over again. And honestly, it was only like three days until I started seeing results. I probably saw I didn't want to weigh myself right away. I didn't even want to take progress photo progress photos of myself. I just knew like I'm going to show up and just do the work in front of me. Let the results fall how they may. And that's why we actually on our posts on Instagram, we have some posts where we're actually comfortable taking photos of ourselves. We're still really overweight, but I know for a fact at least one of my biggest pictures that like I have in the mirror, it was when I had already gotten down to about 295, 290 lbs. So some people will look at that be like, "Oh, I look different than that." Well, that was the point in where I actually felt comfortable taking pictures of myself. Yeah. So, I wish, you know, I would have taken more pictures than there are other pictures that we post at our biggest. Although, getting comfortable taking photos of yourself in the mirror and having a newfound sense of confidence was completely transformational for us. Yeah. And so, where was I at? The Fitbit, the,200 calories. Okay. So then three days, three days go by and now I'm actually like, "Okay, I'm going to step on the scale and like pull that thing out from under the sink, dust it off, you know, put some batteries in it because this [ __ ] was not didn't was irrelevant to me at the time. I didn't want to look at the scale." And for people that don't have a scale, go get one. Like or at least just know how much you weigh. Don't play that game where you're like, "Last [clears throat] time I weighed myself was four months ago and I weigh 280 pounds." Like you don't weigh 280 pounds anymore. you're probably heavier and not weighing yourself is helping you avoid confronting reality, which I used to do a lot. And take it from us as people who I'm 190 lb, Angela, you know, around 200 lb. We weigh ourselves every single day. Yep. And the reason why is because when you're able to face that, you're never in guessing land. You're never in I think, I wish, I hope, I think that I weigh this much. No, the numbers are right in front of you. And so whether you want to confront those numbers and take action accordingly, that's on you. Yeah. And for us, it was like, you know what, I'm ready for reality. Like, I'm ready to snap into it. What's going on, where I'm at? So, like I said, 350 lbs was the last time I weighed myself. I probably was a little bit more, but I stepped on the scale and I was like 347 347.6. And I'm like, I remember thinking like, holy [ __ ] the scale went down. like that means that I stand on this thing. I stepped on the scale and the numbers were less than what I used to weigh. And it sounds so like elementary [clears throat] and silly to people that are always have been in shape, but for a guy like me seeing the number like like the I put in work. I didn't eat fast food and like go crazy those last three days. I've seen results like it it's happened. It's in front of me. I can't deny it. The numbers are saying I'm 347. And so that right there alone was like epiphany for me. It is possible. It is possible for me to lose weight. It's possible for you to lose weight if you just put in the work and do the things the right way. Now, we'll get into how to do the stuff the right way here in a second, but just grasp onto that for a second. It is possible. the number will go down if you do the things that are set in front of you. And on that nutrition piece where you said you didn't eat fat eat fast food for a few days. Yeah. Even going into our journey, like you said, without tracking a calorie, without really having the strategy set in place that we the names to the things we're doing. We even intermittent fasted. We didn't know that we were fasting. We're just like, I'm just not going to eat. You know what I mean? Exactly. And and with that, we still ate fast food on our journey. Mhm. We lived in a area where fast food was ample. We had Jack in the Box, BaskinRobins, Arby's, Subway, Taco Shop, McDonald's, Taco Bell, Taco Bell, Burger King, Carl's Jun. We had literally everything. Everything was on one street. So, the access to fast food was very easy. But I was like, I'm just not I'm just not going to drive down that street anymore. I'm not going to go get food from that place. And so, like I said, and and one thing I will go back on too that is very important when it comes to the food and not just the working out side of things, the what I did that first day I went to the gym. I made a commitment to myself that I was not going to eat that day. Now, to some people, they're like, "That's extreme. You shouldn't like not eat. You need to eat food." But I was like, "You know what, dude? Like, I'll die. I I'd much rather die at this point. like I'm going to die from being fat or I'm going to die from not eating for a day. And so that's what I did. And I won't suggest this to everybody to go on like a 24-hour fast. But I did it. I remember going to school, didn't eat lunch that day, didn't eat breakfast, came home, didn't eat dinner, and the next day I woke up and I had to puke. Like I just my body was finally like healing itself. And I was I woke up and I puked up vile like or uh what's the green stuff? Um stomach stomach bile. stomach bile. I started just like I puked that morning before CL before before school. But honestly, after I puked, I felt really [ __ ] good. Like I felt like whoa. something about this like I feel I feel better now. And looking back on it, obviously fasting for an extended period of time will heal you. But when I did that, I didn't know what I was doing. I was just I'm just not going to eat. Like I can't get fat if I don't eat anything. So that first day, like I said, I didn't eat anything. I go back to school the next day after puking that morning and the one thing I wanted to eat, it wasn't a burger. It wasn't French fries. It wasn't chips. It wasn't ice cream. It wasn't all the stuff that I was eating already every single day. What I wanted to eat was a salad. I wanted to I wanted to eat a salad with chicken, strawberries, you know. I remember had those plastic containers and we just smashed those salad. I was like, I want to eat a salad. And it's like people are like, "How do I get myself to eat a salad?" I'm like, "Dude, you don't get yourself to do it. Your body will tell you what you want to eat. It will tell you what you need to eat." And it's like, you think about the food and it makes your stomach hurt. And that's where I was at. I looked I thought about a burger. I thought about like a schwarma wrap. I thought about all these things. I was like, I just after just what I had this morning, I can't eat that. And so, I went ate a salad and I felt even better. I ate the salad with chicken. I That was the only thing I ate at school that day. I felt even better. I felt lighter. I felt more clear in my energy. I actually had energy going into the next class. Like I wasn't falling asleep halfway through because I had a burger with cheese and mayonnaise and French fries and all this stuff. I was like, I feel like like okay, I feel good. And so that's what I did with the food. And then the working out side of things, I put that together. Lost three pounds in like three days. And then from that point on, I was like, it's go time. Like that means that if every three days I do exactly what I did, I should lose three pounds. And so I did that. And like I said, from November of 2016 to February, which is and it was the end of November, too. It was like midway through midway through November, towards the end, like November 26th or something, 16th or 26, something like that. That point on, so December, January, first month of February, I step on the scale and I have a photo of it, too. I weighed 295 pounds. So in two months, two and a half months maybe, I lost 50 pounds. And I was like, whoa. Like the number is under three. I don't see a three on there anymore. And I took a picture and I'll put it up on the screen here because it was that moment I said, I'm never going back to 300 lb again. I am never in my life going to go back to my old habits. I don't care about eating ice cream that much. I don't care about this McDonald's burger. I don't care about Thanksgiving. Thanksgiving. We didn't even eat that that Thanksgiving. Like I think there's a video of us we we took on Thanksgiving that year. We did eat, but afterwards we went and like made ourselves puke again. Like y I'm not suggesting you do all this stuff, but we are like let's [ __ ] go. It's either all or nothing. Like so we took a video of ourselves like going and like like we [laughter] we put up on our phone. We pulled over on the side of the road like we're like want to puke. I was like I feel like [ __ ] You want to puke? You're like yeah I want to puke. I was like all right let's go. So we get out and like force ourselves to puke. Again, this isn't like us being bulimic. It was just us saying like, I don't feel good with this. Like, I need to get it out of my body. I need to like get this out of my system. It's funny. We would literally, we were driving down from my our aunt Sarah's house in Valley Center, California. Yeah. We're coming down the mountain and we look at each other like, "You want to puke?" Let's go. Let's puke. I've been thinking about I was like, "I'm glad you asked. I've been thinking about puking this whole time." So, we got we puke and all that stuff. But like I said, from November to February, I went from 350 to 295. I have the picture on my phone. And from that point on, it was like, how much do I want to weigh now? Like, what's my goal? Because originally, my goal was, let me just get to like 280. Like, I thought 70 pounds was that's so much weight that's impossible. But, dude, when you do it the way that we have set in place in our coaching program, this [ __ ] happens so fast. You're like, "Wow, like I wasn't expecting it to happen this fast." Some of our clients, one of our clients, Oscar, he started in June of this year. And checking in with him, what was it last week? That's right. He's about to be 100 pounds down. He's 85 pounds down, right? I think he's a little bit more. He went from 330, no 340. Now he's at 248. So he just crossed under 250 pounds. So he's like what, 90 pounds or something like that? He's at 90 pounds. He's about to He wants to get to 230. the the 230 on the scale by the end of this year and I'm like, "Dude, you're 10 pounds away. It's it's going to happen." I went to the gym two nights ago. I look at myself and I'm [ __ ] skinny as heck compared to what it was, you know, a few weeks ago. So, I gave him the game plan and we went through some coaching on how to make that happen. And he's gung-ho on getting to 230, making 100 pounds down in six months, which is exactly what we promote onto our social media because that's the truth. That's how fast your life can change. And you know, most people, especially you watching this right now, you're the type of person who doesn't want to waste any time. Your time is more valuable than anything else in your life. Whether that be with your family, with your career, you understand how important time is. Yeah. And so that's why losing 100 pounds in six months, not just from the coaching that we give, but through the the experience and the skill set that we give you. You know, I was able to lose 140 pounds in 12 months. He was able to lose 160 pounds in 12 months. In 14 in 14 months. 160 pounds in 14 months. In 14 months. So essentially 300 lbs combined in about a year's time. And so taking that knowledge together and then building this structure that we've built over the past 10 years, we've been able to deliver those results to our clients in an even faster amount of time because of the the strategy that we have set in place for you. There's some and we've had the mistakes, too. We've we've learned the lessons. we've done certain things, we we eliminate the mistakes for you. And that's the biggest thing, like when we talk about tracking your calories, weighing your food, going hard enough in your workouts, and then having that right accountability, we help you make it happen even faster. Yeah. And so again, like to put all this together, some of you guys have probably already seen results on your journey, but you didn't believe it. You didn't believe that, oh, I lost 40 pounds. Like it didn't mean anything. I just stopped doing this for a little bit. Let me go back to my old habits. And we just didn't make that mistake. We just said like, I don't want to have to do this again. Cuz obviously it sucks. Like you're you're sweaty, you're tired, you're moving your body in certain ways, you're sore, like all that stuff does suck. But how long do you want the suck to last for? Do you want it to be you're sucking with this for the next 5 to 10 years, or do you want to have it suck for one year? And that's where we're like, you know what? Let's let's go through one year of suck to get to where we want to go. And the cool part about it is that it stops being sucky once you start seeing results. Once you get to like a really cool number, like for me it was seeing 275, 280. And I was like, "This is awesome." Like I just want to get this off now. Like I I don't even care. Like bro, you could try to tempt me with the fast food. Why? Ask me why I'm working out so hard. Ask me why I'm eating all this stuff. I'm just like, "Dude, I don't care. I want this done. Like this is going to get done now." And yeah, that was a strategy we put in place. And so in February or like March of that year, we had a football camp. Um or it was like a football all-star thing, like the end of the season, like you're done playing football, this is your last game. Um all the stars of San Diego come and do this like practice thing and you know, come back. And so I remember I was like 280 pounds at the time. And I felt good. I was like, damn. Like my jersey wasn't like bulging out with my stomach. I could I think I probably have a picture somewhere, but I had like more of a flatter stomach versus like a big bowling ball size stomach and I felt like I was agile. I felt like I was moving. I was like, damn, like I probably could have went to college if I like I probably could have went started from the ground up. Yeah. Like I probably could have like went and did something even better for my career, for my future life had I weighed this much during the season because I am moving so much better. I feel so much more athletic. I feel like I can I'm not tired halfway through the game. Could have played running backs from freshman year. I could have done so much. Yeah, I could have done so much different stuff, you know, if I would have done this earlier. But at that point, I was like, you know what? Like, it is what it is. I missed those opportunities. Let's go ahead and figure out my life outside of athletics. Like, let me figure out what this weight loss journey is going to mean for me in my life. And so by the time we I graduated high school, I finished at like 250 pounds I think or two yeah like 250 or 240. Like I had lost 100 pounds in one basically half a seme in one semester of school from you know dece or what November to June early June. I'd lost 100 pounds and life was changed from that point. At that point I was like even better like now I don't have to go to class anymore. or I could wake up and go straight to the gym. I could wake up and get all these different stuff done and start really focusing on myself. And then we get into college. By that time next year into college, my first semester I was 220 maybe. Like again, not very not big at all, like 220, but I wasn't like a a built 220. I was like a a chubbier 220, but I was like, I'm still going to keep getting all this weight off. Like let's keep going. And then by my birthday of that next year, 2018, January 17th, 2018, I was 190 pounds. And so imagine that, like just the previous birthday before, I was 2 90 or two 300 lb, maybe like 305 pounds or something. By that next birthday, I was 190 pounds. And that's a big difference. 190 versus 305 pounds. you look like two different people. And I was seeing people that hadn't seen me in years or like in a year. It's like, dude, like you did it. Like you look like people are almost shocked to talk to you because you look so different. You look so much healthier. You look so much better. People cannot stop giving you praise. Like that's all you're going to hear on your weight loss journey as you're losing the weight and as you're really making changes in your life. people and family members and you know people you haven't talked to in a long time when they see you again at the end of it they're like they can't that's the only thing they could talk about like you're the you can't even avoid it when you go to family dinners when you meet up with friends when you meet up with anybody people are going to be like like dude how did you do it what did you do like talk to me about everything that your journey like what was it like and when you're in that position it's like damn like the attention's on me now but in a good way it's not about me being like just there. And that's what I felt like for so long. I just felt like I was there. And a lot of men nowadays, they work thankless jobs where they don't get that praise where they get something done and they have this big accomplishment, but they're really more so behind the scenes. They're not front facing. So, they don't get the the praise or they don't get the congratulations. They're more so just providing for everybody else and they're just kind of on the back end like, "Yeah, I did that." And they don't feel proud within themselves. So, it's really just shooting themselves in both feet trying to go and run a marathon. It's you're not getting the the praise and the congratulations, which isn't the whole point of losing weight, although it's a great cherry on top. It's great when you're actually putting in the work and getting the immediate congratulations and the immediate praise versus when you work on something for six months in a project at your work and you don't get a single thank you or a single congratulations or look what you've done moment. Yeah. It's it's like, oh, you should have done that. we're we're paying you to do that, that's your job, like all that stuff. And it's really hard to get that sense of accomplishment in your life. Like, and for most people, they get that they feel accomplished when they accomplish something at work or like, you know, they really help a a client out or they really help a patient out or they really help, you know, achieve something for their company or for whatever they're doing. But it doesn't give you that sense of fulfillment like, damn, like this was for nobody else. This was for me. And it didn't even hit me until like I said my birthday of that year and I was you know sitting at the table with our with our mom and she was just like like you did it like you you did it. And I remember like breaking down in tears. Like it was like a moment of like, wow. Like it's done. Like my entire life, everything I've ever known about who I was, what I was capable of doing, how much I weighed, and how important that was to other people around me, and how unimportant it was to myself, and how much I didn't really respect myself and care about myself. It's done. Like, I'm never going to feel that way again. And I broke down. I remember just like sitting there crying that's it. Like I can't believe it. You It's like you wake up from a really really long sleep or like for some people it might feel like a nightmare, but for me it was just like how long was I asleep for? How long was I not experiencing life this way? The richness, the the the the quality of my life is so much different. My sleep I wake up and I'm not tired. I can eat food and not feel guilty about it. I can go out in public and take my shirt off. Like, how long was I not feeling this way for? And for some people, again, like I said, you might be where I was where you just resided to life being this way. Like, this is the this is what God said. Like, hey, you're you're going to be fat forever. Like, this is what you got. But for me, it was I knew that wasn't in my cards for the rest of my life. I knew I was not going to end up on my 600 pound life. I knew I wasn't going to be I knew I wasn't going to be fat forever. It was just a matter of when. And if there's anything you can take from watching this podcast, trust me, we got a lot more. We can't wait to share more with you guys. The one thing that I would say is take the first step. Take the first step in whatever that may seem. If you don't know what it is you want to do yet or how you're going to do it, find somebody that has done this before. Find somebody that can show you what each step is going to look like from where you are now to where you want to go. If you want to have that certainty, you want to know like this is going to work. This is proven to work. This is what's going to happen. I can expect this, this, this, and this along the way. Reach out for help because that's that if I had that, there was nobody back then that was like there was no t Tik Tok wasn't a thing instant. Well, nobody saw us trying and then could show us what it was going to look like every single step of the way. That was what we had to go through on our own and then really back re reverse engineer the process and derive all the value from those experiences so that we could really put it on paper and make it a step-by-step plan for our current clients. Yeah. And so like there's only like personal there's only the personal trainer you can go to only personal trainers at the gym. There's like these weight loss centers that you could go to and like all that stuff that you can go to the doctors, they tell you to lose weight and you know the generic like watch your food and you know exercise a bit more and like the doctor's fat himself. So you're like why am I going to pay attention? All that stuff that was really what there was there wasn't there wasn't like people out there that understood where you were at and can show you what to do. We had to become those guys for ourselves and for our clients. And so from like from the truth of what I'm saying, don't do the ozepic. Don't do the the quick fixes, the surgeries. Don't try to like get the answer from outside sources that can't show you what it's like because they're just giving you theory. They're just giving you ideas that might work. If you're someone like us that was very skeptical or like so far away from the journey, but you knew that you wanted it, you just didn't know how, find people that have done it before. That is the quickest way to get to where you want to go. 100%. So, with that being said, guys, we'll see you on the next video. And if you need more one-on-one customized support on your weight loss journey, you've been trying to figure it out, you've been watching your food, you've tried all these different fat diets, you don't know what you're doing when you go into the gym, and most importantly, when you do make a mistake, you have nobody there to help you course correct, then we're your guys. We've helped over 1,200 men over the past five years do the exact same thing. And we're 1,000% confident that you can be the next person as long as you take that first step for yourself. And if you want to take that first step, click the link in the description below and fill out our application. It is not open for every single person, right? We are very selective on who we work with. Although, if you're the type of person who's a career-driven man, weighs over 300 lbs, and you know that you have a lot more left in the tank, then we're your guys. With that being said, guys, see you in the next video. Thanks for watching.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2025-09-16 Views: 463 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BGLz4COD3vo Runtime: 41 min 18 sec (7,424 words) The script, as delivered on camera I need to see some more people. So, let's jump in here. There we go. Let's go. Let's go. Let's go. Awesome. All right, guys. We're going to go ahead and jump right into this morning's Monday mastermind. But before we kick it off, guys, I want to open up the floor. Does anybody have any wins that they have from this weekend? I do. Go ahead. And I'll share it on Wednesday, too. it. I bought So, I went uh shopping yesterday just to get some new workout clothes cuz all of my 2X like workout shorts don't fit anymore cuz they're too big. And I actually uh I'll save one for Wednesday and then one for today. Um but yesterday I I did some fall cleaning. you know, obviously it's not spring. So, uh, did some fall cleaning and there were a lot of clothes in my closet that I had saved there when I was like 300, 305 that were too small for me then. And I was like, you know what? When I lose some weight, I can wear them finally. Hey, you know, I'm excited about wearing it. Well, it turns out I blew way past those and all of those that I was saving to wear when I would lose weight, I've lost enough weight to actually now those clothes are too big. So, yeah. Um, and a lot of it were like pants and shirts and shorts and um, a lot of them, you know, like I said, I saved so I can wear them when I did lose weight. Well, I've lost enough weight to where I've lost more weight to now like they just don't fit at all. So, go, man. Let's go. But yeah, and then the other one uh I'll save for Wednesday, but I think that one's I got a lot real excited about that one when I was trying on some clothes at the store yesterday. So, uh but I'll save that one for Wednesday. That's what's up, man. What type of So, what size did you get rid of? 40 pants you're talking about? Yeah, 40. Okay. What about shirts? Shirts. Um, like some of the t-shirts were like there was a couple of them in there that were actually like extraarges that I held on to that kind of fit. Now, extra large on some brands is still kind of snug. I'm like most brands right now, I'm like in between an extra large and a a double extra large. Um, but the main like golf shirt brand that I wear, I'm comfortably in an extra large, no problem. Um, uh, 38 in the waist. Um, so I mean it's I mean it's very attractive. Um, and uh, yeah, I I yesterday a [ __ ] it. I'm going to share it anyway. I'll share it again on Wednesday. But uh, I bought a pair of You get another win by Wednesday. I will. I will. I will. Uh, I bought a pair and they fit a little snug, more, you know, snug, like almost uncomfortable snug, but I bought a a pair of jeans that was size 36. Oh, and I have I haven't worn 36 probably in 25 years. I mean, I was wearing 36 when I was like 13, so I'm 37 now. So, I mean, that dude, you're like two pants sizes away from me. Yeah. I mean, I now the brand that I bought, like they, you know, they're notorious for having maybe like a half inch of room in the in the waist in pretty much all their clothes, but still, I mean, to wear a 36, I was in the freaking dressing room just like jumping for joy. Like, it was [ __ ] awesome. Yeah, that's awesome, Trey. Let's go. Yeah, back in uh were you were you shopping out in in Vegas? Yeah. Uh Travis Matthews, a golf brand that I wear a lot of mostly in their pants and their shorts cuz they just they fit how I like to wear my clothes. And um you know, I bought a few, you know, I was trying on like I was trying on everything extra large. Like holy [ __ ] Like I'm excited just to try extra large shirts on. Now, not everything did fit because clothing obviously, you know, depending on what it's made of and stuff can fit differently. But to, you know, I was just kind of like a kid in a candy store trying on like smaller clothes that I could never fit in before. 50 pounds ago. So, um it was I was excited. Yeah, you guys you may that Travis Matthew, you guys make it sound sound really good, but I don't know. I'm I'm a Nike guy. Even when it comes to like golf clothes, like I love I love the Nike. Yeah, for sure. I mean, I Travis Matthews just like I wear like their pants and their shorts. I don't, you know, I'm not a big fan of their shirts personally. Um and then like my workout shirts are Fabletics. Like I just sign up for their VIP, buy enough stuff, and then I cancel the VIP. So, but I mean that's if I wish you saw my face in the store yesterday when I wore this 36es. It was insane. I was so excited. Yeah, that's awesome, man. Definitely got to post a picture in the group, man. Let people know. Yeah. When you when you get that happening, man, you got to take a video like live stream that [ __ ] man. Talk to us about like in the moment how that's feeling. Yeah. Next time, next next time I will. I didn't even think about it. I was just kind of uh elated in my in my own world. So, and dude, do it for you though because like now you know what that feeling feels like. You don't want to go back to like not being able to feel that. You know what I'm saying? So, that's like more for you. Like, not even for anybody else. That's for you. Yeah, for sure. Absolutely. Well, that's an awesome win trade. Does anybody else have a win that they want to share with the group before we jump into this mastermind? Going once, going twice. Awesome. Let's jump right in. Cool. So, welcome to this morning's Monday mastermind, guys. First off, before I open up, is it okay if I make some people here uncomfortable? Yes. I'm going to speak for everyone. Awesome. Let's do it. Here we go. Can you guys see my screen? Yes. Awesome. So, for this Monday mastermind, guys, this is a complete discipline reset because I was going through a lot of the check-in forms from the past few weeks and I've noticed that when the question came up as to how many workouts did you complete this week, it would be one, two, three. for the rock stars here. Most of the guys, most of you guys here on the call that are actually putting in the work every single day and showing up. That wasn't a problem for a lot of you guys, but I want to this is going to be posted into the group as well, so that not just for them, but everybody here gets the common understanding, guys, that you can't just work out one, two times per week and expect to get the grandiose result that you're looking for because your discipline is missing, right? So straight up, you'll never get to where you want to be working out one to three times per week. And I make this comparison that not even the best athletes in the world can can sustain result of that little effort. And so the question here for you is why would you think that you can? And we have to be brutally honest with ourselves, guys, as to think of how many years you've spent getting up into this weight where you didn't work out. I mean, years and years and years and years of not exercising and what that's resulted in. And just by joining this program, that doesn't mean that all of your problems just immediately get thrown away. No, you still have to do the work. you still have to show up daily and put in your time, put in your effort, put in the energy because the truth is the transformation that you're looking for requires consistency, not convenience. And I noticed that a lot of guys that put in one workout per week, they would say to us, "I don't have the discipline. Everything in my life is it feels like it's falling apart. It feels like nothing's working. I'm dropping the ball at work. And you go through and you look at the tangible things that we have for them to do in their their calendar on train on the workout app. They haven't done any workouts. They haven't lost any weight and they're upset that they're not getting the results that they want. That the number on the scale is not dropping. Not even the best athletes in the world can do one to three workouts per week and see and see their weight change at all. So, we have to be really real with ourselves, guys. And you have to ask yourself, are you actually putting in the work? Because if you're not, you can't be upset. And there's no point in showing up to calls like this if you're not going to take action right afterwards. like just showing up to this call is this the really the bare minimum, guys. And it's it's it's great. It's great that you're showing up, but it is not going to lose the weight for you by just sitting here on a call. And I don't want to call any names out on here, but there's a few people on here that are here on a call that aren't putting in the the work in on the back end. Christian, I see you have your hand raised. Yeah, I was going to say um just real quick just um talking about that point in particular. Um so just like how you know it's been mentioned before like surround yourself and and eventually you'll get to do it like you know like the first step is like just go to the gym, right? Even if you don't work out, just you being there it's already a big step. At some point you got to face the music. At some point, you're gonna feel like, you know, like that kid in school that didn't do anything on the class project and you're getting an A because your team, you know, picked you up. But at some point, you're you're when the teacher says, "Hey, Jimmy, go ahead and tell us about the project." You're going to be like, you're going to feel naked. So, in the beginning, for whoever's new, you know, yeah, progress, make progress. Cuz I understand how it was to like just get onto the calls and be like, you know, every your life is literally changing. You know, you got to start working out, you got to start eating better, tracking all stuff. It's a lot of information at once. So, I understand how that can be overwhelming. But at some point, and I'm talking about I always do like a two week max period like for anything new. Um, at some point I think I think it's what 3 weeks and it becomes a habit or something like that. But at some point, you kind of have to like face the music and be like, "All right, it's not just just it's not just doing just showing up like I also need to do this for this. I need to do this for that. I need to track my food. I need to do my workout. I need to do that." So you should if you feel naked at any point I say feel naked because you're like oh [ __ ] I'm exposed right? If you feel like that that's not that you got to look in the mirror. I mean you got to be like what the [ __ ] am I here? Like what am I doing? And that that was kind of like what my post was about yesterday cuz I'm pissed off and seeing people not getting 10,000 steps. So I [ __ ] did it for you. This what the [ __ ] I did. I said [ __ ] it. I did 20,000 steps on Saturday almost 15 16,000 yesterday. I said this is [ __ ] Like it's and it's not for me to like say like forget about the challenge for a second. It's about you and you really getting to that next level. And everybody has it in them to do it. Like everybody has in them to do it, guys. And and you know, you just got to just just take it a step at a time, you know. Take it a step at a time, you know. Don't don't get, you know, these wins and all that stuff is to help so you can see that there's actual truth to it. I'm not AI. I'm not I'm not fake. You know, I did lose weight. So is others in here. So, that's one thing. The approval stamp is there, but now it's like, what can you do for yourself? And how can you become that next person on the list, right? And it's not going to happen. It's not going to happen overnight. It's just not. It's just not, guys. It's not. So, that's it. That's my two cents. Yeah. So, thanks for that. Great point, Christian. Real quick, Angelo, I want I want to say and I love what Christian just mentioned because it isn't going to happen overnight. And I think because we portray that we've lost weight so fast because we did like that's the actual truth to it. Took us one year. It took us 12 months to lose over 300 lbs combined. So yes, it's not going to happen in one day. But if it's 6 months and you've lost 20 pounds, there's something very wrong at that point. Go ahead. One thing a lot of people say, especially when they get started, it's like it's overwhelming there. It's it's so much task, a lot of work. It's three things. It's literally three things I can change around. Track your calories, work out, and show up to the community. Those three things do not take you very long. Tracking your calories takes 30 seconds. 30 seconds to do that. working out 30 minutes. 30 minutes to an hour you're awake for [ __ ] what 8 11 hours a day. One hour of that that's 10 10% of your day is exercising. And then when it shows up to the community, these calls are 30 minutes three times a week. Wednesdays they're an hour. That's two and a half hours plus another hour of working out plus 10 seconds every time you eat or 30 seconds every time you eat. You're looking at a total time attributed to your weight loss journey per week is five hours. It max five six hours. Now, if you pull up your cell phone, you'll see how often you're scrolling on Instagram, scrolling on social media. You have the time. So, it's not about it's so many different things. I just I just I'm confused. There's so much. It's not. You have to put the time in. Don't wait for the time to show up and be like, "Okay, now's a good time to work out." No, you have to go make that happen. I woke up this morning, did not want to get my cardio in, but I'm 46 minutes in. I have this cleared off the back of my mind. So, like Christian said, I don't feel naked later on. When I post my steps, it's going to say 10,000 plus. I can go to sleep at night knowing I'm taking the right action towards my goals. So, ask yourself, am I letting outside circumstances dictate what I do physically, or am I getting ahead of the day? my getting ahead of all the [ __ ] that happens and I'm making it happen. It's so [ __ ] simple. It's three things. That's all I have to say. Yeah, that's the truth. And the second point that I want to show you guys here is and really uncover is your why. I want you everybody listening to this right now ask yourself what is your why? Why are you really here? Why did you sign up? Like Christian said, it does take a few weeks for those habits to start compounding compounding on each other, but most people forget their why after two weeks. Like they come in, you guys have all invested into the program. Everybody's on the same plan essentially. And after two weeks, the why is where to go? And I I had a conversation with one of a a client that started a few weeks ago and he he's doing pretty good. He's not on this call right now. So, I mean, I can assume where he's probably at right now. I'll have to check in on him. Take that as a sign. And I asked him what is his why? He's starting out at 385 pounds. I asked him, "What is your why, man?" and he says, "Oh, you know, I just really want to lose weight because I've been overweight my whole life." Okay, cool. What does that actually mean? Why is being overweight something that you want to change? Well, because I I just don't want to be here anymore or I don't want to be overweight anymore. I I want to see what it looks like being 250 lbs. Okay. Why 250 lbs? I haven't been there since high school. Okay. Well, what's the alternative if you don't lose this weight? And he goes, "Oh, I don't know. I just I I'll stay the same, you know." Okay. Well, what does staying the same mean for you? Because a lot of guys stay the same. Well, then that means that I could end up dying because of my weight. Okay. Well, three out of five people in the United States who have obesity die because of their weight. I mean, why why is that something special for you? I mean, what happens if you do die because of your weight? Well, then my mom and my my parents, they're not who I support, they're not going to be able to see me and they're not going to be able to have that support that I give them on a on a weekly basis taking care of my parents. Okay. So, where are you at? Where's the where's your consistent daily actions? Because if your parents and you not wanting to die because of your weight, is that important to you? Wouldn't it make sense to show up to these calls? Wouldn't it make sense to work out more than three times per week? A lot of you guys have kids here. Some don't. Most of you guys do. What happens if your kids see you overweight, see you obese for the rest of your life? What does that actually mean? Does that Are you okay with just passing down that generational curse again? I'm not I will never let my kids see me obese. I will never let my kids see me struggle with my weight or struggle with my discipline. Yes, it's going to get hard at times, but that's why the accountability is so important. Having people there for you because I'm a human. I make mistakes as well, but I have somebody there for me that's gone through the journey that can tell call me out on my [ __ ] and make it happen. By the way, to add on to that, accountability isn't something you need when you're doing good. I hope you guys all realize that if everybody that was doing good needed accountability, then it really wouldn't be it's not useful, right? You only want love when you're feeling loveless, when you don't have that feeling. You only want accountability when you don't have that feeling. from those moments where you're, you know, sitting on the couch. Take yesterday, how many people probably sat down all day yesterday, just around the United States, ordered Pizza Hut, ordered wings, drank a bunch of beer, said they were going to work out before the game started. The game started. What happened to their workouts? Nothing ended up happening. They stayed stagnant for eight hours of the day. They wasted an entire Sunday not moving, not taking action. You know what accountability looks like in that situation? It's right before the game starts. You say, "You're not going to watch the start of the game. Go get your workout done. Then you can enjoy the rest of your day." And in the moment, you're like, "Fuck, like the game's about to start. Like, I got to watch this football game cuz my fantasy team's about to" And it's like, that's where accountability comes in. It's inconvenient. It's in where you want to do something, but you know you have to do something else. And so you hear this voice and a lot of people have an ego problem. They don't want to hear it. Part of you going to say that working out is more important than my fantasy game. Well, it's actually probably not, dude. Everybody Everything is important to everybody else. But you said losing weight was important for you, because of your kids, because of your wife, because of your family. Are they more important than this damn fantasy game? Are they more important than this NFL? Are they more important than this freaking burrito you're about to eat? This pizza you're about to eat? Are they more important? Yes. So then go do the thing. Go work out for 1 hour. This isn't an all day thing. This isn't you need to be exercising for eight hours a day. It's 30 minutes to an hour. Hell, put the game up on your phone and work out while watch the game while you're working out. Knock two birds out in one stone. Don't miss the game, but make this part of your day happen. And people get binary. They say, "Oh, I have to do this, but I can't do this." I'm gonna show you guys something. There are TVs. I wish I could turn this thing around. Oh, here we go. There are TVs in this. You guys see that? Can you guys see the TVs in the gym? There's one right there. There's one right there. They put that in the freaking gym for people that don't want to miss the [ __ ] So, there's accommodations. Are you willing to do the thing necessary to get your result? And there's accommodations everywhere. Otherwise, you're just you're pulling yourself out of the game. Nobody can save you from that from. Yeah, that's the truth. And like Angelo just said, I mean, you hit it right on the point. There's accommodations everywhere when realistically, I mean, there there shouldn't be. I think your why should be your accommodation as to you do what you say you set out to do and actually commit to it. And yesterday I went out on my 14 mile long run, guys, and I'm training for a marathon. And that's the thing is none of you guys have to go out and and [ __ ] run a marathon. Like you, none of you have to do that. I just want you, me and Angelo, just want you guys to get into really badass shape, into really high level shape. That's all the goal is for every single person here. And so I'm out for my run yesterday. I'm like 30 minutes in, three and a half miles, and I was struggling. My legs were like shot. I It was just that random. This Sunday, it hit. And I still got those 14 miles done. But in the moment of those three and a half miles, I told myself, I'm going to get this [ __ ] done. You have to start pulling motivation from places you never thought motivation would come from. You're going back to past relationships. You're going to your kids. You're going to deaths in the family. My grandma, my grandpa came up. My dad, my mom, everybody's coming up fighting to get these 14 miles done. And I ended up getting it done. Took me a lot longer than I wanted it to. I could have prepared a little bit better for it, but at the end of the day, the [ __ ] got done. And you know the beautiful part about that is that when you get to the end and you did do it the whole way through, you pushed yourself all the way through. That confidence, that motivation to do hard [ __ ] carries with you every other area of your life. Now you see a task in front of you. You don't say, "Oh [ __ ] I'm going to do half of it now and then half of it later." You don't say, "Oh man, that's a really [ __ ] that's going to take a long time. I'm not going to do that. I'll do it tomorrow." All that [ __ ] goes away because in the moment you decided to keep pushing through. I did the same thing too yesterday. I went on a four and I went on a long ass run. I came up with the track the route in my mind as I'm sitting down on the couch and I'm like I could spend the rest of this evening. I already worked my cardio in the morning, but I'm I could spend the rest of this evening, you know, chilling out. I did my 10day steps, whatever. I'm cool. But no, so I'm going to go do more. I ran. I got up and I ran like two and a half miles. Mind you, I run maybe two to three times a week. Calvin runs every day. He's a [ __ ] crazy person. I do it maybe two to three times a week. So, I'm like two and a half miles in three and I'm like, "Okay, when I get to that stoplight, then I'll take a break." Guess what happens? The stoplight turns green. The [ __ ] crosswalk's on. Did I walk across or did I run across? I ran across. I could have walked. I could have said, "Oh, I'm going to chill out. I'm going to take it easy from here on out." But no, in that moment I said, "Okay, what if I just push it to the next [ __ ] stoplight? Let me just get to the next one." At least you get to the next one turns green, keeps going. Guys, this is constru The world is constriving to help you win. This [ __ ] isn't by accident. Whether you believe in God or live in, you know, whatever it is, it's trying to keep you to go. It's trying to push you to keep going. And there's a reason why I fully believed in my heart. Those lights turned green. Because I said in the beginning, I'm going to run the whole time. I'm not going to stop. I ran the whole time. I didn't stop. Got to the end, finished the workout, and I'm just like, [ __ ] I did that [ __ ] There's nothing that can stop me. Everything that comes up to stop me in life is a [ __ ] idea. And a lot of people let ideas, things in their [ __ ] brain stop. Not even physical, not even physical situations. They just let the thought process, the things that they think are going to happen, stop them from taking action. You go out there and do it. It's actually not that [ __ ] hard. It's really not. But I could have sat back and let all those things come up in my brain, all those times telling me to quit stop me from getting results. And if I got to the end, I would felt like [ __ ] because I knew I didn't put in my full effort. But I said, I don't want to feel that way. I thought from the end. I put my mindset into the person that's already done it. How is he going to feel? I'm going to become that guy right now. and I started operating like him. Now it's translated to the next day. This morning didn't want to work out. But because I did that yesterday, now I'm already almost done with my next hour of cardio and then I'm going to go work out again this evening because I know where I want to go and I'm not going to let things in between side of me. Yeah. And Angela, that's a great point that you just made is not thinking about it, right? Speed is weight loss loves speed, guys. We talk about it all the time. And the action of indecision is actually losing. The only way that the best the best of the best and when it comes to to weight loss, when it comes to body recomposition, there's no thinking required in it. And when I got to the end, Angelo, I was even thinking for my for my run, I'm like, you know, if I had sat and thought about this for 30 seconds longer, it wouldn't have gotten done. I wouldn't have been able to do it. I wouldn't have accomplished that goal. So that's the proof. That's all the proof that I needed in life in general that if you sit on any type of decision to make that you know is going to move the needle forward that can be the thing that cost you ultimately. That's the cost of staying average. I have a question for everybody real quick before we get to this next point. What's that called when you push something off so later? Somebody say it. Somebody shout. Procrastination. That's the only problem we all have to overcome is procrastination. That's it. If you just decide from this point on, I'm not going to procrastinate. If the dishes need to be done, it takes five minutes to do it. Soon as it comes up on mind, I do it. Oh, I got to go drive and get gas. Oh, I'll just wait till tomorrow before I go to work to fill up for gas. How many times have you guys done that? You woke up the next day a little bit late. Now you're going to gas empty on work. You're going to work empty on gas and you're like, "Fuck, I'm not going to make it." Oh [ __ ] Whose fault is that? It's not your job's fault you're late. It's not anything else. It's the fact that you procrastinated the day before and now you're living with the repercussions of pushing the thing you know you needed to do off until later. This isn't a it's literally saving you procrastination when that feeling comes up to take action to get ahead in life. Most people just procrastinate. staying out of [ __ ] dropping the ball at work, only getting one workout in per week, not losing any weight. That's procrastination in the in a crystallized form. It's not you're dropping the ball at work because the work is just too much. The work didn't change. the number on the scale, the results that you're getting. It's comes down to the decision, the indecision, thinking about it, pushing it off. That's the cost of staying stuck. And every time you every time you skip, you're making a decision to stay the same. And the worst part about it is that it actually gets worse. And so, there's a cost to your inaction. And this goes for everybody here. What's it costing you right now? Now, the reframe, right? The person you want to become works out four to six times per week. If you're crazy like me, seven days a week with a slight rest day. The person you are now who works out one to three times per week. Which identity are you choosing between those two? Okay? It's not about the time. It's about what you prioritize. Be honest with yourself. All right. And then the last point here, guys, is discipline isn't punishment. It is the price of freedom. I've paid, me and Angela have paid the price. A lot of you guys have paid the price. But it doesn't just stop. It's a continuation. It's a constant journey of getting better. Now, freedom from the body that you hate, freedom from low confidence, freedom from always restarting. All right? And I want everybody here, everybody here, I want to challenge you guys here to post your why in here inside of the chat right now. Write it down while we're here in the moment. Make the decision here. Comment what is your why and what's the exact number of workouts you're committing to this week. No excuses. If it was easy, everybody would be skinny. Huh? That's the truth, Christian. It was never supposed to be an easy route to get to your goals. But you're in the right place to get as much help as possible to make these goals achievable. Man, holy [ __ ] If only they had this when I was on my weight loss journey. You're why to live longer for my family. Six workouts this week. Beautiful. Can you repeat what Christian said? Oh, Chris said Chris said it was never supposed to be an easy route to get to your goals, but you're in the right place to get as much help as possible to make these goals achievable. If it was easy, everybody would be skinny. Allan, yeah, it's good. I can't really read them cuz I'm driving and kind of cut off from a second. That's why. Got it. And Britney, family and health, seven days a week. Beautiful. Kate, for my future self, never to be here again and to not start over. Seven days. Let's go. Trey, I'm tired of looking looking like a fat nobody. Getting in shape will allow me to be the true person I want to become. Someone I can be proud of. I will work out six times this week. Beautiful Trey. Honestly, I think in my opinion, you know, writing this down is great, but Whoa. 14 times my man. I don't know who that is, but that's me. Um Okay. Well, you got I'm who who's me? Who's Zoom user? Coach Angelo, come on now. Okay. Sorry. Um Oh, yeah. I expect that. Anyway, um I you know, when I did a call with Coach Angelo on a Friday call, uh you know, maybe I don't know, a week or two ago, something like that. uh he had pulled up the video from the interview that we did when I first started and like I could see the emotion that I had. I mean, I'm getting emotional right now just talking about it, but I think a lot of people they have a why that sounds good. And I'm not saying you shouldn't have one that sounds good. I think you should definitely have one that sounds good. But I think a true why in any field, whether it's work or weight loss or whatever, really should your heartstrings. Like, it should really just like hit you right in the heart. Like, should be an ego goal, bro. I'm going to be honest. I'm going to be honest with you. It's an ego goal. And like there's nothing wrong with having an ego goal. No, I I completely agree. But I think if that goal doesn't move your emotions, whether it's anger or you know, uh, tearful or whatever, like for me, like emotions always move me to like, you know, just almost like sadness to a point where like I don't want to be that way anymore. And like and I and I encourage everybody and I'll put this in the chat. It's a It's an AI app called Remeni and really put your Holy Balls, Christian. That's so [ __ ] awesome. Um I I think people should download the Remeni app and really Oh my god, it's like a beach towel. Um, I think people that are, you know, still over 300 lb or wherever should download this app because I downloaded this app and I it allows you to put yourself into a a fit body and it's all AI and man, like when I was trying on some clothes this weekend, I was thinking, man, I'm almost there. Like I am, you know, 40 45 lbs away from that goal. And that's just I think a lot of people should I think everybody in this group should do that because I mean it it can it can it's hard to see the end goal when you don't know what it looks like. Obviously a lot of people just focus on you know 3 to 5 lbs losing every week which is fantastic. I'm not saying not to focus on that, but when you get yourself when you're able and I'll show it for a lot of the newer people that haven't seen it yet, but when you're able to get yourself in a position where you can actually physically see what you might look like when you are fit and in shape. Let me do this. That's what the app will do is it'll put you into a, you know, a fitter body. And I would say I'm probably 40 pounds away from that. maybe 45. So, it's called Remeni. Re M I N I. But yeah, I mean, I think you should definitely download that app and do that because, you know, sometimes you just need to see what the end may look like even though it you have a hard time seeing that dayto day. Damn, Christian, that's [ __ ] awesome, man. I'm so proud of you, dude. Trey, the point that you made, Trey, on it should move you emotionally. It really should because there's no logical reason why any of us are here on this call together. If we're thinking like Harvard Business School, like logical data points, how we're all here connected, there is no logical reasoning to it. And so, Trey, you hit it right on the head that your weight loss goal, your dream vision for yourself, it should feel emotional. There should be ties to that future version of yourself because when you're looking in the mirror, Trey, at that room many version of you, he's going to have felt this entire journey. He's going to know exactly what that feels like because he he's been through it. He felt it emotionally. So, that's that's a great point that you just made right there. Yeah. Just it's got to move you. And whether it's anger or sadness, whatever it does, you you know, use that. And there's one thing I'll I'll this is the one last thing I'll say on this call is I was in a a mastermind group last year for a while and the guy that was running the mastermind group. He was he said he was walking down the beach with his wife in Malibu, California and looking at these 1020 million dollar homes and he's like and he go he said to himself he's instead of saying to yourself man like it must be awesome to live in that house man it must be awesome to be in shape like Angelo and Calvin. It must be awesome to lose weight like Chris. Instead of saying it must be awesome, you need to be telling yourself, who do I need to become to be in shape like Angelo? Who do I need to become to be in shape like Calvin? Who do I need to become to lose the weight like Christian? And then once you figure out that answer, that's exactly what you need to do. And that's what that's the constant question I ask myself is like, who do I need to become to attract this person or that person in my life? Who do I need to become to make that kind of income? Who do I need to become to to, you know, to weigh 210 lbs? And and I think if you are truthful with yourself, that is the only thing that you'll ever need because at the end of the day, you don't need anybody in this group. You just need yourself. And having people in this group that have done exactly what you're trying to do is always going to benefit. But if you're not going to do it for yourself, nobody else is going to. So, Yep. Anyway, exactly. I love that question, Trey. Who do you need to become? Who do you need to become in order to make Yeah. Who do you need to become to, you know, you finish the sentence on your own for whatever it is you want to become? And, you know, ask yourself that every day. I mean, I do. If it's not every day, it's definitely every week. Yeah. And that should be minute to minute because it can easy it can get easy to lose sight. So, asking yourself that question, who do you need to become minute to minute? you'll get the answer. The answer is the path is going to be laid out in front of you. It just is up to you to take the next step. Yep. And I I and I love what you talk what you just said because I wrote I wrote everything down on here. Um discipline isn't punishment. And I know for when I was younger, even a couple years ago, I always thought discipline was punishment, you know, but I think the people that look at it as punishment aren't ready to face the facts. Are you going to do something that's a punishment? No. I mean, absolutely not. But at the same time, like people think of punishment like, "Oh god, all I'm so sore, blah, blah, blah." And I was talking to my mom about it too, you know, cuz she just started working out after going through some back problems and and uh I was like, well, I mean, it's just part of the suck that you got to embrace. And, you know, I now I look forward I can't wait to work out now. I hope this put a fire in everybody's ass here to show up, put in the work, and really give it your all, guys. The future you deserves it. Your family deserves it. I mean, even in a community sense, the people here deserve to see, you know, what it looks like when somebody actually puts their foot down and achieves the goals for themselves. All right, guys. You guys can do it. We believe in all of you. If you guys have any questions, hit me or Angelo up. We got your guys' back for for for life. We're here to help you guys make this thing happen. All right, guys. See you guys on Wednesday. Trey, look forward to some more wins. Kate, Allan, Christian, Zack, Oscar, Luca. Who else is in here? Carlos, let's go. Have the best day of your entire life, guys. We'll talk soon. All right. See you.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-05-06 Views: 239 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0DY3O5D4tfA Runtime: 29 min 37 sec (5,754 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's going on fellas? My name is Angelo. My name is Calvin. We are the Vision Twins and we lost a combined 300 lbs. Now it's our life mission to show guys who are exactly like us how to do the same thing. And in this podcast, we are going to talk about one thing that you think you're doing that is a noble cause but is actually one of the most selfish things you can do. And that my friend is putting other people first. You see we had a conversation with a new client the other day. And he was talking about how I always put other people first. I always put other people's needs above mine. I prioritize my wife, my kids, and everybody else gets the best of me. And as long as everybody else is happy, I'm fine. And I told him that I understand where you're coming from because quite frankly we used to be the exact same people. Where we'd put other people's feelings above ours, we'd put other people's emotions above ours, and we always wanted to make sure everybody had a good time. We always wanted to make sure everybody else felt included and that they had a good time and and that can come at the expense of us feeling drained or lack of energy. And what I shared with him is a perspective that came to me and I want to pass it on to you guys as well. Is that putting other people first is the most selfish thing you can do. Because when you put other people first, you're not actually giving them the best version of you. When you put other people first, you put their priorities, their needs, and their wants above yours. And when you do that, you start to limit your true heart's desires, your your true self's ambitions, your goals, and most people would look at somebody that's fully focusing on themselves and call them a selfish person. They might call them an egotistical person. However, when you actually do this the right way, when you put your needs above somebody else's, you're actually able to show up for everybody else in the best way possible. Because right now, if you're over 300 lbs, which you are cuz you're watching this video, you might think you're showing up for other people the best way. You show up when they give you a call. You do you always go out the extra mile or you you go the extra mile for other people, but you don't do it for yourself. And that's a selfish need. That's actually the most selfish thing you can do because you're not showing other people the best version of you. You're just trying to feel good. You're just trying to be able to say, "Hey, at least I'm a good person." But are you actually a good person if you have to go to your kid's soccer game and you can't even stand for more than 30 minutes? Is your kid actually getting the best version of you just because you bought him the nice pair of cleats? No, he's not. He's getting actually the worst version of you. The version of you that has no energy to actually be the person that he needs. And the person he needs isn't somebody who just answers all his questions, does everything that he wants, all these different things. No. A good example is somebody that shows someone how to be self-sufficient. And you haven't learned that. And it's not your fault because you've been told by so many people growing up that, "Oh, make sure you go the extra mile for somebody else. Always take your shirt off and give it to somebody else." Which there's actually nothing wrong with that, but you got to make sure you got a backup T-shirt as well. Because if you give somebody the shirt off your back, you're left with nothing and now you're out left cold to freeze. And when you die, when you're not able to be there for anybody else and be their savior anymore, what's going to actually happen to them in the future? They're not going to know how to be self-sufficient. And so now the answer to all their prayers, which might have been you, the person that always made them feel good, which was you, the person that always went the extra mile for them, which was you, is no longer there. They're [ __ ] And so you have to understand that if you want to help other people, if you want to actually become a good example and be the person that can be there for somebody, you have to focus on yourself first. And if you're over 300 lbs, you've got a lot of [ __ ] issues that you got to figure out before you ever try to solve somebody else's. The ironic part about being a 300 plus pound man who puts all these other things first before himself is it's not that you actually don't know what to do. It's not that you don't have enough information. It's not that you lack the mental capacity in order to go and accomplish losing the weight and being at the example who you want to be. It's that you're emotionally avoiding doing the freaking work. Now, when we were 17 years old, over 300 lbs, it's not that we were lazy, it's not that we didn't want to lose the weight. It was a spectrum. It was how bad we wanted to do it. So, yes, at that time we could have been young adults, we didn't necessarily have families yet or we weren't really out seasoned into the real world. Now that we are looking back, what we realized is the common denominator between us as fat ass kids and fat young adults and fat adults, the man watching this, you right now, is you just genuinely don't want it bad enough. So, it's not a matter of the information, it's a matter of how bad you actually want it. Another funny part about the situation is when you die and you're no longer saving the day for the people around you, they're no longer self-sufficient and the news flash, they don't want you to be their savior anyway. We just had a client sign on, the same client we're talking about. His wife actually ended up leaving him. Why? Because he didn't prioritize himself. So, for these people, for your wife, for your kids who you think you're doing everything for and you think that they love you so much, who are they really getting? Who they're really getting is what you see in the mirror. And what you see in the mirror will never lie to you. So, if you look in the mirror right now and you are disgusted with what you see, it pains you to take your shirt off in public. It pains you after taking a shower to look at yourself butt naked. If that pains you, how do you think the other people around you really feel? Do you think they really feel like you're this great Superman, this great superhero that just solves all their problems, gives them a nice roof over their head, provides a nice hot meal? That's not how they really feel about you. How other people really feel about you is the way that you feel about yourself. It is a natural law. It is a universal law. There's absolutely no way of bypassing it. The only way to bypass that shitty feeling that you feel looking at yourself in the mirror is by actually taking action, by genuinely wanting it bad enough, by losing the weight and keeping it off forever. Kids and the people around you, they don't learn by you just wagging your finger at them and telling them what to do or just by buying them a brand new pair of cleats. They learn by example. They learn by you prioritizing yourself first, by actually losing the weight, by actually showing them, not telling them what a good example looks like. And what's funny, too, is that most people that are fat, ourselves included when we were fat, we would ask we would think at a point that we were good people, that people talked about us nicely behind closed doors. But as humans do, a lot of people are fake. And so the majority of people that you meet, even your kids unfortunately, they will say good things about you in front of you. But when they're behind closed doors, the truth comes out. People really talk about what they feel about you when you're not there. And all the things that they're talking about in quiet and in private are the things that you talk about yourself in private. You talk about yourself very lowly. You talk about yourself that, "Man, I'm just a [ __ ] lazy piece of shit." Do you think other people are not saying that? They're saying exactly what you think about yourself. The truth will always be the truth. And so if you want the conversations to change, if you want people to look at you with admiration and respect, you have to respect yourself enough and admire yourself enough and think that you're worth it enough to go [ __ ] lose the weight. Now most guys will get tripped up on like, "What do I do? This is so hard. I've lost weight before. I've gained it back. Losing weight is impossible for me. Maybe it's my hormones. Maybe it's my genetics. Maybe my testosterone's low. Maybe" Shut the [ __ ] up. Shut the [ __ ] up, bro. Because all those things that you're telling yourself are not benefiting you and are not giving you the energy of what it takes to go lose the [ __ ] weight. It takes a hard look at yourself in the mirror as Calvin said. And getting dead ass serious about it, man. You shouldn't be walking around all day mumbling to yourself about, "Oh, I hope they don't, you know, look at me a certain way because I'm fat. I really don't want to make this person uncomfortable when I sit next to them." Why are you waiting for chance for how people to feel about you? Why are you leaving it up to chance? You should give people a zero amount of effort or zero amount of ounce of letting them dictate who you are. That comes down for you internally. Then when you go out in public, you'll have no question as to how people feel about you. They'll look at you and say, "Damn, that guy clearly takes care of himself. That guy clearly cares about the people around him. That guy clearly is healthy." There's no thought in their mind of "Oh, is this guy healthy?" If you've lost the weight, they're not thinking that. They know because they can see it. But if they see you as your current self walk into a room, what do you think the first thought is going to be? This guy really takes care of himself? No, they're going to look at you and be like, "Oh, [ __ ] This guy This is the fat guy in the room. Let's make sure we got enough room for this guy. Let's make sure he doesn't touch anything. Let's make sure we spray and clean everything off once he leaves cuz we just don't want that fatness around." We got to make sure we order extra food for him because, "Hey, I didn't know Big John was coming. Now we got to Hey, what do we we got to order another pizza?" And you're sitting over there like, "Huh, I'm going to eat all the most [ __ ] pizza in the room." Like dude, that there's nothing proud to be of that. You're literally on a self-destruction path the moment you stop focusing on yourself. Because you don't even have the true energy to give other people the best version of you. You think by giving yourself you you you think by giving the least energy that you have to other people that that should mean something. Newsflash, man. It's not [ __ ] worth anything. You might as well not be there. When people come to you and ask you for help, they're not asking for your help. They're asking for the last bit of energy that you have left to give to them. And when you do that, you're very you're being selfish, man, because you make it it you think it makes them better. You think it it makes you feel good by taking off the last thing you own and giving it to somebody else. When in actuality, these people are capable to solve their own problems. When in actuality, you're capable enough to solve your own problems. But you don't take enough vicious action towards your goals, towards the things that you want, so you think you're less than. You think you're incapable. You think you're like incubated to changing your life. One of the things that I learned after losing 160 lb and to this day, the thing that I hate the most is life making decisions for me. I I hate having decisions be made for me on what I need to do and like it being out of my control. Because for the most part, a lot of the [ __ ] in your day-to-day life can be controlled. But you had to have controlled it weeks and months ago and years ago to be in this position now where you can decide what you actually want to do. But when you avoid all those different things, when you avoid those hard situations, those hard conversations, you push it off to a later day, it's not like these things just [ __ ] disappear. They disappear for a short period of time. They go out of your memory for a short period of time. But the [ __ ] roosters the chickens will come home to roost or whatever the [ __ ] the saying is. The this [ __ ] will come back. Loud. And it'll come back worse and harder and more difficult than it was the first time you noticed it because you ignored it. And now it's built up into something bigger and you've let it gain all this momentum just like your weight you you've ignored it for so many years. You've let it gain all this momentum that now you're fighting against [ __ ] really hard challenges to lose this weight. You're fighting against years of momentum built up. [ __ ] I'll be the first person to tell you I'm not even strong enough to do that. I will get my ass hammered if I didn't lose the weight 10 years ago. I would be most likely dead at this point of 27 years old. If I didn't grab my balls, pick them up, and start losing the weight 10 years ago, life's momentum from being a fat ass would have killed me by now. I wouldn't have the family that I have now. I wouldn't be the brother that I'm able to be now. I wouldn't be able to help anybody else or impact anybody's life for the better if I didn't take action, ruthless, relentless action 10 years ago. I'd be in the [ __ ] Now, we just spoke with one of our new clients, had his onboarding call today. He's super excited to start, had a great call. And one thing that he told me, he told both of us is he's funding either the negative part of his life or he's spending money on the positive part of his life. Either way, he's going to be spending money. If you were to take a good audit at how much money that you've spent on the negative impacts of the results that you see in the mirror up until now, if you noticed how much you funded into your current self, you would be throwing up every single ounce of fast food that you've eaten. Let's put it into perspective for you. If you were to go and get fast food like the average person that joins into our program does, which is about five to seven times per week. Fast food is not cheap anymore. A few weeks ago, I went to Chipotle. I got a burrito bowl, I got some chips, and I got a diet Coke. It was $20. So if you're doing that, you're going to Raising Cane's, you're going to McDonald's, you're going to Subway, you're going to all these places and trying to find the healthiest option about of all of it, but you're still spending money on fast food, you're going to spend 20 bucks each meal. Say you do that five times a week, seven times a week. Sometimes you do it two times a day, so that number can really be up to 10. But let's just be fair, let's call it seven times a week. Seven times 20, that's 140 bucks a week you spend on fast food. You do that for a month. What's four times 140? 560? 560 bucks a month. You do that for an entire year. 560 times 12, I'm going to say that's anywhere between 5,680 bucks. I don't know. What's What's Hey Siri, what's 12 * 560? 6,720. $6,720 you spend per year annually to be fat. Now multiply that by 20 for the average amount of time you've spent living in that pattern that pattern. Hell, even five years is enough. five years. Let's say you've done that for five years. $6,720 * 5 years of eating out. $33,600. You remember five years ago. That wasn't even COVID. We were coming we were kind of in the middle of COVID during that time. May 2021. And you were in a much better position in May 2021. You might have lost maybe 20 lb at that point or even 40 lb, but then you gained it back. Over the last five years, you've watched yourself continuously get fatter and fatter and fatter every year. And you still make the same decisions over and over and over and over again. And you expect a different result. When are you going to realize that the actions you take produce the results that you get. And the actions that you do not take produce the results that you don't get. It's very [ __ ] simple. And you are old enough, you are smart enough, you have enough life experience to know where you're [ __ ] up at. But every single day, you bypass it with excuses. You bypass it with I don't want to do this right now. I have a lot of stuff going on. My I don't have enough time when I get off of work because it's time to come home, eat dinner, put the kids to bed, and I have no more time left for myself at the end of the day. When you know that's [ __ ] because you know that you can split up 30 minutes two times a day. You know that you can set aside 1 hour of your life every single night to lose the weight. But again, what Calvin said in the very beginning of this video is that you just don't want it bad enough. It's not worth it enough to you. You're very comfortable. You can't be bothered right now. None of the stuff that you're saying is a good valid excuse. Why? Cuz we've been in your [ __ ] shoes before. So everything you are saying, everything you are thinking, everything you tell yourself about the about as the reasons why you can't lose the weight, we said it about ourselves and we said it to ourselves. But you will get to a point when the chickens come home to roost and you will realize that you've been making [ __ ] excuses for the rest of your entire life. It maybe that day will never come for you, dude. Even if you were to get over your own [ __ ] start picking your balls up, and to start losing weight, you're still most likely 99% sure not going to ever actually lose the weight. The reason being is because even when you get over the excuses, you say, "Okay, guys, I've had enough. I'm done. I'm going to start working out. I'm going to start following my meal plan. I'm going to eat right. I'm going to cut out the fast food. I'm done making [ __ ] excuses. I'm going to lose the weight." You maybe will last three to five days. You won't even last the amount of time it's going to be necessarily for you to lose the weight. You might even Let's be fair, you might last a month. You might even at the furthest might last three months. Why? Because what you don't have is accountability. Sharing a personal story with you, I used to weigh 330 lb. For the average person watching this, for you, I weighed more than you. Me and Angelo combined sure as hell weighed more than you. Now, yes, we lost a lot of weight very quickly. I lost 140 lb in less than 12 months. Angelo lost 160 lb in 14 months. But let's be real. I would have gained all of that weight back in a matter of three months if I didn't have Angelo there with me every single step of the way. So you can have all the discipline that you want. You can have the perfect meal plan. You can have the perfect workout plan. But if you're missing accountability, you will not make it past three to five days or like Angelo said, maybe even three to five months. The only way that you can guarantee that you lose this weight and you keep it off for good is if you learn and you take action in direction from people who have been in your shoes before. Not your skinny personal trainer who comes in and has been in shape his entire life. We just had a client sign on today. He said the biggest mistake that he did was he hired a personal trainer that was a celebrity trainer out in California who had been in shape his entire life, couldn't really understand what he was going through. What's the biggest game changer for you? Is having accountability. Peers, not just coaches, but peers who have lived your real life experience. Not theory, not what we think may work, not what might work. No, man. This is exactly what works for me. It works for Angelo. And it's worked for thousands of other men just like you. One of our clients named Riley started in our program back in October of 2025. Today is May 5th, 2026. Riley now weighs 197 lb. In 6 months, using the system, the accountability, and the plan that we have built for him because we've been in his shoes before, lost 133 lb in 6 months. Not just Riley, though. Our client, Zach, a father of two, project manager. He was very busy. He had all the reasons why he couldn't lose the weight. But like we said earlier, he got to the end of his road. He realized that he couldn't keep going down this path because if he didn't, he wouldn't be able to be alive to walk his kids down the aisle when they get married or be there for them when they get older. And so what did he do? He reached out to us. He got started in our program immediately. He didn't ask questions. He already came in committed because he knew that we were the guys that could help him get to where he wants to go. Zach started in November of 2024. By November of 2025, Zach weighed 350 lb when he started. Zach ended the program at 220 lb. He lost 130 lb in 1 year. What's the separating quality between these guys that are losing the weight and you? Okay, good. You've got all these things that you're thinking in your brain. They're all wrong. He didn't have more discipline than you. He didn't have more the the best meal plan than you. He didn't have the best workout plan than you. He didn't have more time. He didn't have more time than you. He has a very demanding career. He's got two boys, one on the way. Think about it. What is the distinguishing quality? What's different? There's two things. He took relentless action and committed without even hesitating. And he was held accountable. When you have somebody who says, "I'm going to [ __ ] do this thing, and I'm going to do it with you guys because I know you guys can get me the results that I want." And you come in with that energy, any plan that we give you what will work. But will it work for the long run? No, because again, that can wear out. You're human. You feel motivated some days, some days you don't. So on the days that he didn't feel motivated, he was held accountable. He still showed up even if he didn't want to. And when you can show up when you don't want to, it makes the times that you do want to even easier. Makes it way more fun. And you lose more weight. Way more enjoyable. Way more enjoyable. When you are in a place where you're doing the things that you don't want to, but you know you need to do them, and you're getting them done anyways, how do you think you feel afterwards? Do you feel worse or do you feel better? You feel 10 times better because you pushed through all the things that used to stop you. And one of the most important things that a mentor told me is that when you get to your goal, it's not about the goal. It's about the the person you become in the process. And I didn't really quite understand that even after losing 160 lb. I I still didn't fully grasp it. But just about a month or two ago, I really grasped it in a different avenue in my life, in business. Going from a person that started off as not knowing anything about business to where I'm at now, it's not about the money that I make. It's not about the the house that I live in, the car that I It's not about that. All the stuff that really matters is that I became the person that can have these things, and you cannot take that away from me. You can't take the skill set. You can't take the knowledge away. You can't take the expertise away because like Angelo said, in building our business, these are things that you have to go through to become the person who deserves those things. Same thing when it comes to your weight loss journey. You become the person along the way. But you first need to be committed to becoming that person before you ever get any of those things. You must first be committed that no matter what, you are going to become the person who can accomplish their dream. And the best part about this is that once you're committed, and once you become the person, you don't have any more excuses as to why you can't win. You know what it takes. You know the level of energy and discipline and the ability to command more out of yourself than anybody can command from you. Your boss can't make you do more than what you can do for yourself. Your wife, your kids, nobody can push you the way that you can internally do for yourself. Because when it's 10:00 at night, and you're about to go into the cabinet, the wife is asleep, the kids are asleep, and it's you versus you, that [ __ ] that you've been battling your entire life, and that [ __ ] that used that held you from being the person you always wanted to be, the fat version of you, the slob, the devil on your shoulder talking to you, would win. But when you become the person that has lost the weight, that voice doesn't have a [ __ ] chance against you, man. That voice gets slammed down to the ground. The voice that tells you just to quit, the voice that tells you just to go home, the voice that tells you to stop at the drive-thru menu before you go home. You tell that voice to shut the [ __ ] up, get in the backseat, and don't speak. And guess what? He's a little [ __ ] He doesn't respond back. He might chirp. He might talk. But you're stronger than him now. And when you come into a place of absolute commanding the best from yourself, and you listen to that voice all day long, there's nothing that can stop you. No other outside person can stop you. The water can only sink the boat if it gets inside the boat. And so when you no longer let things that you feel like are outside of you get inside of you, you can win, man. And that's what we've done for our clients, and that's what we guarantee we can do for you. So much so that we guarantee you lose 100 lb in the next 6 months. And if you don't, we will give you a full refund, and we will coach you for free. You heard that correct. We will put our money where our mouth is. We are so confident in this program and that it will work for you as long as you come in with the right attitude, as long as you come in ready to learn, that you can lose this weight. What might take you on your own 10, 15 years, maybe if you even live that long, we do in 6 months. By the end of 2026, you could be in the best, healthiest shape you've ever been in in your entire life. And if you don't, we will give you your money back, and we will coach you for free until you do, just for wasting your time. But don't expect that to happen because you're going to lose the weight. And so if you're the type of person, and you've heard enough, and you're tired of waiting on your [ __ ] own excuses and limitations, and you're ready to take action, just click the link in the description below, apply for coaching, and we'll see if we're a good fit. And if we're a good fit, we'll show you how we can help you out with this. And at the end of the day, it's your decision what you do or not. There's no need for us to hard sell you on losing weight. You know why you want to lose the weight. But if this is something that you're ready to take action on and get committed on, what's stopping you? Because everything we've already talked about, the fast food budget you're spending, the time you actually do have if you prioritize it better, your wife, doing this for her isn't going to work. It has to be for you because you're going to be the one doing all the workouts. You're going to be the one making your food. You're going to be doing You're the one that's going to be in control of yourself. You have no reason to stop to not start. So the question is, what are you going to do? Because in 1 year from now, there's two versions of you that exist. There's a version of you that's 100 lb down plus, who's healthier, happier, more confident, more energy, able to go to the beach and take a shirt off, able to go to the boat trips and take a shirt off, go on vacations to the Jamaica, to the islands, and love what he sees. Not have to buy an extended seatbelt. Not have to buy an extended seatbelt. You can fit in a taxi cab and sit in the middle seat if you felt like it. You can go to concerts, walk for miles on end without getting tired. You can play with your kids, have tons of energy with them, and keep going longer than they can. Your whole entire life can change in 1 year from today. Or you could do nothing. Again, this is It's your [ __ ] life, man. Whatever you want to do. You can wait. Hopefully, the sleep apnea doesn't get to you. Maybe heart attack or diabetes won't get to you, and you can push this off another year. And you can look back thinking, "Damn, where would I be at if I just committed? Where would my life be if I had finally just took up the opportunity to change my life, and I actually got committed? I stopped believing all my excuses that I told myself about that felt very real in the moment, and I took action anyways." But you you won't get to that point because you won't do anything. So then, you do nothing, and you look back with regret. If you're still alive then. It's up to you. So, if that's you, just click the link in the description below. We'll see if we're a good fit. But like Angelo said, when do you want to start? How much longer do you want to keep pushing this off? And remember what we talked about earlier. All it comes down to is how bad you want it. There is no tomorrow. Like Rocky III, there is no tomorrow. Make a decision. You, your family, and the people around you deserve it.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2025-11-19 Views: 197 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=z2-IfvevfyY Runtime: 54 min 56 sec (11,450 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's going on everybody? My name's Calvin. My name is Angelo. We are the Vision Twins and we lost a combined 300 lbs together. And now it's our mission to show others how to do the same thing. And so in this video, we are going to be having a conversation essentially about why men over 300 lb always avoid the scale. And before we get into it, we want to let you guys know that our backstory, how we mentioned we lost over 300 lb combined. I used to weigh 330 lb. I lost 140 pounds in just 12 months. And Angelo, he went from 350 pounds down to 190 pounds. And we've been able to keep all of this weight off for the past 10 years now. And when we say men over 300 lb avoid the scale, they don't notice the actual detriment that that's adding on to their life by ignoring the numbers. We're big numbers guys. We know that in order to actually get to where you want to be, whether that's in business, whether that's in your weight loss journey, tracking your numbers is extremely important. And most guys, they can track all their numbers in their career. They can track how many clients they have. They can track their bank account. They can track all of these other aspects of their life. But the biggest one that when they go to sleep at night, they know that they've been avoiding is that number that they're seeing on the scale. Yeah. And it's it's also more than just the numbers on a scale. It's the numbers in the calories of food that you're eating per day. Um, most people, like I said, or Calvin said earlier, most guys avoid that because either one, they don't know that like these numbers are important and they actually mean something or two, they just they know it and they don't want to confront the reality. And I remember so many times before I uh really committed to losing weight, and I'm sure you can attest to this too, like we would have these micro attempts at losing weight. We would do small things thinking we're making a a real impact on our weight loss journey versus just going all in and doing things right from the beginning. We would do these like micro attempts like, oh, we're going to, you know, try to not eat chips today or we're going to try to not do this or do that or whatever it is. And every single time without failure, I would get to the end of the day and like recap. Okay, I tried to lose weight today like did I make progress? And I would look back at like the food that I ate throughout the day just in my mind. And when you do that, your mind is very tricky. It's not like a guarantee. It could paint situations and images that either did or did not happen. And so when it comes to your food, you might think you did good during the day, but like if you don't track it, you don't know exactly how much you ate. So, I would get to the end of the day and like recap the food that I had and it would be, "Okay, what did I have for breakfast?" Okay, I uh I had like four pancakes and I had an orange. Okay, that's fine. That's not That's too not too bad. And then two hours later I'm like, "Oh, wait." And then I had a bag of chips. And then for lunch, I had Oh, I only had spaghetti for lunch. It wasn't a big deal, but I had a pretty big bowl of spaghetti. I didn't actually track it the right way. And then I also had two bowls of that. So I probably had a little bit more than I should have. And then oh, okay, in the middle of the afternoon, what I have? I probably had some more chips and probably had some more spaghetti. And then for dinner time, oh, I just had a chicken breast and some rice. And then you're like adding it up throughout the day. You're like, damn, I actually didn't do well today. I did pretty bad. I ate a lot of [ __ ] food. And that is something that really changes when you start getting in control of what you're putting into your mouth and tracking the numbers. And if you track your weight, which is scary at first because you're like, I don't want to see the damage that's been done, it gets to a point where you just stop weighing yourself, too, right? You just Yeah. I've just talked to a guy the other day and he said that he hasn't weighed himself in over 4 months and not weighing yourself in 4 months. Think about how much number one food that you've eaten in the past 4 months, but then all of the time that's been wasted. That's 120 days that you haven't known how much you weighed. And most guys, their number one dream goal in life is to lose over 100 pounds. If you're over 300 pounds, which we can pretty much assume that you're the person watching this right now, is you want to lose over 100 lbs. And if you go 4 months without tracking your calories, without stepping on the scale, you're really just shooting yourself in the foot hoping, wishing, and praying to crystals that you're going to somehow magically lose the weight. when no other area of your life works like that. If you didn't track the numbers in your business for four months, like you got a [ __ ] up business. There's something that went wrong month one, month two that either you ignored because you didn't want to look at reality and now you're struggling with it four months later. And that's the same thing with your weight loss journey. If you go four months, a year without weighing yourself or you're like, "Okay, I I think I weigh 330 lbs." But then, you know, like the next time you step on the scale, it's probably going to be more. And you step on it and it's like, "Oh, I'm 343." Like, I gained another 13 pounds in a month. Like, how did that happen? Well, that wouldn't have happened if you actually just confronted reality. And if you want to be successful on your weight loss journey, you have to live in reality. You have to look at what what you're dealing with and understand that all the success you're going to get is determined by how much effort you put in. And like that's not a dayby-day thing. That's like a minute-by-minute thing. Yeah, that's an hourby- hour thing. That's being so conscious and aware all day long about what you're doing, making sure that it's moving the needle forward and you losing weight. And if you don't track what you're doing hour by hour, minute by minute, the foods you're eating, how long, how many steps you got during the day, you're just hoping that you're going to hit this magical goal of losing weight when there's actually like a scientific way to do that. You just have to do what the numbers say. 3500 calories equals one pound. If you're in a deficit for two days of a thousand calories or three days of 1,000 calories, you basically can say you lost a pound in three days. And you would only know that if you looked at the numbers. And so for some tools for people that if you're on a weight loss journey and you want to actually start tracking the food you're eating, start getting an understanding of how to do this, download the app called My Fitness Pal. It's free. You can literally so if you get the upgraded version, you can scan the barcode of the food that you're eating. And right there, I already know some of you guys are thinking, "Fuck, like I have to I have to be detail oriented. I have to like go the extra step in, you know, losing weight and watching what I eat." Yeah. Like it's not going to just randomly happen. And if you don't want to do that, then just admit you don't want to lose weight and you're comfortable. But if you want to change, you have to if people grow from a place of uncomfort or Yeah. from a place of uncomfort, not comfort. And so if your main mo and like way you operate is trying to be comfortable, you're never going to do anything that actually makes you lose weight. You're going to come home from work and what's the comfortable thing to do? Sit on the couch. Sit on the couch, put on Netflix, get something comfortable to eat. You know, have a big plate of dinner. Make yourself stress relieved from a big day of work. And you're going to overeat in the dinner and then you're going to have some ice cream at the end of the day. and then before you know it, you're living as a comfortable person. You're not going to lose the weight. And so to change that, you got to be a little bit uncomfortable. You got to do new things. You got to learn a new skill. It's the same thing with anything. If you want to get better at something, you're going to suck in the beginning. But the more you do it, the more you learn from your mistakes. And they're not even really mistakes. You just didn't know. It was ignorance. You start changing that going forward. It's inevitable. You're going to become great. You're going to become so much better to the point one year passes by, you lost 100 pounds, 140 lbs. In one year, I lost 160. And people around you will be looking at you like, "What did you do?" Like, "What was the magic? Did you Did you take Ozempic? Did you get a surgery? Did you?" Our uncle used to think we were taking drugs. He was always asking us if we took cocaine. And the thing is, even when we first started losing weight, Ompic weight loss surgery, the these things were not as popular as they are today, which is mind-blowing that a man over 30 years old would even consider getting a weight loss surgery knowing that it's possible to do it naturally. And that's the way that we grew up. We grew up on doing things the oldfashioned way, right? If you're an oldfashioned guy, similar to how we operate, it's about earning it. It's about doing it the right way because it is possible and it is actually going to yield you better results. But back to your point on the My Fitness Pal tool, right, in order to track your calories, it isn't necessarily a whole brand new thing that you have to start doing. It's replacing the time that you're spending scrolling for 2 to 5 minutes on TikTok or Instagram in the middle of your lunch break. You can just take that same exact time and input the food that you're eating. And when you can physically see those numbers, it's going to force you to become more intentional with the way that you're eating. And not just is it a reality standpoint of actually losing over 100 lbs, but it's really a psychological thing as well. It's more psychological. It's more psychological than it is physical. We aren't just branded as the vision twins for no reason. If we wanted to be just the weight loss twins, we would have put our Instagram tag as at weight loss twins. But no, we are more psychological beings. We're more spiritual beings. At least we'd hope that we're not all just meat and bones here. That we actually have a spirit, that we actually have something that's guiding us to a bigger purpose. That's what we brand ourselves on is that future vision of ourselves. And in becoming that future vision of yourself, it takes setting an impossible goal for yourself. Because when most people hear that we lost over 300 lb combined, it's instantly a shock. They are instantly asking themselves, "No way just one person lost over 100 lb. No wait, two people did it. Okay, I really have to see what these guys are talking about." Well, how we operate, especially within our program, is we force our clients, not necess not necessarily force them, but the system that's in place is forcing them to shoot for a bigger goal. Because if your goal is to lose over 100 pounds, but you think, "Oh, that's going to take me 2 to 3 years. I'm not even going to try. You won't try and you won't go for it." But when you switch that thinking on its head and you say, "I'm going to lose 100 pounds in six months." automatically that forces you to solve for the problem right now. It's going to have you throw away 99% of the way that you were thinking before and adopt that new mindset of I'm going to lose this weight fast and I'm going to keep it off for the rest of my life. That's what's necessary in order to actually accomplish the goal that we have is setting that impossible goal to where when you tell somebody else, they should say, "What the [ __ ] That sounds impossible. That sounds crazy. That doesn't even seem like it's [snorts] reality. Well, when we confront reality and we're faced with the number on the scale, then we can future pace ourselves and we can start solving for the problem of losing 100 lbs in 6 months. And the thing is with tracking your calories and doing these things in terms of that new replacement, right? Instead of spending two minutes on TikTok scrolling on your lunch break, you can now track your calories. When you're doing those things, that's solving for that impossible goal. That's solving for that new future version of yourself. Because that future version of yourself is going to come regardless whether you lose any weight or whether you lose 100 lb. That future version is going to be there. So, do you want to set yourself up for success right now? Or do you want to live another six months hating the body that you live in, not feeling happy with yourself, not being able to take your shirt off, not having any confidence, not being the leader that you know that you should be deep down, that time is going to come either way. So in order to actually get to that person, it's contingent upon you setting that impossible goal and immediately solving for that person right now. Yeah, that's very true. And it takes me to where I think of a lot of our clients that when we get on a call with people for the first time or we talk to them, um, I always ask them like, "What's your goal weight?" Like, "What do you actually want to get to?" And you're watching this right now, you're probably already thinking of your goal weight in your mind, but you're going to actually choose a step down goal. And that step down goal is going to be something that it'd be nice if I did that. It'd be I'd be in a better position. But you having not having the confidence to say, "I want this big thing," that's going to stop you from ever solving that. And so that's why we say shoot for this impossible goal, this big thing, 150 lbs in a year, 100 pounds in 6 months. You're going to start eliminating all the stuff that would make you okay with that comfortable goal of like losing 50 pounds. And you're only going to start doing the things that would say, "Hey, like my goal is 100 pounds. It's going to require XYZ. It's going to require me to do more of this and less of this. I'm not going to, you know, say yes to dessert. I'm not going to go out and eat dinner three times in a week with, you know, friends and co-workers or whatever when I get out invited out. You're just going to start saying no to those things. And most people don't want to let those things go. You know, you're probably watching this and you're like, damn, like I gotta really change my life to lose weight. Yeah. Like that's the whole point. Why Why be the same person forever? I never understood it. why there's so many guys out there that know they want to lose weight, but they don't actually go for it. Like, they don't they don't go for that impossible goal. Like, you get one life, and why spend another 30, 40 years doing the same [ __ ] you've done your whole life? You're you're you're shooting yourself in the foot. Like, why are you here? Why what's your purpose for being on Earth in the first place? Like, yeah, have kids and do all that stuff. That's great. Have a family. But if you're not able to show up for them in a version of you that continuously gets better, why you should just stop now? Like most people stop maturing and learning at 18 or 21 or 25 years old and they be they stay the same person forever. Like most of you have been struggling with your weight your entire life. Your entire life you've had one problem that you've ignored. If you just solve that one problem, you can go and live the rest of your life the way that you want to. But if you have this kryptonite that's been holding you back, like I don't see the purpose or the value in holding on to that, like always being known as the fat guy. Was that annoying to you as well? Like being known as like the big guys coming around. Oh, we got to order more food because Angelo and Calvin are coming around or you know, just like I don't like that stigma. I don't like how that makes me feel. I don't like that perception of me. And I did everything I could in a short amount of time to to get rid of that. So that way that part is done. Like there's no more fat Angelo. There's no more overweight Angela, obese Angelo. And for you guys, ask yourself like, do I want to continue to be this same fat guy for the rest of my life? And if you're okay with that, then just stop looking at weight loss content to be honest. Stop looking at the next diet to follow, the next freaking workout plan to do. You're not there. You don't want it actually as bad as you think you do. 100%. And it's actually really that way of thinking, right? Because a lot of these guys are watching what diet to do or they're watching what workouts to do. But the most important thing is what we're talking about right now is setting that impossible goal for yourself. because you can look at all these different workout plans and meal plans and try all these different apps for the rest of your life. Well, take a inventory on how many times you've done that in the past. And what kind of results has that yielded you? If that's only yielded you in losing 10 to 20 pounds and then completely rebounding and gaining another 70 to 80, you're a smart enough guy to understand that doing these outside circumstances things aren't going to get you to where you really want to be. And how Angelo talked about is you struggling with the same problem for your entire life. There's nothing that disgusts me more than mediocrity. And even just thinking about mediocrity or just even thinking about 330 lbs makes me genuinely want to throw up because being over 330 lb is a disgusting life. Not even the people who are watching this right now who are over 300 lb want to even live that life. That's why we do what we do. That's why we coach guys and we serve these people and we serve these men to help them transform their lives in such a short amount of time because we understand exactly what it takes to help you get there. And having that kryptonite, right? I think that's an important point. Like it's something that always holds you back. you're thinking about it as much if you thought about losing weight and actually doing it as much as you thought about damn how fat I am during the day, you would have solved it already because it's like a pressing issue that you're trying to solve. But most people are looking at the problem and they're trying to they just they keep getting stuck on replay with the problem all day long. Like, damn, I'm fat. Damn, I look fat in that picture. Man, I can't climb up this flight of stairs. This sucks. This sucks. like and you're okay with just sitting there instead of saying, "Who would I have to become to be the person that this problem no longer affects me anymore? I no longer have to worry about walking up a flight of stairs. I no longer have to worry about going to the store and not finding stuff on the clothing rack that fits me." Most people don't actually solve for that. They solve they just they like to hold on to that problem because it makes them feel important. It makes them feel validated, like they're right about something. when if you just had the right information and you felt confident in that you would start taking actions towards solving this problem. So I always I always think about that like you know as much as you think about losing weight all day like why don't you just do something about it and ask yourself who would I have to become? It's an identity based way of living. It's not a it's not like um like a band-aid anymore. You're actually solving for what would this guy do right now? like what would this what would this premium version of Angelo do in this situation? He's looking at this plate of food. He sees that and especially Thanksgiving's come around and most people pile up their plate and if I was still fat, I would fill that whole plate up because I'm solving to be the fat guy. I'm eating to be the fat guy. But if I was in that moment and I was still fat and I'm looking at that plate of food, I'm like, "Okay, I want to actually be this 190 pound version of myself. let me make a plate for 190 lb version of myself. And then you just eat that and you're like, "Oh, this is actually how it's supposed to be because I'm now no longer identifying with the fat guy. I'm not going to do the things that the fat version of me would do anymore. I'm going to start living like this 190 lb version." And even though you still might be fat, you know that mentally you're not there anymore. And so it's only a time delay between where you are now and where you want to be. And if you know that you're doing the things necessary to move the needle forward, most times those fat comments won't affect you because you could almost laugh and be like like that I don't identify with that anymore. That's not that's not who I am. I'm actually this guy even though I'm fat, even though I'm like, you know, not in a position where I want to be. I know the things I'm doing is actually going to get me there in 3 to 6 12 months from now. Versus if you just keep eating the same way and you know that you're not making any changes, those insults will get to you. those fat comments, those times where you're upset climbing up a flight of stairs, those will eat you alive because you know you're not doing anything to change it. And so the only time you're experiencing pain is because you're not doing something to solve it. And if you're doing something with genuine effort to solve it, like you can be like okay with yourself. You can fall asleep at night knowing like, dude, I actually gave it everything I had. I gave it all I gave it everything I had. I put in the work. I I did what I could. I didn't see the scale drop five to 10 pounds, but like I know I'm doing the right thing. And if you could live with that and just know that the actions you're taking and the journey that you're on is the most important part, it's only a time difference between where you are now and where you want to be. Exactly. And I love how you mentioned that losing weight literally solves all of your problems. That one pressing issue that you've dealt with your entire life is actually the thing that's going to solve all of your problems in your life. And for us, I lost 140 pounds in just 12 months. And after that, life literally opened up for me. I was able to date who I wanted. I was able to get opportunities that I wanted. I was able to actually do what I love, which is this, being the best version of myself, and then giving that version of myself to the world. It has transformed my life. I have a family now with a smoking hot wife and it's everything I could have dreamed about when I was 17 years old and 330 lbs. And we got out into the real world after losing all of this weight and we looked around and we asked ourselves, how did all these other guys not get the memo to be strong, to be courageous, to be leaders, to be the example that our family looks at and says that's that guy. In our case, it's those are those guys. And to be those people, it's the most fulfilling thing in the world. And the problem that most guys face over 300 pounds is that they don't feel fulfilled. They don't feel like they're genuinely fulfilled. Yeah, they can have different projects going on at work. Yeah, they can have two kids at home, right? They can have business win, a business win, but then when you go to sleep at night, there's still something inside of your soul that doesn't feel like you're fully fulfilled. That's what losing weight does for you. That's what becoming the new version of yourself does for you is you literally get the time back. And I remember being 17 years old and asking myself, is this it? Is this my prime? Is this my athletic days? I was a 330 lb center. I played varsity football for three years, started since my sophomore year. And I asked myself, is that the final version of me? The most athletic version of me? And for most guys, they cling on to that identity that like, but that was still the fat version of me. That was still the prime physical combine version of me. And when I lost all the weight, I realized that my prime was only going to be later on in life. It was going to be that future version of myself. And the thing is guys, your version of yourself right now, you can still become that prime version if you start working on that impossible goal. If you start working towards that future version of yourself that you want to be, it's going to come regardless. Are you going to live in that version of the past or are you going to be that future version of yourself? And the thing is here guys that your future self is going to come, right? We understand that no matter what happens, time is just going to keep ticking. And the problem that most guys make is they go through all these failures. They go through the embarrassment of being the fat guy at Thanksgiving. They go through the embarrassment of not being able to take off their shirt and feel confident. They go through the struggle of being the last one picked in a relationship. Or even guys that are in their office and they're sweating through their t-shirts. those silent those their button-up t-shirt and they got a sweat under their pits and they know people are looking at them and they're trying their best to take the attention away from that and put it back on what they're talking about. But like they go through those they go through those silent moments, right? And so they go through all of this pain and they go through all of this silent embarrassment and they just gloss over it. They don't derive the value, the gold that is that's in those moments through all of the pain that you went through. And so if you just gloss over those moments and you're like, "Ah, that was just a mistake." Or, "Oh, that was just another another embarrassing moment." Or, "Oh, I'm just not confident again," or, "I'm just the fat guy again." You're going to completely miss the gold that's in there that's required for you to make this transformation. And so, stop looking at your past version of yourself and saying, "Damn, that guy was a screw-up. He made so many mistakes. Yeah, he's got me to this nice house. He's got me to this nice family. you know, I'm in the neighborhood that I want to live in, but you gloss over the fact that in those moments, that was the big those are the biggest gold nuggets that are going to drive you to defeat that kryptonite of losing weight. So, when you can take all that value out, extract all those pains, those nights where you go into the cabinet and you find yourself crying in front of a bag of Cheerios, you find yourself crying in front of a bag of Doritos, and you're eating that food and you're binging out and you're telling yourself, you know, you shouldn't do this. when you wake up the next morning and completely forget about it, you missed the huge lesson that was right there for you to learn. So, we're not saying that there's not going to be messups on this journey. Yeah, we actually ate a lot of fast food on our weight loss journey. I mean, we were 18, 19 years old. We were making our own money. We were learning how to eat. We were having that freedom. So, we still ate fast food, but at the same time, we were learning how to eat better. We were learning how to eat less. Eat less. how to fix our metabolism, how to turn our metabolism into fat burning machines and not just stagnant large sacks and taking all of that value. You have enough the person watching this right now, you have enough pain and you have enough experiences in your life where you can go back 30 years and you can say that was a big mistake. I ate way too much that Thanksgiving and somehow that is still carried with me to this point right now. I ate way too much at that family event. I ate way too much at that work event. I ate way too much at dinner time. You can go back through these times and you can look at your life and audit it and say, I know where I messed up. And you can start moving forward and taking the value out of that so that you don't make the mistake the next time. And then one year from that point, you're going to be able to be in a totally different body because you've made new decisions. You've made different choices. And that next event that comes up, you can actually be a totally different person. You could be looked at as a totally different person. And people will ask you again like what did you do? And the only thing that you could say is I just I started looking at my decisions. I started making better ones. I was more conscious of the food that I was eating. I was more conscious of my workout time and how often I was actually exercising. And instead of not doing them and making the same mistakes going forward, I just changed those things. I just changed those situations where I knew I could have done better. And you could easily again like even if it's not you don't lose 150 pounds in a year say you lose 70 pounds in a year like you know that you're on the right track. And so now it's like okay what can I do more of? What are some other small situations and decisions that I made along this journey that could have made this 70 lb weight loss into a 100 pound one? And for us we kind of figured it out quicker like hey we're just not going to like we're going to start really pulling back on the extra [ __ ] we're eating. like we're not going to put a bunch of ranch on our salad. Even though we we switch from burgers to salad, we would still do heavy creamy ranchy salads and we're like, "Okay, we're just going to take all that extra ranch off and eat the salad plain." And those things will make it a 72lb weight loss journey, a 75 lb, 80 lb, 100 pound, and instead of working out for 30 minutes, I'm going to do an hour this time. And instead of doing just for an hour that got me another 10 pounds down, let me do an hour and a half. And most people hear this as the version you are today, and you're like, damn. like that sounds difficult where where I'm at. Well, take with where you're at right now and start doing what you know you can do and then improve that and you will improve. Like your body will physically get better and it's going to become easier. It's actually going to be harder for you to lose weight the more you do cuz you're starting to run out of freaking real estate. Like for us, it's much harder to I wouldn't even say hard because we know what we're doing. We just we know how to put in the effort. But to lose 10 lbs is much more difficult than losing 100. And most of you guys that are like, "What? Like, man, losing 100 pounds is difficult?" No, the time frame it's going to take might be longer, but the difficulty and like the minute the minute details are much more enhanced with the lower amount of weight that you have to lose. And so, if you're at 100 pounds, like, dude, we could give you three steps right now that would help you do this in a year. If you just did those three things, your life would change. But like for us to drop to 10 pounds, it's like, okay, we really got to dial in our nutrition even more. Like it's even those 80 calories makes a big difference between us losing weight or staying in the same position. And so have some encouragement with that. Like the bigger you are, the weight wants to naturally come off. We have guys that have we have to push sometimes just to work out, but they're eating better and they lose 20 pounds in a month. We're like, okay, like imagine what you would have done if you worked out. You could have made that 20 into 30. You could have made that 60 lb or 100 pound weight loss journey in one year into 120, 150. And it's those little things that if you start changing them, you get better. You lose the weight and your life changes, man. Yeah. Losing 100 pounds is definitely more difficult than losing 100 or is definitely easier than losing a losing 10. And we joke about it with our clients all the time. I mean, I do. And I'll say, "You know what? I would give just to go back to your goal to your weight and have to do it all over again just to show you how easy it is. It's funny [snorts] to think about that. Sometimes I even f fantasize with myself and I fantasize about being 330 lbs again and having to do the journey over because it would just be another testament to how much easier it is to lose 100 lb than it is to lose 10 lbs. That minute detail is so real and so important. For example, this morning I went out for my run. I was 198 pounds when I started. And I can lose weight really quickly. Like I know exactly what to do. How Angela was talking about. It just comes down to more time exercising and a little and more minute details with the food. And I went out at 198 lbs. I ran for six point 6 and a half miles and I sweat in the sauna for 20 minutes. So like I literally just depleted everything. I went fasted. I haven't eaten all day. It's about to be 24 hours right now. And I stepped on the scale when I got home and I was 195. And so I lost three pounds. But in my mind, I was thinking if I was 305 lbs, I would have been like 294. I would have lost like 11 lbs. Straight up. If I had done 6 and 12 miles at that point and sweating in the sauna, I would have lost over 11 lbs. But at this point, it's only 3 lb doing the exact same amount of effort. And so when we say losing 100 lbs is easier than losing 10 lbs, that's a direct reflection of where you're at right now and where you want to be. Being somebody who's in the 190 lb, it takes a lot more effort for me to cut even more weight as you get lower. But it's fun. I feel better. I feel sharp. I feel alert. I feel like my mind is on point. I feel like there's not a second guessing with anything that I say. And most guys who were over 300 lb go through that struggle. They say something and they don't really have that focus. They don't have that laser point focus into what they're saying and it gets lost in translation because people are trying to hear what you say but they don't really understand what you mean because it's hidden behind all of that weight. Yeah. When we say it's hidden behind the weight, how many times have you tried to say something like communicate something to somebody and they just they couldn't get it. Even though you knew inside what you were trying to communicate, you couldn't get it across because you felt like there's some barrier between your brain and your mouth. And when you lose weight, that barrier goes away. The moment you think something and you can speak it out loud directly from your brain, it just flows. It's natural. You're in alignment with who you're supposed to be. and the messaging comes across a lot more clear versus I remember when I was 350 lbs like I was nervous to make an announcement or say something because I knew that there's this rule that I have to speak about right now but I couldn't get it out because there was so much insecurity and lack of confidence and all these different things in my way in my own vision that would stop me from communicating that to somebody else. And so um I have a question for you Calvin. Take yourself back to 330 pounds or 340 pounds, excuse me. 330. I was 330. 330. So, you're at 330 pounds. You wake up in the morning, you roll out of bed. What's the first thing that you would think about before you were on your weight loss journey? What were you thinking about like that day? What were you thinking? Food. And school because we were seniors in high school. So, I was thinking about food. What am I going to eat during the day? I was thinking about what's the first thing I'm going to go get at the breakfast line, a taco nada. And I would go eat that. Go eat a taco burrito from the school cafeteria. And then I think about what I'm going to eat for lunch. And then it'd be a cheeseburger. It'd be fries. It'd be ketchup. It'd be somebody else's food that I could get my hands on. It'd be a slushie with 150 gram of sugar that just stacks onto your body and is extremely hard to lose. That would be my lunch. And then I'd get home, we'd hit up our friends, we'd say, "Hey, what are you guys eating after school, then we'd go eat Jack in the Box, we'd get the code from Jack in the Box, go get ourselves a combo meal. Then we'd go to Rallies. We'd go to the taco shop. We'd go to McDonald's, which was right across the street. We'd go to Taco Bell, we'd go to Subway, we'd go to BaskinRobins. Basically, the whole day revolved around food and what we were going to eat. And even though there's guys out there that are like, "Okay, I'm in my career. The first thing I'm thinking about is my business." Everything that's not that you're thinking about food. Like every time you get a 10-minute break or you have an hour lunch in between meetings, you're thinking, "Okay, what am I going to go grab to eat?" When food in that sense shouldn't be like an event. It shouldn't be something you're thinking about. It should just be something that's there. It's kind of like money. Like money shouldn't be the thing you're always thinking about all the time. It's a useful tool and you need it, but it shouldn't be the thing that you're like going after all day long. It should be what you're doing to acquire the money that would actually help you get more of it. And so, same thing with losing weight or like food. Food shouldn't be treated as an event or something social or something important like that's my happiness throughout the day. No, your happiness should be what can I do to like move myself forward in my career, my business, and my weight loss journey. And then the food is just something that you do in between that time to keep furthering and pushing that goal that you have which is losing 100 pounds or growing your business even further. And so that's what I would say you know from you like dude the moment you stopped thinking about food the moment you woke up in the morning and started thinking about losing weight that moment your first thought in the morning isn't what am I going to eat but what am I going to do today to make myself better. years and years and years of doing that, there's no shock as to the reason why you are where you are today. Versus most guys, they know the night before, I'm going to do everything I can to lose weight tomorrow. I'm gonna try my best. And then they wake up and of course, the heavier you are, the the less your brain works. Like you're just your fat brain is what we call it. You're not able to think clearly. You just go back to making the same mistakes again. It's like you didn't learn anything. You didn't change your behavior. And because of that, you're now living the same version of yourself again. and it's just going to keep going for weeks, months, years, and then that's it. And most guys think like it's so impossible to change their body and like lose weight. Dude, it's [ __ ] we always say it's easy. Like just [ __ ] put the work in. Like go do the thing necessary. Stop thinking about it all day long. It takes really it takes two hours to lose weight to 100 pounds in a year. Six months. Six months. Give yourself two hours a day. 20 pounds a month. setting that impossible goal for yourself, it's going to happen really fast. And what you were saying about waking up in the morning, most guys wake up back to that point of being unfulfilled. They wake up unfulfilled and then they go to their work, they roll out of bed, they check their Instagram, they see what's going on. They have no intuition into what's going on in their own lives, looking out into the world, and they're not excited. They're not excited about waking up. They're not excited about what the day has for them because they don't have that impossible goal set. So, everything just feels mundane. Everything just feels lazy. Everything just feels slow. But life really starts to pick up for you when you can wake out of bed. Wake up out of bed with that impossible goal in mind. You're going to start doing, oh my gosh, life is different. Life is changing. I'm becoming a new person. And that's the goal. Yeah, you you're sleeping in the same bed. Yeah, you you're in a the same circumstance, but at the end of the day, you'll actually have something excited that you're looking forward to waking up for going and getting a workout in and spending this time for yourself and eating clean and just feeling sharp. Man, I would pay a million dollars. I would pay $5 million to live in the body that I am right now. I would there's no amount of money that you can put on my life that I would trade it for to be 330 lbs again. Yeah. The you know what's crazy too is when when I was on my weight loss journey cuz I went from 350 to um 190. I would be on like this journey and I'm losing weight and it felt like I just looked down and then one year later I looked up again and everything around me was different. like the situ where I lived at was different, the people I hung around were different, the stuff I was doing was different. And you kind of wonder like did all that stuff disappear and like did the world change? Did something happened? And it's like no, the everything stayed the same. The world was still the same world as you were when you were 330 or 350, but you changed. You changed the world that you were living in. And there's so many different worlds within this world. so many different like paths of life that you could be in that will determine where you're at. And for most people, they live the same life for years and years and years. And because their mindset is so focused on what they see in front of them and not looking inward to change this person, so that way this can change outside of me, they keep living the same life. Again, it's the Groundhog's Day. They live, they wake up, they think about food, they get their big breakfast burrito, you know, they go stop at Starbucks and get a coffee and a donut and then they go to work. Then they do their work shift and then they come home and then the kids are up and then they hang out with them for a little bit, watch a movie, eat dinner, and then just repeat the same thing over and over again. And they think that's life. Like they think that's the purpose is just ex make it through life, make it through another 90 years of this and you're done. But it's like you can change the quality of these 90 years if you start to change yourself. And now you're actually excited for the things that you're doing during the day because you have goals. You have things that you want to accomplish. There's new projects and things that you've been pushing off that like you're actually excited to go and take on because you're becoming a person that can do them now. You're becoming the guy that's excited to do them. And you're motivated. You're not like lazy anymore. You're not comfortable with just living that old life anymore. you're like, I need I've done that for 10 years. I'm good off it. Let's start building something new. And that's where people like you see all these fit people that you think they're just so excited to wake up every day and just like happy, energy, crazy bunnies, but like you just we don't have to fake it. It's just that's how you feel. Like you feel really good during the day. And to outsiders, they might say, "Oh, they're faking that excitement. They're faking that energy. There's no way they can be that hype." And it's like, man, if you spent five minutes and where I'm at, you'd want to be here, too. And you'd be like, okay, this five minutes felt great. I want to live like that every day. Well, the good news is when you lose the weight, you can live in that every day. And there's no faking it. And to explain that to somebody that's in that other path of life or they're walking down, they think things are mundane in the same situation. They can't even see themselves there because they know that they're doing different things. Like, you're not doing the things this person is doing to actually live that life. So the things that you're doing like if I was doing this every day and that person's happy and we're doing the same things, how is that person happy and I'm not? Well, the thing is they're not doing the same things you are. They're spending their time different. They're eating different foods. They're hanging around different people. They're reading different books. They're not scrolling on social media all day. They have a different lifestyle than you. That's why they're happy with their life. Versus some people, yeah, they've made some good stuff here, but I'm telling you, there's a whole another life that you're actually supposed to live. And the longer you keep pushing off the decision that you're never supposed to do, which is losing weight to get to that life, the longer you're going to be unhappy, the longer you're going to feel unfulfilled, you're going to be unrested, unsettled in yourself, and you're going to be like just pain, man. That's I can't even imagine waking up in that feeling that way anymore. Yeah. Well, Angelo, let's play a game with that. So, the beautiful part about losing weight and the amount that we've been able to do and help our clients do is that there's so many different lives within your life that you experience getting to your impossible goal. And so, for you, can you explain to me what was your life like versus that 310 lb version of you and the 240 lb version of you? Okay. So after I had already started losing some weight versus the version of me that was at 240. So like okay so I started my weight loss journey in November September of 2016. By November I was already 300 lb. I started at two two or 350 at in September 1st. By like the end of November I was 300 lb. So I had lost 50 lbs in roughly two and a half months. And how I did that is I realized like all the [ __ ] lack of better words, all the [ __ ] I had to do during football training, which was like running around the the field goal post and running back and pushing myself and like getting tired, all the stuff that I hated to do, I just made that my focus right out the gate. And so I was like, okay, I just I know I have to get sweaty. I know I have to get my heart rate up. I know I have to feel uncomfortable. Let me just go and do all that stuff and see where it takes me because it can't hurt me. like I know it's doing good for my body. I know that I feel more alive. My blood's flowing. I feel good after working out. Let me just go do all that stuff. And so I did that, put my head down, and then like I said, two and a half months later or whatever it was, I lost 50 lbs. And so that version of me that was at 300 versus 240, I just that like 70 lb difference or from 310 to 240, that 70 lb difference, I just double down even harder because the moment I saw 299 on the scale, I actually took a picture of it. I have it on my phone. Maybe I'll I'll put it up here on the the video. I was like, I'm out of the 300s. Like, I knew what it takes to get here. I'm not going back. Like, the food wasn't that good. The fast food wasn't that good for me to go back. The the lack of confidence in taking pictures. Now, we're getting out of a 3XL almost pushing a four. Now, I'm like in a solid 3XL. I know that like a 2XL is right around the corner. I don't want to have to go back to feeling that way again. I don't want to have to go back to feeling that unhappiness. I'm just going to keep doubling down and make sure I get so far away from this goal of 310, not even this goal from 310 lbs that I never have to experience that again. And so what I did, I just doubled down even harder. And from at 240 lbs, that's when I actually felt more of myself, I guess you could say, cuz now I'm in college, school season's over or school year's over. It's probably I don't know June, July or August, I don't know what it was of uh 2017 and I'm like I'm actually like becoming a more confident individual. I d would go to college. I would take my classes still insecure like I wouldn't raise my hand and speak or anything like that but I knew I looked better. I knew I looked good. Like I'm wearing a XL t-shirt instead of a 3XL. I can walk outside and like take a selfie video of myself talking and like not not want to delete it right away and feel insecure about myself and like overanalyze. Like I was just more comfortable with who I was and still wasn't like the end goal. I wasn't extremely confident, but I was much better than 350 lb, 310 lbs. And I actually started feeling confident enough to like, hey, let me approach women now. Let me like speak to women. Let me let me chat with them. let me see what's going on. And I actually got a girlfriend, too. And that lasted one month, like me having this this girlfriend. But I actually like had a girlfriend. I never had a girlfriend in my entire life, like ever. From elementary school, I guess you could say, when you start getting like liking girls to by the time I got into college, I had never had an intimate relationship. And for me, the reason why I never did that is I never wanted to settle because I knew deep down like someday I'm gonna figure this [ __ ] out. I'm gonna figure out how to lose weight, this person. Like I don't want to live this lifestyle forever and I don't want to be with somebody that is okay with me being in that version of myself. And I remember that I would never settle like I'm like I would be 350 lbs and kind of looking back on it cringe cuz like dude you you get what you can at that point. I would think, "Oh, I deserve like a Kim K." Like, I I want a Kim Kardashian type of girlfriend. Like, I want one that's that's beautiful, like fit, healthy, and all this stuff. I can't I can't be with a big girl, and I'm a fat guy myself. But the only reason why I thought like that is because I knew my mindset was in a different place. I knew that at some point I was going to figure it out. And so, when I got to 240 lbs, I was like, "Let me let me start speaking to women now." And like the girl I my first girlfriend was nowhere near a big girl at all. Like she was she was fit or fit her I guess you could say. Like equivalent to what I was at that time. And I was like wow. Like I am now with a beautiful I wouldn't say beautiful. My girlfriend now is going to be upset about it. But this girl now is like much more attractive than the one that I could have gotten at 350 pounds. And that was more motivation. Like dang. So like what if I lose even more weight? like could I be with the girl that played tennis the whole time in college or like you know the girl that was on the soccer team or the swim team like the really fit ones, the really healthy ones, like these I guess you could say upper echelon of people. And I was like I could like and they would never know that I was at 350 lbs. They would never know that I was a big guy. And so I just I kept doubling it down and from 240 that relationship lasted a month. I was like, "All right." And that was good for me, I think, too, because I got my heart broken, I guess you could say, in a month. I was, you know, the bigger you are, the easier you fall in love. But I was like, you know what? Like, I'm going to do better now. I'm going to become a better version, become a better individual, use this pain. And that's probably how I ended up going from 240 to I lost another 50 pounds before Thanksgiving that year. But 2017, November, I lost another Yeah. like 50 pounds and by January 1st of 2018 on our birthday I was 190 pounds. Like I was super healthy, like super fit, confident, like on top of the world. And I would say from those pain, those moments we talked about earlier where you extract the value of like a heartbreak or you extract the value of being ashamed in public, you extract the value of just what you've been through in your entire life. And like you can always have an endless source of motivation to become the best version of yourself. And most guys like I just I'm not motivated. I'm not I don't feel excited about losing weight. Like I just I can't stay consistent with it. And it's like, dude, you've got if I was 350, I would have so much motivation like to get this weight off of me because I know there's another better version of myself. And if you don't use that motivation if you don't use that pain, that's endless source of motivation to keep going and keep becoming a better version because you know that version exists. How do I get there? Well, you're not going to get there on empty energy. You got to use the energy you got and all the pain and situations you had in your life and fuel yourself to take the actions necessary to get there and then one year later. That's how people can go from, you know, making hundreds of millions a year and then going flat broke and like they can get it back in two or three. Yeah. They have the lessons from when they were bigger, but like there's such a big gap of like pain that they're experiencing from where and the skill set. Yeah. The ski the skill set and and the gap of pain really. It's it's the I think it's the the drive and the pain, the motivation that would push you to keep being on point all day long, every minute of the day, knowing that like I got to get back to who I am. I got to get back to this guy. Like he's he's there for me and he's waiting for me, but like I'm in a different position now. Cool. But I'm not going to identify and stick to this point in my life. This is the thing that I had to go through. let me go ahead and like use this gap of pain when it's 8 pm at night and I don't want to make this call to this next client or this time of my life and I don't feel like doing this. I'm gonna use the fact that hey, I used to have $100 million or whatever it is. Let me get this back. And that's the drive that gets you to where you want to go. And so the bigger you are, the heavier the fatter you are at 350 lbs. Like there was a time in your life you weren't 350 lbs. And you remember how much looking at photos, how much better you felt at that time, how confident you were in yourself or at least better than where you are now. And sure, at that time you probably didn't think you were better, you were great, but now that you don't have that anymore, there's this big gap of like, [ __ ] like I actually I would be happy with where I was before. Now, let me do what I have to do to get back to that point. And knowing that that version of you exists, you just have to be willing to use that energy and put that effort into getting back to that. And your life changes. And it's not this big situation anymore. Like, oh, I'm I'm I'm fat. I have to lose weight. It's like, no. Like, that's just something I went through. It was a season of my life, but I'm no longer there anymore. Exactly. And it's really about service, guys. That's what we built our entire vision fam on is the service to others. And most importantly, it comes down to the service that we give to ourselves. We take care of ourselves first thing in the morning. And that allows us to go out into the world and genuinely serve every person that we come into contact with. Every person who we connect with, whether it's our clients, whether it's our family members, whether it's people through our Instagram or through our YouTube like you watching this right now, it comes from a place of service. Even filming this video right now is a form of service from us to you to give you insights and give you the tools in order for you to get that real life representation of what it's going to take for you to get to where you want to be. So when you can look at your life as a form of service, not just for yourself, but for a form of others, you're going to transform your life extremely quickly. And it's the same thing with business. We have a lot of guys on here who run their own businesses, run their own practices, and being able to genuinely serve at the highest level. Not only are you serving other people at the highest level, but most importantly, you're serving yourself at the highest level to where you get everything that you want out of life and the people around you experience that ripple effect. Yep. And so, we know this video started off talking about and this podcast started talking about weighing yourself and not avoiding it. So, we give you some homework to do after this video, which is go weigh yourself and bite the bullet. Like, do it now. So, that way you can understand what we're talking about and like feel that pain for a second and don't get down on yourself because of the weight. Like, that's where you're at. Let's fix it now. Let's confront reality. Let's see what the situation looks like. What are we dealing with? Get an accurate number. And then now you can reverse engineer it and start saying, "Okay, 3500 calories I need to lose. I need to burn to lose one pound. Let me make sure that I'm in a 3500 calorie deficit over the course of the next two days. I'm going to have a smaller breakfast. Probably don't even have any breakfast. You're not that hungry. Drink some water. For lunch, I'm going to have this. For dinner, I'm going to have that." And then if you're tracking your calories, you can see how much food you eat over the course of three days. you can know in the back of your mind that there is a predictable and guaranteed way that if I just do this, I will lose the weight. And then you start doing that consistently and predict like frequently, you're going to lose more weight and you're going to feel much better about yourself. So, go weigh yourself, see where you're at, download the My Fitness Pal app, and then in the next video, we'll talk about more of the exercise and fitness type of stuff that you can do to enhance that journey to make this happen even faster. And if you need more help on your weight loss journey, losing over 100 lbs in the next 6 months, click the link in the description below, apply for our coaching. We don't take on every single person who watches our videos, but if you're the type of person where you're saying to yourself, I agree with what these guys are saying. Enough is enough. I've been over 300 lb for my entire life. It's about time that I put my foot down and I experience that impossible goal for myself of becoming more confident in my body, of knowing what I'm supposed to be eating, of knowing what I'm supposed to be doing for my workouts, of being the example for my kids, for my wife, for the rest of my family, that losing weight is possible and that your dreams are possible. Guys, that's what we help our clients do every single day. Okay. So, if you're that type of person and you're ready to take that next step to invest in yourselves and finally experience what that dream version of yourself looks like and how he feels and what he is, click the link in the description below, apply for our coaching, and we'll be reaching out to you to see if we can help. Other than that, guys, thanks for watching. We'll see you guys in the next video.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2025-08-26 Views: 182 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bziOYynF_OQ Runtime: 8 min 20 sec (1,770 words) The script, as delivered on camera Whether you like it or not, your physical appearance matters a ton in this world. It shapes the way that people see you, the way that you see yourself, and most importantly, the opportunities that come your way. And we know this because we've lost a combined 300 lb. I lost 160 and my brother lost 140. What you're going to get out of this video is why your physical appearance matters in every single area of your life. In your career, in your relationships, and your self-respect. We're also going to uncover the hidden cost of ignoring your weight and how fixing your weight fixes the way that you show up in every single area of your life. By the end of this video, you'll understand why this is not just about vanity, but about your identity and your leadership. Point number one is your social perception. People judge you instantly off of the way that you look. First impressions matter a lot. Whether it means having social interactions, job interviews, or just getting the respect that you want in the room. An example of this is from one of our clients named Oscar who works in law enforcement support. He's out in the field handling crashes, speaking Spanish for translations, just taking care of everyday scenes. He's respected at work, but behind the scenes, he knows that something's off. He once lost 40 lbs from doing keto and having accountability with a buddy. But when his buddy left for the military, he slipped back and gained 100 lb. Just 2 and 1/2 months ago, Oscar weighed 336 lb. And just climbing up a flight of stairs left him completely out of breath. The weight just doesn't slow him down physically. It cuts into how he's seen. You see, Oscar has dreams of becoming a full-on police officer, but he is terrified of being the guy that can't even pass the academy fitness test and gets sent home. It bled into his personal life as well. He told us that he avoids going to theme parks because he's afraid that he can't even get on rides. And when it came to shopping for clothes, he only shopped on Amazon and DXL because when he goes to the mall, none of the clothes on the racks fit him anymore. And the worst part about it was when he looked in the mirror. Because he didn't just see a belly, he saw disappointment. Not just in himself, but in the gap between the man who he wanted to be for his wife, his family, and his career versus the man that he saw staring back in the mirror. 55 lb. And it took me about two and a half months. Before you started the program, where were you at physically and mentally drained? Um, you know, I noticed myself getting weaker um with, you know, like the 24 bottle case of water, carrying that from the car to inside the house. [ __ ] was a struggle. Um, just at work, too, like lifting cones and stuff. I was getting out of breath from just picking up a cone and moving it to the next spot. And I just noticed myself getting weaker and weaker and getting out of breath going up one flight of stairs. And to today being 55 lbs lighter, it's [ __ ] a whole different thing. You know, back then before I started the program, I would say, "Yeah, like I'll start next Monday or I'll start at the beginning of the month and I never do it." Where now mentally I know that if I don't do it, I'm only going to be failing myself. What would you say, Oscar, to anybody that's been sitting on the fence or hesitant about joining our program? What would you tell them? The hardest part is taking that first step. And you know, when we had that onboarding call, that initial call, I was very on the fence of it, like on doing it, and I was like, I don't know. And I'm I'm so glad that I, you know, I took that step and I said, "Let's do it." Anyone that's thinking about it, I'd tell them, you know what, it's only going to benefit you. And nothing is stopping you but yourself. You know, if money's tight or if you don't think you have the time, like you don't realize yet that there's so many ways around it that you're going to be able to accomplish that goal, but you have to take that first step. After you take that first step, it's clockwork. But here's the thing, even more important than how the world sees you is how you see yourself. Because if you can't even respect the man that you see in the mirror, that weight carries with you everywhere you go. And that brings us to our second point, self-perception. Your confidence is directly tied to who you see staring back in the mirror. That ripple effect impacts the way that you speak, carry yourself, and make decisions, which now brings us to our second client, Frank. Frank was 330 lb, had been following us for years. tried keto, tried different programs like Octavia, lost a few pounds, but then ended up gaining it all back. The breaking point for Frank was when his dad died due to a heart attack caused by his weight. Frank started using food for comfort. He looked in the mirror and felt dread because he no longer saw himself as the guy who used to run cross country back in high school and felt like he was on top of the world. The struggle he went through was the depression he faced after his dad passed. He gained 100 lbs. And even though he had love from his kids, from his wife, deep down inside, he still felt a calling that there was more in his life and that he couldn't be the man that he was then. He felt like he lost control over the one thing he knew he should have full control over, his body. But the thing is, he remembered how he felt when he was in shape. He was energetic. He was happier. He felt on top of the world and felt like anything that he put his mind to, he could accomplish. But in his current moment, he felt the complete opposite. And that is the self-perception gap. When Frank told me that he looked in the mirror and felt dread, that told me everything. Because when you don't respect your own reflection that you see in the mirror, you're subconsciously telling yourself that you don't have what it takes to solve your own problems, which bleeds into everything, your confidence, your energy, and most importantly, how you show up to your family. And that's why Frank decided he wasn't waiting anymore. He wanted to be the dad that his kids can look up to, not the man that hides behind excuses. Your body sets the example for your kids, your partner, and your co-workers. You can't tell your kids to be disciplined if you can't show them what that actually looks like. One of our clients, Christian, he's a 35-year-old dad, business owner, and former athlete. On our call together, Christian shared the moment that everything changed for him. It was the moment his daughter was born. He realized that he can't keep putting his weight on the back burner. Meanwhile, his daughters watching his every move. He shared how it hit him in everyday moments. When he played in his basketball league, when he came home from work and tried to crawl around on the ground with his daughter, he had no energy. He had to be subbed out. And he didn't want to be subbed out of life forever. That's why he made the decision to take his life back into control and change once and for all. He told me he going pooping. He [ __ ] Let's [ __ ] go. It's always the [ __ ] best ever. And if you're sitting in a position right now where you know you should be doing something but you're not, that's where the true identity comes in. Who do you want to be? Do you want to be the man that's leading for your family, your co-workers, and friends? Or do you want to be the one riddled with excuses talking about who you used to be and what you used to be able to do? It's up to you to decide when your life changes. And if you want to become the man that's a leader, if you want to become the man that's respected, that's loved in his social circles, and most importantly loves the one that he sees back in the mirror, it's up to you to change your life. And if you don't know where to start yet, that's where we come in. And that's where we would love to help you change your life. All of our clients need to lose a significant amount of weight. And the best part, they have. And we've shown them how to do it. And we can show you as well. You're not too far gone. You're not needing another diet. You don't need another recipe. You don't need another workout. That stuff helps, but it's not going to solve the root issue. Who do you want to be? And what's your identity? And if you understand that your body actually matters and your weight is important in this world, you'll start making changes to become the man that you want to be, not the one that you settle for. And to finish off, the real cost of letting your weight go is not about the numbers on the scale. It's about your identity. It's about who you become. Your reflection of your body is who you are on the inside. And only you know that. Only you know who you want to be and who you are deep down. And it's up to you to bring that person out so the rest of the world can see the true greatness that's inside of you. If this video hit home, make sure to like this video and share it with somebody else who really needs it. And if you want help on your weight loss journey, click the link in the description below and we'll be reaching out to you to see if we can help.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2025-11-03 Views: 166 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=61-_MRyY87M Runtime: 15 min 37 sec (2,556 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's going on everybody? Welcome to this morning's Monday mastermind. Today's topic we are speaking on living your life by design versus living your life by default. And it's really important moving into this month, guys, that we make November the best month of 2025. And that's not just me saying it because, oh, I'm trying to hype everybody up and say, "Oh, this is going to be your best month or you know, the momentum in the program's at a super high right now." No, I'm saying it because it's actually the truth. When you take a sample piece of the last 10 months, right, how everything went, the amount of weight that you lost, the things that you've learned, the breakthroughs that you've had, those things have only happened because you've lived your life by design. Yes, you've had a workout program in place, but most importantly, you've showed up for yourself most of the time here inside of the program. And so in order to get to that next level of yourself, it comes down to really guys having that level of just [ __ ] it. Being able to say [ __ ] it and doing it. A lot of you guys think way too much about certain decisions that you're going to make. Whether it be am I going to work out today or how much should I work out? Or am I going to track my food today? What time am I going to wake up? That's all living your life by default. Meaning you're at the whim of what everything else in life throws at you. And so, a lot of people aren't going to like what I'm about to say right now, but it's the reason why most people struggle with their weight and they never get to where they want to be because they get comfortable in living their life by default. Even if they make a few great changes, they still revert back into living their life in a way that they don't want to. Because if you're not actively inputting into your life and investing that time and energy into where you want to be, that default is going to make that loop back around. And that's where you're going to be living your life again. And so, what is living your life by default? And for me, most of my life, I lived my life on autopilot. Reacting instead of just creating what I wanted to. Food ran me. My work schedule ran me. Emotions ran me. When I was out with friends, they would joke and pick on me, and I would just take it. I'd be the big person of the group. I'd be the laughingstock. And I'd always wonder to myself why I was always getting the butt end of the jokes. And it pissed me off for a long time. Now, that's default living. That's when everybody else controls the way that you feel and the way that you operate in your life. And I put my foot down 10 years ago now where that's not going to be me. Because you wake up tired and you don't wake up intentional. You know when you see those movie scenes, guys, when people are, you know, waking up out of bed and they're like, [sighs and gasps] "Ah," and they're like doing that and they're have a smile on their face and all ready to go for the day. That's not a joke. That's actually how you live when you're living your life by design. Because the other way around, you're waking up and you feel tired already. You feel sleepy. You feel like you're slugging your feet to get out of bed and you've already lost before you woken up in the morning. That's no way to be living. That's not intentional. You grab fast food because you don't have time. You say you'll start Monday again. And before you know it, another year has gone by. You're 300 lb deep, out of breath. You have no plan how to get to the next level. And you have no clarity on who you're becoming. You think you're making progress, but you're just spinning your wheels. You're doing the exact same thing over and over again. That's what it looks like to live by default. Everything feels out of control. Your weight, your habits, and your mindset. Now, how do we flip this whole thing on its head? It comes down to living your life by design. Now, we're all here in the vision fam because we're not just weight loss twins. We're not just workout twins. We chose to create the vision fam because we believe that the dream life that you have is possible for yourself. We've lived it ourselves. I used to struggle with a lot of the things you guys are right now, but I've been able to make it through to the other side because I do I live my life by design. I plan my day out in ahead. And so this is what living your life by design looks like. Let me go ahead and share this photo. Actually, I've got a visual. This is going to give you guys some more insight on what it looks like to actually live your life by design. All right. Where's my photo? You know what? Let me pull up this photo for you guys. Okay. Can you guys see my screen right here with my notes? Jose, you can see it. Awesome. Thanks, brother, for your participation. Yeah. So, this is what living your life by design looks like, guys. So, this is what I actually create every single night, the day before, so that I don't wake up and wonder what my day is going to look like. It's already planned out in ahead. Most people think that they're just going to wake up and then they're going to lose weight. Like, it's just going to happen. And as much as that sounds like a dream and greatness, that's just not how your life is planned out. These things were written a four time. And that means it's planned before you start your next day. So, what do I have on my list here? Close my workout rings plus 11k steps. That's just mandatory. We have the November challenge going on. That's number one, close my workout ring. Number two, track my calories 100%. This is being cognizant of what I'm eating and making sure that I don't slip in my calorie tracking so that I feel the best that I can be and that I'm on my aame. The goal for you guys to stay on your aame is by simply doing this. Then number three, Monday mastermind at 8 a.m., which is right now, plus full coverage, meaning it's getting posted everywhere. Number four, client success management call 9 to 10 a.m. Make sure you guys are all losing weight. Make sure you guys are all happy. Going on to your goal weight, right? That's client success management call. Then number five, distribute content eight across all platforms. Make sure we get our vision twinsy stuff out there to the internet. Then I'm training Matt tonight at 7:00 p.m. in person. And then I'm fasting from 5:00 p.m. to 9:00 a.m. Tuesday morning. So, as you can see, it's Monday right now, but I'm already thinking ahead to Tuesday. So, I know by the time I wake up on Tuesday morning, I'm going to have burned fat. I'm going to have built muscle and I'm going to have that clarity and I'm going to feel sharper. I'm going to feel way more of having my edge in the morning being on my agame because I planned it out on Monday. You can take a look. I literally have Tuesday planned out already ahead. That's what it takes to get to where you want to be in living your life by design. So that's design. Every box is checked. Every hour is accounted for. Every decision is pre-made before the day even begins. 11K steps, calories tracked 100%. Mastermind at 8 a.m. Call scheduled, content distributed, fast started on time. It's not random, guys. That's by design. And here's the truth. When you design your life like this, your body, your energy, your mind, your confidence, it all lines up. You don't get sick. You don't feel like you're missing anything. You can go lay your head at night feeling confident in the day that you had because you lived your life by design. The pros to this, you get sharper, you lose fat way faster, you wake up earlier with purpose, you go to bed at peace because your day was one. You think clearer, you create better, and everyone around you fuels your energy. And the cons of being in a default state, you stay stuck in the same body, same habits, same [ __ ] excuses. You wake up reactive. You feel heavy, not just physically, but you feel heavy mentally. And you try to get back on track for years and still never arrive. That's probably the kiss of death right there. Saying that you're going to get back on track or that you're going to try to get back on track. The only way to get back on track is to cold turkey everything that you've been doing and actually design your life so that you get back on track. And the thing with staying stuck in the same body, same habit, same excuses. Guys, I don't take my own excuses. I don't buy my own excuses. So, I'm not going to buy yours. Bottom line, I don't buy Angelo's excuses. He doesn't buy mine. Nobody around in your life is going to buy your excuses. So, stop buying your own. It's costing you way too much. And now you so you tell me which one sounds better. Living your life by design or living your life by default. Here we go. How to make November your best month of 2025. This is the fun part. This is the month that sets the tone for your life. November isn't about motivation. It's about mastery. That's why, guys, when we run these challenges, it's about you becoming the master of your movement. You becoming the master of the food that you eat. And as you've noticed, one day of you not tracking can simply turn into weeks and months and years on end of you not tracking your calories, not tracking your steps, and you not getting anywhere closer to where you want to be. You've seen what living by default costs you. Now it's time for you to take full ownership. So your homework, post one morning win in the group every day this week, big or small. It can be a walk that you get in. Attract breakfast or some gratitude, guys. It's really important to have gratitude on this journey for where you are and where you want to be and still celebrate the small things. It's very important, guys, to reward yourself when you do something good. But most people, they reward themselves with food. You can reward yourself with tons of other things, guys, that's not food. You can reward yourself by simply giving yourself a positive affirmation like, "I [ __ ] won right now. I just [ __ ] won today." When a challenge comes up and you overcome it and you break through and you do what you didn't believe was possible before, you won. So, you deserve to congratulate yourself. You deserve to be happy in that moment. You deserve to feel good about yourself when you win challenges. Every day is going to be a challenge for you, for everybody here. When you celebrate that you win, you're consistently putting in that good energy to yourself that you're going to get closer. You're going to get to where you want to be. It's just a matter of time. So, it's a great thing to have gratitude and celebrate the little things along the way. A common saying that I say a lot is you can't hate yourself into a body you love. You have to love yourself even when you're in the [ __ ] Even when [ __ ] sucks, you still have to love that moment. Jose, I see you getting it in on the machine right now. You have to love that moment, bro. You have to love it. That's what's building you right now. Doesn't matter how hard it feels. Doesn't matter how uncomfortable you may be. Love that moment because when you get to where you want to be, you'll remember this time right now, man. And then hit your 11k steps. Track your food 100%. And post proof in the group. That goes along with the 11K new you challenge. Then the person who posts the most consistently in November wins the 11K new you challenge and gets rewarded for living by design. Default is easy. Design is powerful. And this November, the Vision fam lives by design, not by chance. And so I want to open this up for some Q&A. Guys, any questions? And I've got some answers for you or I'm going to get the answer for you. Q&A guys. What's going on? I got I do got one question. Go ahead. I have a basketball game today and I want to track the steps. You think if I put my Apple Watch around my ankle and still track? Yeah. Why don't you wear it on your wrist? I'm not allowed to because of league rules. Really? Yeah. Because if I go up with it on my hand and I hit somebody, it could be it could it could be bad, I guess what they say. Yeah, I I get that. So, you can definitely put it around your ankle. It it will still track your steps. Just make sure that you turn on the like the basketball workout. Okay. Definitely wear it though because you want to get those steps that you're that you're getting that you're doing. Yeah. Okay. Awesome. That answer your question, Jose? Perfect. All right. Any other questions? Britney, you got anything? I don't know. Thanks, sir. Got it. Awesome, guys. Well, that's Monday mastermind. Pretty short and sweet, to the point. This is going to be posted into the Facebook group for people who didn't join, you know, right away to go back and rewatch. But other than that, guys, live your life by design. Post a win inside of the Facebook group. Jose, I want to see a post right after this, man, that you finished your workout. And then remember, 11K steps. Track your food 100%. This is going to be the best month that you've had all 2025. I see it for everybody here. You You guys just have to meet yourselves halfway halfway and you're going to get there. All right, guys. Cool. Everybody set? Awesome. All right, guys. Have the best day of your entire life. We'll see you guys on Wednesday. Wednesday is going to be lit. Let's go.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-03-10 Views: 159 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ec3enBXbLbQ Runtime: 24 min 48 sec (5,179 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's going on, fellas? My name is Angelo. My name's Calvin. We are the Vision Twins, and we lost a combined 300 lb. Now, it's our life mission to show guys who were just like us exactly how to do the same thing. In this video, we are breaking down the old school method of losing weight, the new school method of losing weight, what we do, then what you should do. But before we get into this video, if you are a man over 300 lb, you're a former athlete, used to play football, you feel like you have that dog inside of you, but you've suppressed that energy for a long time now, this is your sign. We help men who are exactly like you lose over 100 lbs in less than 6 months. So, if this is something that you want to accomplish, you are serious, ready to invest in yourself and make the transformation of a lifetime, click the link in our description below and we'll be reaching out to you to see if we can help. Now, with that being said, let's get into the video. So, for a long time, we keep getting asked, "How did we lose the weight? Did you do ompic? Did you take a surgery? Did our uncle at one point thought we were doing cocaine on our weight loss journey?" And believe it or not, that stuff is absolutely terrible. Yeah, you heard me right. Doing Ozmpic, taking a surgery, [ __ ] drugs, all that [ __ ] is absolutely terrible for you. And we're going to explain how we lost the weight. The old school method versus the new school method. New school, you hear a lot of ompic surgery, [ __ ] we just listed, peptides, all these different things that are coming out that you can put into your stomach through a needle and help you lose your appetite, help you lose the weight basically. And that is completely aborant to what we did. We absolutely hate all of those things that are popping up nowadays because it takes away the true meaning of weight loss and what it actually does for you. So many people nowadays are doing the new school method. They're taking ompic, they're doing mjaro, uh, semiglutides, trespide, all these different things and it's not actually helping them lose the weight. Sure, it might help you in the short term. Sure, it might help you lose 40 pounds in three months, but then what happens after that? Have you ever noticed that anybody that takes the ozic or the surgery, they still have a hard time keeping that weight loss off? They always end up gaining 10 to 15, maybe even more pounds back after they did that because they didn't do the old school method. And the old school method is what we did to lose the weight. With the new school method, there may be some pros and cons that people are weighing out before they actually consider going the new school method. As Angelo said, we are completely against and we hate the new school method of losing weight. When it comes to putting that needle inside of your body or even going under the knife, that is completely against what we believe God made us for. Most people in today's society want a shortcut. They want to be able to get the result without actually having to put in the work. If you're a former athlete, then you understand that you don't win the championship by skipping the line. You have to defeat each opponent until you're raising up that trophy. That comes with doing it the old school way. The new school method, we can't find any pros to putting something into your body that's foreign to give you the result that somebody else has actually put in the groundwork for. With these fat burners and these peptides that are popular nowadays, you don't get the actual meaning of losing weight naturally. What these substances do is they essentially just block you from being hungry. Now, what happens when you get off of those peptides? You're not going to have learned anything. You will have just starved yourself into a new body. Then you don't know how to maintain that body. So, you're getting the shortcut to a place that you've never been to before. The only thing that you actually know is that 300 lb version of yourself. That's what you're going to do. You can judge future behavior on past behavior. What happens in the middle? That's what the peptides are trying to block away. They're trying to block away your experience from the middle so that you just get the end result. When you get to this end result, you are going to bounce back to that old version of yourself because that's the only thing that you know. When you take that shortcut, you don't know what happens in between. It's up to the substance. It's not up to you. So, when you're doing it the new school way with these peptides, not only are you skipping the journey, but you don't learn anything. When you do it the old school way, you get to learn something. You get to learn more about who you are. You get to learn more about how the universe works, how this world works. Most importantly, you get to understand how you work. So many people think that losing weight is about the end destination. They think, "Oh, if I could just get to 220 lbs. Oh, if I could just get to 210, 200 lb, everything will be good for me." But you don't realize that the actual benefit and actual beautiful part about losing weight is the middle ground. is when you're in the gym, when you're doing the workouts, when you're there by yourself, when you're denying these foods that your friends and everybody's offering to you, and you're intentionally doing it, that is the actual that's weight loss right there. That is the stuff that you're actually missing. Most people though, like Calvin just said, with these new school methods, they're getting a shortcut to the top and they think that they're going to be able to stay there. However, no cheater ever wins. No cheater ever lasts long. A cheater will get caught and it'll go right back to the beginning. It's, imagine this. The bottom team in your conference, whatever sport you play, the worst record, lost every single game all year long, gets a playin opportunity to go and play the best team at the end of the season. And say the best team has a bad game that game and then the worst team ends up winning. Does that mean that the worst team is still the is the best team? That's not true at all. The best team is a team that had a great season all the way through and actually earn their position, but because of this, you know, everybody gets to the top and let's be fair, let's make it equal and let's give everybody the opportunity to get to the top, you're going to get a phony result. And so that is why we absolutely hate that because people that are promoting these peptides and the weight loss surgery and then they're out there giving weight loss help, they have no [ __ ] clue of what it takes to lose the weight. They didn't go through the [ __ ] grind. They just had to say, "Oh, I'm [ __ ] I'm full. Like, I I didn't I can't even eat anything because my stomach is the size of a nickel." No [ __ ] [ __ ] No wonder why you lost the weight. You didn't actually earn it. You didn't intentionally with yourself denied those opportunities and then say yes to the right things. So, again, why we hate this new school method is because it doesn't teach you anything. Now, the old school method, the way that it's actually supposed to be is the way that me and Calvin did it. And that's how we help our clients as well. When we were growing up, our mom actually got the weight loss surgery. So, she had got her stomach shrunk down to the size of a nickel and then anytime we would go out to eat with her, she wasn't able to eat the food. She would eat a couple bites and then be like, "Oh, I'm going to get sick. I can't eat anything." And honestly, that is no way to live by literally in in hurting yourself to lose the weight. And now she's still has she's kept the weight off thankfully, but it's still not some she never learned the lessons of eating healthier afterwards. And so that is what we learned on our weight loss journey is that hey, we aren't going to get the weight loss or the weight loss journey. We're not going to get the weight loss surgery. Number one, we were 17 years old and it was had no health insurance. So it was going to be [ __ ] $20,000 a piece a piece $40,000 a piece to get the surgery and we didn't have that. And so when all the options are taken away from you, all the shortcuts are taken away, you're left with one thing, doing the work. And so that's what we got ourselves to do. We decided that after the football season is over, we're not going to go to college and play football. This isn't going to be our future. So what are we going to do next? Let's lose the [ __ ] weight. Let's get out into the real world. Let's be some [ __ ] beasts. Let's overcome this this giant that's been stopping us our entire life and become who we're supposed to be. And because we did that, we got to have a great first five years, you know, in your early 20s of developing as a man because we had learned the lessons of losing weight. We learned that shit's going to be hard. We learned that if you want something, you got to work for it. And so that's what we did. Everything we have nowadays and who we are today, us standing in this room, this camera that we're filming on is a direct reflection of us putting in the work from at one point in our life avoiding it for so long. And so because we decided that there's no shortcuts for us, our [ __ ] backs against the wall, we don't want to be fat anymore. And when we say we don't want to be fat, we literally meant we do not want to be fat. We're not going to just be okay with being a little fat. No, we want zero fat on our body. We're tired of being called big man. We're tired of going to the store and buying 3XL clothes or even trying to find clothes in the store that even fit us when they didn't. Tired of ordering clothes online, waiting a week for it to deliver, and then you get it, and then you realize it still doesn't fit. stretching out our t-shirts over the computer chair overnight trying to make it stretch out so the cloth would loosen up so it' fit on our body picking our t-shirts like this sweating all the [ __ ] time having body odor that's just no way to live and we decided that we were never going to experience that again and so when our back was against the wall we said [ __ ] this I'm going to do something about this and we lost the weight and because of that lesson has lasted with us for over 10 years now when me and Calvin think about our body and who we're going to be in the future there's No, there's no ounce of possibility that we'll ever gain this weight back. The most amount of weight we've ever gained since losing the weight is maybe 10 to 20 pounds. Can you imagine that? For 10 years, we've maintained a 20 lb weight range. And even when we were a little bit over heavier, we still got back within a week because we knew what to do. We knew what to remove. We knew what to add on. And most people that get these new school methods don't understand that. They can't shrink their stomach any smaller. They think that they have to just keep injecting this needle in them and hopefully something will turn out. Eventually, you're going to break down your body from doing that. It's a foreign substance. You're going to kill yourself and it's not going to be sustainable. And that's why we are so adamant about the old school method. Think about any time that you've lost weight in your life. Now, think about how long you were able to maintain that amount of weight loss. It probably wasn't a long time. Most of the guys who come into our program, they were able to lose about 60 pounds by themselves, but then eventually gain that weight back and struggle for another five to 10 years, gaining more weight, regain that 60 lbs, even then some. And so for us, when we say being able to lose over 300 lb combined, and keep it off for over 10 years, think about how many lessons are in that. Think about how much experience is in that. going 18 years of our life, 300 lbs plus, and then keeping it off for 10 years. We get to experience a fit man's body for 10 years. And to Angelo's point, when we lost this weight, let's talk about the experiences. Let's talk about what we were able to do and what losing weight provided for us. The number on the scale, amazing. Now, what are we able to do after that weight is gone? Number one, when I lost our weight, when I lost my weight, I say when I lost our weight because we did it together. Yeah. When I lost my weight, speaking from personal experience, I always wanted to have a girlfriend or at least have girls look at me in a better light, not just that's the fat, funny guy. So, when I lost the weight, right after high school, I went on a run. I got to experience the life that I had never dreamed was possible for me. What I believed is as soon as I can lose this weight, then I can get the woman of my dreams eventually. When I lost my weight, let's just say the run was fun. I was able to go to center. It was I was a complete center. I was able to go to the San Diego State parties where we're from, and girls were just picking me out left and right. We're able to dance with the best looking girls. We're able to talk to the best-looking girls and eventually we got to have fun with these good-looking girls. And most guys never get to experience that. The reason I bring that point up is because most guys, they grow up fat. They're the linemen. They graduate high school and they're still the fat guy. They actually end up gaining more weight. So any opportunity that they had to find a better mate, they didn't have that. You didn't have that. You had to settle for the fat girl. You had to settle for the fat chick. The chick that would let you just stick it in her because she would open up her legs and she doesn't get any play from any of the fit guys. What man in his right mind who is extremely fit would settle down with a fat chick? Absolutely none. So, it's the standards that come with it which lead us to today. My wife is extremely fit. His wife is fit. She works in actually the health care system. So, she keeps herself fit. We would not settle for a fat chick if we were still 330 lbs. Or we wouldn't settle for we wouldn't settle for the fat chick being the guys that we are now. So, if you're settling for the fat chick, really ask yourself, would I be with this person if I lost all of this weight? To answer that question, probably not. Now, if you have kids, if you have a family, it's going to be a tough conversation to have. But be the man that you were supposed to be. Be the man that you committed to being, too. It's the tough conversation that you've been avoiding ever since you got out into the real world. Why can't I get the the why can't I get the fit chick? Or why can't you guys even be fit together? And see, that's another thing that goes handinhand with this is that if people are overweight together, they're knowing that they're doing the wrong things and they're okay with it because they're both doing the wrong thing. with this with this point. They both know that they're doing the wrong thing. They're going out and getting pizza together, Chinese food, fancy restaurants. Even though you think you're fine dining, you're still being fat. We have a client named Riley, who you've probably seen a lot about on our Instagram recently. He's lost over 80 pounds in less than three months. In the middle of this three months, he got out of a relationship. He was in a relationship for over three years. his body rapidly started changing and things start to come to the surface. He changed himself. He's not the same version of who who he used to be. Things start to come to the light. Mhm. Things that were buried so deep inside of him. And I had a conversation with him about this were brought to the light. And when you don't genuinely love yourself, you're not going to love the person standing across from you or who you plan on having kids with. Or shoot, you've probably already had kids with them. So, be ready for this tough conversation when you start to lose more weight because it's going to force you dig out all of the [ __ ] that you've been burying for years. And it's going to force you to look around in your life and look your loved one in the eyes and ask yourself, do I really want to be with this person? Because if you really thought about it, you don't really want to be with yourself. Yeah. And another experience too to move on from the relationship stuff. Another thing that's very real is the way that you are appeared by to random people, to strangers. I remember when I was over 300 lb, 350 lbs, people would actually ignore looking at me. People would look at me with sometimes a side eye or even just silently judging me as the fat person in the room. But when I lost the weight, I started getting treated better. I started getting more opportunities. I started getting elevated versus demoted. The first time this ever happened is I remember I had went into the gym as a 350 pound person, somebody was walking in and right behind them, they just closed the door. As I was walking in, right, five feet behind them, they just decided that it wasn't worth holding the door open for me. Now, this might seem like something very small, but to me, I felt that and I knew that they didn't see me as a person or as an individual there. They just saw me as some fat guy taking up the space. So, why would they hold the door for me? And honestly, they were right because they had they seen a person that doesn't respect themsel even though he's going to try and better him. He does they don't you don't earn the respect. You don't just get that respect from people. And so when I started losing weight, I actually had lost, you know, fast forward to 160 pounds later, I remember I would be 20 feet away from the door and people would still hold the door open for me because they had seen me get out of my car at the same time as them and they just so happened to be in there in front of me and they waited for me to go into the room with them. Think about how powerful that is. Because before in my mind, I'm like, "Wow, this person would have never opened the door for me." Even though it's a different person, humans are humans. they would have never left the door open for me. They would have just treated me like I wasn't there. Now that I had lost the weight, I'm getting treated better. I'm getting more respect. I'm getting better opportunities. There's so many different things I can't even think of that would actually happen as a result of losing weight. And it's no longer something that you're willing to tolerate anymore. Because when you start seeing that, you're like, I don't want to lose this. I don't want to lose this preferred treatment. This is actually good. I like this feeling. And it makes you feel better about yourself. You start walking with your head up a little higher. your chest is back. Not saying you get arrogant, but you just get confident in yourself because you know your worth and you know that you do the right things when nobody's watching. Now, to finish off this point of, you know, how does people see you people see you and losing weight and everything, I want to take it back to when I was 350 lbs because at one point me and Calvin did have a discussion on like, hey, how are we going to lose this weight? should we try to find a way to do a surgery or all like we actually had those thoughts but eventually it just got to a point where we realized this isn't going to happen for us and so what this meant for us after losing weight it means everything man it it it really means everything in our life has changed because we did it the old school way you change who you are as a person when you lose the weight the right way the new school way it's a band-aid but that band-aid has to come The old school way is how we did it. And because of that, we're going to live this way for the rest of our life. There's no concern on us ever gaining 50, 100 pounds back. It's almost laughable. And I take slight offense to it when people even mention like, you know, are you going to keep it off forever? Can you can you maintain that? And it's like, you don't know the [ __ ] half of who I am. Well, the thing is most people I would say most people don't really ask us that because we have such a proven track record of keeping I'm talking about when we when I first lost the weight after when we first year one after Oh, keep it up, [ __ ] You keep it up. First year one, you get your ass in the [ __ ] gym telling me what I'm going to do. I did this [ __ ] and I know that I'm never going to get it back. And that's the that's the the power that you want. You feel like you're missing something in your life. You feel like you're missing that edge. It's because you don't have an edge, man. You might be top dog at your work. You might be top dog in the office. You might have people report to you, but as soon as you leave that building, you ain't [ __ ] bro. People look at you and they they think, "Oh, he's just a fat guy." And you do fat people [ __ ] You drive home, you get fast food on the way home, you get some beer, and you go home and chill out. Like, you did something difficult. Like, you earned something. You don't exercise. You don't put your shoes on and go to the gym. You do fat people [ __ ] So, if you look at other people and you think, "Oh man, that person's fat." Take a look in the mirror. If you believe that somebody else has gotten the result that you want without having to put in the work, we are your examples. Two guys who were over 300 lb. We lost it the right way, doing it with the old school way because that's how we were raised. Taking it back even further, we were raised by doing things the right way. If you were raised by doing things the right way, you sure may have applied it to your work, but you are not applying it to the man that you see in the mirror. The moment that you apply it to the man that you see in the mirror, all the band-aids start to get ripped off. That comes with your relationships, that comes with your work, that comes with your family life, with your kids, with your wife, even that comes with everything. That comes with the way that you show up. What means to you about losing weight is how you did it and how you're doing it. If it doesn't mean anything to you to get a shortcut, the weight loss isn't going to stick for you because it doesn't mean anything. Attaching the meaning to doing it the right way is your superpower. There's a mentor that we have, his name is Andy Fcella. You've probably heard of him. And he says, "Personal excellence is the ultimate rebellion." So if you grew up and eating was your escape, that was your way to show people that you were just the fat person. Well, being personally excellent, becoming the best version of yourself is the ultimate rebellion. Because people can write you off when you're fat. People can't write you off when you're the best version of yourself. When you are in extremely great shape, when you treat yourself like the athlete that you know you are, that means eating well, training hard, recovering well, and genuinely being the best that you can be. Once you get to that point, life gets easier for you. Sure, there's going to be ups and downs and challenges, but it doesn't affect you the way it used to. It doesn't get to your head. It doesn't make you feel like you're less than of a person. It's just ups and downs. [ __ ] happens, but I'm going to get through it. There's been so many times in the last 5, 10 years, [ __ ] has gone up and down for us. But throughout this whole time, did we ever lose doubt in who we are and what we can do in ourselves? Losing our grandpa, our dad being deported, never being able to come back to the United States, losing our grandmother, grandmother, moving five states in one year. We've experienced most people's lives in one 25 year lifetime. Now we're 27 years old and we've helped thousands of guys accomplish the exact dream that they've always wanted to. They wanted to play running back back in high school. They want they couldn't do it. They wanted to be the soccer player. Now is your time. It is possible for you. This is the ultimate year to change life. 2026, 2027, every every year there's a New Year's new me person. And by month three, they [ __ ] it off. They stopped caring. They don't give a [ __ ] anymore. it is what it is. Oh, it got too hard. Work got busy. I don't have any time for it. We're here to tell you that's [ __ ] excuses. You know that there's better for you and you know that there's another level you can get to. And so instead of relying on this foreign substance with these new methods to be accountable to yourself, what really makes the change is having accountability from somebody else that's doing it with you or that has done it before. You're no longer going to find it easier to lay down on the couch when you see your homeboy going out to the gym or he's texting you, hey, let's meet up at the gym. You're not going to just sit down and be like, "Fuck, I'm not going to be the one that doesn't show up anymore." There's a level of accountability. When you have coaches that are you're relying on you to make sure that you're showing up to doing the right things, you're not going to let them down. And that's what we do for men. And that's how we help people lose weight. [ __ ] your meal plans. [ __ ] your workout routines. All that stuff you can get on Chad GBT. But what you can get is a real experience from people that know what the [ __ ] they're doing and how to help you push through those hard times. And that's where we come in. And that point that Angela made of being able to play running back and then kind of laughing it off, that should piss you off. It should at least light a fire inside of you that there are people who we've seen come into our program, come on fire, and fall off after month three. Pay a lot of money to join our program and fizzle out and fizzle out. But we have the people who also invest that same amount and actually get the return on their investment because they're showing up. They treat this like the brotherhood that it is and they live up to the standard that we hold them to. But most importantly, we hold it to ourselves. That's how we guarantee that you cannot fail. As long as you show up, as long as you put in the work, you have guaranteed results here inside of our program. So, you know what to do. If you're ready to change your life and you're not finding this interesting, but you're interested, click the link in the description below. We'll be reaching out to you to see if we can help. See you in the next video. Peace.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-06-26 Views: 153 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mqV4e08dX6Y Runtime: 35 min 56 sec (8,064 words) The script, as delivered on camera All right. Riley, you just finished up Vision Twins Brotherhood Weekend. How do you feel? Feel good. Uh sore, but I feel good. Yeah. What would you say is uh something that stood out to you most about being out here? Um just the intensity of the workout. I was talking to Calvin earlier today. Like my workouts have a lot more pausing in between the weightlifting, but today it was like just workout after workout after workout, so just the intensity level of it. And we get it done a lot faster, too, when you do it like that. Exactly. So, what I wanted to do was go over your 90-day plan Yep. and go through stuff that I recapped from this weekend and what's going to be the most important stuff for you going forward. Okay. So, first things first, we have to talk about the calories and the macros. So, your goal weight is essentially 180 lb. Is that right? Yep. Okay. Now, being 180, when we think of that goal, is it because it's like it's skinny or it's like you feel like you're going to be muscular and fit and you feel like that's like the prime version of you? Like what's the attachment for you to being 180 lb? I think it's just a prove to myself I can do it. It's not I don't I don't see 180 being a sustainable weight for me, personally. Yeah. Um it's just to prove to myself I can do it cuz I think if I'm honest, the 190s to 200 is like actual sustainable weight for me. Yeah, and that's really That's a great point because like just saying that you can do it, right? Like stepping on the scale and even seeing that number, it just proves like, "Okay, like I can do it." Doesn't mean that you have to live there for the rest of your life. Exactly. But knowing that you can do it, that's 100% achievable. Yeah. Yeah, I would say 180, like even at your height, would be like bodybuilder stage style, like where you're like super lean, super peeled, and it is going to be unsustainable to maintain that cuz you'd be such a low body fat percentage. Yeah. But I That's I'm glad you said that. Like 190, 185 maybe or even 200. I think that's going to be a much more prime physique for you. Yeah. And so in order to get to 180 lb, we have to go about the macros and calories to get there. So first things first, the big rule behind getting to a certain goal weight and like looking good at that weight is the protein. And so for protein, you do have to consistently eat around 180 to 200 g of protein per day. Yeah. So just put that down for you. 180 g to 200 g protein per day. Okay? And then that's again just going to make sure you look muscular, you feel good, you're not like deprived during the day. Because the lower weight you go, obviously the more hungry you're going to be. You're just freaking like you're shredded, so you're going to be like hungry all the time. So protein's going to be like the thing that stabilizes you throughout that. Now the next thing is the carbs. Okay. Now carbs are a fine thing to work with, but they're also tricky because if you eat them at the wrong time, like I say you start your morning off with like a bunch of cereal or like bread and pasta, you'll feel bloated and look bloated throughout the rest of the day and you won't like like what you look. Yeah. So it's important that we [cough and clears throat] Excuse me. It's important that we time your carbs around your workouts. And preferably we backload them to the evening time. Okay. So that way you still get the benefits of having carbs, but nobody's going to see you at night time. So like if you go to sleep and it digests, it goes into your muscles well, it looks good. You wake up and that's what you use in the morning. It really is just carbs what we want to use to top off. I got you. And so we mentioned that in the car yesterday. It's like what do we break our fast with? We break it with protein, a lot of it, and then towards the evening time when we're about to be done eating for the day, that's when we get our carbs in. Got you. Yeah. And so you can do carbs during the day. Like if you get your workout in afterwards, so that way you use the carbs yeah, cuz I nine times out of 10 I'm working out in the evening. Mhm. So, I mean, sometimes weekends I'll get it in the morning, but most of the time it's it's on the back half. Yeah, it's past my fasting window. Perfect. So, then if you are going to do carbs in the evening time, like at before your workout, then you could pretty much if you want to backload all your carbs to that time. But then post workout, if it is past your fasting time, I would say cut it off like And here's the thing, too. 5:00 p.m. is a strict fast. So, if you go from like 1:00 to 5:00, that's pretty strict. But as you go into this like muscle-building journey, you're going to need to like fuel yourself during the day. So, that window could be pushed back like an hour or two to like 7:00 p.m., 6:00 p.m. So, just keep that in mind because post workout, it's important to replenish your muscles with protein. Like And it's going to be quick protein, so things like lean chicken breast, lean ground beef, protein shake, that type of stuff. So, for carbs, we're going to do around 200 g a day. 200 to 220 g a day. And it sounds like a lot, but it's but it's not. It's not. And that's one thing we have to eliminate that fear from cuz I was the same way. I'm like, it's a lot, but your muscles really do need it, especially for the volume. And like, dude, just watching you this weekend, you have a crazy spring in your step. And that's like one thing that you have that is an advantage, I would say, that you have versus like the old you, right? After losing the weight, it's like, okay, this guy like, right, you got a spring, you know, you can you know how to turn it up. But if you don't have those carbs, it's going to be harder to get the most out of that. Makes sense. So, don't be afraid of the 200 g of carbs. Now, the fat, that's where most Yeah, this is the part that we don't need to have much. is the part that So, these two things, like you could look sick with these physi- with with the protein and carbs, like you'll you'll look sick. Now, the fat is what's tricky. And this is where a lot of people struggle with their weight loss journey or even just losing weight in the first place and looking the way they want is because most of their diet is full of carbs and fats and very little protein. Mhm. Think about when you go out to Burger King or [ __ ] Popeyes or something. For the most part, it's just carbs and high fat food. Like they fry everything in oil. Whatever they cook with is just garbage. So, you're always like the fats are what make people look gross. Mhm. So, for you, fats aren't again bad because it is it has like hormonal functions, it's good for brain health, certain things like that. But, too much of them will make you feel like, "Man, like why aren't I making change? Like why do I look flat and like flabby kind of thing?" Yeah. It's going to be less than 65 g of fat per day. Got you. So, if you think about it like less than that. Yeah. Anything Nothing over 65 g. Fat per So, really aim for less, but if on a day that I'm hitting more, 65 is the max cut off. Like one avocado already like 40 g of fat. Got you. That's the most you'd probably need or like 30 g of fat or something like that. So, like if you do that and then just whatever you're eating during the day, like your lean ground beef is going to have fat in it. That's going to basically replenish all of that. You don't need much fat. Most of the fat you'll get would come from like sauces and like what you cook with. If people cook with butter and stuff, that's where they sneakily add up fat into their diet. But, if you're doing like zero calorie cooking spray and you're eating healthy with like avocados and some foods just naturally have fat in them, then you'll be fine. But, you want to make sure you're sticking to around 65 g per day. Got you. And it doesn't always have to be, you know, right at 65. That that is the max. You know, someone like when I say 40 to to 55, you could get to 65, but we always want to keep it on the lower end. Yeah. And so, to add this up, how we do the math on this, this is going to determine your calories. So, first we always go macros, then we go into calories. All right? So, 1 g of protein is 4 calories. You're going to need your 720 calories per day is going to come from protein. Got you. Okay. And then it's the same thing with carbs. 4 g of carbs write that one down. And that can that's easy to get to. Like 700 and what was it? 750? 720? 720 calories. Like when I do my pound of 96/4 ground beef or 99/1 ground turkey, I'm typically getting about, you know, 700 calories and like 120 g of protein. And that [clears throat] fills you up, keeps you sustained, keeps you sharp. So, that's 700 calories. Like you'll have no problem getting a lot of protein in. And I'll send this to you if you want to afterwards, so Yeah, that would be helpful. 720 calories is going to come from protein. Your carbs is the same thing, so you need about 200 g of carbs per day times four. So, that's about 800. So, already and this is where we talk about the fat comes in play because, like Calvin said, if you have too much fat, this messes it all up in the where you're going right now. The calories are very you have to be very detailed, so 800 calories is going to come from carbs. Now, that's I mean, the one cup of rice is already like 300 calories. And then, so if you do like a cup of rice and a potato, basically like you're be pretty close if not right at your cal- your cusp of your calories for the day from carbs. Yeah. The thing with fats though is the [ __ ] up part is there's 9 g of or 9 calories per 1 g of fat. So, if we were to do 9 * 65, essentially that'd be 585 calories. But, we don't want to always go up to 585 calories worth of fat because that's like to keep the weight adding up and adding up and adding up and adding up. if there's one thing you can eliminate from your diet, it's always going to be mostly fat. You can still survive off of like 30 g of fat per day, 40 g of fat, but you never want to go to zero because that's essentially like you're you're just going to be [ __ ] feeling like [ __ ] all the time. Yeah. That's when you're that's feeling like [ __ ] yeah. So, when we say you can get sick with the protein and the carbs, that's that's more of like the look and that's more of the look on your body like really cutting off the sides, how we talked about the trunk, right? Like having that cut feeling. Um that's the protein and carbs, but then the fat, like if If 9 * What was it? The nine calories times 65, that's 585 calories. If you're If we think about the calories that are in a a pound of fat or in a pound of weight, 3,500. Right? So, if you eat 585 calories day over day, like it's going to be easy to You'll be like, "Oh, [ __ ] I'm gaining weight." You know? So, that's why we have to be careful with the fat. Makes sense. And so, your total for where you're at right now, and especially with the training style that we're going to have for you doing, 2,100 calories. That's like lifestyle, you can maintain that for the rest of your life at 2,100 calories, getting to 100 and what was it? 80 lb or 85 uh 185, 180 to 200 lb. Like that is where you want to maintain at. Now, it's tricky because if you go to 2,200 calories, you're just slowly adding 100 calories up every day. Over the course of the month, that basically ends up 1 lb over of fat, right? So, you want to stay at 2,100 calories. It's much It's much easier to cut out 100 calories versus trying to burn 100 calories. Think about what we did on the ski yesterday. We only did 100 calories of skiing. like 10 minutes. Almost. Took a long ass time. That was 100 calories. Think about how easy it is to eat 100 calories. I mean, you can do it in 10 seconds. Exactly. Literally. Like two M Two or three M&M's, like Yeah. Yeah, like a quick handful of chips or something like that. It's easy 100 calories. Like that would put you over. And it's it's [ __ ] up, but like to get detailed and dialed in the way you want, it's very detail-oriented. So, then that brings us into the training. Because this assumes that you're going to be doing the training the right way. Yeah. If you ate 2,100 calories and you just sat on your ass all day, then no matter what you do, you're always going to gain weight just because that's how it is. Yeah. So, with your exercise and training plan, what we did earlier, your main form of cardio right now is going to be between zone three and zone four. Zone five, like we talked about earlier, that's like an all-out push. You can have those zone five sessions, like if you're doing interval trainings and like you're just doing sprints. And we we'll look at that more when you get closer to the marathon. Yeah. Like that's where that will come in and I can help you out with that. Cool. But for the most part on a day-to-day basis, to just keep yourself in a fat-burning state, zone three to zone four for 30 minutes. Got you. Now, a lot of people like to do this with like incline walking. I'm not really a big fan of that cuz like I'm not either. Yeah, I mean you Yeah, you'll burn calories, but like how much calories do you want to burn? You want to look good and so you can burn more Yes. by just getting that sprint in. And then the weights is going to be 45 minutes to an hour. So, from your first phase, that's what we talked about on your call, right? Phase one is months one through six. That is simply losing the body fat. You did that. Mhm. Now, phase two, which is basically making it a lifestyle change and incorporating all the stuff that you learned from the cardio, but also adding on the weight lifting, too. And so you're going to do 45 minutes to an hour of weight lifting every day. Okay? Every day as in the days that you train. So, typically, five to six days per week, give yourself a rest day. And if you do a rest day, try to at least get some form of non-activity exercise like walking or hitting those 10,000 steps per day. And I'll talk about that later on. So, the type of weights that you're going to be doing is you're going to be testing your one rep max when you get home. So, I want you when you get home, your first like day at the gym again, you're just going to go around and try and see how heavy you can go on all of your weights on all of your lifts. So, for bench, load up as much as you can and see like, "Okay, can I do this for one rep?" And like that's my absolute max, then you find your number. So, for instance, say your one rep max right now is I'm not I don't know what it is, but I know cuz we haven't tested it yet. But say it's 225 lbs. That's 245 plates on each side. I don't know if that even is the case right now. I I I could probably I could definitely hit 225. once he gets home, he's going to be a little bit sore. Yeah, so I'll push that later on. we'll test it, but again, you want to test that. Front squat, same thing. Same thing with lat pull down, dumbbells, leg extension, hamstring curls, triceps triceps extension, and dumbbell deadlifts. I know we talked about deadlifts. They're still good like to do deadlifts, but it's not always good to load up the the freaking bar and do like 500 lbs or whatever that you were doing before. We want to be functional with it. So, the dumbbells are going to be the best thing for you. And again, you'll test it when you get home. Whatever's in your training plan, you want to test that that max for that day and log it into your app. And there's a feature you can do that, too. Okay. So, we'll go ahead and test out all these things. There's more to this, obviously, with whatever is in the training plan that we give for you that day. It's just an example. And so, how you should be looking at this, weeks 1 through 2 for the next 90 days, basically is going to be 65% of your one rep max. So, say 225 is your bench press one rep max, we just do that times .60. Essentially, you'll be doing 45 plates for your first 1 to 2 weeks. Now, again, this is the part that most people trip up because at this stage of your journey, it's not about the quick result. Yeah. Building muscle and all this stuff, like it's going to take you time and you're going to like want to do more, you're going to want to put on 145, 155, like, "No, I could do it." But like, stick to this program because eventually, after the next 90 days, you're going to redo this all over again, your lifts are going to be higher. Okay. So, is this going to be similar to how we were working out today? It's like all the all the sets are the same weight. Essentially, yeah. So, it's doing Let's say for this, the 135, it would be like four sets of the same weight. Four sets, 135, if that makes sense. And you're going to be doing 12 reps. Okay. Eight to 12 reps is like where we want to be at, so. 135 eight to 12 times, you do that four sets, like you're you're going to feel it, right? And you still have the rest of your chest day to do, too. It's not like you're just doing bench, so Yeah. you'll still be doing other stuff. You need to test that stuff, too, what's your one rep max. Eventually, we're going to find out every single lift that you have, get your percentages, and then inside of the app, you can log it down as this is what I did today, this is what I did, this is what I did. And we always want it to be at 65% for your first 1 to 2 weeks. Weeks 2 to 4, and it's pretty simple, weeks 2 to 4, we go to 70%, so say 225 times .70, now you're doing 157. So, just throw on 160s, right? Or 155 might be the I think that's a 10 on each side. You just throw a 10 on after the first 2 weeks. And then again, it's called progressive overload. This is the training style that you're doing. So then you go up to, you know, 225 * .75. Now you're doing 168. So basically doing 170 at that point. 6 through 8, 80%. 8 through 10, 85%. Weeks 10 through 12, 90% of your one rep max. Yeah. Now the cool part about this is that once you get to 10 through 12, right? You're doing 90% of your max. So that's 225 * .90. You'll be able to rep 205, which is a 45 and a 35. That's heavy. 8 to 12 times. That's a good thing. That's heavy. That's That's That's great work. It's a great thing because essentially what you're going to do is when you're done with the weeks 12, you're going to retest your one rep max. And it should shoot up like at least 10 to 15 lbs. Yeah. And eventually that's how you progressively overload because your muscles are getting stronger and they're able to, you know, once you retest your one rep max, say you go from 225 up to 250 or 255 or whatever as your one rep max. Now you're going back to ground zero again, right? We'll talk about this after the 90 90 days, but then you go to .60, now you're doing 150s as your your baseline before 135. That makes sense. So that's that's the whole point of that. Okay. So that's going to be your next 90 days. Cool. So then now we need to focus on the non-exercise activity. 10 to 10 10k to 12k steps per day. Honestly, 30 minutes of running you could probably knock out like 6,000 7,000 steps just in that alone. So basically to keep yourself active throughout the day, you don't have to add on like another cardio session, but you can walk at night or at your job if you can find a way to get form of like a cardio session. Mhm. You always want and especially to help you sleep, man. Like I know that's been a big thing is like energy. only getting 4 to 5 hours of sleep. Like that Like even last night when we all got back from Topgolf, I walked for like 25 30 minutes to get my steps in. Yeah. And then like it helped me just fall asleep way easier. Yeah. This is and that's going to be the next point, but we'll get to that. So, the 10 to 12K steps per day, minimum. All right? If you go over, you're cool. You're just putting yourself more You're training your metabolism to keep your body burning and moving. And that's the the best That's the sweet spot is 10 to 12K steps. I would say for somebody else like if they're 300 lb, they could get 6,000 steps a day, 8,000 steps, but you surpassed that. Yeah. It's time to like start adding on to it. And then now the sleep. This is like the most crucial thing, bro. The If you want to [ __ ] up all the results that you get, stop sleeping. Yeah. Like get the most [ __ ] quality sleep. Do the 4 hours of sleep, right? Do the 5 hours of sleep. Yeah. Cuz that's not enough time for your body to recover. Especially like if you just ate something at 7:00 p.m. and then you're waking up at 4:00 a.m., Yeah. like you're you're not going to look the way you're not going to get that morning skinny look. You need at least time away from food. So, your body gets the best recovery when it's sleeping. Like that's why we all do it to Yeah. brain function, your energy levels are good during the day. Now, I'm not saying you got to do 8 hours cuz I know that's We're working to it. I'm not saying go to bed at 9:00 and [ __ ] wake up at 4:00, but like essentially at least 5 and 1/2 to 6 and 1/2 hours of sleep. So, 10:30, you know what I mean? 11:00 at night, 10:00 at night. Try to just Yeah. be in bed by like 9:30. Cut it off. Phones, all that stuff. And get that extra hour or two of sleep versus, you know, whatever you're doing scrolling or I don't know. Whatever it is, right? No, I got you. And then now your water intake is 1 gallon per day. This is like And especially in what I've noticed even in our journeys and other clients as well, the quickest way to lose that like stubborn look, like where you look, you know, grow I don't want to say gross, but just chubby, you know what I mean? Like flabby or whatever, Yeah. it's [ __ ] water weight, bro. Like you do have loose skin. And it's That's what's going to be the case for right now. So, you're going to have the loose skin no matter what you do at the end of this journey. Now, we can make it look as good as possible like Calvin and I have by training and doing all this stuff for 10 years now. Yeah. But 1 gallon per day is going to keep you in that lean look. Like if you look at a a bodybuilder on stage or anybody that's essentially doing like a competition, they drain themselves of all the water, but first they water load. Yeah. They sweat it all out by going into the sauna or even UFC fighters, like how do they drop weight fast? They just drop all the water weight off and they put a sauna suit on, they go run miles, and they just freaking peel at the end of it. Yeah. Now, to make sure you do this as a lifestyle change and like can look peeled like that year round by increasing your water intake. It sounds counterintuitive, but basically your body's going to start to recognize like, "Oh, we get enough water per day. We don't need to hold on to as much water anymore." Makes sense. So, you'll be peeled all the holds on to the sides, like that's that's because of water. Yeah. And so, you need to train your body and like it's not going to happen in a week. You're just going to like lose all your water weight. It takes like months. Even for me right now, like on my 75 hard, I've lost maybe 5 lb of water weight, but I've been drinking a gallon of water a day for over 2 weeks straight. And like, "Fuck, like when's it going to peel out?" It's just it's the process. It takes like 30 days for your body to start feeling safe in releasing what it has. Yeah. And so, by training it consistently, it's like you just manipulate your body in a way that works for you. Makes sense. And you'll get that look. So, a gallon per day minimum, and that's dude, I did 40 oz during our workout, you drink 40 oz in the afternoon, and 40 oz in the evening. You'll be easily You can do a gallon per day like by 12:00. It's really try hard enough. And then now the tracking side of this, this is the most important part, right? It's just in the app daily plus your progress photos. So, once you get home, Daily progress photos? You'll have progress photos daily inside of the app, and that's going to keep us on track to be able to like see how your body's, you know, reacting to everything cuz essentially we could probably say over the next 2 weeks, you know, you might not see the look that you want, then we just change your macros around again. Yeah. Right? And again, the weight loss on the scale isn't going to be as detri- like not I I want to say detrimental, but like as Uh what's the word? Grandiose as it has been where you lose you can knock off 10 lb a week cuz it's not like you're losing 10 lb of fat, you're losing 10 lb of that water weight from sweating and doing all the cardio. If you were to lose the same amount of weight that you've lost in the past 6 months, in the next 6 months then you'd be what? 130 lb, you know, when Exactly. And you'd be scrawny skin and bones and like you just wouldn't look good. We're not trying to just get to 180, right? Because it's like a number, it's cool, but like It's great to know that you can do it, right? We've both had that moment where we saw, you know, But at a point comes it needs to be a lifestyle change. It needs to be like I can live at this weight. Yeah, for sure. All right. So that's progress photos and that daily and we're going to be tracking that stuff for you. And then the biggest challenge, what you've told me, is the weekends, right? Yep. That's the what's I'll tell you is going to be the hardest part for you probably is doing a gallon on the weekends and the non-exercise activity. Cuz if during your week you're, you know, going to the gym consistently, you're walking at work or whatever it is, like it's just easy to be in that momentum, in that flow, but once the weekend comes, what do people like to do? Sit down, relax, kick their feet up, chill, and it's like if you push all the stuff that you're supposed to do off until 4:00 p.m. Now you're trying to play catch-up and it's like you're always playing that catch-up. So this is the important part is like get yourself into a regiment and not only does it do help you stay consistent, but it trains your body to like get used to being like, "Okay, I can fall asleep at 10:30 on a Saturday." Yeah. Right? Cuz it's that day is important too for your body to recover from the workouts and stuff that you've been doing. And so that is going to be your 90-day game plan. I'll send this to you. Do you have any questions on anything that we talked about? No, it all makes sense. It all makes sense to me. I'm excited. Yeah. Ready to uh start this. The cool part about it, man, is like we told you earlier, you've done all the [ __ ] hard work. Like now it's just training yourself of what hard is at this level. Yeah. A new hard. Mhm. Yeah. That's what Calvin talked about this whole weekend is that next mountain. Like this is the next mountain. This is where a lot of people will they'll get comfortable, you know, cuz they lost a bunch of weight, but achieving that next level physique what Calvin and I have achieved, like, it doesn't come easy. It's still [ __ ] hard. But, I'd rather have this hard than, you know what I mean, struggling for a [ __ ] ever not liking the way that you look cuz you lost a bunch of weight and you're like, "Oh, I still see a fat guy." What's it matter anymore? Like, that's what people think, bro. Yeah. So, it's very important like if you just stick to your plan, trust the process, [ __ ] 76ers, like, we just trust the [ __ ] process, bro. Cuz Except we get a championship at the end of [laughter] this one. Yeah. And the the biggest win from this is say you get down to 200 lb, right? Say you only lose 7 lb in the next 90 days, but you look [ __ ] sick. Yeah. Cool. Then we just redouble it again. We work around the macros again and do another 90 days. And then another 90 Makes sense. And also that that mindset part that we talked about yesterday is, you know, that impossible goal, right? Still just as important, you know, even with the calories and the macros and like these tangible things that we're talking about. It's also that mindset, too. It's like, "Okay, once I get home, how quickly can I get dialed in? How quickly can I eliminate all the [ __ ] that that's been holding holding me back so that I can lock in on this plan Yeah. and get the results, even get to 190. All right, what get to 180 cuz you can get to 180 within the next What was it? August 15th you said? Yeah. Less than 2 months. Yeah, by doing this. Yeah. I'll say the biggest thing probably for you when you get home is going to like get your sleep right and getting that water in consistently. For sure. Yeah. I would agree cuz yeah, I don't think I've been drinking this enough water recently. Like early on I was definitely doing a gallon a day. Now it's like cuz I was even tracking my water back then and then I didn't I stopped tracking it. So. Mhm. It's those little things. It's It's those little things, bro. Like, it'll add up. Yeah. Cool, man. So, that's the end of that. You got no questions? You said you got it all? No, yeah. I mean, as long as you send that to me, yeah, we're good. Cool. Yeah, I'll send it over to you. And then, um Ready to go. Now, let's go Calvin has a few questions for you, just like a little client interview. For sure. Yeah. So, I already got my my questions written out. Um So, just have it here. And does my phone show on the camera right there or It's fine if it does. Yeah. Yeah, either way. Okay. Cool. So, I have these questions I brainstormed and wrote out for you. Cool. Um so, Riley, take me back before Vision Twins. What did a normal day look like? And how were you really feeling about who you saw in the mirror? Uh yeah, normal day was get up, go to work, figure out what I'm eating for the day, literally. That was That was my day. Like, what am I going to eat today for lunch? What am I going to eat when I get home? Um and then, yeah, just get home from work and sit on the couch doing nothing. Play video games, whatever. And then, repeat. There was no thought of exercise, really. So, yeah, that was a normal day. Yeah. I think that's always fascinating, just cuz you see how me and Angelo train and like every single day we're on it in some way, shape, or form. Yeah. To not exercise, I mean, how was that looking back? Look, I mean, I can't imagine not doing it now. Like, if I miss a The few days that I've missed of working out since I joined, like, I feel like [ __ ] I'm like, I feel like I don't feel accomplished. Even if I had a busy day doing this, this, and that, if I don't work out, I don't feel accomplished during the day. So, yeah, looking back, it's pretty crazy, to be honest. Yeah. It's like always focusing on achieving external things versus what's for Riley, you know? You're doing something for Riley every day. It's very Yeah, exercise will do that for you, man. Yeah. And so, I wanted to ask you this, what was the hesitation that almost stopped you from saying yes? Right? The voice in the back of your head, whenever you saw our content that was whispering to you saying, "This won't work for you." Um to be blunt, like financially I was like, "Why do I want to pay to like I could do this to myself. Why would I pay other people to help me?" And then finally I was like, "Well, I mean cuz I think I don't know who I messaged. I messaged one of y'all like maybe a month before I actually joined. I said I was interested and then I just ghosted and then I came back like a month later and actually just like, "All right, I'm going to do this." Um yeah, just invest in myself. So, that was the biggest thing holding me back. Well, you would say that part of it was financial, right? Yeah. As in like you didn't have it or you're just like, "Why would I Why would I Why would I pay for this?" Mhm. Like why would I pay somebody else to do something like help me do something that I can just do myself for free. Mhm. But it's I mean you need the community aspect in my opinion. Yeah, crazy stuff. I mean it's very common. I think it's a man thing. It's a very common thing. It's a man thing. It is a guy Yeah, I don't need I don't need help. Yeah, I'm a solid like The thing is with women we used to coach a few women back in the day and they were like easy easy they They were like, "You're going to get me here? Let's go." They no problem. But then with the guys it's like they kind of have that ego, "Oh, I can do it myself. I've lost weight before." So, they're kind of harder to to get across the line, but let's hit on that financial part because that is a real thing like at one point you said, "Why would I pay somebody to help me lose weight?" But then there's this point and then there's you that has done it and then now look where you are today, right? So, like what was that middle point that just said "I'm doing it." Um it was just like I said, invest in myself. Like I invest my time and money into all these other things that aren't for me. Like for other people, for whatever it may be. Like okay, I'm going to pay this much and I'm going to get this out of it. Like that's a good investment in my opinion. So. Mhm. You kind of just had the conversation after that cuz you did message us for 30 days. That was I think one of Calvin's questions. Yeah. You like messaged us and then 30 days later it's like, okay, I'm [ __ ] ready now. Yeah. And then you're like, what what happened in that 30 days you think? Um If I'm honest, I yeah, started doing it alone. I had a buddy who he's a personal trainer, but he does like more like bodybuilding personal training stuff. And he gave me a workout plan. I was like, oh, this is great. And for a month I did it and I lost I think like 5 lb in the month and I was like this is not what I'm looking for. Mhm. Um so, yeah, that's when I reached back out and was like, all right, let's do this. [laughter] Let's [ __ ] go. Yeah. Oh, yeah. Well, I also want to ask you this like I think like that trust factor, you mentioned it yesterday, like trusting us, right? And that's something that we do not take lightly and that we really keep ourselves you know, in check on every single day. It's like that trust factor. Like I trust Angelo to show up and do his role. He trusts me to show up and do my role. Like that trust level, right? Like where would you say that came from for you in trusting us to help you achieve this? I think it starts with that y'all were fat, too. Like anybody can say do this, but it's like, okay, you've done it. Like you you have that the first-hand knowledge as opposed to like I read a bunch of books and I know how to lose weight. Does that make sense? Mhm. Cuz yeah, I mean, I could pay some guy who's been fit his entire life to help me lose weight, but does he actually know the struggles of going through it? Does he know like what the day-to-day's going to be like? So. Needing to lose 20 lb the first month to keep yourself motivated. Yeah. Cuz that's what the other guy did. You did go with him, right? You tried it out. You lost 5 lb the first month. And most guys will be like, man, [ __ ] it. Like losing weight isn't for me. This is going going way too long to meet for me to get to my goal. and it's like, "Oh, you just got to get around the right information, the right people and then essentially you can do same effort but actually get the results back from it in a different matter." Yeah. So, yeah, it was seeing that and then all the I mean, stuff you guys post on social media, all your clients losing weight and stuff and it's like, "Okay, I mean I mean, that could be me, too." And it And it has been, so. Yeah. Now, just a few more questions. I think that part of my question I've got it in my brain right here. So, for you it's like, what problem do you feel like losing this weight has solved in the way that you show up for the people that you love? You know, it could be mom, dad, social, right, friends. In any way, what problem did losing weight solve for you? Um just in general, the day-to-day, I'm not like burnt out just from doing normal [ __ ] Like I mean, it's I don't know even know how to explain it. Like, yeah, I mean, I used to be out of breath going up the stairs. Like "Oh, can you do this for me?" I don't really feel like it. I'm feel like being lazy cuz that's hard effort for me. So, in the day-to-day, yeah, it's just being able to do mundane tasks like a normal human being. Mhm. Um not like Yeah. Having energy. Yeah, having energy to do Yeah, wipe As soon as you were speaking, I was like, "Wipe my ass." Like to get up and off the toilet and reach back and like Yeah. I mean day-in-day-out how you said. Yeah, tying shoes. I mean, putting on socks. It's like it's just a complete lifestyle change and it's just the normal tasks of everyday life are easier. I was going to say one thing I think is it's pretty silly and this has nothing to do with it. I mean, it kind of does, but did your shower time get small like shorter from taking That's one thing I noticed like for me personally on my weight loss journey. When I was over like 350 lbs, bro, like my showers took probably 15 20 minutes. It's like [laughter] I don't know why it took me Yeah, it took me a long time to shower, but now it's like I can get in like get everything done in 5 minutes. You know what I mean? Did that ever change? It's just something I think It's I've never really noticed it, but I mean, now that you say it, it might be. Now that looking back, possibly, yeah. What about being able to like catch your balance or like say you're you need to fit through something? Oh, yeah, fit fitting through something, yeah, easily. If you fall over, like you can actually stop yourself from going down, you know what I mean? Um yeah, I mean so one thing is like you're sitting down on the ground, like just standing up without having to roll over first and push yourself up, you just put your hands down and stand up. Um yeah, fitting through stuff like at work, I mean not to go into too much detail, but like there's some spaces you got to fit through, and before it's like I'm squeezing through or like I'm going to walk around. Now it's like I'm I mean, I slide right through it, so. Yeah. I've noticed that a few times over the weekend, even with you and Oscar. Like if I was just standing right there and you guys were walking through, I'm like a thought came to my mind, if they were here just 12 months ago, like they wouldn't be able to even fit through me standing right there, and then this thing. They'd have to walk all the way around. [laughter] Yeah. So. Yeah. Cool, man. Cool. Okay, cool. Last question, yeah. Um so Riley, this is like kind of an important one for the person watching this, right? For sure. Um so look straight into that camera. Imagine yourself right on the [snorts] other side. Right now, there's someone who's watching this who is exactly where you were. They messaged us about 2 weeks ago, a month ago, they got a free workout or meal plan, yeah, right? And that's what you got. You know, we sent you a free resource. And they're trying to do it by themselves. All right, so talk to him. What does what do you need him to hear to take those next steps? Yeah, um I mean, simple as this, like I was saying earlier question, just invest in yourself. I'm sure you got time invested in time and money invested in so many things in life that aren't conducive to bettering yourself. So, I'd say just invest in yourself. Um I was hesitant at first. I'm sure a lot of people are, but once you once you join, you come to the first couple of meetings, you realize it's a brotherhood, you lose that 20 15 20 lb in the first month, you're going to be like, "Oh, this is the best decision I've ever made in my life." Um I'm what, 7 months in and 100 lb down, and yeah, it's probably the one of the best decisions I've ever made in my life. So, stop bullshitting, jump on it, stop wasting your time, stop wasting another day, go ahead and join, and you I promise you won't regret it. All right, man. Awesome, brother. Yeah. Awesome. Congrats on all your success. Yeah, yeah. Phase two. Yeah. Loading up. Yes, sir. Appreciate y'all having me out here. Yeah. man. This man is probably when people say I'm big for an I'm athletic for a big guy, but now, watching Riley in person, athletic for a a skinny guy. always athletic for a big guy. I was just fat. I used to tell people I I liked food too much, that's why. You got the look, man. You just got to lose some weight. Exactly. I hear that all the freaking time. All right.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-03-29 Views: 152 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HgJvS6ptrtc Runtime: 24 min 12 sec (4,668 words) The script, as delivered on camera What are you guys up today for a little snack? We're eating Churitos Locos, you guys. The one in Colton, they have a drive-thru and I just went through the drive-thru and I ordered all of this, you guys. You guys, we're going to start off with these. Look at this, you guys. These are the papa locas, you guys. They're um bacon ones. You've got to be kidding me. This is a delicious Look at that. You guys, I devoured the other ones. The other ones were so good. This one is their chicken chipotle one, you guys. Look at that. [snorts] This is [ __ ] All right, this is [ __ ] disgusting. You guys, those tacos were so good. Next I have it, their elote, hot Cheeto with cheese, hot dog, you guys. Like, this is the reason why I'm such a big guy cuz they make food like this. Like That's the reason? You're about to cry. You guys, next we have their regular street hot dog. Look at that. This smells so delicious, you guys. You guys, I finished all the hot dogs and the fries. I don't know what happened. I couldn't record the other one cuz it stopped recording and I was so into the hot dog, but I have some of their chata here. Remember, balance is key when you're eating something like this. No soda, you guys. Balance is key. So, I got a no chata, you guys. You guys, next we have dessert. I have a the churro sandwich, you guys. It's already kind of melted, so I'm not going to pick it up, you guys. Look at that. Oh my god. You guys, I finished the ice cream, you guys. Look at they have Oreo churros. These are filled. Oh my god. Look at how you guys And then the last one we have is their original churros, you guys. These are the best churros, you guys. They have three locations and I've been to all three. They are so good, you guys. You guys, we're going to finish it off with my old chata, you guys. Churitos Locos, you guys. Look at that. In Colton, they have a drive-thru. You know, the average person will watch this and they'll be like, "Oh, that guy needs to really lose weight." And a lot of 300-lb plus men would say for themselves, "Oh, I'm not that fat." But, the reason why that's so relatable, especially for fat guys, is because fat guys think they're not that bad. Meanwhile, they actually are that bad. It's just in a different area of your life. So, in this podcast, guys, we're sitting down and we're really breaking down the mindset of a 300-lb man, how we were, how you are, and how we can change it. So, when it comes to that guy, right? Angela, Angela, do you think there's any hope for for him [laughter] in in the near future? Do you think there's [laughter] any hope? I'm sorry, hold on. Hold on. No, like Do you think there's any amount of hope? Like, just, you know, just What I really like is just What I What I really think Bro, what I really think is that we are slowly moving closer to Wall-E. Like, we're the fat people are in the chairs and like being hovered places and like tapping buttons to like order food and like just gluttonous and disgusting. That's where I think this shit's heading. And for that guy, do I think there's hope for him in the near future? I would say like say he was to join our program today, right? Say he comes on and he's like, "I love you guys' videos. I'm ready to join your program now." And he joins. He invests invests into the program. He Say he does the full thing. No, I think he needs therapy. Like, no cap. I think he genuinely No, the exercise is therapy. No, that guy is so [ __ ] up mentally. I'm not even trying to be like funny. That guy is [ __ ] up mentally. Like What do you think is the most [ __ ] up part about him mentally? I think he's eating trauma. Whatever the [ __ ] he's got going on, like there's something that he's not happy with in his life or maybe that's like uncovered. And so, you eat to like numb yourself, to like not just sit with yourself and feel the feelings that you're feeling. I'll say from personal experience, I was the same way, but I wasn't Here we go with saying we're not that bad. I wasn't like eating all of that food in one sitting back to back to back and like the thought in my mind is like that's just never ending. Like, when the [ __ ] is he going to stop eating? But, you get to a point like that where you eat so much food that you're like it's no longer about the the hunger anymore or like feeling hungry. It's like you're trying to get like pleasure. You're trying to get dopamine because you feel so internally shitty about yourself. Whatever that triggered that, whatever the [ __ ] started it, whether it's you know, something from your childhood, you got over a relationship, you got fired from your job, so you're like trying to just feel something. I can resonate with that cuz for a long time that's what I was doing. I don't know I don't even really remember like what why I was doing it or like what the emotional thing was. It probably was like from our dad going to prison as a kid and kind of dealing with those emotions and never like fully addressing them head-on and kind of confronting them. But, I can relate to like just the gluttony of it. Not to that degree, right? Not to like 500-lb gluttony, but there's something deep down that like needs to be surfaced up. So, that's why I say that guy I think needs therapy. Like, genuinely because there's something else underneath him wanting to eat all that food. Yeah. And what I see from your perspective is the difference between how we were and how that guy is is we actually have that athletic background. We used to play sports. That's the type of person who has never played sports before, has never had the win for a common goal outside of himself. I think if I didn't play sports, I probably would turn into that. Like, if I if I never had like some form of discipline instilled in me, exercise from like the youth cuz a lot of guys that watch our videos and our podcast and everything, they were former athletes. They played football, basketball, baseball, sports. Maybe they were in the military or they have something that like gave them a structure when they were in their youth, so they know that like in the back of their mind they have to get to that point again and they just don't want to do it because it's hard and they they see it as like blocking their free will to just do whatever they want, but like you see what happens when you don't have that structure and you just indulge in all of your pleasures. You get to that point where you're 500-lbs or 600-lbs. Other people, it might be different ways of coping with that, you know, lack of structure, lack of discipline. I think having a father figure is very important in that situation. Like, a man that says like do a real man, not a man that's also 400-lbs with tits either himself, but like a man that knows that there needs to be a line drawn. I think not having that is a big issue as well. Yeah. The athletic background, like you're saying, having that type of structure, the only way that there is freedom to live a life full of internal pleasure is by having discipline. It's by having a system. Most guys think that once football ends that they're just into the real world and they can have all this endless pleasure. But, they never actually feel the real pleasure. They never feel the real pleasure of being in shape, being fully confident in yourself, being able to take off your shirt in public, being an example for other people, being an example for yourself, loving what you see in the mirror, feeling just alive in your day-to-day life, not just surviving, but you're fully living. When you have that structure set in place, that's when you get to feel that freedom. But, most guys like that, they think their freedom comes from food. And the thing here is like how I started off this podcast is a lot of guys think that they're not him. Like, oh I'm not that fat. I'm not that fat, so I don't have to change. Well, mentally, you are that fat. Because you're no longer in sports, you no longer have a structure designed for you to lose weight and built for you to become who you want to be that you're just as bad as that person. And we were So, the gap between when you end sports and when you become in shape and you have that that system again, that's the gap that you're living as that guy. You're living as you're living in that season, yeah. You're still living in that season. Same way as we just that video, you're still living as that guy. Even though you may not think, "Oh, I'm not that fat or I'm not that bad." Well, if you really thought about it, how often are you going to fast food? Probably four to seven days out of the week. If you're going every single day, you're probably still not the kind of guy that would be great in this program because that's just a lot of [ __ ] that we don't want to deal with in the first place. If you're going seven days out of the week, like that's kind of a [ __ ] up mentality already. Well, the thing is you guys have to acknowledge that it's a bad thing. Like you If you are aware that it's a bad thing, and like you can be like, "Okay, I'm not going to go to fast food seven times this week. I'm going to do it five times." You're low-key on the right track. Like you're you have that that switch that you can be like, "Okay, like I'm I'm really [ __ ] overdoing it." You at least have some type of switch. I think that's what we had is like we know when we're doing like some extremely fat [ __ ] Now, it we wouldn't always be aware of it because there would be times where I would go to 7-Eleven, I'd get two maple donut bars, I'd get a rice crisp or not a rice crispy, a Reese's peanut butter cup, and I would like [ __ ] put one donut on the plate in a paper on a paper plate, put the Reese's peanut butter cups on top, put the other donut on top, microwave it for 30 seconds, and like from the outside looking in until somebody said like, "What the hell are you eating?" I would look at it be like, "Damn, like I was really doing some fat shit." Like I was you almost like lose your mind in that sense because you just there's no there's no [ __ ] structure. There's no hard line that somebody's calling that out or addressing it. And there were times plenty of times where I'd go to the store and buy three bags of chips. One for now, one for an an hour from now, and then, you know, one for the night time. You know what I mean? And like you could you still do those things, but you probably have somebody there that's like acknowledging it or you get that sense of guilt. And I think guilt is a good thing to motivate you to make the change. You know that like you're doing bad, it finally gets to the point where you have to do good. Awareness. Having that awareness in your life is what is that first step to the change. So, when you were doing that fat [ __ ] donut, Reese's cups, and then another donut, that is is truly some fat [ __ ] but to the point of fast food every single day, when it comes to guys in our program, like they at least have that type of switch. Relating back to that former athlete, they at least know like in the back of their mind this is not okay. These type of guys honestly, like straight-up don't do well in our program because it takes too much too much [ __ ] honestly. They have to come to their own They have to get to that point on their own. Nobody else can do that for you. Like people can be there to help you, but Most of the time you're not even ready to help. Yeah, you're not even receptive to hearing that. And so, until you get to the point, and we say this a lot in our videos, I say this a lot, until you get to the point where something happens, like something's going to break where you realize, "Holy [ __ ] like I have to look at myself now and can't keep doing this anymore." There are There's a few times that it will happen, like you'll have those moments. Maybe it's you go to the doctor's office and they give you a bad diagnosis. Maybe you hold up a T-shirt and you're looking at it and like you were expecting to wear that all week, and then you finally try to put it on or it's been a long time since you wore that T-shirt, and you're like, "Okay, I'm going to wear this shirt for this event." And then you go to get that shirt out the closet, and you try to put it on, and it completely doesn't fit. And like now you're last minute scrambling, and you feel that anxious feeling. That is the moment every guy comes to in different ways. And so, until that guy gets to that moment where he cannot like live this way anymore, where he realizes that there's absolutely no point in divulging into those pleasures anymore like he used to, then he'll start looking to make the change. But until then, he's going to keep [ __ ] off and keep killing himself. I think those type of guys at that point, like you said, it's going to come for him internally where he has to make that change where something breaks. But the type of guys that we work with, they're at least a little bit more receptive to that hard line, to that hard line of coaching because they're like, "Hey, I used to play football. I had a coach who was like this." Maybe he wasn't like a super in-shape coach, but there was at least some type of structure. Could have been an O-line coach, could have been your offensive coordinator, defensive line coach. It was somebody in the past that that held that line for you. So, that's why, man, like having the right people there for you is critical. Like even for my wife, right, Jess? She will always tell me that I look good. She'll always tell me, "Oh, you look great the way you are. I always think you're sexy, cool, but I do always but I do notice changes in you." Like when I'm cutting or whatever, and she'll always say like, "I do notice the changes." Even that isn't sufficient for what we are trying to accomplish when it comes to what me and Angelo are trying to do. Right? When it comes to another guy, another man who can actually call it out, a brother who's invested in you. Right? He's invested his time in you. He's invested his resources. He's invested his energy into helping you become who you were meant to be. That's exactly what what we do. That's why it's so critical for me to have you on this journey because I at least know, "Hey, if [ __ ] hits the wall, if something does happen, I know there's somebody who's holding that standard with me." Yeah, and most guys don't have that. You know, like they lost that structure, like we were saying, after they get out of the military or sports or whatever, they had that straight shooter in their life, somebody that would just tell it to them straight. They don't have that anymore. And that's the type of coaches we are. Like we are the guys that we needed when we were 300 lb. Someone just to tell it to you straight. And not give a [ __ ] how you feel about it. Because a friend, the difference between a brother and a friend, right? We consider all the guys in our program, even though they are clients, we consider them brothers. Why? Because the difference between a friend coach and a brother coach is a brother's actively invested in you. A brother's actively there. A friend will just tell you what you want to hear. You'll trauma bond. You'll go out with the guys every weekend, or your friend is somebody who will just show up here and there, but they're not actively trying to progress your life. A brother on the other hand is invested in the progression of the collective mission. Yeah, I think a lot of people also have the term like brother changed nowadays. Like people are saying, "Oh, no, a family should always like support you no matter what and love you no matter what." And all these different things. When yeah, that part of it's true, but there's also a part of like brotherhood, the yin and yang, where like the yang is like, "Fuck no, you're not going to do that anymore. Like bro, I will not let you do that terrible shit." For other And again, this goes into every other aspect of someone's life. Whether someone's an excessive drinker, like until you have somebody that's like, "No, like you're not going to [ __ ] go out again tonight, bro. Like I'm taking the keys from you. You're not doing it." And like in the moment, the other person that's wanting to do the bad will get pissed off about it, but like thank them later on. And I think a lot of people are missing that nowadays. They just see the first part, but don't see the long-term vision of what this person's trying to do. Everybody's so quick to like get in their feelings, quick emotions, microwave everything. They want it instant versus like understanding that shit's going to take time. When you do make that decision though, really what I relate back to my decision to transform my life, I essentially did get those those results very quickly in in that instant. Right? It comes down to that instant when you finally put your foot down and make the change. So, when it comes to like that that speed, yes, speed is very important. Be your future self now. When I had my epiphany on July 23rd, 2016, I put my foot down. I made everything I did into a workout, and I lost over 140 lb in less than 12 months. So, it can happen really fast. I always relate it back to that moment because that moment is when everything changed for me. And when our guys join our program, we have their initial call, right? We have their call where they have that moment where they we call them out on their [ __ ] without them getting offended, right? Ask if we can actually coach them. And then at the end of the call, once they get inside the program, they're thanking us. They're like, "Thank you for helping me get over my own my own limitations, my own limiting beliefs." Yeah, cuz again, it's you also need somebody that's going to be supportive of you. I think people just only want to be supportive in like "Oh, you could do it. You got all these dreams." Like yeah, that's possible. Like yeah, you definitely need a person like that in your life, but you also need somebody that's going to make sure you back it up, too. And like mean what you say behind those things. That is also the coach side of things where it seems like it's the dark side or the the yang side that we were talking about, but you need both. You're not going to be able to graduate school, you know, go to go to college or something like that. And like yeah, you can have these dreams to become a doctor someday, but until you realize that you also got to do the work, too, to get to that point, it's meaningless. And so, a lot of people are just stuck in like dreaming about it all day, thinking about it all day, when it's 100% possible for you to achieve that potential. And when you get there, it's [ __ ] amazing. But then you also got to realize there's a lot of mud and [ __ ] you got to get out the way for you to get there. And so, we're the coaches and we're the guys that help people get the mud and the [ __ ] out the way so they can get over themselves and just [ __ ] move towards their goals. Mhm. Yeah. Yeah, that's real. And really what it comes down to, guys, is yes, that video is funny, and we can laugh and be like, "Oh, [ __ ] I'm not that bad." But when you look in the mirror, I'm sure you feel like how that guy felt. And also, don't watch that video and be like try to feel good about yourself, too, cuz I would do that as well. I would watch My 600-lb Life and see these just fat people that, you know, legs are like 180 lbs their ass. That's not the type of guys we are, but if you think about yourself mentally, you're essentially that person. You relate to that obese person. You have to find new people to relate to. You see some of yourself in that person. You're just not there yet. But the thing is is like the more you keep up with those behaviors that you're doing, you will eventually become that person. And that is where you have to have somebody that will hard draw that hard line for you. Not let you permit anymore to keep doing the [ __ ] and start moving towards your goals. And so, that's what we help our clients do. Yeah. And really in shape people, considering ourselves really in shape people, we don't watch the same content like that My 600-lb Life type of [ __ ] You're on The only people who watch that fat people content is other fat people who try to make themselves feel good and say, "Oh, I'm not that bad." Or I'm not that fat. When versus what we do, we're only feeding ourselves positive, good information, positive, good, uplifting, progressive um progressive thoughts, just encouraging things. There's no time for us to sit back on our ass and not take any action. We have all the energy that we need. Actually, when you lose weight, you get more energy. So, you don't have to sit down on your on the couch all day and watch videos. No, like you can go work out, you can go play with the family, you can go like actively do fun and athletic hobbies. Like you want to do. your own head, man. Just getting out of your own head and [ __ ] living your life. And that's the true state of freedom. That's what losing weight does for you. Is you finally get to a point where you're like you know so much about yourself, you know all the work that you've put in, you know that what you've done is valuable, and you can just live your life. And that's a great place to be in. Is no longer like second guessing yourself, no longer questioning yourself. You just know that what you're doing is meant to be, and that is the That's what we help our guys do. Yeah. It's really listening to that voice inside of your head. That voice, that small still voice that's telling you to do the right thing, that's leading you in in the right direction. And what we do, especially inside of our program, is just we follow that voice. We listen to the right voice. We do what we need to do. We do what we're supposed to do. That's how you live a life full of purpose. That's how you live a life accomplishing your vision, becoming your vision, being that future self now. Whether you like it or not, that future version of yourself is coming very soon. With summer being right around the corner, we've got less than 60 days until summer is here, June 1st, where people are going to be out at the pool, taking vacations, flying on airplanes, doing all these fun things. Now, the question you should be asking yourself is how do I want to look by June 1st? Do I still want to be in the same position that I was last year, or do I want to be at least 60 to 70 lbs down with the right system in place, with the right people there for me, actually having fun, actually taking my shirt off with my family, actually being confident with myself, loving what I look like in the mirror? These things are possible. And if you don't take anything away from this video that we just talked about, if you can just simply understand that your dreams are possible, but they are on the other side of action. It's not going to fall from the sky for you. The universe isn't going to align the stars for you. God's not just going to bless you with weight loss. You're blessed with the opportunity. You're blessed with that small voice, that higher self of you in your mind, leading you in the right direction. If you can listen to that voice, if you can take action on that voice, everything you ever wanted to accomplish is right on the other side of you taking action. Now, if you want help on your weight loss journey, you want to lose over 100 lbs in less than 6 months, like our clients Riley, like our client Zach, Chris, the list goes on and on. If you want to be one of these guys who loses the weight and keeps it off for the rest of your life, click the link in the description below. We don't work with anybody. So, if you're like the guy who was in the beginning of this video trying to apply for our coaching, we're going to tell you to kick rocks, go see a therapist. But if you're ready for actual real life change, click the link in the description below, and we'll be reaching out to you to see if we can help. Peace.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-01-08 Views: 151 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GuDPGBPA5j4 Runtime: 18 min 51 sec (4,127 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's going on everybody? My name is Calvin. My name is Angelo. We are the vision twins and we lost combined 300 lb. And now it's our life mission to show the entire world how to do the same thing. And in this podcast, we are going to be giving you the reasoning on why New Year's new me is an amazing idea if you're over 300 lb and you want to lose over 100 lb, but most importantly keep it off for the rest of your life. But before we get into the video, if you need help personally on your weight loss journey, you want to lose 100 lbs, keep it off for the rest of your life, then you know what to do. Click the link down in the bio below. So now, the reasoning on why losing weight on New Year's Day is the perfect idea because most people, Angelo, who are over 300 lb, they never take the time to really sit down and reflect on the year before. They really just live year after year on autopilot where they experience a ton of stagnation and they didn't get the results that they want. Sure, maybe they have lost weight in the past and have experienced losing weight in the past, but it's been such a long time since they felt that good about themselves that the perfect time to make the change is on January 1st. Yeah, 100%. And for a lot of you guys, like if you've lost weight in the past and you didn't keep it off, then it kind of got to a point where you lost motivation or you lost inspiration on this journey. You're like, "Fuck it. I'm going to spend the rest of this year like this. There's no point in trying again. Maybe I'll get the inspiration at another moment." And you might have more spurts of moments of inspiration throughout the year after you had failed. But if you find that you, you know, on the new year, that's the time that you get the most inspiration, so be it. Like that's a [ __ ] great thing. A lot of people, especially like fit people, they have this harsh judgment on people that want to start their weight loss journey in the new year and they say, "Oh man, like you're just going to be in the gym crowding up space, not knowing what you're doing if you're not really going to stick this through." Like they're very pessimistic about it. But we'll tell you straight up from firsthand experience, we are New Year's new me people. Like we have literally been in your shoes and said, "You know what? On the New Year's I'm [ __ ] doing it." And if that's the time that you get the most inspiration and drive to make a change, bro, we're going to be the [ __ ] ones to tell you like, go for that [ __ ] Most people are going to tell you, man, if you wanted to change, you would have done it already. And while that's true, they don't understand the aspects of what it's like being over 300 lb and living dayto-day without having inspiration to make this change. They think everybody is the same. They think, "Oh, I have drive, so you should have drive." But that's not the case. Some guys, especially myself included, when I was 350 lbs, I wasn't motivated. You couldn't you couldn't tell me anything throughout that time to keep get me inspired unless it came from within myself. And what I found is that I felt motivated internally on the New Year's. I said, you know what, like last year is done. [ __ ] everything else that happened in the past. Like it's time to move forward. And that's the mentality that you should use going into the new year. Not like, oh, this is going to be the time that changes everything for me. You should just say, you know what, like if I'm inspired now, I'm willing to use this inspiration to drive me through the year. Does that make sense? 100%. And if that can force you to act on that inspiration, like going to the gym or eating healthy, then by all means, go for it. [ __ ] go for it, man. And with us, for me, personal experience, I had my new year, new me revelation in July. So, my epiphany date, different than the common new year's new me, it was July 23rd, 2016. And that day felt like a new year, new me, where I was digging this 15 by 15 ft pond in the middle of this old lady's home in the backyard and I have the shovel in my hand and I'm looking up at the sun and thinking to myself, I wonder what I could look like by the time I graduate high school. And from that moment on, anything I did in that job, I acted on that inspiration. Whether it was taking out the trash, carrying cinder blocks, or even doing push-ups in the backyard, I turned my work into a workout. And by the time we got back to school that summer for our senior year, I had lost about 50 to 60 lbs. So using those type of moments of inspiration can be the moment. It could be the catalyst to you losing over 100 pounds and keeping it off for the rest of your life. Whether it's on New Year's Day or whether it's a July 23rd, 2016 like it was for me. Those are very important moments that's going to drive your weight loss and help you keep it off for the rest of your life. It's kind of like those epiphany moments where in why you had this epiphany is because it was during a time where nothing was really going on. And that's kind of where like November and December are for a lot of people like it's the holidays. It makes more sense to gain weight. And so some people might just push it off and say, you know what, January 1, that's when I'm going to go hard because there's nothing else that's like in the way, I guess you could say, of me losing weight. But for you on July 23rd, 2016, your epiphany, your forward thinking moment was school is going to start in September or August or whatever. So you had that inspiration in July to say, you know what, I'm going to do something now. So that way by the time I get to school, the start of something new, then I'll have already made a change and I want to see what that progress would look like. And so for you, that was your New Year's new me day. But for a lot of people, it's, you know, this epiphany moment comes in on the New Year's where you know what, like forget everything that happened for you the last seven months. Forget what happened for you in the last 10 years. This is a new year for me to start something new. And the cool part about this is that you can choose this New Year's new me moment at any time in your day or any time in your life. I guess just when it comes to New Year's, that's where most people are synchronized on like clocks and time and thinking, you know what, last year's over with. Let's start something new. Obviously, you know, time is relative and dates and aren't real. It's just you're living a day-to-day experience. But most people find that inspiration on the New Year's because they could say, you know what, the calendars have officially changed. Last year is gone. technically like this is a new year. This is a new me. This is a start of something new. And we're here to tell you you can do that at any moment. But if it happens in the new year for you, that's fine as well as long as you take that inspiration and [ __ ] go hard because you can lose a lot of weight very fast. And that brings us to our next point is summer bodies start in the winter time. Mhm. And so if you're like, you know what, I want to lose this weight so I can go out to the beach with my family and take my shirt off. If I want to go to pool parties or I just want to live a comfortable experience in the next six months or when the summertime comes around where most people are outside taking their shirts off and everything and you want to be a part of that, then it starts now. Calvin, you're going to say something very important on this. I want I want you to say something about how fast you can lose this weight in the next six months and how much weight you can actually lose using this new year's new me inspiration. Yeah. So using this new year, new me inspiration as well as physical experience with our clients, you can lose 100 lb in a matter of 6 months. So say you're 300 lb right now, you can be 200 lb by the time June 1 rolls around. How this works is you put in the exercise, right? You either go to the gym or you do home workouts from home. You start tracking your calories. You're watching what you're eating and you're in a calorie deficit. essentially eating more protein, less carbs, less junk food, less fast food, and you have people who can hold you accountable. That's exactly what we do. And that's the system that we've built for us personally and as well for our clients where by the time summertime rolls around, you can be taking your shirt off out in public where you don't have to hide behind family pictures. You can be on the front center and set that example for everybody else. And there's a common stigma behind that summer bodies that Angelo just mentioned where a lot of 300 lb guys New Year's rolls around and they're like, "Ah, summer bodies like that's impossible." Well, if we zoom out, it is possible because it's been done before. We've done it personally and we've helped our clients do it personally. So, if you're watching this right now and you're thinking, "Man, a summer body sounds nice, but I don't know if I can get there." Let me tell you, it is possible for you and it's okay to have that dream for yourself. Maybe you don't want to lose 100 pounds and have like a six-pack abs. That's completely fine. But if you're anything like me or like Angelo, that's a huge goal for yourself. That's a huge dream. And being able to have lived that way for the past 10 years now, it's not just something that you do once, right? We could tell you it happens fast. It happens fast. And that New Year's new me starts on January 1st. And when you get to that version of yourself in six months, you're going to be blown blown away by the results that you get. And with that being said, having that dream body, like I said, it's a real thing. It happens fast, but you have to allow yourself to think and step into that version of yourself and feel, okay, what would it be like if I was like this in 6 months? The time is going to go by either way. That's one thing a lot of guys don't understand is that they live their life on a monthtomonth or a week toeek basis. If we really zoom out on this, June 1st, 2026 is going to come. Yeah, it's going to come very soon. Very true. A lot of people, there's a saying that goes, a lot of people overestimate what they can do in a month and underestimate what they can do in a year. Our saying is a lot of people underestimate what they can do in a month and sometimes overestimate what they can do in a year. And what we mean by that is that it if you're over 300 lbs, the weight wants to come off you so fast. We have clients losing five, six, 10 pounds per week in our program. You can do the same exact thing. Especially again, if you're over 300 lb, you will lose weight much faster than Calvin and I will lose weight around 200 and 190 lbs. The weight wants to come off you. And so if that is like you seeing the scale change, what keeps you inspired, use this New Year's new me inspiration. Go hard very quickly. So that way the weight comes off. Don't get comfortable. That's where the accountability comes in to help you double down on that and do it again. Keep that same fire rolling and lose that weight. Lose 20 pounds in a month. And you're like, "Holy crap, that means that in 6 months I'll have lost 80 pounds." And then if you do a little bit more, 100 lb in 6 months, 120 lbs or Well, actually five month. Yeah, you're right. 5 months, 20 pounds per month. Yeah. Yeah. You'll lose 120 pounds. You'll lose 100 pounds. And it's been done before. People have done it. We'll post a picture right now of our client on the screen that just did it. He lost 100 pounds in six months. So, you can do the same thing as well. But the reason why he was so successful is because he didn't just lose his first 20 and get comfortable. He lost his first 20 and then had accountability on it reminding him about, hey, that new year's new me inspiration. It was for him. It wasn't New Year's new me. It was like November when he started, but he still had that inspiration on month three, month four. Why? Because he had somebody there reminding him about it. Most people will loot like yourself might lose 20 to 30 pounds and then you'll get claps. Everybody will tell you you did an amazing job. You're done. Like congrats, you lost some weight. You're no longer, you know, at risk of a heart attack anymore, but you're still overweight. You still might have problems walking up a flight of stairs. But people will still tell you, you know what, you're doing a good job. And you you will listen to that and say, you know what? I'm good. You're right. I've done something good. I'm comfortable. I'm I'm okay with where I'm at. But we're the type of guys that will tell you, no, bro. You just did 20 lb in a month. You just lost 40 lbs in 2 months. 50 lbs in three. Double down. Do it again. Get so far away from ever even thinking about being overweight again that it's hard for you to gain the weight back. That you you will literally rather die than go back to who you used to be. And that's why having accountability is so important. Having somebody there in your corner pushing you, motivating you. Everybody needs a coach, man. No prof professional athlete goes out and plays the game without a coach. Michael Jordan, the greatest NBA basketball player of all time, had a coach. Kobe Bryant had a coach. Tiger Woods had a coach. Everybody has a coach. And that is what allows you to ex to pull out that fire, pull out that extra level of greatness that's inside of you is from having somebody else see it in you and pushing you to do the more to do more for yourself, to become more. And that's exactly why our clients see so much success 100%. And really back to us, that's how we operate where he's my accountability coach. I'm his accountability coach where I know that he has greatness inside of him and he knows that I have greatness inside of me. And it takes another person to be able to pull that out of you most times because if you're by yourself, all you see is yourself in the mirror. All you know is your experiences. But when you have other people who have done exactly what you want to do that can pull that greatness out of you, then it happens that much faster because you add fuel to the fire that you already have and before you know it, you're a burning fire that can't be quenched. A lot of people too, they they have this wrong conception of a coach cuz some coaches aren't living like the experience. It's like the fat PE teacher and some, you know, you don't always need to have a coach that has done the experience, but it makes it more believable for us as people to have somebody in your corner that's also done it as well and is actively doing it and is actively doing it. Right? So, when Calvin says he's my accountability coach, he 100% is. I'll be honest with you, the last two like two months ago, I wasn't doing the greatest with my fitness. I wasn't doing the greatest with my workouts. I wasn't showing up as much as I needed to. Even today, after losing 160 pounds, I still have that, I guess you could say, laziness factor just built into me as a human because we're all flawed. But because Calvin was staying on track, I was like, he really hasn't fallen off. He's been running marathons. He's been doing all these different things. There's no way that I can get comfortable at this level. Even though I'm not morbidly obese anymore, I'm not even overweight anymore. I don't have to settle for being okay. I want greatness like Calvin's achieving. Calvin has six pack abs. I'm like, "Fuck yeah. I want that too. And the cool part about it is he's telling me, "Go do it. Get it done. Make the changes." And so for you guys, that's what we will do for you as well. That's what we've done for our clients as well. I'm the type of person that needs that extra fire. I like that push. I like that. You know what? Like I can do more. I I can do more because I see you doing more. And that is what's making it believable for me versus somebody like, you know, that's never lost the weight before telling me I can do more. It's like, "Yeah, I could, but you know, you haven't done it, so why am I listening to your advice?" And because Calvin's actively doing it, I've started making changes as well. I'm down six pounds just in a week. In a week of just, you know, cuz it's the New Year's new me thing. Like, I was like, you know what? Like, [ __ ] it. I'm going to go really hard. There's another level of my fitness that I can take it to. I'm going to do that this year. And because of that, because I've seen so much experience in the last three months from like not being where I want to be 100% and seeing Calvin like actively doing that at 100%, it just made me want to do it as well. Yeah. And there's different seasons for it. And now that we're on the topic of calendars why I put on my bucket list for 2025 was to run five marathons because I wanted to say that I achieved it. And at the same time, it always keeps you on your toes. It always allows you to stay in front of the pack and it allows you to stay on point and not get comfortable having something to work towards. Exactly. Having something to work towards that you can't gain weight because you have this set out in place. A lot of guys, they take vacations, right? Think about the family vacations that you're planning on taking in the summertime. Are you going to be ready for it? What you do when nobody's watching is what's going to show up out in public. I go to the gym every single day and I see people who show up every day and they look the exact same. And the problem with that is they're still actively trying. Like I guess you can give them credit for trying. But if you're not doing the work that it takes when nobody's watching, then you're just going to show up the next day as the same exact person. And that right there is what sickens me is if I were to go to the gym and look the exact same every single time, I know that there's somebody else watching me. And anytime that I get even a little bit more cut, somebody will come up and say something to me. And it's somebody that I've never seen before. So if you think that nobody's watching you, or if you think that nobody looks up to you as an example, think again. There are people who are watching you and what you do when they're not watching is what's going to show up when you appear in front of them. That's what a lot of people talk about as well. Like when when you said it sickens me like for you to say that, it makes sense for you now. For you that's hearing this, you're like, "Oh, damn." Like it sickens you? That's kind of harsh. That's [ __ ] up. But here's the truth though. That is it's true. Like yes, you are who you are when nobody's watching. And if you decide that in the New Year's you're going to do the internal work when nobody's watching and make the change, so be it. But to help you understand why people get mad about that is because you've said for so long that you were going to make this change. Why haven't you done it yet? while the other person has said that they wanted to for so long and then they actively do the work when nobody's watching. So when you compare these two men, one says he's going to do it and then does it and one says he's going to do it and then does it, that's going to light a fire in this other person because they know what it feels like to say what they're going to going to do and then not do it. Tired of living like that. You want to hit this person over the head and be like, "Bro, just like get it done. It's not as hard as you think like and that's what we feel sometimes with our clients but it's most of the time it's a positive experience I would say it's not like always having to get down or get hard on somebody being on the same level being on the same level because most people want that change they just need that inspiration to be reignited in them they just need that quick fire burst and it happens one time and then if they're smart they'll take action on it and so this podcast isn't for people that will say new year's new me and have no intentions about changing this is for people that say you know what like new year's new me I genuinely want to do it this is who we're talking to. And so understand that like you can make this change. You just need that accountability. You just need somebody there making sure that you're showing up. And I guarantee you in the next 6 months, you'll lose 100 lb. Absolutely. So that's exactly why New Year's new me is a great idea. If you're over 300 lb and you want to lose over 100 lb, but most importantly, keep it off for good. Now, if you want more help personally on a one-on-one customized support type of system, how we explained during this podcast, click the link in the description below and apply for our coaching. We don't take on everybody, but if you're serious about investing in yourself, losing this weight, and keeping it off for the rest of your life, then you know what to do. Click the link in the description below and we'll be having a conversation. Peace out.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-02-02 Views: 144 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AvihKiCgyWU Runtime: 10 min 42 sec (2,448 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's going on, fellas? My name is Angelo. My name is Calvin. We are the Vision Twins, and we lost a combined 300 lb. Now, it's our life mission to show guys who were just like us exactly how to accomplish the same thing. Hey, so just before you watch this video, I wanted to give you a fair warning that this video is not going to be a how-to or a tips and tricks video that you might be usually accustomed to watching. This video is directly calling out your [ __ ] So, if you're not ready to hear the hard truth, if you're not ready to actually make a change in your life and hear what's going on and how we can fix it, this is not for you. I suggest watching another soft video on YouTube about how to lose weight. Now, with that being said, let's get back to the video. And in this video, we're going to share with you why you should stay fat because we know how you think. You're watching this video and you think, "Why should I listen to these guys? Yes, they lost a lot of weight. Yes, they've helped tons of their clients do the exact same thing. But why should I even listen to these guys? Because, you know, you guys have already done it. Why are you even trying to help me lose the weight? I'm the fat guy. Well, that's the exact reason why we're making this video. Because you are the fat guy and you should stay the same. I mean, think about it. When you go out to family parties, we got summer coming up right around the corner. You have every reason to stay the exact same person. And it's really hard for you to make yourself feel like you have to make the change if you're so used to just being that fat person. Think about when you go to family parties, right? And when they bring out the cake, nobody bats an eye when you take three pieces. Nobody's gonna bat an eye when you go for seconds, thirds, and fourths at these family gatherings. They just know you as the fat guy already. So why not just continue to stay that person? Honestly, you should just stay fat. Like nothing about you signifies excellence or greatness. And so you should just keep that keep that mentality. Keep that attitude that I'm just going to be the fat guy. You know, most of the time I hear guys talk about, "Oh, I have to lose weight because I have my kids and I want to be there for them." No, you [ __ ] don't. Like, so many people out there, and you can look around, you're one of them. People out there do not care to lose weight for their kids because their kids are at the park playing around, and they, you know, they're asking, "Dad, come play with me." And you might play for them with five for five or 10 minutes, but then after that, you have to go sit down. You have to go take a break. your nieces and your nephews, you can't even run around with them and play with them without running out of breath after 10 minutes of, you know, playing. Like, honestly, dude, you deserve what you've got going on in your life right now. The fact that you stayed up late eating all those snacks, you come home from work and instead of working out, you just decide to lay down on the couch because you're tired. Well, have you ever thought to realize that the reason that you're tired is because you don't work out? You realize that if you start working out, you're going to get more energy. When you have more energy, you're going to want to go work out. When you start working out, you start losing weight. And when you lose more weight, you get more motivated. And when you're more motivated, you'll keep going and working out and doing the [ __ ] that got you there in the first place. It's It's kind of [ __ ] crazy that you don't even realize that the way that you're living right now is a direct result of the actions you're not doing. So, honestly, man, if you don't see the value in losing weight, just stay fat. Like, I'm I'm tired of just [ __ ] coming on here and talking about how you should lose weight, you should do that, dude. Just [ __ ] stay fat. Keep eating the [ __ ] ice cream. Keep eating that cake. Keep eating the pizza every single day. Keep acting like a 12-year-old with an unlimited budget to go get fast food and just keep doing that. Honestly, maybe it's just not worth it for them. Maybe it's just not worth it for you to go lose the weight. And the thing is, they've you are not used to thinking as yourself as a better person. You think of yourself once you graduated high school that you get this unlimited budget to go eat fast food whenever you want and nobody's watching you or keeping you accountable. So, you don't feel a reason to become a new a new person. You don't feel a reason to become a better you. And that's honestly the reason why you're going to stay stuck. That's a dangerous place to be when you have been living a life for so long that you don't feel any need to become a new person. You're going to stay stuck. And the sad part about it is that your kids are going to get the repercussions. You're going to pass down those bad habits. Obesity is only becoming a bigger trend here in the United States. So, they're going to continue to get influenced by fat people and they're going to look up to some guys who are are not you or bad influences in the first place because you were that first bad influence of their in their life of setting bad habits and not being in the best shape possible for them. You have to think about it. When your kids grow up, do you want them to say they want to be like you or be like some random [ __ ] person online? Like, why would you? Even for us, like why would I why would your kids want to look up to us to get in shape? Why would your kids want to look up to anybody else, some influencer to be in great shape? You should be that example for them. But honestly, you don't care. You probably know this. You're just not willing to do the things necessary to get there. So this it's kind of like preaching to a dead choir. Like nobody or a dead audience. You you don't really care about losing weight. You you people tell you or you might even be hearing about it all your life that oh, I need to lose weight. And you just tune it out. you start stop listening to it because you've heard it for so long that you're just okay with being fat. And honestly, dude, like maybe you should just stay fat for the rest of your life. Maybe it's not worth it. Maybe being able to take your shirt off at the pool or at the beach or hang out with your friends and family and have the energy to be present with them isn't worth it for you. Maybe eating that pizza is more important. Maybe skipping out on that workout to watch Netflix is more important for you. And again, the reason why you're going to justify that is, oh, you don't know my life. You don't know that. like, "Oh, my my wife wants to spend more time with me." Who says you can't spend time with your wife and like be in great shape? And who says she that that she wouldn't support you in becoming a better person and becoming more in shape for yourself? A big reason that a lot of guys are fat is because they justify that their kids or their family is stopping them from doing that. Like I I saw a message earlier on Instagram. A guy said, "Oh man, you need to find somebody younger to message, bro, because I have I have two kids. I have a job. Like I don't have time to lose weight." And honestly, like I just want to say like, "Dude, you're being a [ __ ] bitch." Like, that is the biggest excuse I've ever heard in my entire life. I can't go and work out because I have kids. You have two kids. I work out every single day. And Still is in great shape. So, every reason why or every justification you have for not going and working out, oh, it's not important right now in this season of my life. I'm focusing on my job. Oh, it's not that important in my life because I have this other thing that I'm pursuing. So, I can't be in shape. It's just it's not a priority for me. Like, how [ __ ] lazy could you possibly be? And lazy in your thinking to even think that that's okay. Like, you're going to die, bro. You're going to [ __ ] die. The path you're on right now is only leading you closer and closer to death. You're tired of going to the doctors and having a [ __ ] mini heart attack before you walk in. You're breathing heavily and nervous because you know that the results are going to come back terrible. That your blood work is [ __ ] You're overweight. You have high cholesterol. You have diabetes. All these different things and you're just like, "Oh, let me leave this doctor's office and go pick up fast food on the way home." Like, you're just a [ __ ] lost cause, man. Like, when are you going to get it? That you have to want to lose weight in order for you to actually get the result. And there's never going to be this perfect condition for you to do anything. Like even right now, my kids are literally screaming right now heading out to go with their mom and we're in here filming this, but I'm always going to prioritize a man's work, which is what I take pride in, and my body and and what I'm offering into the world, because that's the commitment that I made to myself, that I made to my brother, who is my accountability partner, and making sure that we move forward towards a better life. and it's to show other people what's actually possible for them. Now, the problem is is that you don't have any aspirations to become a more fit person. Sure, it may be deep down, but you don't take any actions on it. And that's what's ultimately going to keep you stuck. It's because you're not taking actions on what you feel deep down on what to do. And I work out every single day. I got two kids. I got a wife. Got the home. Got everything. But I still prioritize myself every single day to make sure that I take care of me. Because if I can't take care of me to the best of my ability, then there's no way that I can take care of my family to the best of their ability. And I know that there's potential being left on the table if I don't prioritize myself every single day. And if you think that right now it's good enough, well, you know deep down that and you're trying to justify that it's good enough and you got everything that you want in life and kids are going to private school, everything's straight. Well, at the end of the day, that's good enough. That's not [snorts] your full potential. And if you want to reach your full potential, then that comes down to actually putting in the effort towards the person that you want to be. Not just at work, but in the gym, in the kitchen, not overeing, and not looking at yourself in the mirror, knowing that you have this big stomach, this big gut that you're ashamed of, and not doing anything to change it, it's going to come down to taking actions to change those things. If you want to be that person, but if you don't want to be that person and you want to keep justifying that things are okay and it's not good enough, well, use this video right now and ask yourself, who do you really want to be? That's facts. And honestly, again, I'll say it to the day I died. Like, you don't have to lose weight. Like, bro, just give it up. Like, no one's forcing you to do this. No one's holding a gun to your head. You might die, but like, okay, whatever. Your kids are going to grow up without a dad. So, what? What does it matter? And maybe you're just not looking at the reality enough. Maybe you're just distracting yourself with things during the day to avoid the hard truth. Even watching this video right now, you're thinking that you're doing something good. You're thinking that you're losing weight, but you're not actually taking any steps to do it. So, if you want to actually make a change and actually change your life and stop talking about how many New Year's resolutions you're going to have at the start of this month, I'm going to lose the weight. Oh, next Monday I'm going to do it because this weekend I got an event. and all and all this [ __ ] that you know deep down is not going to that's going to pass and you're not going to do anything afterwards. Make the choice now. Make the decision now. Go down to the link in the description below, apply for our coaching and we will help you change your life in the next six months, guaranteed. And this is only for men who are tired of their own [ __ ] Tired of waking up and feeling tired. Tired of just being tired in the first place. [snorts] This is the right spot for you. Thank you for watching this video. Go get some [ __ ] done. Peace.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2025-09-06 Views: 144 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Cu3f-ntPnnE Runtime: 16 min 25 sec (3,505 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's going on? My name is Angelo Sanders. I'm a weight loss coach that has lost over 160 pounds myself and I've helped thousands of men lose 50 to 100 pounds in the last 5 years alone. Um, this video is really just to break down the limiting beliefs that hold you back from losing weight. U, most people think about weight loss as like a investment or like a sacrifice. But you have to understand that not losing weight is the ultimate sacrifice. And what do I mean by that? It means that if you don't do the things necessary now to get to your goals, you're sacrificing your future for short-term pleasures. That fast food meal that you're about to eat right now, I mean, yeah, it might feel good now, right? Like, you know, going to get that Big Mac, going to get those double chicken, double Mc Chicken sandwiches and the French fries and the sodas. It feels good temporarily, but how many times have you eaten that fast food and felt like afterwards? So, this video is going to break down an acronym that can help you understand where you're slipping up at in your weight loss journey and actually start seeing results and also save yourself some money, too. Cuz, you know, getting a coach, getting us is not a cheap investment. And so, if you want to like start saving money on your own and also trying to do this yourself, here's some tips that you can follow. So, to start off, the acronym is called faster. Faster means f a s e r. And if you look at the top, it's f. So, fast food. How often per week do you go to fast food? Before a lot of our clients started working with us, they would go to fast food, I don't know, like three, four times a week. Now, if you look at the average fast food meal nowadays, there's no such thing as a dollar menu. This isn't like early 2000s, mid200s where you can get off the dollar menu at McDonald's or Taco Bell for a $150 or whatever, two bucks. Usually, you're spending about 20 bucks per meal. And then if you want to door dash that, I mean, dude, you're looking at like what, 26 bucks, 30 bucks for freaking a hamburger and some fries or something like that. So, look at your budget in terms of, you know, fast food. That's the top of the acronym. So fast food, you go three to four times a week. Let's just say you go three times a week. You spend 20 bucks a week or 20 bucks each time you go. That's 60 bucks a week on the month. I'm not a mathematician, but like 60, 120, 180, 240 per month on fast food. Say you've been struggling with your weight for the last I don't know 5 years. Okay. So 12 months times 240 quick math. I mean or 12 months times 240. What was that? Like almost 3K. Okay. Say you do that for 5 years. That's just throwing a number out there. I don't know the math off the top of my head. I'm going to say it's around 14 grand, 15 grand in terms of fast food over the last 5 years. Now, ask yourself this question. Would you rather have $15,000 or eaten that fast food the last 5 years? Think about it like that, right? Because not only did you eat the fast food, but you gained 50, 60, 70, 100 pounds from it. So, understand that. All right, that's the top of the acronym. Again, this is how to save money and also lose weight faster. Fast food. All right, you got that number. What is it? 15K. Okay, now look at alcohol. A lot of people have struggles with alcohol. I think I saw a study that like over a third of Americans have an alcohol problem. All right, that's a lot of people that drink alcohol. Now, an alcoholic, obviously, it's a different story, but like people that drink, you know, moderately, three to five times a week. I mean, that's not moderately, that's still a lot, but three to five times a week, okay, drinks 10 bucks. So, you do it, let's call it on the low end, three times a week. That's 30 bucks a week. You do that for a month. 30, 60, 90, 120. 120 bucks a month. You do that for a year. 12 time 120. Quick math. 12* 12. Uh, I'm not good at math. 12 times 100. Okay, it's 1,200. Let's just say that. All right. So, you 1,200 bucks on alcohol for the year. Now, again, what's the alcohol actually doing to you? It's giving you that big big ass belly. It's making you feel uncomfortable in your t-shirts. You have no energy. You feel hung over. You feel tired. Shit's not good. All right, so that's add another $1,200 bucks on top of that 14 grand. Now we're at 15,200 just off of fast food and alcohol. It's a lot of money. Oh, excuse me. 1,200 times five, right? Because it's five years. Five, what is it? A lot of money. Let's call it five grand. All right. Now, I'm doing crazy math. It's just acronym. All right, you do the math on your own. All right, so five grand plus another 15 or 14 19 grand off fast food and alcohol over the last five years. All right, snacks. How many times do you stop at the gas station? How many times do you go to 7-Eleven? How many times do you, you know, buy fast or like fast snacks at, you know, the grocery store and take it home with you, right? those bags of chips, the the candies, or not even the candies, the chips, the sweets, um you know, sodas, all that Okay, let's call it Most people I've had clients that go to work and they work early in the morning. On the way to work, they go to 7-Eleven, grab, you know, a granola bar. Not even a granola bar, you know, it's like a donut, a coffee, and like some beef jerky or something, right? Okay. And that's like 10 10 15 bucks. So, just quick math. I'm not going to do the same again, but like let's just say it's 10 bucks. You do that three times a week. 30 bucks a week. You do that for a month. 120 a month. You do that for a year. Let's call it a thousand. Say you've been doing it for the last five years. Another 5,000. How has it made you feel? Is it worth it now? Would you rather have $24,000 or been able to eat fast food, drink alcohol, and have as many snacks as you've had over the last 5 years? $24,000 or what I just listed? All right. The adds up. And most importantly, too, if you did have that 24,000, you'd probably be in better shape, too, right? Right? Because you'd be using that money to go get a gym membership. You'd be using that money to invest in a coach. You'd be using that money to do smarter You probably have more money. Put into the S&P 500, make 6% a year. You're making more money and you're in shape. It's a no-brainer. All right. So, that's the second part. Fast food, alcohol, snacks, treats. All right. Let's just throw the treats in there. Same thing, right? Candy bars, um, popcorn, you know, going to movie night, you know, door or grub hubbing some to the house. slurpees, all that Say you do that less, right? Say you don't do that as much. Let's call it five bucks. Five, 10, 15. You do that three times a week. 15 bucks a week. 15 30 45 55 bucks a month. All right, you do that for 12 months. 12* 50. I'm not going crazy math. I'm just going to go 12* 5 or 10 time. What is that? I'm just gonna go 500 bucks. I'm not doing math for you. This is for you to do the math and figure out your own spending habits. All right. I'm not here for me. I'm here for you. All right. 500 bucks for the year. Five years, 500. It's 2500 bucks. Now you're at 26,500 bucks with a big belly. Lack of energy, unhappy, sad, depressed, not feeling good. sucks. Think about it. You'd rather have the money. I'm not a bra. I'm not a dummy, but I'd rather have the money. Keep it 100. All right. 26,500 bucks. Okay. Then you look at, you know, energy drinks. how often you get an energy drink or coffee, right? Let's let's consider energy drinks and coffee together. A lot of people go to Starbucks. Say they do that every day before work. I've had a doctor I've worked with went to fast or went to Starbucks every day. He worked six days a week. Got a Starbucks coffee every morning with a breakfast sandwich. That's like 11 12 bucks right there. You do that 5 days a week. 12* 5 that's 60, right? 12 24 36 48 60. Yeah. 60 bucks. You do that for a month. 60 time 4. All right. What are we looking at? 240, 60, 120, 180, 240. 240 bucks a month on coffee, Starbucks, Starbucks, sweet drinks, sweet drinks, caramel macchiato, 240 bucks a month is crazy. Now, if you got it, spend it. But like, why would you? Because it's not even about the money at that point. It's about what it's doing to your body. Look at the benefits. Look at the cost benefit. Like, look at everything. And then once you start doing this, it's kind of hard to get out of it because you get really critical about things. But like your health is one of the things that you can be most critical about honestly because once you get it dialed in and you're like actually in shape, you're not as critical of yourself anymore because you know you're doing the right things. You only get critical about yourself when you know you're doing the wrong things and you know you should be doing the right things, but then you keep doing the wrong things. So you get hard on yourself for it. Be hard on yourself once and figure the lesson out. Don't keep making the same mistakes. Learn from your mistakes. All right. 240 bucks a month. a month for a year. 240 times 12. Quick math. I'm not doing the math. I'm just gonna say it's 2500 bucks. All right. 2500 bucks a year or for five years or no, for a year. My math is bad. But like you guys say, I'm not a math teacher. I'm just a regular personal trainer. Sometimes I'm stupid. I know how to lose weight. I don't know how to do crazy math. All right. 2500 bucks for a year. Five years. Five. What is it? You do the math. 10 grand. Something like that. Crazy 10 grand on Starbucks coffee. Make the coffee at home. Sugar-free coffee. Get the Tanni syrups. Sugar-free squirt squirt. Throw a little dash of almond milk in there. Sugar-free, fat free. You're losing weight and you're still getting your coffee craving fixed, but you want the sweet You want the Let me Let me digest this. Let me Come on, man. Come on, bro. For real. Come on. You don't need that All right. So that's a lot of money. 2500 10 B 10 grand on top of 265. We're at $36,500. And we're not even done with the rest of the acronym yet. Almost there. All right. And this is a big one. To finish off, we got fast food, alcohol, uh snacks, treats, candies, and energy drinks, and coffee. Lastly, restaurants. How often how often do you go to restaurants? twice a week with your honey, right? That's, you know, I'm not going to I mean, I do. I like Charleston's. I like I like also steakous. I like good food. If I'm going to eat at a restaurant, I'm going to get some good food. So, like per person, right, at a steakhouse. Okay. It's I don't even consider a steakhouse like a bad investment. So, let's just go to like, you know, the night outs at like Applebees or some that most people do or like just different places. Okay. What? 40 bucks a person? 40 80 cuz you and your your partner. Then you got kids, too. 40 to 80. Let's just call it 120. 100 bucks. $100. Family of four eating at Applebee's. It's 100 bucks. All right. You do that once a week, maybe. Maybe twice a week. Let's just say once a week to be, you know, average. Okay. 100 bucks. 400 bucks a month on restaurants. For a year, that's 5K. For five years, that's $25,000 on restaurants. Restaurants. Not to mention the times you go on vacation. Not the times that, you know, you take your whole family out to dinner. Mom, dad, grandpa, grandma, cousins, you're taking care of the bill, right? All right. Now, you're looking at 25 grand just on f on restaurants in the last 5 years. So, break that down. What's the total number? I said 36,500 plus 25 mathematician. Somebody in the comments do it, but I'm just going to say 55 grand. Something like that. 20 quick math. I got my computer here. 36,500 plus $25,000. 61,500 in the last five years to be 300 lb unhealthy. Now, you might not even be 300 lb. You might be 250, 260, 270, somewhere in that range. But you got a big stomach. You're unhealthy. You're not happy with your life. I mean, yeah, you might have a good career. You might have, you know, happy wife. You guys are in a good relationship. You guys get to enjoy yourselves. Go on vacations. Buy the toys. Get the razors. Get the, you know, the the motorcycles and all that the guns, the fun stuff. You know, I like guns, too. But like just like that. You guys enjoy your life. But like, how are you feeling, though? How are you doing, man? 61,500 bucks over the last five years. Would you rather have the 61,500 and be in shape? I mean, take away five grand of that and you invest in coaching with us. Now you're at what? 55 thou 57,000 bucks 58 56,000 bucks. Would you rather have 56,000 bucks and the best body you've ever had? Here's the thing. You can't go back in time and like redo the mistakes that you've done in the past. Obviously, that is it is what it is. It's done. But what you can do is make smart decisions going forward to change your future. See, a lot of people get stuck in like this analysis paralysis. They they get like stuck in the past and think about all the mistakes that they've made. Dude, we get it. happened. The best time to plant a tree was 20 years ago. The second best time to plant a tree is today. All right? So, don't make the same mistake again going into the future on your health. Don't sacrifice your health, your weight loss on the altar for you to freaking eat McDonald's, for you to just be lack of preparation at, you know, the during the week to just plan out your meals. If you don't know what to plan, if you don't know what workouts to do, if you don't know like how to actually get started, that's where we come in. And I would love to show you how to do this because I myself lost 160. Not only me, I helped my brother. My brother lost 140 lbs. He went from 330 down to like 190. All right, we both lost a combined 300 lbs. We did that in one year. I'm not special. I'm not a genius. As you can see, I could barely do math, but I know how to lose weight. It's there's no there's no magic pill that does it, but there is a mindset and a and an attitude and a discipline and an energy that does get it done. You might have the energy like one time at like 2 in the morning after you watch a motivational video or some or like early in the morning. I'm going to crush it on my weight loss training today. But happens. You go to work, boss pisses you off. You got projects piling up. Kids are going crazy. You got a lot of happening. So, like, I get it. It's hard to focus on your journey, on your weight loss when you got all that happening. But that's where accountability comes in. And a lot of people try to go to like their partners for accountability, their buddies. But how reliable is that? Because if your buddy's not in the best position to help you with their weight loss journey, if they're not in the best shape, how can they help you? They can give you tips. They can give you like ideas they've seen on Instagram and Tik Tok and YouTube, but they can't actually show you what to do. Same thing with your partner, right? Your partner might know like, "Hey, I just eat less, work out more." But like, what does that actually mean for you though from somebody that's struggling every day? Like with a fast food addiction, with like wanting to eat Popeyes, wanting to just stay in bed after a long day of work, you're tired. How do you actually get yourself to take action? Even though you know you should, how do you get yourself to do that? It's with accountability. And that's where we come in. So, if you want help on your weight loss journey, if you want to make a change and stop spending $61,500 in the last 5 years to be in the same position you are today, unhappy, unhealthy, not looking good when you take your shirt off, and you want to change that for the next 5 years, put $50,000 back into your pocket, and lose weight and have the best relationship you ever can with yourself. When you look in the mirror, you feel confident and amazing. Click the link below and go ahead and apply for our coaching. We don't take everybody. So, if you're like under 21, if you're like a kid, you know what I mean? Honestly, 25, if you're like still in college and you got a lot of stuff to figure out first. But if you still feel like I can't figure this out and like I need help with it, go ahead and click the link in the description below. Go ahead and apply for our coaching. If we think you're a good fit, I will be reaching out to you personally. You'll get a message from me. Let's have a conversation. See if we can help you out. But that is just an acronym for you guys on how to lose weight and understand where your finances are going. Because a lot of people are like, "Dude, I would love to afford the coaching. I just I can't afford it." And you're like, "Okay, well, let's pull up the numbers, right? Right? Cuz numbers don't lie. Let's figure out where you've been, you know, falling short and how we can get better. The faster acronym, do it for yourself. And I'm I'm honestly interested like what's your faster, right? What's your fast food sp spending? What's your alcohol spending? What's your snack spending? What's your treat spending? What's your energy drink spending? What's your restaurant spending over the last 5 years? And just put it into the comments. I just genuinely want to see like what it looks like because a lot of people's is different, right? It could be higher, it could be lower. So, like each person is different, but just find out yours because I promise you looking at the numbers, it's either going to make you sick or it's going to make you feel like, damn, I'm that I'm smart with my money and I'm losing weight, right? So, put that in the comments and if you want help, go ahead and click the link in the description below. With that being said, my name is Angel Sanders. I lost 160 pounds in just one year alone and I could damn sure help you out as well. My twin brother's also badass as well. I'm more handsome than him, but don't tell him I said that. See you guys in the next video.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-07-01 Views: 138 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W_xxjlTMicY Runtime: 12 min 5 sec (1,510 words) The script, as delivered on camera Yo yo, bro. This is crazy. How's it go? What up, big dog? How you doing, man? Good. Let's go. Welcome, man. How was the flight, man? It was good. It was long, but you mean 113 pounds. He's like, "Oh, that's crazy. Were you on ampic?" How often do you get asked, "Are you on Ompic when you meet people?" Really? I told him no. Like natural like diet, um, exercise, water. We know we've been talking about your future goals and what you want to accomplish, man. So, uh, to start off the weekend, first thing that we got for you is the scale. Yeah, we got the scale always. We actually have a BMI reader, too. We're going to check that before and when you leave to see what the difference was and check those out for a second. See what see what the sizes and whatnot are there. Yeah. So, first things first, this shirt we're going to be wearing tomorrow. All right. So, Yep. And then, should I read this first? Yeah, go ahead. Yeah, read out loud. Oscar, 230 is not the finish line. Proud of you, man. Or proud of the man you become. Let's build the next chapter. Calvin Angelo vision board. Medium. Yeah, medium, bro. Yeah. So, I mean, now we we got to get the scale real quick. Now, you just got to test the scale out. 233.7 3.7. Cool. So, 233. And then now, remember when I was telling you about this? Yeah. The handheld one. Yeah. So, if you ever go to a gym, they have these there. Come check this out. Let's see. So, this below is your BMI, and that's your body fat percentage. So, you're at 20% body fat, which, believe it or not, is actually not bad at all. Like, that's I guess you could say very comfortable living because anything sub 16 or like 15%, you'll start seeing abs. That's where I want to be. Yeah. That that Yeah. 5% like let that be a motivation that it's 5% of a difference in body fat. when you put it out. Good. Unfortunately, Riley's Yeah, we got the got coming in late today. So, we're thinking we could just do the presentation that we were going to share with both of you guys right now. Yeah, I brought my notebook and everything. Yeah. So, let's do that and then we'll go ahead and hit the gym after this and then get ready for the week. All right, cool. Let's do it. From when you first started to now, that's a big transformation, right? Like losing the 113 pounds. I got a picture of like your old self on here, so you'll see it. like from who you used to be to where you are now. That's great that you made the transformation, but we always talk about how there's another mountain to climb. There's always that next level of like what's that premium version of you that you've been wanting to be. And so, one thing I want to coach you for a second. For the last 3 months, like you said, it's kind of been stagnant up and down. There's still, as much as we think we've made a big change in one year from losing 113 pounds, our old habits don't die in a year, right? Like it think about a person that goes sober from alcohol. they ever stop craving it even if they're done 2 3 years later. Like that craving is always going to come back and pull them back. And it's very easy when you've had an addiction to food or substance abuse to easily go back to that. And so how do people actually make this long-term change? What is actually the the thing that makes it happen? Because it can't just be willpower because your willpower some days is lower than others. You've noticed that in the last couple weeks, right? Where it's like your willpower to say no to eating late at night hasn't been there as strong as it was when you were first doing it. How do we make sure that stays there? How do we keep that sustainable? And so, we're going to walk you through how you actually make that change, right? It's not about the goals. It's not like, oh, remember your goals and everything like why you wanted to do this. That stuff's cool and everything, but what really makes the biggest difference to go from like me and Calvin 350 lb, 330 down to 190 and 200 lb. It's the identity change. It's who you see yourself as. It's not just about working out and [ __ ] eating healthy. That stuff is the the mechanism to get there, but to stay there is who you see yourself as and what the conversation that you tell yourself. A person that says I don't drink alcohol is much more of a different person that says I've stopped drinking alcohol. Because a person that says they stop doesn't mean that they don't agree with it internally that I'm just a person that doesn't drink versus that person that doesn't that says that they just don't do it. So they don't make it happen. It's not who they are anymore. And so that's where we have to learn how to shift that and we're going to do it and compact it in a weekend for you. All right. Or if right next to you right here was the 180 lb version of you and he heard you saying, "Hey, you only know your own thoughts, but he hears your thoughts." What's he saying? He's saying, "Stop being a [ __ ] and get to it." Oh, come on now. Yeah. Stop playing with that man. My shoes, man. Good to see you. What's going on, man? How we doing, brother? Good, brother. Welcome in. Yeah. I'm good. How you doing? Not bad. You good? All right, man. Action is about to kick off. So, that guy that you just met right there, he started the program 330 lb. Ready to get uncomfortable, you know, like be ready to be in a new environment and just know that, hey, me and Angelo, we're going to challenge you, you know, we're going to challenge you to reach to that next level. Because from a coach's perspective and what I've seen through me personally is the past 3 months of like not losing that weight, it's like there's some type of barrier and I feel like you've been called here and that's why you even chose to come in the first place is because you know that there is another level to where you want to be. Yeah, of course. Right. Like when we talk about even your vacation, you know, out to what was it? New Orleans and then to Texas. Like there were some laps that happened, man, where like it caught my attention and I'm like, "Okay, there's something that that is that's like holding you back from actually changing that state, you know?" So, like even when you do go on vacation, there's something that's happening that that we need to uncover. And that's what we what we really want to hone in on for this weekend, bro, is that you make this change. But most importantly, like it's your decision, right? It's your decision to be that next person, be that next identity of who you really want to be, right? 180 lbs. That type of guy doesn't stagnate for 3 months. And that's just, you know, it may be hard to hear that, but the truth is is like that doesn't happen for the version of you at 180 lb. You get what I'm saying? Yeah. Heat. Heat. Right. 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Go! That's actually really hard. All right, guys. So, today is day two of the Vision Brotherhood transformation event. Oscar weighed in at 233.7 lbs last night. We're about to check after that nasty workout and see what he weighs. Measuring your weight. Do not grab the handles or move measurement that from when you first came in you were at 233.7 that was last night and what less than 24 hours later you're at 229 229 that's four pounds in one day sir less than 24 hours you roll the pants they both got your pants You guys are crazy. I didn't realize But then life happened, right? Got a job and the cycle began. Now, it may not be your fault, but it is your responsibility. Now, I want you guys to write this one down. There are real forces fighting for you to fail. This is too good. Turn. Hallelujah. All right. So, you're doing that and then get here. Shoulder press. You're doing 12 reps into go like this. Not biceps. Here we're doing 12 reps. Two, one. Last one. Thrip. Go. Take a breath.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-07-29 Views: 136 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-dwrE6GDpDQ Runtime: 51 min 15 sec (9,618 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's going on, fellas? My name is Calvin. My name is Angelo. We are the Vision Twins. And we lost combined 300 lb. And now it's our life vision to show men who were just like us how to do the same thing. And in this podcast, we are going to be talking to you about why career men over 300 lb sacrifice their health for everything else. But before we jump into this video, guys, we read the comments and we read every single thing that you guys post on our social medias, our Instagram, our YouTube, and we love seeing your guys' feedback. Okay? So, after this video or anytime you get that feeling inside of you to just drop a comment and let us know what your thoughts are or what questions you have about losing over 100 pounds or really just your life in general and how you can take it to the next level in your own development, just drop it in the comments below. We love to read them. Again, love your guys' feedback and all we want to do is show you the fastest way possible to losing the weight, but most importantly, keeping it off for good. Let's do it. Let's do it. You ready? Yeah, I'm ready. So, with that being said, guys, jumping into the video, I was on a call with a guy earlier and he was telling me about his life story and why he wanted to lose this weight, the struggles he was going through. And just to give you some context on who this guy was, I won't say his name, but he was 312 lbs from Texas. And he had grown up his whole life pretty much being overweight. And he got up to 350 lbs, then lost it to 312 by today when we had our conversation. And it's pretty crazy to think that most guys have never really experienced what it's like to be fit. Now, when I was having this conversation with said guy, he had grown up pretty much working in the church. His father had actually opened a church in the 1970s and his father died in 81 and then his two aunts had taken over the church and then it just became a family business at that point. He started helping out a lot. He started helping with the audio and the video and he loved doing that. And in our conversation, he was telling me about how after all these years, starting from a teenager in the early 80s to where he is today, that he got passed up on so many opportunities because of his weight. And the fact is is like people will look at this guy and even though he's the most qualified, even though he probably knows everything when it comes to the little vibrations in the mics and how to push buttons, people actually called him the button pusher. And he would he was telling me that he got annoyed when people called him the button pusher because inside he believes that he's so much more than just a button pusher. But unfortunately, if you're the fat guy, if you don't present yourself like you take care of yourself, then 10 times out of ten, you're going to be passed up on an opportunity and doors are going to be slammed shut in your face and promises are going to be broken to you simply because they can just go with somebody who's 250 lbs. They don't even have to be that much better than you or in that much better shape. But if I have somebody who's 350 pounds and somebody who's 250, they both kind of do the same thing. One may be a little bit better at 350 pounds. I mean, I'm probably going to take the 250 pound guy any day of the week. Yeah. It's like the older you get, you know, your skills and your knowledge and everything, that stuff compounds and you get better and everything, but you start to go from an asset to a liability. You start to become something that or someone that people they want to trust you. They genuinely want to hear your advice or hear your solutions or hear your input, but there's like always this glass barrier between what you're saying and it actually landing with the other person. I remember when I was 350 lbs. Like there were plenty of times where I felt like I was just trying to communicate something to somebody and I would literally see them tune out mid-con conversation. Like they would just stop listening to you as if you weren't there. And that was something that really frustrated me. probably because I have like a competitive personality, but just even as a human, like being seen that you're not there, that you're not you're just kind of like a cone, you know what I mean? Like a traffic cone that you just drive around. Like nobody really pays attention to you. That's what really bothers me at 350 lbs. And I'm sure it bothers a lot of guys, yourself included, at your weight. You know, you probably have great solutions. You probably have great ideas and you want to share this with people. And you know, if the right ears hear it, they'll hear your communication and hear what you're saying and they'll take it. But it's almost like the messenger is unimportant in that point. And it's just the the message itself. They kind of look past the messenger. And honestly, that hasn't happened in a long time because obviously the more weight you lose, the more respectable you become. Uh today, me and Calvin were at the gym. This is such a this is totally off not even off topic, but I was at the gym today and I was going to get into the shower after my workout. However, I didn't have a pair of sandals with me. And you guys all know if you go to a gym, [ __ ] take a shower is piss and well, real quick. It's not this gym. This this shower. Hold on. It's not technically a gym. You know, I did my re I did my research and we go to Lifetime. Okay. And now Lifetime is it's a club. It's it's a health club. So no pissy on the floor at Planet [laughter] Fitness. So if you like the Planet Fitness and you like that, I mean to each his own, we started off losing our weight in a crunch gym at at a standard gym. Yeah. So, but anyways, to the point of the story, right, it was a the club and just to let you know, I pissed in the shower. So if I pissed in there, I know [laughter] other people pissed in the shower. I'll piss in the health club. I still piss in the health club. Hey, you know what I mean? But uh so yeah, anyways, [laughter] I don't I do know. I do. [ __ ] You know what I mean? Hey, you piss in the showers. You piss in the showers. But uh [laughter] so I'm I piss in the shower every morning. I'll go I'll go stand and I'll hold on to the rails on the top of my shower because I have those bars and I hold on to it. It's freedom lit. And I I lean forward and I let my abs like hold my core and it lets me push all the way out. It sounds kind This This sounds awkwardly gay. I'm not going to lie. You should try it. It feels so good. Anyways, so good. Used to pee outside. I still pee outside. I pee everywhere but the toilet. It's such If you haven't pissed outside, like as a full grown adult, like go piss outside. It's something freeing about it where you just like if you're in your backyard, you know what I mean? Just like drop your pants and take a piss. Do it in the corner, you know? So your girlfriend or wife doesn't get pissed off and smell the piss literally. But yeah, it's freeing. Anyways, so I'm getting into the locker room. Huh? It's what? It's spring. Oh, it's very freeing. I'm walking in and there's this guy maybe mid early 70s, late 60s and uh I'm talking to Calvin. I'm facing him and this guy is behind Calvin like getting into his locker or whatever. And I look at Calvin and I see he has sandals on. I'm like, "Hey, can I borrow your sandals? I need to get in the shower. I left mine at home." like I just blanked out and forgot to grab him this morning. And he had just gotten out the shower and he's like, "Oh, I can't cuz I'm a shitty brother and like I don't give a [ __ ] about you. So, I'm just gonna Don't Don't do that." I mean, I I was going to go teach a class. I had we have our Monday mastermind meetings every Monday morning with our clients and I had it in about like five minutes. So, I was like trying to get my stuff going and I apologized to Angela earlier. I'm like, "Hey, I should have given you my sandals and my workout move because I was going to give you a pair of socks. I mean, you could have wore fresh, clean, out the dryer socks, ran my in my shoes, so my shoes stinking." So, it was a lot to gather in one moment. But thankfully, Lifetime is a great environment of very valuable people, clean people, very clean. Well, I pissed off. Well, who knows what if So, let me tell my story. Let me tell my story. All right. And then I have a caveat. Let me tell my story. I have a caveat. So ask Calvin, "Can I wear your sandals?" He tells me no. I'm like, "Oh, like come on. I'm trying to like butter him up. Like I'll give you socks. I'll do all these things. Let me just wear your sandals." You didn't butter me that. Shut the hell up. Can I talk? Go ahead. Sorry. That's my my fault. It's the third time. It's like having a brother. You just interrupt you when I'm trying to say something. So I made the offer. D, right? And he's telling me no. So then the old gentleman behind Calvin, he just chimes into the conversation and is like, "What size do you wear? You need some sandals and me, I'm just like I'm I'm like a half a foot tall of this guy." So I'm like, "He's probably not going to fit me." He's like, "What do you wear? Size 11?" I was like, "He's offering me his sandals right now." Like he's literally going to grab his sandals out of his bag and give them to me. I was like, "No, no, man. I'm good. I appreciate though. Like that's is very generous of you. I appreciate it." Um but no, I'm good. I'll just I'll go in the shower, you know, ride it. But in that moment, it occurred to me that that's just one of the benefits you get of being a healthier individual. Now, this isn't to flex. This isn't to be like I'm the most strong, jacked, shredded, sexy, handsome man in the world, cuz I am. But like, that wasn't the reason why. It was just I presented myself obviously as someone that was respectable. I think it's just human nature when guys see another guy that's like, you know, doing good for himself, is healthy, attractive. I know I do it. You know, if I see a guy that's at the grocery store, you know, grabbing his vegetables and stuff, I'm just like guy looks good. Like I have no shame in saying that. Like guy takes care of himself. Like more guys should be like that. You know what I mean? Um, so I know if you drop your ego, you could say that if you're like a hater and you're like, we don't even talk to the haters because like, you know, it's kind of like lowle thinking, but basically you're like giving kudos to the other person. And he was just doing it back to me. And I've never met this guy before. This is our second day in the gym. So like never met a connection, met anybody. And he was just offering me his sandals straight up to get take a shower with him. And again, like I said, I thought it was really cool that you just get skipped to the front of the line when you're in great shape. People just treat you with more respect. There were times when I was 300 lb, 350 lbs, I'd be walking into a building and the person in front of me, there's like say, you know, 10 feet in front of me, would be opening the door and they would just walk right in and let the door shut behind them. And I remember thinking like, damn, this guy like doesn't even acknowledge that I exist. Like he he really doesn't even like see me as a person there. And there's two ways you could take that a situation like that. You could take it and be upset about it and be like, "Oh man, life is so unfair. Like this is why are people mean? People are just naturally people aren't mean." Like you just you got to give them a reason to be nice to you. You got to be give them a reason to be good to you. You just got to give them a reason to look your way and pay attention to you. It's not even giving them. It's give yourself a reason. Like honestly, like give yourself the reason. Thinking back on it, I was probably walking into the building all mop and fat and, you know, sloppy and just gross and like I had a hard day at work. Nobody knows the struggle I went through, but I'm just going to go get my stuff done and hopefully people respect me because, you know, I work hard. It's like didn't matter because other people have their life. They don't really give a [ __ ] about what you got going on. They just care about who you are in that moment. And if they see somebody that's not like a respected a respectable person, which is true. You can't respect somebody who clearly has a habit of telling themselves that they're going to lose weight and then they don't do it. They tell themselves that they're going to eat healthier and they don't do it. You're just you don't respect that person, right? They're not a man of their word. And after I had lost the weight, that completely changed. There have been so many instances now it's normal, but like when I first started, you know, when I first lost the weight, people would open the door for me and like stand there and I'm talking like I'd be 30 yards away from them like getting out of my car. Literally getting out of my car, the person saw me at the same time. They were already walking to the building. I was just getting out of my car. They get in there and then they just stand there and open the door for you and hold it open. And like that's cool. Like that is preferential treatment. I like that stuff. I like feeling like I'm wanted there. You know what I mean? 100%. And with that experience that we had this morning, you know, [laughter] I was going to say we don't know if that guy could have he was clean actually. He was a clean guy. So, nevertheless, like having a clean environment and having people genuinely wanting to go out of their way and help, it makes a huge difference. And relating back to the title of this video is why career men over 300 lb sacrifice themselves. It really makes me think about how when you're trying to lose weight by yourself, right? Nobody really cares. And that sounds pretty messed up, but ultimately like if you don't help yourself, nobody's going to want to help you. like facts. And the thing is like you can put on a suit, you can put on a white collar, you any nice clothes, but at the end of the day, like if you're not a fit person under that suit, under that mask, you're still not going to be respected because energy never lies. And if your energy gives off that you don't care about yourself, then it's going to be hard for other people to want to help you. And this really relates back to essentially what we do with our clients. Like our guys who all join our program, they want to help themselves. Like when you come on to a call with us, it's pretty much just getting you on board and getting you into your account. Yeah, we ask you a few questions, but ultimately if you really want to help yourself, you're going to get started without anything stopping you. Now, there will be people who think that they want help, but the guys that actually make the change in our program, they really want to help themselves. It's just about getting the plan. So, if you want actual help in losing over 100 pounds and keeping it off for good, just click the link in this bio and fill out an application. Again, you have to really be wanting to make the change for yourself. You have to be serious about it. Come to the call ready to invest in yourself, ready to make the change because once you start, kiss the old you goodbye. You are losing over 100 pounds guaranteed. Now, with that being said, a lot of our guys who lose over 100 pounds, one thing that our client Chris said is that it just becomes his new life. Like for us, it's really hard to think about a life not exercising. Like Angelo, could you imagine your life? Like, and for us, it seems so normal. So, like sometimes when we get on calls with people and they're like, "Yeah, I'm not really doing anything to lose weight." I'm like, bro, I'm not even trying to lose weight at this point in my life. But it's like, what are you doing? Because it's so natural to us. Like, we've been going to the gym and like even if it's not the gym during COVID, we're still doing the HIT workouts. Like, we'll still find a way to exercise no matter what. So, it's like just taking care of yourself. Yeah. Even you don't even like you don't even need a gym. Like, yeah, a gym is great, but like that's what's going to speed up the process is going to the gym or shoot, you again, you don't even need the gym. You can start from home. That's what we did. But like it really baffles people, and this is our perspective. It ba baffles me and Angelo that there are actual men out there who have like seen all this transformation on social media in real life all over the place and then decide not to do it and then not do anything about it. I mean wild. I mean, maybe not really in real life because America's the most obese country on Earth, but at the same time, like like I don't know what we'd be doing if we weren't just losing weight. And I guess that goes back to when we first lost the weight. Like we had careers like we weren't weight loss coaches or online I guess brand before. So, when we really think about who we were before joining or before starting Vision Twins, like we were still going to the gym and then people at our local gym were like, "You guys got to get on Instagram. You guys get got to get on YouTube, on TikTok, and start posting your stuff." And we're like, "Uh, it's for kids. We don't do that. It's, you know, it's it's a musically." That's what it was back in the day if you're old enough. And it was just a kids app. like we thought no we don't do the content but we started and we started before co kind of like 2018 we bought our first camera and we're like you know what we're going to dabble in it a little bit see how making videos goes and then never committed to it that's that's the biggest thing we just never committed. Yeah. Never fully committed but we had the the tools. I was in my first relationship. Angelo was in his first relationship. Got out of that and then we're living like the single life. And don't get me wrong, I have zero regrets. I have no regrets of my 18 to 21year-old life. It was amazing. Like, I got to experience a toxic relationship. [laughter] I got to experience that. I always look at things from a positive perspective. That was a good thing that happened because I got better from it looking where I'm at today. Now, we also got to live the hot boy lifestyle, right? We got to date girls that we never thought we could ever get. I remember I had a crush on a girl my sophomore year of high school and she was like the hottest little girl in school. And then I was too fat, though. We'd go to the parties and she would laugh at me and there's there's no way like it's not even an option to entertain. But after I lost the weight and we're going to these parties and you know having all this fun, I remember going to a San Diego state party from S in San Diego where we're and she ended up coming home with your boy. And I don't say that to like flaunt or flex. I mean, this is my past life. We all got exes. We all got past lives. But let's just say it was a great great night. You unlocked the keys, man. You had the keys. You unlocked the door. I had unlocked the keys officially to the snow bunnies. Yeah, the snow bunnies. Um, that's true. We did do that. You know, we had a lot of fun then. And what I really was just again I keep thinking about this how you mentioned not Sorry to interrupt you. Are you sorry? Yes. Not I see some guys are like, "Oh, you like snow bunnies." Not the chunky monkey snow bunnies. I'm talking about the baddest snow bunnies. Like these snow bunnies of snow bunnies. Not the chunky ones. The chunky monkeys. Like we all know the like our dad. He's a black guy. Got with a big white woman. Like that's like a that's like a thing for the black dudes. They I don't know why they just love a girl with good credit and can cook. That they I don't know why the black love that. That wasn't me. I was going for like the good ones. Okay. But to your point though, like it's it's actually astonishing that there are guys out there that just go to work, which is like you you have to obviously work during the day, right? You got to do something for your career, bring home the bacon, and then after that, it's like you're done. You literally don't do anything else for the rest of the day. Like if you're like going home and like turning on the PlayStation or turning on the Xbox and like you know that's your evening as a guy in his 30s like where's the growth in yourself? Where's the taking care of yourself so you can be here for the long run? I think a lot of guys are shortsighted especially if you are like going all in on your career like no this is the long-term play. like I got to make sure my career is good for me going forward and I got to make sure everything's stable and yeah like by all means do that but you don't have to do that at the sacrifice of your own health. I think it's astonishing that people do that because if you actually just focused on your health your career would get better and you would actually have the longevity you want to do that career and become more valuable and do all these things. So, it's it's really weird that there are people out there that do that. If you're one of the guys that do that, like no hate towards you, just serious question, like why do you feel like you do that? Like, comment down below and you know, submit that as a little comment because I want to read that. I genuinely want to understand why is it hard for you to go and work out in the before the day starts or why is it even hard for you to go work out after work? Why is it hard for you to cook your own food or even if you don't cook your own food, like order something healthier off the menu? Like, why do you do that? Um, it's just it's really interesting. I want to know why you do that. I'm not trying to hate on you. I'm just generally curious like why do you do that? Um, one thing that you said earlier about like looking fit and everything, this is unrelated. I went to a massage the other day and this I hate being like this is the ugly side of me but like it's true. I'm getting a massage and I'm like, "All right, let's do this thing." You know, and I get a big girl and I'm like, "Fuck yes." Because you know those big girls got big meat [laughter] big meaty hands, bro. And they'll get in your [ __ ] I hate a masseuse. Like some skinny little masseuse, you know, pencil fingers, tiny little, you know, Chinese girl that's like got to step on your back to I'm just like, give me the big, bro. like, "Give me the big one cuz I want to." So, you know, she was doing that, right? Great massage. I 10 out of 10 gave her a $20 tip. Like, that was a great massage. Thank you for your your service. Um, but then after the massage or like toward the end of the massage and I'm falling asleep. I'm drooling in there and I'm waking up and then she's like, "All right, it's done." I was like, "Great." And then she kind of gave me like this little spiel about being healthy. I'm like, Angela, it's not your [ __ ] place. Don't say nothing to this 300 pound woman. Say thank you. Give her a tip. She did great at her job. Go on with your day. But in my mind, I couldn't I just I couldn't stop that conversation. So after that massage, she's like, you know, um, it looks like you might work out. And right there, I was like, okay, hold up, [ __ ] Like, I work out. Like, you're telling me I don't look like I work out? You don't see this freaking six-pack? You don't see this freaking muscles in these shoulders bulging out the blanket right now. Like you're telling me I [laughter] right. I kind of got pissed off about that. But I was like, "All right, [sighs and gasps] breathe, Angela. Just let it go." And so she continues with her little spiel about being healthy. She's like, and she's kind of running out of breath as she's talking. I'm like, "Fuck, dude. Like, this is bad." Cuz she is re she was a really big girl. Like she was she was like six foot, like six foot 300. This girl could have played like left tackle or something like that. Like she was legit a big girl. Great masseuse though. Like don't give me anybody else besides her. But she's talking and she's like you know you got to like before workout you got to stretch. [laughter] After workout you got to stretch. Drink a lot of water. Um, and this is a morning workout or a morning stretch, you know, massage. She's like, "After this, like don't go work out because, um, you know, you need your body to relax and all these things." I'm like, "This is the perfect time to work out." Like, I understand you're trying to like provide more value at the end of the service, but what you're saying is wrong. I didn't say this though. I kept I held bit my tongue, just got my service done. I appreciate your help, but like homeg girl, do not try to coach me right now because just stop. Just stop right there. So, that was just interesting to me that, you know, she felt compelled to share information with clearly a fit person when she herself does not work out or take care of herself. Great Misso, but I don't know if there's just like a cognitive dissonance that she was feeling in that moment. Did she step on your back? No. God, no. [laughter] God, no. No. No. Use your thick sausage fingers and get in there. I'm I'm telling you, I felt great afterwards. I felt amazing. Where was your massage? It was down the street. Little membership place. You got a membership? No. Brenda did though. One of our friends would get happy endings at a massage place. Say his name, but yeah, that actually brings a great point where the friends in like the environment of friends you hang around. If you guys couldn't tell, me and Angelo are best friends. We do everything together. And with that, like, bro. Oh, yeah. The environment that you have is so important. Like, I have a best friend back home, quote unquote. Like, when I say best friend, like Angelo is my best friend, but this is like non-blood, I guess you can say, grew up with. He's a twin. And I'm not going to like air out all this stuff, but it just comes down to like making the right choices physically. He doesn't work out. He's not overweight by any means. Probably like 160, a buck 60 soaking wet, but does other things to supplement his lifestyle. Other things being narcotics, there's narcotics to help himself keep going. And I didn't know this about him until earlier this year. He told me like he went through a breakup with his girlfriend. We live in Arizona. He's in San Diego where we're from still. And he went through a breakup with his girlfriend. She didn't know about his narcotic use and and uh side activities that were going on with others of the opposite sex. And she had enough. Like she was basically like, "Oh, you came out all at once. Like I can't handle it all." She packed her stuff up and left. And he told me and I'm like there for him. I love him like as a human and my, you know, grew up with him. That loyalty kind of aspect. And [sighs] you know how easily I could have succumbed to a lot of those hard drugs if I had never lost the weight. If I had stayed comfortable and never fully committed to vision twins where my life would be today. Because where I grew up around, we grew up around mostly like actually other light-skinned kids. Like [laughter] our best friends growing up were twins. Two light-skinnings. Dad black, mom white, and then back turning into high school, our friends outside of our high school, we didn't have any friends like in our high school of Granite Hills. All of them went to like other different high schools in the city. And our other friends that didn't go to our high school were all mixed. Like D'Angelo, oh yeah, black or white mom, black dad, mixed kid. And then Patrick, black dad, white mom. Like we always had like these mixed friends in our group. And I think that's interesting because like a lot of the guys who will come to us will either be Hispanic, like Central American, kind of how we are, or Mexican just because our dad's from Honduras, speaks Spanish, he's black, but sounds Mexican if you talk to him. So we get like a lot of Latinos. We get a lot of I would say like mo it's mostly Latinos. you guys who are watching and then a few black guys and then like actually a lot of white guys who come to our page just cuz we kind of sound white and we kind of dress white. Um I think the black guys come for like the music or something that we use. I don't know. Like what do you think the black appeal would be to our page? I don't know. I don't know like what So because there's different races of guys like watching this you're probably I'm sure whoever's watching this probably black story though. So my my story is the environment. That's what I'm saying. like and it comes down to the demographics. It has to do with it. It has the demographics of the people that you hang around. And I was actually on a call with a client this morning on our Monday mastermind call. And he was telling us about how where he was settling in his life where his friend group, he realized like when he would go and tell them about him losing weight, his name is Myin. I'll just say that because Myin, if you're watching this, congratulations for showing up this morning. you got to win. He was telling us about like his friend group is like he'll tell them about his weight loss journey and then he says it feels like he's talking to a wall. Like when he's talking to all these people like I'm telling on a weight loss journey, he's like this is the community and the calls that I can come to to actually share about what's going on in my life and like my wins and my struggles and you guys are actually there for me. Mhm. And it kind of like hit me because how easy it would be for myself to not have grown or to not fully commit and like put myself into better environments and like invest in better equipment, invest in better things for my health and invest in better stuff for, you know, the both of us and what we're what we're growing. It's like a lot of people get comfortable and what we're what we're scaling, I should say. But a lot of people get comfortable like they'll get comfortable with the people that they work with because they know they're going to be there for another 10 20 years. They the neighbors that you live around like they start to become friends with them and get comfortable and you're just like is this really the life that I mean maybe the life stays the same. The lifestyle that you have it's great but like the type of person you are. Is this the type of crowd you want to be around? You know birds of a feather flock together. And I've never seen an extremely extremely obese guy hang out in a group with a bunch of fit guys. May maybe they don't even have to have six-pack. Like when we say fit, like obviously we're fit, we're great shape, you know, abs and everything, but like even to not be at this level, say I say I was 20 pounds heavier than I am right now. Or not like you don't have to be competing for a bodybuilding show and like on a six week cut like your whole life, you know what I mean? You're not not avoiding your health. Let's call it like that. Mhm. And but you'll never see those types of people hanging out together. At least I've never seen them personally. Never seen that in public. Never seen that in anywhere. And so if you want to actually like really start to make these changes in your life, get around people that elevate you to another level. This gym membership we got recently, this lifetime fitness membership, I love it. And the reason why I love it literally has nothing to do with the machines or like the types of equipment they have because relatively speaking, most gyms all have the same stuff, just different, you know, branding or whatever on it. But the reason why I love this gym so much is number one, it's at a high price point. It's I think it's for we're paying a,000 a month for three four memberships. So that's what 250 each basically if you break it down that way. It's 250 bucks a month for the membership. Now, automatically that excludes all the hoodlims. That excludes all the teenagers. That removes all the Planet Fitness junky crazy people that you'll see that are freaking doing handstands and like you putting medicine balls in their pants and like walking around. Just like weird [ __ ] Or even half steppers like half committed like just go just half committed like there's no lunk alarm. It's just it's a really nice environment. There's freaking ice bath. There's jacuzzi, sauna, steam room, freaking classes galore, pilates, all these different things. And like the types of people that are around there, they just we operate at a different level. Like obviously we have our finances together. Obviously, we have things going for ourselves. We're here to be around other like-minded individuals. And coming from a corporate like you know standard gym like EOS Fitness or these you know Mountain Sides or Crunch or LA Fitness kind of like these I call it general population gyms where it's general population that's where you see typically pissy floors and dirty trash just all around and machines are all sweaty just like all that type of stuff. coming from that to then this environment, you feel like you have to adjust to be even in this area, which I love because it's calling you to a higher level. Now, most people will see somebody at a higher level and be like, I don't want to there's something wrong with those people at a higher level because they think they're full of themselves or whatever it is. And it's like, no, you just don't want to live like that. It's a choice that you're making. You're choosing to operate at a different standard so that way you can get different results in your life. There's nobody there that's driving a hooptie, you know, a 1998 Corolla with the freaking fender falling off and held together with duct tape. Like you just don't see that stuff at this gym. And what that does for your psychology is it shows you like this is your new normal. This is your new normal. Like being in a good environment, a wealthier environment is a new normal for you. and being around that other stuff is like not even a thought a pro a mindset that you even want to indulge in. You don't even want to be around that stuff. Yeah. And I would say that we've essentially always had that type of mindset like investing in a nice office and like things like that. I'll say the only reason why we didn't get into Lifetime sooner is just because we just didn't really think about it. It's like hey the EOS is right there. You just we're still going to get our workout in. we're still going to go to the sauna, do massages, and you know, go hiking and all this stuff, but just for the sake of it, it's just like, hey, lifetime is is there. And we just decided to to commit to something higher. It's not saying that, you know, you don't keep your house clean already or that you don't have a housekeeper or that, you know, you don't have a nice car or a nice truck or that, you know, you don't like your things nice, but it's about how you take care of yourself internally. And like if you know that there's something else out there that's better and like you want to be around that environment energetically, then you just put yourself there. And well, it goes to say how you do one thing also is how you do everything. And so just last point, I'll let you say what you're going to say. Subconsciously, it might seem minute like, oh, what's the point? It's I still get the same workout at this gym versus this gym. Sure you do. But what it does for your mindset is much different. When I leave that gym, I I leave a very, you know, the gym is spotless, it's clean and all this stuff. If I come home and I see a spoon not in the drawer the right way, instantly I fix it. Or the knife isn't pushed all the way down into the knife holder, I just I push it down all the way. Like there's these small things that when you start to see like correction behavior and doing better for yourself and just not even for yourself, but just you want things to be done the right way all the time, how it is at that gym, you just carry that mindset with you outside of that. And so that's really what we're talking about here when it comes to your your your weight loss journey and how it translates to your career is that if you are more proactive with your health, you're going to be more proactive in your career. You're going to be able to see things that you currently don't see right now and go and fix them. And then that'll catapult you to another level in your income. That'll catapult you into another level of how the type of groceries you buy, the types of foods that you're bringing home to your kids, the type of environment that you're you're around, you you're going to start [ __ ] burning incense and lighting candles and like you actually want that stuff because you want a healthy environment. Most people have a healthy environment in their career. They're making good money. you're probably doing that as well. You're making good money, you got nice car and all these things, but your internal environment doesn't match that. And so every day you're going into work, you feel like you got to perform at a you got to step up a higher level. And then as soon as you get off work, you finally can turn that off. And it's like, what if you just carried that same energy with you all the time? Not only would you excel even further in your career, but you'd excel personally in yourself. Like going to your job and your career isn't your entire life. Most people make making money the most important thing. It's like usually the people that make making money the most important thing are the brokeest because they're always working the hardest and not getting paid the most. But like people that like us or other people that are out there that are making good killings for themselves, they're just good at what they do and they get paid for it. Now it's the same thing like if you just were good with yourself, you would do the things that you're good at even at a better level. 100%. And when our client, one of our clients, Jose, he mentioned to this to us about six months ago, how what he noticed after losing 100 pounds with us and he's still going is before he would walk past like a sock laying down on the floor. Mhm. But he noticed himself picking it up, putting it where it's supposed to be because there's just these little things that you don't notice. There's like these blinders on when you're not taking care of yourself versus when you are. Now, this doesn't mean that you always have to be on and you always have to be alert and on it. It just becomes a part of who you are. It just becomes like a byproduct. And if things are always clean, if you are always clean internally, then you don't have to get ready. Like if you always stay ready, you're not going to have to get ready when you have to be on. It just becomes a part of who you are. And then there's times for you to rest. There's times for you to enjoy your life. There's time for you to go to sleep. Like, you don't have to stay up 24 hours a day trying to figure out everything. It's about changing one one little thing at a time. Like, you don't have to go conquer Rome on day one. But it's like, hey, if you can start making small changes for yourself over time, it's going to amass into a big change, brick by brick, brick by brick. And for us, like again, I can't I don't stress, but I can't make that clear enough because I'm the type of guy, Angelo's the type of guy of just go get it. Go get it, go get it. And that's all great. Love that type of mindset. It's very great to have. Although, it's easy to also push yourself to those limits and then that's when you burn out. That's when you completely throw your hands up. Now, you've probably experienced that trying to do it by yourself where you go lose 30 lbs and then you gain 40 back or you lose 70 lbs, gain 100 back. You got this vacation coming up. You're going to go super hard. You're going to get all dialed in a month before the vacation. You get on the vacation and it's right back to the other stuff. Because the way that you did it the first time, you're like, "Fuck, I don't want to have to go back to eating salad all day when I just finally got to enjoy myself on this vacation." So, it's about having that clear yes big decision that you have to make or really not even a big decision. They're all the same size. It's you make the decision and you move accordingly and you act like the person who you want to be. Especially at this lifetime gym or lifetime fitness, it's like just by osmosis. Just you elevate and you get better by having the right aromomas, the right energy around you. And same thing inside of our coaching program. All of our guys are on the same mission. Everybody's supporting each other. Everybody's there to get better, to and losing weight, to lose 100 pounds. We have plenty of clients who lose over 100 lb and then some. I mean, Jose, who I just mentioned, he's about to hit 200 lb down within the next few months. So, really, if you have over 100 lb to lose, you're in the right place. And it doesn't always have to be this in-person thing. The same way that you're watching this video right now, you can feel the energy. You can use the energy by spending the time, spending your attention, spending your resources by being here, right? And when you're here and hearing these words and not to be all woo woo, but believing in the vibrations, which we do, when you can actually ingest and consume that energy by osmosis, you're going to rise too. But when you take that next that next step and put yourself into that next environment, which we do in our coaching program, you're going to be surrounded by guys who understand where you are without any judgment. It's like, hey, that's how you were doing things. This is how we do the better life. This is how we do the results that you want. You don't have to go and completely throw out everything in your fridge, in your pantry, and you know, move across the country on day one. But it's like, hey, step by step, you make the decision and you start moving accordingly. And before you know it, it happens that much faster. It happens really fast once you make the decision. Like what you think will take you 12 months is realistically going to take you 5 months. here in our program. For example, one of our clients, Riley, he started pretty much on November 1st, 2025, and he lost 100 pounds in 5 months. Like that just becomes normal to us. It's been normal for us inside of our program just because that we we give you the the framework. We give you the the boundaries essentially to have fun, right? Think about a football field. You have the boundaries. You have the touchdowns. These are the rules of the game. These are the rules of the game. And our clients come in and they have fun, right? Think about when you were an athlete. You had fun when you had the boundaries. You had fun when you had the game plan. You had fun when the other team had no hope of beating you. It just becomes a cakewalk. And you just beat the other team so easily. You have a great time doing it. You're [ __ ] cramming them 49 to zero. Just running sideline to sideline, touchdown to touchdown to touchdown to touchdown, kickoff, touchdown, onside kick, recover, touchdown, touchdown, touchdown. freaking ass. It's like that's what our coaching program entails and that's in a football aspect because if you're a former ath former football player, you'll understand that very clearly. It makes it so much easier for you to have fun on this journey. It shouldn't be something that you don't enjoy. Like if you hate something that you do, think about it. If you hate a relationship that you're in, how long are you going to stay in that relationship? Exactly. You're not going to want to make it work or do anything in it. They're always bitching at you. They're always complaining at you. Sometimes it could be valid, but most times if they're complaining, if they have they're not solutionoriented, if all they bring is problems, how long are you going to stay in that relationship? Even for the worst of the worst type of people, and I'm not saying there's like levels to people, but it's there is there's there's there's levels to everybody's human, but like when you see the poor, right, poor people, they're always constantly arguing that see even in the Bible, a neighbor will will have contention with his own neighbor. Like you see it in the poor communities like a neighbor will have contention with his own neighbor and and the poor neighbor will respect a rich neighbor or a rich person across the other side of the city just because that person is in a better position. That's just how it is. A neighbor a poor neighbor will literally kill his own poor neighbor just because you guys are both in the crabs in the bucket. But if you get yourself around better people around higher level people then people are going to respect you. People are going to want to help you out. people are going to enjoy your presence and enjoy you as a human and try to be valuable to you without asking for anything in return because that is how the energy works. This is the last point we'll say and then we'll go ahead and wrap up this video. Um, like we said [clears throat] before, make sure you guys drop some comments on this video if you have any questions, you have something that we said that really struck a light bulb in you or you want more clarification on, we'll definitely hit that in the next video. Um, but the last point that I want to make, me and Calvin, and this is not to flex. If you make money, you understand. We've made good money in some months. Like we've made close to like six figures in a month at one point. And I will say this today, that feeling is temporary. One of the best feelings no matter like the best feeling, nothing feels better than being happy and confident in your own skin physically. Like the stuff that is outside of you, you think that will make you feel better. It does not. It's cool. It's great. And it's necessary for life for sure. Don't get me wrong. Those moments that we had that happened, we're like, "Fuck yeah, that was great. That was an amazing experience, but it still doesn't equate to waking up in the morning knowing I used to be 350 pounds and seeing a six-pack." That right there, that feeling, there's nothing else that compares to it. It's like the level of fulfillment, accomplishment that you have from knowing that you are who you say you are. You are who you knew you could be. You are that [ __ ] It feels amazing. And I wish I don't even want to wish because it can't happen for you if you just actually got the right help and took action towards doing it. It doesn't have to be a wish. I beseech to you that you make that your aim before this year is over. Before this next month even starts, you make a commitment to yourself that I am going to get in amazing shape. I'm not just going to lose 40 to 50 pounds and see if I like it from there and if I want to do more, I'll do more. No, like you commit to the 100. Just for us it was Commit to 30 or 40. [ __ ] that. Commit to going all the way. Commit to becoming the healthiest, best version of yourself. It will change everything for you. You will officially feel like you are standing on a mountaintop. You can raise your hands up in the air without your shirt coming up and just be like, I'm a [ __ ] winner. Like, I feel amazing. I feel good. going to the beach knowing you've been putting in work, knowing that you're healthy, knowing that you look good, knowing that you're confident in yourself, and you get to that place and you're already like you're the the [ __ ] present is unwrapped already and you just show up because you're there. If you want other people to take you more serious, treat you better in life, have a level of I don't want to say exaltation to you because you shouldn't exalt anybody but God, but have this level of like preferential treatment, seen as something more than just a person that's there, like you're seen as like a [ __ ] like an energy that people just want to be around, lose the weight and get the help doing it. And if you want help accomplishing that, you want to finally get out of your own way and start seeing what life is like on the other side of being a fat guy, you want to finally experience a life of happiness that isn't fleeting, that is a constant like you should feel good all the time, that you should have a positive attitude. You want to feel that all the time. Click the link in the description below and apply for coaching. I guarantee you in the next six months you will lose 100 pounds. That's our promise to you. We know it can it can happen for you. It's happened for us. It's happened for our clients. You just have to take the first step and nobody else can make that decision for you. Don't wait for something bad to happen to you before you finally decide that enough is enough. Don't do this out of necessity. Don't do this at your brink's end where you just got a bad diagnosis. You know that stuff is coming. You know that that stuff is right around the corner for you. Do not wait for that moment before you finally decide to change. Your life, everybody, yourself deserves better. You should have better. You just have to be willing to take the first step. Thank you guys for watching. And remember this, if one man can do it, so can another. So can you. And as always, don't wait, lose weight.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2025-12-19 Views: 131 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h7sV89yr8a8 Runtime: 25 min 8 sec (5,384 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's going on everybody? My name is Angelo. My name is Calvin. We are the Vision Twins and we lost a combined 300 lb. Now it is our life mission to show the entire world how to do the same thing. And in this video, we are going to be breaking down exactly what you need to do in order to lose 100 pounds. This video is going to give you the exact step-by-step process on how to lose the weight. So, this can be the last time you ever have to search up on the internet how to lose weight because we've done it ourselves. We've done it for our clients and it's damn sure going to work for you. So, with that being said, let's jump right into it. Yeah. So, starting this video off guys, the thing here is when we got started on our weight loss journey, there was no internet how we know it today, right? There was no vision twins. There was no AI where you can search up and put in your body type and body fat percentage and have it estimate and give you more of like an exact number on what your body type is and what you need to be doing in order to lose weight. Yeah, there was none of that. When we were starting out on our weight loss journey, it was essentially trial and error. And yes, we did have a good foundation when it came to football and our sports background. Mhm. Although other than that, it was really more of the experience that we've cultivated together in in starting this journey. And when we were growing up, people would always tell us since we're twins, we have double the experience in terms of whatever we wanted to accomplish. So whether that was in our career, we have twice the experience because there's two of us. And as it pertains to our weight loss journey, there's twice the experience because of there's two of us. Yeah. So, the thing here, guys, is this is the last video you'll ever need to watch in order to lose weight because you have two people who have been in your shoes before. I weighed 330 lb. Angelo weighed 350 lbs. And so, in losing over 300 lb combined, you you have the game plan, you have the experience needed from this video in order to not just listen to it, but take action on everything that we speak about here. Literally everything we're going to say right now is what you need to do in order to lose 100 pounds. There's no reason for us to lie about this. We're not hiding anything. We're just going to tell you straight up what to do. So, step number one, how do I lose weight? Well, the first thing that you need to do is get up off your butt and start working out. And it's not just any workout. It's not just showing up to the gym and lifting a few weights here and there, going for 30 minutes on a walk with your friend. No. If you want to lose a 100 pounds, the number one thing you need to do is the elliptical machine. You walk into your gym, you go to where the cardio section is, and you start doing the elliptical machine. The elliptical machine is the machine that has these two separate feets and two separate hand knobs, and you move them back and forward. You do that for one hour every single day. One hour every single day. You don't have to worry about doing anything else to start losing weight when it comes to your exercise. You go to the gym, you get on the elliptical machine, you put some headphones on, you watch a movie, you watch a podcast, you watch this right here, you listen to some music or whatever you got to do to get yourself through it. Do that for one hour. I guarantee you, you do that for an entire month, you will lose your first 20 pounds like that and it will come off so much easier because you're like, I didn't have to be confused. I didn't waste my time trying a bunch of other You walk in there, you do that. That's your game plan for exercise. Exactly. That eliminates the decision fatigue. And that's the problem that we see most often with men that get started with us is that they think they need all of these different tools and equipment in order for them to lose over 100 pounds. when, like Angelo said, if all you did was go into the gym, step onto the elliptical, and you did that for an hour a day for 30 days, you will lose your first 20 pounds extremely fast. You don't have to go and lift a ton of weights. You don't have to even start going into the sauna. Literally, go into the elliptical machine and do that for 1 hour. It doesn't even have to be a high intensity. You'll notice on the machine that there's different intensity levels that you can use. Just go on one of the easiest ones and then do what feels comfort comfortable for you. Yeah. Do what feels comfortable for you. Do the easy one if you have to. And you'll notice that you didn't need a whole bunch of equipment in order to lose the weight. It comes from number one, the exercise is the elliptical for 60 minutes per day for the course of 30 days. You will lose your first 20 pounds. Then after that, we can you you'll be able to get to that point. But do I at least start losing your first 20 lbs, get onto the elliptical, and you repeat that? And even after 1 month, Angelo, let's give them more of a breakdown on what that looks like after just 30 days in time. Do that for literally 6 months straight. If you weigh over 300 lb, anywhere from 300 to 399 pounds, you can do that for 6 months straight and you will literally look like a totally different person by the end of it. Six months is literally all you need. Like Angela said, if you weigh from 300 to 399, six months, you will have lost at least 100 pounds. On average, 20 pounds per month. Within the first 5 months, you'll be really close to that 100 pound mark. At that six-month mark, there's no reason why you're not at 100 pounds lost just by doing the elliptical machine for an hour a day. And the only reason why you wouldn't see the results or you wouldn't be able to get down 100 pounds in your first six months of exercising on the elliptical machine is because you quit. Now, I I don't even like to talk about quitting or that mentality in the first place. Because for me, if you're seeing results, you're seeing it work in front of you real life and like you step on the scale and it's a different number than the last time, that should be all the inspiration you need to keep going. That should be all the all the effort or all the motivation you would need to keep going. The only way you would ever not see results is if you can't stay consistent or you're not being accountable to yourself and you're lying to yourself saying, "Oh, I did put in enough effort." When you know you stepped off on the machine at 52 minutes when you go to the, you know, eat fast food right after working out and you know that you shouldn't have done that. You have to be on track with yourself and consistent with yourself. You will 100% lose this 100 pounds in six months. And if you need help staying accountable, that's where we come in. Absolutely. So, that covers the first bit is the exercise. 60 minutes per day of the elliptical. It wasn't that difficult, was it? Like, it really it doesn't sound like the magic recipe, the magic sauce that everybody's looking for. Oh, there's there's got to be a better diet. Oh, there's got to be another thing that I should do. Bro, take it from me. I was probably heavier than you and I was probably more up mentally than you at the time. I guarantee you this will change your life and you will feel so much happier, so much more excited for life, waking up with better energy, better sleep, your relationships will get better because people are noticing that you're doing something positive for yourself and they just want to be around you more. It'll just be a beacon of light that people will love to be around and just see that like, wow, this guy's doing something important. This guy's doing something amazing for himself. And then you start to inspire other people to start working out. and you start inspiring others to make changes in their lives, not settling for what you've commonly thought your entire life you're supposed to be. No, there's a better version of you and it's on that damn elliptical machine, man. It's on there. And it doesn't take long to lose the weight. It took you 30 something years to put the weight on in the first place, but it takes you literally less than one year to get it off and be a totally different person. 100%. So, that covers the exercise. The second bit is the nutrition. Now, with the nutrition, it's very normal advice to say not to eat fast food. But to give you a little bit more context on our journey, we still ate fast food on our weight loss journey. We grew up around Jack in the Box, McDonald's, Taco Bell. There was all these different fast food chains on our street in Second Street in Oklahoma, California, where we're from. And fast food was at ease. we can eat as much of it as we wanted, our mom would actually give us $5 per day as an allowance for fast food. And once we really started noticing, okay, it gets a little bit more meticulous after that 100 pounds lost, that's when we started diving deep into our skill set on the nutrition. what to buy when you go to the grocery store or how to cook your food and what oils to cook it in or how to weigh your food, how to track your calories. Those things are skills that you develop once you really lose the majority of your weight. But for you just getting started over 300 lb, the number one thing that you need to do is just limit the time that you eat. And so how we start our clients off is we don't have them eat after 8:00 p.m. at night until 8:00 a.m. the next morning. So, giving yourself at least 12 hours not to dulge in food is going to allow your body to build muscle and burn fat overnight. See, the problem is with most men over 300 lb is that they eat their last meal at like 10 p.m. and then they wake up at 4:30, 5:00 in the morning for work and then they grab something on their way to work. Their body has never had the ample amount of time to digest their food, which properly, and they're like, I'm still not losing weight. I'm still not getting the results I want because you're eating all the time. You're always eating. Like when you think, "Oh, I don't really eat that much." No, it's not that you don't eat that much. It's that you're consistently eating. It's not about how much you're eating. It's about how often you're eating. And if you're eating all the freaking time, your body's never going to get the chance to recover and restore properly. That's why most guys always feel stressed or they always feel like they're not who they're supposed to be. Out of energy. out of energy because they're always eating. And so how we start off our clients where we have a client named Riley who's lost 46 pounds in the last month and a half. The only thing that we had him do was stop eating after 8:00 p.m. and then 8 a.m. the next day. And then over time the times start to change a little bit. And that's where more one-on-one coaching comes in. But just for the first month and a half, he's down 46 pounds. He does the elliptical, does a little bit of the treadmill work, and he doesn't eat after 800 p.m. And then if you really want to take it to another level, this is where we started seeing crazy progress and the weight started dropping off even faster and how it can drop off even faster for you. And I'm talking 5 lbs every other day is you just push that fasting time a little bit longer. And for us, when I was 350 lbs, I'll be honest, I wasn't always that hungry in the morning, but I was just so used to eating. I was just so addicted, I guess you could say, to feeling full and feeding my body with food, even though I didn't want it at the time. It's just you don't say no to food. It's right in front of you. It's you always got to eat it. And so, what this fasting will do for you is it'll teach you that you don't always need to eat. That your body will literally survive if you can go you can go 72 hours without food easily, especially if you're over 300 lbs. Even today, we could go over 72 hours without eating. We won't die. A lot of people think that they're going to die or that they're going to miss out on something or their life is just going to who knows what happens at the end of, you know, not eating for so long. I'm going to get sick. And it's like, dude, if you're over 300 lbs, you are not going to die if you miss a meal. You are not going to die if you don't eat for 24 hours or 12 hours. And so, what we started doing to really extend this fast, and at the time, we didn't even know it was fasting. We're just like, we're not hungry right now. We don't need to eat anything. we need to feel genuinely hungry in order for us to eat was we'd push that time till around 12:00 p.m. So just eating lunch and then you stop eating around 5 6:00 at night and you just shorten that window of ability to eat food. If your first thing in the morning is like I need to eat food. It's not that you're losing weight, you're addicted to food and you're not. You don't need to continuously eat. 12:00 p.m. to 6 p.m. is the next level of that. And that's where I'm talking about. You'll start losing five pounds every other day if you are doing the elliptical machine as well. Don't expect to just start fasting and then not exercise and start seeing results like we're talking about where you're losing 20 pounds a month. Not going to happen. You need to do both of them. And it's a lot easier than you think. When you get rid of all the noise, when you get rid of all the distractions and the things that you think you need to do, and you just focus on these two things, the elliptical machine and fasting, you will start changing your life very quick. Very quick. Yeah. And you're not going to be too skinny. Like right now, I'm at 193 pounds, and I don't feel too skinny. I feel extremely healthy. I feel mentally sharp. I feel focused. I feel light. I feel energetic. The reason why is because I let go of that belief of if I lose weight too fast, I'll get too skinny. If you're over 300 lbs, getting too skinny is the least of your worries. So far away from where you're at right now. It's it's the absolute least of your worries. And you won't even get too skinny because you wouldn't allow yourself to get too skinny. You Let me ask you this. If you got down to 200 lb, do you think that you'd be like, "You know what? Let me lose another 50 so I can get to 150 pounds and be too skinny." You wouldn't even get to that point. It's literally harder to get too skinny than it is to lose 100 pounds. Exactly. It takes so much more like act it takes hard work to become too skinny than the easy work that it takes to lose 100 pounds. So, using that nutrition guide of not eating after 8 PM and then eventually as you start to lose more weight, you take it from 12 to 6 PM. You start your first meal at 12:00 p.m. You have your last meal by 6 p.m. That takes away all of the decision fatigue. You don't have to make decisions late at night. You don't have to make decisions early in the morning. You already know in your set schedule like this is my standard. These are my decisions. That's just how I operate. And you'll realize really quickly, you can eat more food when you have a window of time that you're allowed uh that you're allotted to eat. So for me right now, I only eat from 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. It makes my life so much easier. I don't have to think about food. It makes the food choices that I make way cleaner, way better for me. And when 5:00 hits, I'm basically free to do whatever I want. I can spend time with my family and I don't think about food. I can go out and enjoy time with my brother and, you know, other family members. That's really all we do is hang out with family, spend quality time, and I don't have to think about food. And with that, like, I get my workout done early in the morning, and I don't eat in the morning. I'm just thinking about my workout. I get my work done, and then by 1 p.m. essentially, I've lived a lifetime by the time I'm able to eat. And so, it just makes life that much easier. The food you eat is a lot cleaner, but most importantly, it takes away the decision fatigue. You don't have to make a ton of decisions in your head. You've made that decision. You've come to the conclusion that this is how I operate. And it just makes life easy for you. So, that second piece is the nutrition along with doing the hour of elliptical per day. And I already know the question you're asking inside your mind, which you don't even need to be asking questions. You just need to do what we're doing or we're telling you to do because it'll work. And then you'll start getting to the answers yourself that you already have in your mind. But since we're here now, I'll tell you exactly what I know you're thinking. You're probably thinking, "How much do I eat? How much food am I supposed to eat between that 1:00 p.m. and that or that 12:00 p.m. and that 6 p.m. window or from that 8 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. window?" The answer is very simple. And let me think about it for a second. How much food should you eat? Eat less than what you normally do. Yeah. Well, because simple as that. Eat less than you normally do. Because if you were one of our clients, we spend a lot of our time and energy like really dialing this in for you if you are an actual client where we give you the specific number on how much you should be eating. But if you're just watching this on YouTube and you're thinking, "Okay, you're giving me the information. How much should I be eating?" Less than you normally do. I mean, if you're used to eating, you know, three chicken sandwiches in a day, cut it down to one. And if you're used to, man, eating a bunch of ground beef and ground you know, you're eating a bunch of vegetables and you know, you just eat like what your your wife would make, right? Like if you're eating tacos and you eat six tacos at one time, cut it down to three tacos. Like it makes it very simple. It's just less than what you're normally eating right now. That's how you're still going to get the results. And the cool part about it is when you start fasting, you won't even be able to eat that much food in the first place. Man, your stomach gets smaller. You just genuinely cannot you you don't want to feel full. Like you don't want to feel gross. And so when we say like you'll get the answers yourself when you start doing the fasting and you cut out that time from ending from eating and have that window for you. You'll start coming to your own conclusions like man you look at food different. You look at your old portions and be like damn like I don't even I genuinely can't even eat all of that food. So let me make this plate just a little bit smaller and you eat that. And then right afterwards you don't start thinking let me go back for seconds or thirds or fourths or whatever you usually do. You just say let me eat that. let me drink some water and let me sit for 10 minutes before I even decide to eat more food. You just let your body digest what you have. You take a break. You get busy doing something else. And before you know it, you don't want to eat seconds. You don't want to eat thirds because you'll be so you'll feel gross and you'll feel full and like to a point where you don't even want to do anything else for the rest of the day. And if you're one of our clients, you have tons of to do dur during the day, you can't even afford to eat, feel gross, and like checked out for the day. So, that's what we would recommend for you when it comes to fasting, how much you should eat. Eat less than you normally do. Yeah. Eat less than you normally do. You'll have way more energy. You'll feel more clear and life just gets better for you overall when you eliminate all the other decisions and you just make one simple decision with the way that you eat. Now, the third pillar that we operate on and how we've always operated on and how we help transform our clients lives, how this will work for you having the right accountability. Now, when we say accountability, your wife isn't your accountability. She's going to love you exactly how you are. You provide for the household. You make sure that everybody's fed. You make sure that everybody has a place to sleep. She's completely fine with that. If anything, she's going to make it harder for you to lose weight because she's so allowing of you being who you currently are. Although, in order to become the person that you know you want to be, the man that you desire to be when you look in the mirror, it comes down to having the right accountability. Angelo made a post on it earlier on our Instagram about the moment that he almost decided to quit on his weight loss journey. And ultimately it's because he saw me losing weight and he drew the inspiration from me and together we have been able to lose over 300 lbs combined. So when you have somebody who's on the same journey as you, when you have somebody who can keep you accountable, somebody who can help you call out your blind spots because whether you like it or not or whether you know it or not, you have blind spots that you can't see by yourself. And we do too. Yeah. And so do we. In order to have somebody who can see those, you need that third sense of accountability. Not just with your friends at work, not just with your wife, but people and a coach or coaches who have been in your position before who can guide you in the right direction. And you might be thinking, "Oh, like I could do it myself. I can I I know what I've done. I've been at 200 lb before. I've been at 250 lbs before. I remember the lifestyle I was living. I know I could do it. I just need to ball up my fist and suck it up and be a man and get it done myself when nobody in the entire planet has ever been able to do that. So why do you think you would be able to do it? Jesus Christ himself didn't go around preaching by himself. He had people with him. He had Apostle Paul. He had his disciples. He had all these people with him. Why do you think having a person next to you that's genuinely on the same mission doing the same things themselves? How is that how could that possibly be a bad thing? having extra support. That is where we have seen the biggest difference in our clients and in oursel is when you have somebody that's showing up with you. Because yes, there will be times you do not want to do it. There will be days, weeks even where it just feels like you're going through the motions and it sucks. That's life. But the cool part about it is that if you have somebody that's doing it with you, they might not be in the same mindset as you. They might not be in the same frame of thinking that you are in the moment. where in the moment you might have had or a week you just had a tough week at work and things were coming up and it's just constant stress, constant pressure and there's no way that you just can make it to the gym that day is what you'll tell yourself. But if you have somebody else who isn't going through that who also has their own life but is still showing up with a positive attitude like you know what as much as I've had a stressful day at work or stressful week or whatever it is they're still showing up. That shows you that your excuses and your justifications aren't real either because they're doing it as well. And it's not because they're better than you. And it's not because they have more mental strength or they have more superpowers than you. They are just going to show up because they're committed. They're inspired by the goal. And they see you doing it. Says like, you know what? Let me show up because I think he's going to be showing up to the gym that day. I don't want to be the one missing out. And then you check in on that person. And they might not even feel like doing it, but because you guys have this agreement together that you're doing it, you show up. You do the things necessary. There were times Calvin would be going to the gym and we had the same exact day. Damn near. We went we worked at the same place. We went to the same school or college at the time. Like we had all the same things going on in life. And there would be days where he's going to the gym and I didn't feel like doing it. But as soon as he's about to walk out the door, he'd ask me one more time, do you want to go to the gym? And I just couldn't allow him to see him go out there without me. go out and do something hard without me without feeling like I'm I'm I'm guilty of something. So, I said, "You know what? I'm going to do it as well. I'm gonna show just wait right there. Let me grab my shoes. I'll be there in 10 seconds." Run into the room, throw on a t-shirt, throw on some shorts, get my shoes on. Let's go to the gym together. Those workouts ended up being some of the best workouts because you're just thinking at the gym, damn, like we could have just stayed home today. We could have not done anything. We would have felt so bad afterwards. I'm so glad that I came today. Because you never had a bad workout. You never got to the gym, you exercised, and you're like, man, I wish I didn't do that. But you only feel that level of regret when you don't do anything. And so having somebody that's supportive of you, having somebody that's an outsider that's typically, again, it's like more of a male, not even I don't want to say male because you can have women pe women keeping you accountable. can have tons of different things, but it has to be in the frame of like a coach or somebody that's doing the journey as well. Somebody that's already got their on point and you just follow suit with what they're doing. And you surround yourself with people like that, it's impossible to fail. You surround yourself with five fit people and you're the one unhealthy one, you're going to become fit 100%. And if you're watching this right now and you're like, you see all of these people, you see these guys taking off their shirt when they're at the beach out on vacation and you're like, man, like they must have the shortcut. Well, thankfully what we just gave you from guys who have been over 300 lb is the exact shortcut. So, as long as you do the three things that we just covered, there is going to be that moment for you within the next six months. Summertime rolls around, you're on the beach, you're sitting in the sand, toes wiggling around, you might have the kids running around, or you may be by yourself or you and the wife. And you have and you have your shirt off, you have abs. You're looking down. You can see the definition in your stomach. You can see lines in your stomach. And you're looking around and you're asking yourself, "Man, what did I wait so long for?" It starts right now. Summer bodies start in the winter. Mhm. And so if you actually want to have that type of body, we just gave you the shortcut to losing over 100 lbs in the next 6 months, guaranteed. Don't watch any other videos after this, if you just go and do what we told you, you'll be thanking us in 6 months. That's exactly right. And with that being said, guys, if you need more help on your weight loss journey, you want to know, man, how do your guys' clients lose weight so fast? How do they accomplish their dream body? But most importantly, man, I just want to lose this weight and keep it off for the rest of my life. I'm tired of the back and forth. We have we have the solution for you. We've already solved this problem for 1,200 other men. And if you want to be the next one, click the link in the description below and fill out our application. We'll be reaching out to you to see if we can help.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2025-09-21 Views: 120 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2XtEh23PM7k Runtime: 9 min 9 sec (1,966 words) The script, as delivered on camera Indecision is the root cause of all failure. Now, I know most people will say, "Oh, no. It's because I I didn't have the right avenue. I didn't have the right plan or I didn't have the right strategy. I didn't have all these external things that come up as to the reason why someone's not successful." But you got to think about it like this. If Elon Musk was indecisive about starting his businesses, he wouldn't have done eight businesses before he finally landed on Tesla or nine or whatever the number is. Most people are just always stuck in analysis paralysis. They're stuck paralyzed by fear of the future, sometimes even fear of success. And you have to ask yourself, me staying in this terrible situation. Like imagine the house is on fire when it comes to your weight loss journey. You're in a burning house. Like if you're over 300 lb, you're in a burning house. If you stay in this burning house, what's going to happen if I don't move, if I don't change, if I don't do anything, more of the same, more weight gain, more unhappiness, more lack of confidence. In fact, most people think that, hey, if I just wait another year and try to figure this out to lose weight, I'll be in the same position. But are you in the same position as you were last year? Do you weigh the same amount? If you didn't do anything this year, you probably weigh more weight. You probably are heavier than you were last year. And so ask yourself, am I willing to go through another year of doing the same things over and over again hoping for a different result? Everybody's heard the saying, doing the same thing twice or like doing the same thing over and over again expecting a different result is the definition of an insanity, right? And so if you keep doing things that are not making the needle move forward, if you're not seeing results, if you're not making a change and you're staying stagnant, hoping and praying that one day you're going to wake up in the best possible shape, it's never going to happen. The time's never perfect to do this. I remember when I was 350 lbs, it took me six months. Six months, which you guys might think that's not a long time. That's a [ __ ] long time. Think back to whatever six months ago was. January, February, March, April, May, June, July, August, September. What's that? Like April or some [ __ ] Long ass time ago. 6 months. Remember April? It took me 6 months to finally decide to lose weight after I had already seen my brother lose 50 lbs. I was the one s like being there like, "Oh man, you're not going to lose weight. There's no way this is going to be sustainable. You're not going to keep this off, man. you're just going to come right back to being fat like me and it's all going to be for nothing. Come to find out, my brother lost 50 lbs and kept it off for like the whole entire semester while we were in our in in school. And I was like, "Holy crap." Like, he has lost the weight. Now there's no excuse for me anymore. If he can do it, I can do it, too. And you know what's the crazy part about seeing somebody get results that are in the same position as you is that you operate faster and you get to the results faster than they did because now you're make you're learning from their mistakes. But most importantly is you have this drive. You have this motivation that can carry you through all the tough times that that person had to deal with and didn't have the proper resources to do that. Now you know what to do. Now you know how to get there faster. So, if you're a person that's been hesitant on losing weight, you've been thinking about doing it, but for some reason you can't get yourself to take action, this is the thought process you need to think over. First question you need to ask is, what's going to happen if I stay the same? Okay, now think about that like, okay, let's fast forward 3 to 6 months. If I stay in the same position, what's going to happen? Well, I'll probably gain more weight. I probably have more back pain. I probably will jump up in another sized t-shirt. And put yourself in that position now because that future version of you is giving you guidance on the actions to take now. So that future version would be like, "Okay, no, just stay stagnant. Stay in the same position." The one that's, you know, gaining more weight, stay in the same position. Keep eating that food. Don't lose weight. Don't get a coach. Don't get help. Stay in the same position. Now you're living like that guy. But if you want to be the person that loses weight, now fast forward. What happens in 3 to 6 months if I [ __ ] pull this off? If I really lose weight and I stay consistent and I get the results, like what's going to happen? Well, I'm going to be more confident. I'm going to be healthier. I'm going to be happier. People are going to look at me with like a sense of admiration and respect. People are going to be giving me compliments all the time. My clothes like my pants, they don't have to rub up in the middle. I got those wedgies. I don't got to pick my t-shirts anymore. I can, you know, say no to foods. I'm going to have this level of discipline and this level of joy when I go to sleep at night knowing that I'm doing everything possible to become the best version of myself. And like think about that in 3 6 months if that does happen. What would that guy do right now? What would that person do in this moment to be in that position? Now, of course, there's going to be trials and tribulations. There's going to be difficulties along the way. No one's saying it's going to be easy, but it's going to be hard either way. It's going to be hard to get to where you want to go, but the payoff is much better. Or it's going to be hard if you don't do anything and you stay in the same position and you keep feeling the same emotions that you're feeling now 3 to 6 months now. It's going to be harder. It's probably going to be 10 times harder because now you have to live with the regret. Right now you might not even feeling be feeling a level of regret. Probably have because you've been overweight for a long time. But now you're going to be dealing with a level of regret that like that's on top of all the the pain that you're feeling from being overweight. And so my best suggestion to you, if you're in the moment of like being hesitant on losing weight, take the first step, whatever that is, hire the coach, go to the gym, get around people that you see are fit, and just be in that energy because the energy is going to dictate who you become. The energy of the fat person that gains more weight, or the energy of the person that's in much better shape and a happier, healthier, confident version. Those are two paths that you can choose. Which one do you want? You are left with the choice, the free will to do whatever you want. Live with those outcomes though. Do I want to be in this awesome position or do I want to be in a worse position? It sounds like an obvious decision. It sounds like an obvious choice to pick to make. But most people never do it because they don't believe that this is possible yet and they don't believe this is possible yet. But if we look at history, if we look at your history and we say, "Okay, what have I already been operating as? What are the decisions that I have made that can give me some validation as to if these two things are going to work out? Well, if you thought about losing weight five months ago and five months went by and you didn't lose any weight, you stayed in the same position. You you stayed hesitant just like you were back then, do you weigh more? And is your lifestyle quality and the way you feel about yourself even worse? It's probably worse. So, extrapolate that to another 3 to 6 months in the future. If this keeps going on again, I'm going to experience the same thing in 3 to 6 months. Now, take it back to a time where you were successful, where you did lose weight and you just made the decision. You didn't think twice. You didn't keep secondguessing yourself and you took immediate action. You stopped. You lost weight. You probably lost 20, 30 lbs. Sometimes I've seen people lose like 70 to 100 pounds and they got to a position where they were happy with themselves and like, "Fuck, this is possible. I can do it." But then they gave up. They went back because they didn't stay true to that. They got there and for some reason, maybe along the way, they did it in a way that wasn't sustainable and they didn't like the process. They thought it was too hard. They gained it back. That's the problem of doing it the wrong way. But if you work with us, you see we've done it the right way because in the last 5 years, I've cracked the code, man. I figured it out. I know who I want to be. I make decisions based like that guy and I get his results. It's that simple. Me filming this video right now is proof of that. I know that the more videos I make on YouTube, it's going to grow the channel, which is going to grow us our visibility, which is going to get us more clients, which is more money. One of my goals is to make my business make more money. So that's why I'm doing this video because again, I know that that version of me would be doing this right now. So I'm doing the actions to get there and you will see in 3 to 6 months from now, I'm going to be in a better position. I'm going to have more opportunities because I'm doing the things necessary to get there. I'm not going to stay stagnant. I'm not going to second guess. Oh, is this do I need to film a YouTube video right now? No, I'm going to take action. And this thought process is what I learned on the weight loss journey. And you won't get that until you start taking action and start seeing results. I'm so sold and proven on this belief system that I know it works, which is why I am where I am today. Grown an Instagram account from zero followers to 260,000. Tik Tok to 2 0 to 2.8 million. YouTube from 0 to 50 something,000. 60,000. I don't know the number, but um it's proof that the more work you put in, the more results you get. And so decide which outcome you want in your life and make the decisions necessary to get there. Thanks for watching.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-02-13 Views: 115 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IHEcoTy195M Runtime: 24 min 48 sec (5,424 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's going on, fellas? My name's Angelo. My name's Calvin. We are the Vision Twins, and we lost a combined 300 lb. Now, it's our life mission to show guys who were just like us exactly how to do the same thing. In this video, we are going to explain to you guys the scientific method on how to lose weight. This cannot be debunked. This cannot be broken by any rules. If you weigh over 300 lb, this video is going to help you tremendously. There is two parts to this video. Phase one, we're going to talk about, hey, like what exactly are you even doing on a weight loss journey? And then the second part, we're going to explain to you how to actually see results on your journey. And it's very simple to follow, you guys. Yeah. So, like Angelo said, we're doing the how-to in phase one. And on the back side, we got the calories, we got the workouts, we got the fun part that Calvin will be taking himself. But before we jump into this video, fellas, if you're over 300 lb and you have been stuck at this weight for a long period of time, we're talking 5 10 20 years, then we help guys just like you. The good news is you don't have to stay stuck because we've developed a method that helped us lose over 300 lb combined and it's been replicated for guys just like you time and time again. So, before we jump in, guys, if you're looking for help on your weight loss journey and you want to make it stick, you want this to be the last time that you ever have to go on a weight loss journey in your life, click the link in our description below, and apply for our one-on-one coaching. We do not take on everybody. This is only for guys who are serious, ready to invest in themselves, are not willing to waste any more time, and ready to take action to get the results that they've been waiting for their entire life. So, with that being said, let's jump into the video. Awesome. Let's do it. So, the topic of this first part of the video is how to lose weight. And so, in this section, we're going to see you, you see this little, you know, nice handsome man right here that I drew with the whiteboard markers. This is exactly what your body looks like. And we're going to zoom in and out every once in a while so you guys can fully see what we're talking about here. And on the right, we have a legend. Right on the legend right here, we talk about skeletal mass, muscle mass, fat mass, and your organs. These three or these four things right here make up the total weight that you have on your body. So, if you weigh 330 lbs, that means that your body is broken down into your skeletal mass, which is your bones, your muscle mass, which is your muscles, your fat mass, which is what we're trying to lose here, the fat on your body, and then your organs. Your organs make up about 10 to 15% of your body weight. So, that's not even anything to worry about. What you're here for with the main gist of what you want to know is how do I lose the fat, right? How do I lose the blue stuff on my body? So, as you guys can see, the skeletal mass is in black. The muscle mass is in red and the fat mass is in blue. We're going to explain to you guys how to lose the blue stuff because you [clears throat] don't want to lose the red stuff on your weight loss journey. All right, so just an example again. Say a man that weighs 330 lbs. His skeletal mass is 50 lb. His muscle mass, all the red stuff right here, is 130 lb. The blue stuff is his fat mass, which is 120 lb. And then his organs weigh about 30 lb. This is what you should understand your body looks like. skeleton, muscle, fat. We're trying to lose the fat. And so, let's get into how to actually lose the fat. All right, let's flip this thing around. All right, good work. Good work. Beautiful. All right, we told you guys weight loss happens fast. You just got to be involved. You got to be tuned in. You have to be focused. You got to be paying attention. And that's exactly what we're covering here. So, we can get into the kind of the most important part when people say they struggle on their weight loss journey is the food, right? What do I eat? What do I need to be eating? But before we even get into that, we should understand the background of it, right? What is a calorie deficit in the first place? And so, in this part of this video, we're going to explain to you guys how do I actually lose weight? It comes down to two things. All right? Your calorie deficit and your exercise. I'm going to say this again. The only way for you to lose weight on a weight loss journey is through a calorie deficit and exercise. And for a second, I want to pause and talk about a lot of ways that people put themselves into a calorie deficit without even knowing it. Those shots that you're putting into your stomach, not you cuz you're a man and you have balls, but people that are putting shots into the stomach that makes their appetite suppressed means that they're focusing solely on the calorie deficit. Doesn't mean that they're doing the exercise because they could do that all day long. You could put the manaro, the ompic, all this into your body and it'll make your appetite go away, which will make you lose weight, but then you're going to also look like a flabby sack of because you're not exercising. You're not actually making your body look good in the process. You don't want to just lose a bunch of fat and then be stuck there with, you know, flabby arms and skinny You want to build some muscle, too. And let's not even mention what it does to the inside of your body, right? Not just on how you look, but what is actually going on on the inside. Man, we've had stories of guys joining our program who have used the shots before and really just their liver is all messed up, their appetite's ruined, kidneys are up, kidneys are failing, and they're trying to eat like they used to and try to work out like they used to, but really the insides of their body is so messed up because they were taking those shots that took the natural life out of them. It took how they felt. It took their natural synchronicity out out of their bodies. And so what we do here guys, we take a holistic approach, which means that we focus on the calorie deficit. We focus on the exercise, but we also focus on how we feel, right? That's super important. Your feelings are going to dictate everything that you do in this life. If you feel like taking out the trash, you're going to take out the trash. If you feel like going to look in your fridge, you're going to look in your fridge. If you feel like whipping up some food, you're going to whip up some food. Everything that you do in life stems from how you feel. So, we focus very very uh important importantly on how we feel during this process. If you're feeling good, you're looking good. If you're looking good, you're playing good. And if you're playing good, I'm sure my athletes know they pay good. They pay good. All right, so let's get into it. So, the calorie deficit. All right, this is the left side of this portion right here. A calorie deficit. What the is a calorie deficit? I'm sure you see it all over Instagram, social media, Tik Tok, YouTube. People are talking about, "Hey, the only way to lose weight is being in a calorie deficit." but they don't actually go into detail of what the a calorie deficit is. So, this is exactly what a calorie deficit looks like for a man that wants to lose 100 pounds. You can see on the top right corner above Calvin's head, your guys' left right side of the screen, lose 100 lbs. This is what the gist of this video is. So, a calorie deficit. All right, to help you understand this, you have to understand what is a calorie and how much does it weigh in order for me to lose weight. 3500 calories equals one pound of body fat. Let's flip this around again really quick to show them what the body fat looks like. All the blue all the stuff that you want to lose, in order to be able to lose that, you have to be in a calorie deficit. All right, now let's switch it back around. Beautiful. Okay, so 3500 calories equals one pound of fat. Now, it's very important that you know what your tde is. Your tde is your calories needed to maintain your weight. So for instance, if you weigh 330 pounds, your TDE, I'm just throwing a number out there because it's different for everybody, right? This is different for everybody, your TDE, and you can find this on a website called TDE calculator. It's free. You just put in your information, your height, weight, age, activity level, and it'll give you a number of how many calories you need to eat every single day to maintain your weight. So, for example, say your tde is 3,450 calories. That means that you need to eat 3,450 calories every single day to maintain weighing 330 lbs. Most people do that by lunchtime. Sometimes they're even overeating, right? Cuz if you go out to if you go out to McDonald's, right, you get a breakfast sandwich, a hash brown, and a a drink. That alone right there is probably 1,200 to,500 calories. And you're not going to be full off that. So, an hour or two hours later, you're going to go get a bag of chips. Okay, boom. That's another 600 calories. Now, we're at 1,800 something calories. Then you have your lunch. And your lunch is typically something that you might be door dashing and or you you're bringing something from home. That's or at lunch or you're going to Chick-fil-A. We haven't even mentioned dinner time, right? You're getting two Chick-fil-A sandwiches, some waffle fries, you're adding the sauces on top of that. You get a drink. Man, you're just overboarding yourself with calories. So, you're easily surpassing 300 3,450 calories on a daily basis and you're not even thinking about it. That's why inside of our program, we really show you and teach you how to track your calories. Because if you're not tracking, you're slacking. And the last thing that you need to that last thing you can afford to be doing on a weight loss journey is slacking if you're trying to lose this weight. But most importantly, keep it off for good. Yeah. And so, again, that's just to maintain your weight. Now, like Calvin said, if you're getting those two chicken sandwiches, some waffle fries, and a lemonade, that alone is 2,000 calories. So, now we're at 3,800 calories. And then you go on to, you know, get dinner. And you might even skip out on dinner or maybe have something crazy at dinner time. Now, you're easily at 5,000 calories. All right, that is how you gain weight by eating more than your t. So, if you eat 3,490 calories, you're going to gain weight, albeit very slowly, but you're gaining weight because it's above what you need to maintain your weight every single day. And with that, you're going to not just like to Chick-fil-A, but then going home. Most people aren't skipping out on dinner. We just got to call that out. You go to take your wife to dinner. We got Valentine Valentine's Day right around the corner. You're taking her out to eat. You've already had tons of food the day before or that day. And you haven't worked out yet, which we got to. You haven't even exercised. you haven't done anything to burn this. So, you're easily gaining weight day by day without even realizing it. Yeah. And that's the importance of needing to make sure you know what goes into your body every single day. It is impossible to lose weight unless you're like just keeping this mental calculator in your brain, which is very difficult to do of, oh, this chicken sandwich is 600 calories and then I had a lemonade that's 200. Now, you're playing this guessing game and you never actually know with certainty how to lose the weight. And that's the whole point of losing weight is you want it to be predictable. You want it to be sustainable. You want to know what the you're doing and how much weight you can expect to lose every single time. This video isn't going to explain that. So, like we said, 3,450 calories. Kind of went through that whole thing, but say you burn 700 calories because you actually got off your ass and worked out that day. You burn 700 calories. How do you track that? You get an Apple Watch, you get a Fitbit, you wear an Aura ring, you do something that at least tracks your calories. Now, we always know none of that is always accurate, but it's a good representation for you to know like, hey, how many calories am I burning per day if you don't know how many calories you're burning per day? You won't know how much weight you're supposed to lose. So, again, you have to track everything on your weight loss journey. If you don't give a enough to like look at your phone after you work out and see how many calories you burned or even open up your phone before you eat and input what you're doing, you're never going to lose weight. You don't care enough. Yeah. Literally, just swipe off this video now. You don't give a enough. If you don't care enough to at least check your phone and see how many calories you burn, how many steps you got, if you can't take those simple steps, then this video is not for you. But if you are up for the challenge and you are willing to take on this endeavor of bettering your life, [clears throat] then like what Angelo is saying, take the a little bit extra time to track your calories and like we said, the Apple watches, man, get yourself an Apple Watch Ultra 3. I'm telling you, these things are Yeah. Look how beautiful this thing is, man. Stop selling Apple. Stop. Stop selling Apple Watch, bro. Beautiful, man. We're talking about the coaching today. All right. So, let's go. Back to what we're talking about. Say you burn 700 calories from exercise. Got my little fire sign. All right. And then you only ate 3,000 calories that day. How old am I supposed to eat only 3,000 calories? Well, you track it. You make sure that when you make your lunch in the morning or or you make your lunch, you're meal prepping or whatever you're eating that you read the calorie label on what it says and you make sure that you eat just enough to get 3,000 calories for the day. Say this is you're doing it right. And 3,000 calories is a lot of food if you really think about it. Like that's two 1500 calorie meals. That's two large combos. You can do it. All right. So, say you only eat 300 or 3,000 calories. Now, your total deficit, right? Let's let's repeat this again. 3500 calories equals one pound of fat to lose it. Your TTE is the calories needed to maintain weight. Your TTE, as an example in this video, is 3,450 calories. You burn 700 calories from exercise. All right? You only ate 3,000 calories. Now, what we're going to do here is we're going to subtract. We're going to do a little bit of math. Okay? Not multiplication or division. Literally, just subtraction. you subtract 3,700 from 3,450. That means that you're in a deficit of 1,150 calories because your body needed 3,450 to maintain itself during the day, but you burned 700, which means you lost it. So now you're at like a net of 2, what's that? 2,800 600. What's 450US 700? Quick math. 3450 minus 700. 2750 calories. All right. Then you burn another 3,000. All right. So now again, your deficit for the day is 1,150 calories. Easy to understand. 3450US 3,000, which is a pound, minus 700 is what you burned. You're in a deficit of 1,150 calories. Over the course of seven days, you burn 8,50 calories. If you maintain this schedule and you do it consistently, you track every day. You do your workouts, you will lose 2.3 lbs per week, guaranteed. That is the math behind it. Every human in that sense works the same. A 3500 calories is a pound for everybody. So, all you have to do is understand that, hey, 1,150 calories. I do that times seven days. That's 8,50 calories that I burned this week. I was in a deficit of 8,50 calories this week. Not very difficult when you track your food and track your workouts. You lost 2.3 lbs this week. That's very sustainable. Like you could do that for an entire month. You should lose about 10 lbs easily cuz you really ate 3,000 calories. That's still a lot of food. Now, if we even went deeper on this, say you wanted to lose 20 pounds, just do double this. Just burn more calories during your workout. do 1,400 calories during your workout and only eat 2,000 calories. I don't know the numbers off the top of my head, but that's a bigger deficit. The number over the course of one week is going to be bigger, which means that you'll lose more weight because you divide 3500 divided by this number right here, and that's how you get the total amount of pounds you'll lose. And we simple, very simple. And we really ramped this up inside of our program in one-on-one coaching. So, if you want more one-on-one support with this for you personally, not just a more generalized example, then click the link in the description below and we'll be reaching out to you to see if we can help. So, that's fat. That means you lost fat, which we're trying to do, that blue that we were talking about earlier. That is how you lose the blue stuff off your body. But we don't want to lose the red stuff, okay? We don't want to lose the red stuff. We'll explain in another video how you don't lose the red stuff in this process, but right now we're just talking about overall weight. How to lose the weight. All right. All right. So, now to the fun part. You've been waiting and I've been waiting to give this to you. So, here we go. The exercise month one through five. And back up a little bit. 90% cardio six times per week. Strength training 10% one time per week. And now a lot of guys that we speak with, they have this common misconception when they get started that they need to lift a ton of weights in order to lose weight. But this is just general advice that you hear from your local bodybuilder who has never struggled with who has never been fat in his life. And so for us, we don't want to be fat anymore, right? That's the bottom line. We want to lose the weight. We want to keep it off forever. Right? That's what you want. That's what we solve here. Cardio 90%, strength training 10%. And if you need more cardio workouts, we post a ton of savable workouts that you can find on our Instagram page. So in the link in the description for free, you can find the Instagram workouts. We have uh we have an array of YouTube workouts here as well that you can go back, replay, set up on your computer, your laptop, your TV, and you can play the workout doing it from the comfort of your own home. So you don't have to take many steps in order to lose a ton of weight in a short amount of time. So you needed to be doing cardio 90% of your week. So that's six days per week. Strength training 10% one time per week. And that can be in the gym. And if you don't know what strength training workouts to do, we cover that more in depth inside of our one-on-one coaching. And that's months one through five. So your first month through the fifth month of your weight loss journey. If you're trying to lose 100 pounds, focus on doing cardio 90% of the time. That means you do that six times per week. You can do that in six days. You can do that in three days. Doesn't matter. You just got to do it six times per week. Same thing with the strength training. You just do that one time per week. All right, simple math. Now, this is where it gets a little bit tedious and a little bit boring. When you first start out, months one through five, you're having fun. You're losing a bunch of weight. You're losing a bunch of weight. You're wearing new clothes size. Everything's peachy. But when we get to months 5 through 8, that's when it gets a lot more tedious because now you're learning a lot more. Now you're becoming wiser. Now you're becoming more aware and intentional on how your body moves. And we really start tightening things up, especially with the food side. and the workout side. So, with the cardio, it's 70%. So, we're tailoring those workouts down to five days per week on cardio. The strength training, we're doing 30% of your entire week. That's two times per week. So, notice how we're dropping down a day in cardio, which is going to feel like a big difference at first. You're going to be like, "Oh my gosh, I'm not really like losing as much weight or I'm not burning as much as I want to." That's because we need to preserve the muscle that we mentioned before. You don't want to lose all the muscle. You want to have some some muscle underneath. Yeah. You don't want to be a saggy flap of right? Cuz the first part of losing weight when you're 330 lbs, dude, you can't see any muscle anyways. You got man boobs, big ass stomach, love handles, no arms, no body, no veins. Yeah. So, you want to lose 50, you want to lose like 50 lbs before you ever start touching the weight because you can't even see it in the first place. And there's still plenty of real estate on your body when you're at 280 lbs to build muscle. Exactly. So, in order to preserve the muscle and in order to actually lose a lot of weight in a short amount of time, months 5 through 8 is when we tailor down the workouts from the cardio, 5 days per week, strength training, 30%. And over months 5 through eight, right, that's 90 days. That's a a a that's a huge amount of difference between 6 days per week and 5 days per week, right? We're taking a day off every single week. I mean, you're going to notice your body's changing a lot more. It's really getting tight. It's really tightening up as you get to month the end of month eight and you won't notice a big change. I mean, you'll still notice a change on the scale because five times per week of running and doing elliptical machine and treadmill and all that you'll still see the number change. You're going to notice a lot of weight loss, too, but it's not going to be as drastic. It's not going to be that like 5 lbs per week or even sometimes 10 lbs per week like you would see in the beginning because again, you're losing more weight, so you have less to lose. Your TTE is going to change, right? This is all the part that we discuss in our coaching program. And if you don't want to deal with the headaches of all this, like we said, we take care of all this for you. So all you have to do is just show up and do the plan. You get the results that you want. But yeah, like we were saying, now months 5 through 8, cardio 70% of the time, five times per week, strength training 30% of the time, two times per week, 100%. Now months 8 through 12, this is where it gets fun again. This is where it gets exciting. This is where you get that day one energy from your the beginning of your weight loss journey. So, back to months 8 through 12, we get to take down the cardio. So, like your body is getting pretty beat up in terms of like how much stress you're putting on your body. For the cardio, now you're tailoring it down to three to four times per week. You can really do three times per week and see amazing results. And that's what all of our clients do. Can't skip this though. Can't skip month one through eight. It's only until you get to months 8 through 12. This is where a lot of people up, too. Have you ever noticed that you lost, you know, you went on a weight loss journey, you stayed consistent for 4 months, and then after that, you've kind of just like lost motivation. You're like, "Fuck, like, I'm tired of this. This is painful. Things aren't changing." It's because you weren't changing this side of it as well. But you also just got bored, man. You got tired of doing the same over and over again. So, you needed variety. And so, that's where when you have the right training program ahead of you, you know what you're going to be getting into. You know what's going to change eventually. You just got to push through that month five and things change for you. And you start building muscle. start looking different. You your clothes start fitting better. You can't skip this stuff though to get to months 8 through 12. You can't just come out doing 60% of cardio only three times a week and expect to see amazing results on day one. You're not it's not going to work, man. You got to really put in the ground work. And that's why a lot of people nowadays are so pissed off because they want overnight success on their weight loss journey when if you just did it the right way. You'd probably start seeing overnight success, but you're skipping steps. You're trying to do, you know, what people are doing at at my weight where I'm, you know, we're 195 and I'm 210 lbs. You're trying to do what we do now. It's totally different training program. But because we can do that, we did all this We've been through the journey. So, we're not skipping steps. You can't skip steps either. And this is exactly how you do it. Now, that day one energy begins on the day one of month 8. So, month 8 through 12, you're doing cardio 60%, strength training 40% two to three times per week. And this is where you really just get to see your body changing. Like yes, you see a lot of results here. You see like a little bit of you see a lot of the tedious small muscles. You start seeing veins come in. But at month 8 through 12, man, it's really all coming together. You start feeling like a brand you you are a brand new person really from day one because you you put your mindset there. You have that vision. But months 8 through 12, man, I mean, 60% cardio, strength training 40%. Like, you're you're building muscle. Your reps are way higher than they were from when you were back in high school. You're the strongest you've ever been. You're the fastest you've ever been. You look the best you've ever look look the best you've ever looked. But most importantly, you feel the best you've ever felt. So, if you can just map out yourself month one to month 12 and you can see beyond the finish line, you're going to run straight through that thing and the weight will no longer be a problem in your life. Yeah. And so, this video again was to break down how losing weight actually works. What's a calorie deficit? What is the exercise? What am I supposed to do? And again, this is very g general guidelines, but if you follow this, you'll still see results. We always like to say though that in order for you to get the exact results that you want, I'm talking if you're 330 lbs and you want to weigh 200 lb, you want to weigh 185 lbs, it this stuff is going to change along the way. And if you don't know what you're doing, you're going to get stuck right here at months 1 through five or, you know, 5 through eight and then quit on yourself again. And so in order for that to not happen, that's why we set up our coaching plan and our coaching program to help men just like you who want to change, who've done it probably a few times before but burnt out at month five and didn't know what to do next or maybe hit a plateau and then they ended up gaining the weight back actually keep that weight off, keep losing it, change the way that they look and stay consistent. That's the biggest thing, you guys. Staying consistent, having the right program ahead of you so you know what you're doing, know what you're getting yourself into. And if you don't have to worry about like all the numbers right here and all this stuff and if this even still seems confusing to you, which it shouldn't, it's pretty elementary, but if it is, that's where we come in. That's where we take care of all that for you because we've done it oursel. We've also helped over a,000 men lose 100 lbs. And we can damn sure help you as well. With that being said, guys, make sure to take a screenshot, save this video, share it with a friend, share it with somebody who needs to lose a lot of weight. And if that's you, again, apply for our weight loss coaching. The link is in our description below and only apply guys if you are willing to take on the journey. We don't want to work with everybody. We only want to work with guys who are serious, ready to invest in themselves and are done being stuck over 300 lb. So, if that is you and you feel that calling, you feel like, man, I just want to take this risk on myself. I I want to see what that best version of myself looks like. I I know he's inside of me. I know that dog is inside of me. I just want to bring him out, get around guys like us. And it's inevitable that you lose this weight and you keep it off for the rest of your life. See you in the next video. Peace.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2025-12-31 Views: 113 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YFzddBPw_pw Runtime: 13 min 16 sec (2,841 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's going on everybody? My name is Angelo. My name is Calvin. We are the Vision Twins and we lost a combined 300 pounds. Now it's our life mission to show the entire world how to do the same thing. And in this podcast, we are going to explain to you guys why smart men always end up failing on their weight loss journey. Specifically, if you're over 300 lb and you're a smart guy, you've probably failed multiple times on your weight loss journey. And in this podcast, we are going to explain exactly why you haven't seen results yet. Exactly right. And if you need more help on your weight loss journey or you have no idea where to start, you're a smart guy, 300 lb, but you don't know how to lose over 100 lbs and keep it off for good, click the link in the bio down below. Now, starting off this video, Angelo, you got the first piece of why these men are failing continuously if they're over 300 lb. Yeah. So, just a little bit of a background. Like we said earlier, we lost 300 lb combined ourselves. And so everything that we're going to be sharing in this podcast is a direct uh direct deriving it from our own experience and how this changed our life once we applied this type of stuff as well. So [music] number one is the reason why men that are over 300 lb and are smart are failing on their weight loss journey is because they're overthinking instead of executing. Smart men don't lack answers, they drown in them. And so they research instead of commit. They optimize instead of act and delay decisions waiting for the best plan. But here's the thing. You've done enough research on your weight loss journey. You've looked up the different diets. You've looked up the different workouts to do. You've tried all these different things in research, but you haven't actually executed on any of them yet. That is what is holding back I would say about 98% of men on their weight loss journey. You can go on Instagram, you can go on YouTube, you can go on Facebook, Tik Tok and look up all day long what's the best strategy to lose weight, what's the best X to do this when in general all of them will work. You just [music] have to start taking action on them. And so we're going to explain to you in the next part that Calvin's going to talk about why you haven't taken action yet. So Calvin, go ahead and share your next part. Yeah. So it really comes down to brain power versus willpower. And brain power is great if you run a business or you work in a business, right? Or you're trying to essentially grow inside of your career, develop different strategic relationships and networking opportunities, those things are great to have that brain power on who to call when you need this or who to text when you need this certain answer. But when it comes down to actually losing weight, it's a completely different ballgame. What you need is more willpower. And for right now, you don't have willpower in the application of your weight loss journey. And the reason why is because you don't have a system in place. And so, by the time you're getting off work, you have emails all responded to. You've [music] already dealt with the work stress. You've put the kids in bed by 7:00 p.m. And at the end of the day, you have no real allocation towards your weight loss journey. And the problem is is you can't just go and sit on the couch and expect to lose over 100 lb. What you've been doing before isn't going to get you to where you want to be. So obviously a new change has to happen in your life and that comes down to having the right system in place. Yeah. And so what we've been able to do and I have two kids, Angelo, uncle duties, right? Like we run our weight loss coaching program dealing with over a 100 clients at a time. And in order to do this, we have a certain system in place to where [music] no matter what happens externally in our life, using our brain power for different clients or for different networking opportunities, we still have our system in place designated for simply us where we take care of ourselves. And that comes in the first hour of the day where we're [music] not looking at notifications and we're just taking care of us. And that's where we're able to not only lose weight or just be in shape, but ultimately actually feel like we're fulfilled at the end of the day because we have the system in place to prioritize ourselves early in the morning. That way by 7:00 p.m. we have the time to do other things. We can go out on date nights with our wives and we don't have that guilt in the back of our mind on dang, did I take care of myself today? No, that's already been done first thing in the morning, so I'm not thinking about it late at night. Yeah. And that's so important, too, because when we were overweight, it was very easy to justify why we weren't seeing progress, especially in your situation, too. You might be saying, you know, this week was crazy. You know, I'll lock it in next week or in the start of the new year. I I'll get to it later on. There's always a reason why you can justify why you haven't taken action to take care of yourself. But once you start eliminating those excuses and having a system in place, you have no other option but to do what you were setting out to do the first time. And that's where the willpower comes in. So you don't think about your problems anymore. You're solving them. Again, you can think through solutions all day long in your business, in these conversations that you need to have with your your employees or your co-workers or your friends or your family, but that type of way of acting doesn't work on your weight loss journey. It's purely it's it's a visceral thing that needs to take place. And that's what you're missing on your weight loss journey. That's why you're so smart. Sometimes too smart for your own good. Why you haven't seen results because you haven't taken enough action yet. Yeah, 100%. Action is the cure to all anxiety. Anytime that I'm feeling like I am just sitting on the couch really and you find yourself scrolling or you find yourself not in a position where you you feel like you're in charge of your life, that's where anxiety comes in. And having the right system in place eliminates all that anxiety in your life, especially if you're over 300 lb because, you know, at the end of the day, you have that system in place that you can always fall back on when everything outside of your life seems like chaos. You know, man, I'm taking care of myself. I don't really care what happens outside of my life. I know I can handle it. I know I can address those things because I've taken care of me. Yeah. I love what you just said, too, that action is the cure to all anxiety. And there's another saying that we love to live by is action breeds more action. The same thing though goes with thinking though. Thinking breeds more thinking. [music] Whatever you start doing, you're going to keep doing more of it. And so when people ask us like how did I how did you start losing weight? Like it's been so hard for me. Well, we always say you're probably thinking too much and you're not doing enough action. Because if you take enough action, the things you've already thought about in the past, all the the information that you've read in the past, you can start acting on it. And then you start taking one step after the other and before you know it, you've made so much progress that sitting there and thinking about losing weight doesn't even sound like a viable option to you. You're like, "No, I know what the things are that I need to do. I just need to do them." And once you start doing them, you can do more of the other things that you've thought about in the past. Versus if you're sitting on the couch thinking about why aren't I losing weight, you're just going to keep thinking about why you haven't lost weight. you're going to keep thinking of more problems, more justifications as to why you haven't seen results. Versus somebody like us or our clients, they say, "You know what? I trust your guys' information enough. I'm done looking for other information. I'm just going to start doing what you told me to do because you guys have done it before. I trust your advice and I'm going to start following it." That's why we've seen so much success from our clients and ourselves. 100%. And with that point, energy versus entropy. Nothing that's left to its own devices is going to breed more action. And so how we use it, like Angelo just said, is energy always beats entropy. So anything that stays in motion will continue to stay in motion unless some form of opposition puts it to rest. Although for us, when you have two people doing it at the same time, it's just a constant flow of energy that never ceases because if one person is down or there is that type of stop, the other person has that energy to push you through. [music] And it goes down to being a smart guy, right? Like most of us, like I didn't have a 4.0 GPA in high school. Although, what I did remember is that energy always beats entropy. And anything that stays in motion will anything that's in motion will continue to stay in motion. And that's how we operate inside of our personal lives and with our coaching because we're just constantly in motion. We don't have the time to sit around and think. We really have time to take action. And that's why we are where we are today. And continually moving forward in our life. Calvin mentioned something very important that yes, energy things will stay in motion, but unless acted on by an outside force, it'll stop. But here's the thing, though. When you're doing it alone, you can get stopped by an outside force. something can come up at work, a big project or a big, you know, business is burning, something's happening, family's going crazy. Those are sometimes outside forces that can stop you from continuing on your weight loss journey. But the reason why we've been so successful and our clients are so successful is because they're not doing it alone. When you're alone, you're vulnerable. Those things that those big situations that come up can easily stop you. But when you have somebody there with you, when you have an accountability partner, when you have somebody that's keeping you in line, they don't have those problems either. So that way they're still going, which you can find the motivation to continue on with them. And it's the same thing with us. If he's feeling down one day, I carry him. And if I'm feeling down one day, he carries me. And that's why we never are we're always in sync because one, it might be one week where I'm carrying the load. It might be one week where he's carrying the load, but we're both showing up versus just trying to do it on your own. And one week you might be feeling good, but then the next week you feel bad and you have nobody there to pick you up. You have no brother, somebody to help you stay consistent with this journey to pick you back up. And so you're just left alone. And then you end up forgetting. And then that one week turns into two weeks, then the 3 weeks, and then a month. And before you know it, it's 10 years down the line you've been struggling with your weight. When really, it only takes 6 to 12 months to completely change your life. But it's 6 to 12 designated months. smart, intentional, physical months will change your life. Yeah. And the time is going to happen either way. The six months is going to be about, and we just talked about this with our coaching clients this morning, is who is the man you need to be by June 29th, 2026. That's exactly 6 months from today. And so when we think about that, are you in a position where you have the strategy set in place or are you hoping, wishing, and praying that by June 29th, you've somehow figured it out? We like to base the future judged on what's happened in the past. And not in a bad way, not in a pity type of way like, oh, the past was so terrible, that's just going to be my next six months. No, things can change as long as you extract the value that you've learned from the past six months so that within the next six months, you'll be in a completely better place and you'll be looking back like, man, if only I had this strategy years ago. How we like to operate and one thing that is a guiding principle in our lives is that there's nothing new under the sun. Yeah, there may be different tools or there may be different strategies or other things outside of what we do. Although at the end of the day, there's nothing new that's going to be created that hasn't been created since God made the earth. And losing weight is one of those things. It's an age-old practice. It's an age-old system in terms of how your body loses weight. And yes, we have our certain style on how we do it and why we're so successful and why our clients are so successful with it. Although, in six months, the time is going to go by either way. So, if you can take the value from the past and project that onto the future and see, okay, if the last six months were exactly the same, what are the next six months going to look like? And if you don't have a strategy in place, then you can kiss losing over 100 lbs combined. But as long as you have the right strategy in place in 6 months, you will be in a way better position than where you are today as long as you take action and you're not too smart for your own good. And let me tell you this, it is a much better experience, a much better quality of life on the other side of losing weight. You're no longer tired walking up a flight of stairs. You can bend over and tie your shoes without huffing and puffing. We can walk into any store and buy any outfit that we [music] want without thinking, "How does this look on you?" You just know that it looks good when somebody takes a photo of you. You're not insecure about hiding in the back of a group photo. You're more than happy to stand up front. you're more than happy to be in the center the center spotlight because you know you feel so good about yourself. And that's an experience that we want you guys to have as well. And if you [music] want that experience and you just want to know how to do it and have the strategy in place and have the systems to help you stay accountable to that journey, we're the guys for you. There's nobody else better than us out there that can make a big change in your life. And if you want help with that, go ahead and click the [music] link in the description below. Fill out our application for coaching. It's a very simple one, but we only accept certain qualified people. We don't want to just bring on anybody that has impulse and a credit card. We want to work with people that are serious and committed to losing this weight and want the help and dropping their ego to do this. We're the guys for you. Click the link in the description below or comment the word weight loss in this YouTube video and we'll be reaching out to you to see if we can help. See you in the next video. Peace.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2025-09-23 Views: 112 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Av6tqSlYkSI Runtime: 31 min 36 sec (5,683 words) The script, as delivered on camera Cool. Can you guys see my screen? Yep, we can see it. Great. Cool. Starting in three, two, one. What's going on everybody? Welcome to this morning's Monday mastermind. Today we are speaking on the the importance of purpose and your identity. And we're going to have a full reset here because I was speaking with some guys on Friday and I think it was Nathaniel in specific where he came in and he started off really hot back in May and he's been doing great like building muscle, burning fat. He's he's really doing good in that aspect in terms of the weight loss. But one thing that we ran into was he said he was struggling with his nutrition. Okay. So when I asked him, okay, what do you feel like you're struggling with in your nutrition? He said it was the portion sizing number one and the discipline to stay con consistent with the amount of food that he's eating because that those two things go hand in hand. If you're overeating it's because you don't have the discipline to stick to the amount that you should be eating, right? And so we covered that and I asked him, "Okay, so Nathaniel, what do you what do you really feel like it is?" Because what we found was it wasn't necessarily about the food. It wasn't necessarily about how much he was eating. The most important part was the discipline that he that he was missing in order to stay consistent with his commitment. Okay? Because when we trace it back down, guys, to the root cause of all the problems that most of us struggle with in losing weight, it's because it always comes back down to the struggle with the commitment. Okay? And so, let's get real today, right? It's not your workouts, your meals, they matter. But without your purpose and a true identity shift, all of this eventually falls apart. Okay? So, if you don't know who you're becoming, you'll keep falling back into the man that you've always been or woman here on the call. When you picture yourself in 12 years from now, 12 months from now, who is that man? Just 12 months, what has he accomplished? How does he eat? What are his relationships like? What does his house look like? What's the car he's driving? What does his family look like? I want you guys to take a moment and picture that version of yourself right now. Is he more confident, leaner, a leader, a fathers look up to? Or if you're not a father, that's completely fine. A leader that other people look up to. So, take a moment here to visualize what that person looks like to you. should get you jazzed up a little bit. I'm already thinking about it. Yeah, we love it. Cool. And so why purpose matters? Okay, because purpose is the fuel when motivation dies. And you know what's funny is I can share a story about this. I was actually doing my 15 mile long run for my marathon training yesterday and that about killed me. I wanted to stop after 7 miles. Like I was like, why am I doing this? I don't need to do this. Those limiting beliefs start to come in. It doesn't matter who you are. The best of the best. It really doesn't matter how motivated you are to lose weight, your willpower, all of those things. If you don't have that underlying purpose, then you're going to give up. You're going to resort back to your old habits. And so for me, you have to find for you, you have to find that purpose. What is your purpose? And I think we live in a world today where most people don't really have a purpose. They kind of go through the dayto-day, the mundane, and there's nothing really that's calling them higher. And I want to let you guys know, everybody here, you all have a specific purpose that matters. Every single person here, your journey has a purpose. It's here to serve. It's here to to grow. It's here to enlighten other people. Okay? It's not just for you to live in your tiny little bubble and not communicate with anybody else, not share with anybody else, just basically just live this mundane life when you know deep down you were meant for more. Okay? Okay. And so without it, every temptation wins, every excuse wins, but with it, discipline feels non-negotiable. And so for me, one thing that I coached a lot of guys on on Friday's call is something that I I say to myself is I don't negotiate with the man I'm becoming. I don't negotiate with that man bar. I don't negotiate with my goals. I don't negotiate with my vision because when I made my initial commitment back in 2016. It's not about anything that happens in between that. It's about your commitment. Everything else that you want out of life flows from that commitment you first made. You know, May 22nd, everything goes back to that commitment. Doesn't matter what happens in between. It's the commitment that matters. You know what's crazy too is that you never negotiate with yourself when you're winning. You only negotiate with yourself when gets tough. When you're like, "Oh, man. Today I really don't feel like doing it. I'm tired. My alarm went off." And gets hard. That's the only time that you start to negotiate. But the best part is when you can win that negotiation with yourself and stay on track because you know how easy it was to just go back to the old habits. You know how freaking quick it can happen. And yeah, like you never negotiate when you're winning. I just I just came to that epiphany right now. When you're on fire, when you're doing the right like it's like why would I stop? But only when times get tough, you start to negotiate. So what does that tell us? We need to always try to keep the momentum rolling with winning. Do something now so that way the next moment becomes a lot easier. And that temptation of a food for Nathaniel or if it's skipping a workout or if you're missing those 10k steps, it's like hell to the no. Don't even want to go that way 100%. And you that's I love that point that you made. You don't negotiate with yourself when you're winning. But what you have to do is actually hold that discipline so that you can get into the momentum so that you just consistently win. It's a habit. 100%. Winning is a habit and so is losing. It just comes down to that initial choice. Where are we choosing to go? Lose or we choosing to win. You're in the middle and you get to choose either way. And so discipline isn't about willpower. I want you guys to take a m moment and write this down. Discipline is not about willpower. It's about identity. Men live up to who they believe they are. Or a woman. Or a woman. That's right. You get the point though. Cool. And so this is actually from my personal story. When I was 330 lbs, my identity was the fat guy. The guy who hides in hoodies, who lied to himself, the guy who laughed it off because he felt crushed inside. That's why I stay stuck, guys. I stayed stuck for and I it sound it feels like such a long time, but I was stuck for for 17 years. And I most people never get to 330 lbs until they're like much older in life. But I reached that weight at a very relatively young age. Although that one, it doesn't have to it doesn't have to carry on for that much long. It doesn't have to carry on for longer. And so when Angelo and I shifted our identity to we are athletes number one, like being athletic and for some of you guys who are kind of further along on your weight loss journey, you notice yourself turning into more of an athlete, right? Something that you've never actually felt that you'd be before. Now you're turning into that that athlete. We are leaders. We are men on a mission. That's when everything changed. The workouts, the meals, the accountability between each other, they became natural because they matched who we believed we were. And so which identity group, what identity have you been living in? Fat guy, always tired, excuse maker. And so on the flip side of that, what identity do you need to step into? And I also added this note here, guys. Don't apologize to your standards. I think too many of us when our family, you know, if we get sick and they're begging us, hey, you just got to take it easy. You got to relax. You need to take a break. I hate that. What are you doing losing so much weight so fast? Are you on everybody? Our uncle used to say, "Are you guys on coke?" Remember that, Angelo? Uncle Georgie because sometimes only people believe the way you could lose weight is by doing something external like Ozmpic, a drug, something crazy. Yeah. They they did not have OMIC when we were losing weight. This was back in 2016. But no, they had hydro remember hydroxy cut. Hydroxyut. Yeah. know the only way it was believable for us to lose that much weight was if we were doing coke. But no, we weren't. We were I was 17 years old. I there's no way I was accessible to any of that. But um don't don't apologize to your standards, guys. If you have a standard that you live to and you've made that commitment to, don't apologize for it. Even in my life, like there are times when just like yesterday, I went on my 15 mile run and my wife and the kids, they go to church. And what do you think I'd rather do? Of course, I'd rather go to church and go run errands and go to coffee shops and and do all these fun things. But I always invest into myself first. Like, I I have to get to the point where I just say, I don't care. I don't care what's going on around me. I don't care who's on the TV. I don't care who's out there. I I don't care about the ripping and running and running the errands. I don't care. I have to invest in myself first, my time, my energy, everything. Yeah. I put And you know, the crazy thing is I I grew up, you know, my dad is was a large man when I was growing up and I didn't have, you know, an example of somebody physically fit to really follow and, you know, it's taken me a long time to really change the identity for myself. But I think, you know, from the outside looking in for the two of you and and everybody else that has kids, you know, young kids, you know, I think it's great that, you know, you're you're showing them what is possible, what to do physically, you know, instead of someone that just sits there and, you know, does whatever. You know, you're you're putting yourself first. And I think I think putting yourself first is not only a great example for yourself, but it's a great example for obviously, you know, you lead a whole group of us trying to lose weight, which you know is obvious, but you know, for the two kids that you have at home, you know, Angelo, future kids that he plans on having. I think it's just it's good that the two of you have examples for your two kids to do that because, you know, I I would be the first to admit I didn't have that example. I didn't have physically fit parents or, you know, parents that worked out to, you know, to lead that. It was more of just, you know, they worked and, you know, and they hustled and all of that, but it wasn't like take care of yourself. You know, I had parents that took, you know, that put me first. They didn't put themselves first. So, you know, I think that's I think that's huge. And you know, should the day come, I have kids, I I would like to think that, you know, they see me working on myself, putting myself first so I can lead by example versus is, you know, versus not. Yeah. Trey, can I share something too with you, man? Is that a lot of I mean, yeah, we have our dad, but if you guys don't know, our dad went to prison for like I think eight years of our life. So, pretty much the majority of like when you're becoming a young adult, we didn't have a father figure. We didn't have anybody there in the house with us. And that is what essentially led us to finding that comfort and that peace of mind through other avenues which was food. A lot of people they do different things. I mean some people you know kids that go and become drug addicts there's kids that join gangs like there's all these different routes you could take. Ours was just happened to be food. And as I started getting older around 17 years old still didn't have our our father around 18 becoming an adult. I had to create this person in my mind of a new dad or of a new of a new role model of this new person that like was coaching me and guiding me. And as much as I felt like it wasn't real because it wasn't physical, it was real in my mind. And so when I would get that advice from that person, it I I felt it. It felt like this is someone that genuinely cares about me. And so if you don't have like the example that you're looking to become. I know it's easy to go on social media and find the influencer that looks like the body you want to have or get the motivation from this person that you want to have. The person you should become is the person you needed when you were younger. And that's Yeah, for sure. That's the person you want to become because you're going to come, it's going to come to a point where it's your turn and you're going to be guiding somebody behind you. And so, what would you tell that person that is you that's the younger version of you? and you're showing them, hey, like this is what's possible. This is the outcome you can come up with. It if I was to see like a nine-year-old version of me just fat, like eating McDonald's and stuff like that, but I was able to tell him that like, hey, this is who you're going to become. I don't even think I'd be keep eating that fast food. Like, I probably would have just dropped it right there and been like, that's me. Like, that's who I'm going to be. And you guys all have that now. Even if it's two years from now, three years from now, five years from now, there is a super version, a kick-ass version of you that's possible. But it's up to you to become that person and step into those shoes because they exist. It's your job to bring them to reality. Yeah. Be the become the person you want to follow. Exactly. Yeah. And Trey, I love that that point that you mentioned about doing it from home or like that you didn't have that example which which is is pretty common, right? And that's great that you're you're having that these realizations as of you know past few years. And for us, like our dad was always in shape, like he he was always super fit. And then like Angelo said, he went to prison when we were nine, fell into food, whatever. But that initial example that was set from when we from when we were younger carried us through up until now, you know, 25 years later, 26, like it's still there. So that initial showing is crucial to anybody here who is a young father or you know has has small ones or just has family members right little kids in the family. Your example is is being set for them. And so that's why it's it's critical to not negotiate with yourself because it's not just for you. You think it's oh it's just me. It's selfish me right? Like I'm I just nobody gets to see what I'm doing. I'm in control of my own life, right? Like you know, nobody cares when people do care. And the impact that you do have as a as a as a person, it it truly it really does matter. Cool. So right now, your results reflect your current identity. Period. And I actually there was football on yesterday and one of the one of the guys, his name's Scott Vanpelt, he said uh he said, "You are what your record says you are." And I was like, "That's I'm going to use that tomorrow." I was like, "I'm using that on Monday mastermind." And so for you guys and for all of us here, you are what the scale says you are. And thankfully that can change. Although at the same time taking I was I'm thinking back to that what I heard last night from Mr. SVP. You are what your record says you are. You can have all the momentum. You can have all the hype around your team but if your numbers aren't showing you got that stink it up then you're not going to be winning right? So what does the scale say that you are? That's what you are and it can change. You don't have to stay in that same number, but that's why it's saying here as we stand. Now, real quick question before we finish off. Did anybody here play youth sports? Yeah. Dre, Lo, you played youth sports. Jose, did you play youth sports? Kate, you did. Everybody, Allan, football. Yep. Yep. Do you guys have lessons that you remember from youth sports at all? Anybody mind sharing one of them that they just feel like they remember sticking with them? You might have to think a second, but uh what's something I'm Nathaniel. I didn't really play you sports, but I did play soccer a lot and I'm not sure if it it ties into what you guys are speaking about, but I would like to share some of the things that I did learn during those training sessions. Yeah, go ahead. So most of the things that we would do is cardio, mind training, and control for the things that we don't have control over, especially discipline. So that we could come better, even faster and quicker with the ball cuz you know, soccer is a really competitive game in most countries, especially in my country where I came from, Trinidad and Tobago. So, a lot of cardio, a lot of exercises on your own at home. Practice with the ball and build that memory muscle so that you keep going, keep getting better, keep getting stronger. Mhm. So, you said something really interesting right there, Nathaniel. That muscle memory, that stuff never goes away. like the the moves that you played doing soccer as a kid. The that feeling you got while you're running down the field, you're going after the ball. It's right in front of you and you you're like, "I'm about to go get it." That feeling still lives with with inside of you. It never goes away. And that is what you have to remember like, "Hey, if I'm not feeling this feeling, then I'm I'm not doing it right. I'm not performing." Because I remember what it was like when I was performing at a better level playing sports as a kid. That stuff translates to real life. And if you can start operating like that, like life as a sport and when challenges come up, like you're down two to one in the game and there's, you know, yeah, five minutes left in the game, if you can start operating like that, you're going to literally beat everybody else in life. And I don't even mean beat them like as in it's a competition, but like you're going to go places that they aren't willing to go because you have that extra drive. You can find that like, you know, two minutes left in the game, fourth quarter, like are we we going to pull through? and you remember a time where you did come back and you won. If you can carry that feeling with you throughout the day, you'll realize people are just coasting. They're like, "Oh, we got a we got a two- lead. We're good. There's no challenges. There's nothing coming up to stop us." It's the old uh It's the old uh uh instead of playing to win, you're playing not to lose. And that it's funny because I'm kind of in that spot right now. uh with golf and my weight is obviously I'm in the 250s now and it's just a matter of keeping going and with golf like you know because my body gets smaller my swing is changing and like I know now like in order for me to ch you know change my swing with my smaller body like it just takes a lot more you know it's going to take more reps to to to continue that change and and the crazy thing is is like you know you talk about muscle memory like I think a lot of us come into this group with muscle memory that hasn't proved beneficial for us you know so now it's a matter of using that muscle memory to then create new muscle memory through working out and meal prepping and stuff like that and the funny thing is is like man Like I I made that chicken salad last week and like the people that have tried my chicken salad, they're like, "Holy crap." Like this has like 60 grams of protein in it. I was like, "Yeah, pro you can make food taste good. You know, it doesn't have to be chicken, rice, and broccoli every day." You know, I'm sure that meal requ is required at some point of time. But, you know, I'm also a big believer in like you can make food that tastes good that doesn't have to be high calories and and all of that. And I think I've done pretty good with that uh myself. And it's just a matter of staying within that boundaries cuz I wrote down like a lot of people I don't know if they're on this call and they wrote down their identity, but I wrote down at least a fitness identity for myself at 16 to,800 calories, over 150 grams of protein, and trains six times plus per week. That's my identity right there for fitness. So now I just need to put that identity into other areas of my life. But uh starts with the fitness man like for sure starts off with your body. Yeah. And that's and that's where like you know lead I you know you have to lead yourself in this fitness journey and I feel like leading yourself in this fitness journey allows other people to do the same but then it starts pouring into the other areas of your life as well. So it's just I mean it's it's a it's amazing to get to that point. And I showed Calvin this and I'll show everybody on this call from Friday uh when we weren't talking on Friday, but this was 13 1/2 years ago. Yeah. In 2014, you know, I was probably 320, 330 there, 340, something like that. So, you know, I it's it's it's a lifelong pursuit and changing your identity. But I think if you figure out what your identity is and just follow that all the time, you know, you got to become the person. I'll be honest, dude. It it it might feel like a lifetime, but that's a time constraint we put on from outside because people are like, "Oh, it takes a long time to become the person." Like yeah in the final ending of who you're but in terms of losing the weight man like it took maybe 30 something years to keep that weight on but it takes one to two to get it off. Yeah, that for sure. And I think you spend that time to take it off, you know, the one, two, three, four years, whatever it is. And then everything after that is living in that identity that you want to maintain, you know, and then, you know, enjoy yourself a little bit along the way, but everything ends up going back to who you want to be. And it's really up to, you know, you and if you have a partner, you know, you kind of figure out that identity because, you know, my my mom texted me something about the cuz we're going to the Philippines in a couple weeks. She's like, "Oh man, there's this buffet, you know, by where by our Airbnb and I told my mom I was like, "No, buffet is for fat people." Straight up. All you can eat. Yeah. I was like, "No limits." What? Yeah. I was like I was like at and I told my mom I was like look if you guys want to go like I'll go but I may like end up leaving like after 10 minutes because like I don't want to like expose myself to all that. So the food is not as good as you think man. It's just Yeah. And it's it's a that's actually a dangerous place to be, man. Like a buffet. Yeah, it it really is. I mean, I'm not looking I'm not looking forward to going into those and I it will probably like I will remove myself from that situation because it's just not healthy for myself at in the moment and then obviously moving forward in the future. So, um you know, you just get so I get so used to cooking and eating at home that like there's really not a lot out there that's going to taste better than what I can make for real. Last point on this and we'll get to the next thing, but if there's ever anybody that wants a buffet for people that are on a weight loss journey, it's called Fogo to Chow. Have you ever been to Fogo to Chowo? It protein all freaking day. Steaks brought to your table. Yeah. Go to Chowo is where it's at. And you can It's really hard to eat unhealthy at Pogo Chow. It's just recommend for you guys for sure. Try it. All right. Pogo to Cha. for but uh I'm steering let's steer clear of all the buffets. Yeah. No no more no more. We have the the discipline for sure. All right guys, so I want everybody here um take a moment to write this sentence down inside of the chat. Everybody here take a moment write it down in the Zoom chat. We want it to live here. I am a man or a woman. K Britney I am a man who fill in who you're becoming. If you need a little example or you if you need an example for me is I am a man who doesn't negotiate with the man. I am a man who doesn't negotiate with the man. That's mine. I look forward to seeing yours. I am a man who leads by example. I'm a who becomes 215 lbs and leads his life by example in all areas of life. Beautiful. Is that a battery that you keep posting? Yeah, that's our icon. Okay. Like a full like a full battery or whatever charged up. Okay. I'm a man who puts my goals and myself first, who is not afraid to do what seems hard of the moment in their interest of overall goals. I'm a man who weighs less than 200 lb. I love that. I want a woman who's confident and strong and can do anything. Amen. I am a role model for my daughter to become confident and strong. That's right. What do you want your kids to follow after? I am a man who will show my family that if you work hard, you can accomplish what you think is possible. Aaron, there is no doubt in my mind that's true for you, bro. I know that for sure. I'm a man who is strong and leads by example. Let's go. I like that, Matt. I'm a man who is starting to live up to his high expectations. Yes. Yes. That's right. Imagine the faces, Jose, when people haven't seen you in 5 years. See you next year. I'm a man who will follow through on my plans to become the strongest, healthiest version of myself. I'm a man who weighs less than 200 lb. Alexander, that is 100% true, bro. Follow through on your plans. If there's one thing you can just commit to yourself for the week is just follow through on your plans. That's it. That's it. And you'll never have too many plans that that come into your mind that the most important parts won't be done. Alexander, we actually spoke about this and we've talked about it on a call here is you want to have a list guys that seems essentially incompletable for the day. Jose, you mentioned you want you or a man who lives up to his high expectations. Alexander, do you remember when we talked about having at least 10 11 things on your list for the day that need to be done? Right. I remember. I'm still practicing that now. Awesome. And how how's that been for you? Much better. Much better. And I think it's just been a measure for me saying, "Okay, if I'm measuring my success day by day, at least if I can do the majority of the things on my list one day at a time, I'm bound to make some progress." And that's been working well for me. So, thank you for that. Absolutely. And the thing that me and Alexander spoke about was when you have at least 10 11 things on your list for the day, if you miss four or five of them, you still got six things done for the day. as opposed to if you only have three major things that you need to get done for the day. If you miss two, you l you only got one thing done for the day and the two other most important things never got touched. So, I want you guys to to think about what are what are, you know, 10 11 things that, you know, I could do today, right? That can actually move the needle forward in my life. I can make sure that, you know, I I get my workout done. Cool. Make sure I post in the group. Cool. What do I have to do to post in the group? Okay. Yeah, log my food. Okay. I have to get 10,000 steps. What else? Um, let's think. I don't know. I can only speak for us, you know. For us, it's film videos, right? Go film our content. Uh, delivery. Make sure that everybody gets checked in with the group, right? Like, make sure that I get my post in. Make sure that I track my calories 100%. Make sure that I drink a gallon of water, right? make sure that, you know, I spend time with at least, you know, 30 minutes to an hour with my wife. Cool. 10 things right there that are not that are typically non-negotiables. Even if I miss four or five of those things, I still got five things done. I've had a solid day. That's still a solid day. So, you want one you want a list that that seems incompletable for you guys, but that way it keeps you extremely productive as opposed to just having one thing that you need to get done. So, we're gonna we're going to land this plan here. Everybody, you guys have your goals that you want to accomplish. Just read your message here inside of the chat. Take a screenshot of that, too, just so you know what you said to yourself because it's cool to say to us and like, you know, you put this thing out there and it's, you know, it's like an assignment you're turning in and never look at it again. No, this is yours. This is your worksheet right here. So, if you're ever, you know, just going throughout your day on your phone or something, pull this up. Look at what you said. And I guarantee you there's something you can do in that moment to make yourself closer to that goal that you set. All right. All right, everybody. The plan has been landed. You can now unbuckle your seat belts and head out. We'll see you guys on Wednesday. Let's have an amazing week. Let's go. Let's get it. See you. Thank you. See you guys in the group.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-08-06 Views: 109 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CQH1ZH5aWGM Runtime: 34 min 30 sec (7,036 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's going on fellas? My name's Angelo. My name is Calvin. We are the Vision Twins and we lost a combined 300 lb. Now it's our life mission to show guys who were just like us exactly how to do the same thing. And in this podcast, we are breaking down if we were 330 lb plus again, what would we do differently? Okay? But before we jump into this video guys, if you were looking to lose over 100 lb, you want to make it happen quickly, but most importantly, you want to keep the weight off for good, then you know what to do. Click the link in the description below and apply for our one-on-one coaching. We don't take everybody into our roster, but if you're serious and you're ready to make that change for yourself, we'd love to have a conversation with you to see how we can help. With that being said, let's jump into the podcast. So, the title of this video, what would we do differently if we were over 330 lb again, right? Now, the title of this video comes from a coaching call that we had earlier this week where we really got personal and we talked about what we would do differently had we been in our client's shoes. So, I made sure to write them down just so I didn't miss any, but we're me and Angelo are going to go through each of these questions to answer for you to make sure that you have the best kind of mindset moving forward and that you actually understand where we're coming from when it comes to how you can lose the weight and keep it off. If you have any questions as well, make sure you drop them in the comments so that way we can answer them in the next video. Absolutely. So, the first question that came up in our conversation and our coaching call is what would surprise us? So, I'll go ahead and toss that to you, Angelo. What would surprise you going back to that 350 lb version of you? Yeah, if I had to start losing weight all over again from 350 lb, the biggest thing that would surprise me is how fast the weight came off. When we were first starting our weight loss journey, we had these limiting beliefs that it's going to take forever because we have to lose 150 lb or we have to lose 160 lb. And in your mind, when you don't have any experience with that, you think that that number is so far away that it's never going to happen, or that you'll quit before you ever get there. And one thing that really surprised us on this weight loss journey, what would surprise my old self, is how fast the weight came off. Within a week, you can lose 10 lb. And then the next week, you can might you might lose 5 lb. The week after that, you might lose 5 lb. The week after that, you might lose might lose 5 lb. And if you can take a perspective that it's going to take some time and you're willing to put the work in, you're going to see results very quickly. Losing 20 lb in 1 month is not out of the ordinary for anybody that's over 300 lb, because your body has so much weight to lose already that it wants to lose it quickly. And so that was what would really surprise my old self if I had to lose weight again. Yeah, how quickly it would come off is definitely a big one for me. I think one thing that really surprised me in my experience in losing 140 lb, was you'll get these momentum boosts along the way. Things that you wouldn't expect to happen, but it's more like God, the universe, really guiding you in the right direction, and making sure that you get these boosts. So for me, what happened was around 275 280 lb, I had gotten really sick. And what I mean by sick was like I had the stomach bug, I didn't have an appetite, and I couldn't eat for like 3 days. And when that happened, I actually went to the doctor, and they realized that it was just like a stomach bug. It wasn't something like detrimental, but at the end of the day, I couldn't eat anything. And so, after about 3 days, I had lost like 10 to 15 lb. I remember this. And when that happened, I was like, "Where did that come from? Like, where did I just get 10 to 15 free pounds from?" And when that happened, I just used it. I just used that 10 to 15 pounds to continue on moving forward. And I think most guys never experience that because they don't give their body the chance to even get the look. They don't even give their body the chance to have that lucky break to where they get, you know, a a big poo- push on their weight loss journey. They're just so used to eating so much that they are always gaining weight. And they're like, "I can never lose weight." Well, like, if you made the decision to change, Something's going to happen that might shock you and you lose weight very quickly. I remember when this happened to Calvin. I was kind of jealous because I was like, "Dang, he just lost like 15 pounds because he got sick." I was almost wishing that I got sick. And funny enough, I ended up getting sick down the line, maybe, you know, a month later, a 2 months later, and I had the same exact experience where I got sick and I was like, "Okay, this is an opportunity for me to not eat food." I couldn't eat much, and so what happens when you don't eat a lot of food, you're just going to lose the weight. And for most people, when they hear, "Oh, don't eat food," or like, "Stay away from food, it's a bad thing." But like, when you're over 300 pounds, you already have such a bad relationship with food that taking time away from it is actually healthy for you. It's actually good to put less food into your body. And so when that happened to me, I lost 10 to 15 pounds. Again, how fast it happened, within a week or so. It wasn't as 3 days like yours, but it might have been a week for me. And I lost that weight, and I was like, "Damn, like, I'm going to double down on this. I'm going to use this as momentum. My goal is to see the number on the scale decrease. It just decreased. Let's make that happen again." And from that, I just reset my ability to eat food. I realized I didn't need to eat that much food. I can have one or two meals a day, two big meals, and be just fine. I didn't have to have four meals a day, five meals a day like most people are saying that is healthy to lose the weight when it's not. You need to eat less food and certain situations like that are just extra boost for you to keep seeing results. It taught me so much that I've learned up until this day. Like yeah, that was 10 years ago when I had that doctor experience. I got sick and I lost 15 lb in a a few days. But that's helped me so much along my journey and I really attribute it back to that one decision that I made when I was 17 years old to go on my weight loss journey. Like if I had never started making the changes by myself, I wouldn't have gotten sick. Like if I never made that decision to start losing weight and to start on my journey, who knows what it would what would have happened. But thankfully I did that at 17 and within less than 12 months, I lost 140 lb. And I really just attribute it so much to that decision that I made because if I had never done anything internally, like didn't change the way that I ate, I wasn't working out. Again, I wasn't going to get sick and I probably still would have been stuck at 330 lb. God forbid. I mean, to this day I'd be way worse off 10 years later, but Yeah. thankfully we made that change. Let's get to that next question. Yeah. So what advice was completely wrong? What advice was completely wrong? Mhm. Well, for starters and we get a lot of flack online for this, but who gives a [ __ ] Lifting weights to lose weight. That is one thing that is completely wrong. The reason why I knew this internally is because we played football from middle school all the way up until senior of high school, Calvin one year of college. And when you're our size, 300 lb plus, you're automatically going to get thrown to where the big guys are, which is on the line. And when you're playing football, they want you to lift a bunch of weights. Like you just genuinely need to be stronger than your opponent. And it's very beneficial to be stronger than your opponent. So, I noticed that anytime I would lift weights, I only just got bigger. I continued I I remember when I was my sophomore year or in my junior year going to my senior year, I weighed 200 lb or 280 lb my start of my junior year. By the end of my junior year, I was like 310 lb. So, with or 310 320 lb in a one school year. So, what's that? 30 40 lb? 40 Yeah, 30 40 lb I gained in one one semester. That's not even a full year. That's like 9 months. I remember that. Like you gained so much weight quickly and it was like, all right, this is like a snowball effect happening in front of me. Yeah. And the reason this happened was we had just transferred schools to a more competitive program and we weren't able to play. And in that competitive program, they did have a system for like if you were to gain weight, you're going to do it the right way. You're going to [ __ ] eat the right amount of food and also build muscle at the same time while limiting your fat gain. But for me, I never took that nutrition part serious cuz I was a bigger guy. So, all I heard was you get to eat more food as long as you lift the weights. And all I experienced from lifting weights during that period, of course, my food habits weren't the greatest, but my training only attributed to me wanting to eat more food because in my mind, it was build more muscles, get more stronger, look jacked, all these different things. And it never ended up happening. I just got fatter. And so, the biggest thing that is a myth or what people talk about, you know, needing to lift weights on your weight loss journey if you're a guy who weighs over 300 lb is complete [ __ ] Because your biggest challenge isn't the fact that you don't have enough mass on your body. The problem is that you have too much mass. And the best workouts that I ever got ever, when it was football to this day, 10 years later, is whenever I get my heart rate elevated, when I'm sweating profusely, when I'm gasping for air. Those are the best workouts that I know I actually put some work in. Lifting weights is relatively easy, you know, doing bench press, you can lay down there and like obviously relatively easy, right? It's not the It's obviously it's hard to bench press, it's obviously hard to squat, you feel you feel tired. Like yes, you're going to get a good workout no matter what. Okay, it's an exercise. But I'm talking about in terms of the fat burning stage, in terms of shredding down body size, body fat, getting lean, it was always doing cardio. Whether that was hit workouts, whether that was doing the elliptical machine, the treadmill, running outside, going for a jog, going for a walk, a a fast walk, not just like a brisk walk, but like a fast walk. I always knew that I was burning the most calories and I was losing water weight because I was sweating it out, I was burning calories at the same time and like that is exactly what we did to lose our first hundred and something pounds was we strictly focused on elevating our heart rate, getting ourselves sweaty. And nobody can tell me that that is the wrong strategy because look where we are today. There's so many people that are lifting weights and they've been trying to lose weight for [ __ ] 5, 10 years. They're like, "Oh, I used to go to the gym back in the day and lift a bunch of weights. I used to play football, I was strong as an ox." And it's like, "Dude, you're 37 years old and you're still fat." Still doing leg day. Like Yeah, like haven't you realized that the thing that you're avoiding, getting your heart rate up, the sweating, the all that stuff is really what's going to make the change? And that's why most people don't do it is because it's hard. It's the one thing they're avoiding. That's the main thing. Nobody wants to do the [ __ ] hard work. Nobody wants to go sweat. Nobody wants to run. I remember we'd do football like in gassers, we'd have to run all the way down the field and back. And like that was the [ __ ] worst. I hated that. I hated having to run in, you know, 100 sprints and doing that 15 times at the end of a practice because somebody jumped offsides for a a drill. Like that [ __ ] sucked, but I always knew at the end of it that that was the best workout I could do for myself. I knew that I I couldn't push myself that way while lifting weights. It just wouldn't happen. I remember those workouts to this day. Like the ones where you actually sweat. A lot of the lifting sessions I don't really remember. Mhm. But the reindeers where we went all the way down the field, ran back, bear crawls. Those type of workouts where you didn't avoid it and you actually put the work in is when you get the results and you're fully committed during the process because after you do your first sprint, you're in it. Like there's no oh I got to go like no, you're doing it. Yep. So, that's one thing that I would say is good advice that or bad advice that we'd avoid. Mhm. Another one is we didn't have social media like it is today when we lost weight. So, a lot of guys will come to us and they'll be like, "Yeah, there's so much information out there on the internet." Well, you prolonged and procrastinated on your weight loss journey for so long that you've allowed all of this information to infiltrate your brain. Now you can't really move clearly. You don't have any vision. You don't have any direction on where you want to be because all of this information is clouding you and you're really taking hostage your brain and making clear decisive action. So, for us it was like we didn't have social media like it was today. Yeah, there were a few like influencers in 2015, 2016. But for us it was like all we knew was football. We knew Sports. couple sports players and all we really had to look up to was being a wide receiver or you know, a quarterback. Like that was the only type of influencer that was in our life at the time. And we saw like what they were doing in practice. The guys that were running 4 4-40s, which is Ledesma, they're running for a 40-yard sprint in 4.4 seconds, which is not easy. The only time I got an understanding of like, "Okay, what are these guys doing? I'm just going to do what they're doing." They were always running on the track. They ran track, right? They did other things that made their body move. They played basketball. Those were the types of things that they did that kept their heart rate elevated and they were sweating a ton and they were always skinny and shredded and looking [ __ ] good. For us, you know, we were football players, the linemen, so we were doing shot put and discus. And like, you don't see any wide receivers doing shot put and discus. You see the wide receivers translating their sport from football to track by doing the hurdles, by doing the 100-meter dash, 400-yard dash, or 400-yards um you know, around the the track or relay. Yeah, 400-meter relay. Like, those are the things that they were doing. So, we're like, "Okay, if we want to look like that, we just have to do the things that they're doing." And that's most people underestimate this training, what it takes to lose the weight. And they get all this information online like Calvin said, where they'll hear what we're telling you. Like, obviously it's a no-brainer you should be doing what we're telling you because it works. It's worked for hundreds and hundreds and hundreds of clients. It's worked for ourselves. Why wouldn't it work for you? And the reason why it wouldn't work for you is because you'll stick with it for 2 weeks, you'll lose about 10 lb, but then you'll get shiny object syndrome. You'll watch a video on Instagram or on YouTube or something that's like, "Don't ever [ __ ] um don't do cardio to lose weight because it's it's going to kill your gains and you're going to lose all your muscle." And in your mind, you're like, "I don't want to lose my muscle, so let me go start lifting weights." And then you get away from the thing that was getting Yeah, you you lose lift weights for 2 weeks and then you're like, "I'm not seeing any results." You lose Yeah, you lose all the momentum cuz you focused on lifting weights and now you haven't seen any results, so you get unmotivated, then you fall off track again. And it's like, if you had just did the right things from the beginning, which was losing the body fat first, and then getting to a point on your journey where it's actually necessary to build muscle because you don't want to just be saggy and skinny and have a bunch of loose skin. You want to tone that stuff up. Then you start training. But when you realize that if you start training and lifting weights, you're going to maintain your weight for a lot longer, you want to be at a point in time where you're comfortable with your weight at least. You've lost pretty much all of the fat. Yeah, you've lost almost all the fat. If not, you got maybe max 50 more pounds to lose. At that point though, I would still suggest doing more cardio, but it's not wrong to incorporate weights when you're only 50 pounds away from your journey. Right. You want to mix them in. You want to start tailoring your body. Understand this that most people online are not in your position. Most people that are coaches online are not coaching people like you, not coaching guys like you. They're coaching people who need to lose 20 or 30 pounds. Mhm. When you're 20 or 30 pounds away from your goal, most of the time those people are just skinny fat. They're not fat like you are. Fat like you are right now is a totally different training style, a totally different eating regimen than somebody that needed needs to lose 20 to 30 pounds. When you're 20 to 30 pounds away from your goal, you should be lifting weights. You should be focusing mostly on building muscle and toning up and, you know, uh your nutrition versus doing a bunch of cardio in the beginning like the elliptical machine, like the hit workouts. And that's what we would we would tell anybody. And that was in ours not just for you, but like we've lived it as well. Like that we we had to take that path and we had to understand like, "Hey, we're fat guys. We've got to do it the right way." And that was following people who were in direct influence of us. Exactly. So, so this is a good one. What did we waste years worrying about? Loose skin. Excuses. So many years we would make excuses about, "Oh, I don't want to lose weight because I'm going to have loose skin." Like bro, get real. We know every excuse you're saying to yourself, believe it or not, I've used it on my own on my own self. I used it to myself. I don't want to have loose skin. I don't have the time to work out. I'm too busy. Like these are genuinely all excuses because if you really wanted something bad enough, it wouldn't matter what it cost you to get there. You were just so committed to having this this next level of yourself that you'll do whatever it takes. And anything else in between you and your goal is just a distraction or an excuse. And so for me, it was literally having loose skin. I would really try to convince other people that I was concerned about having loose skin. That's why I was having diabetes. That's why I was okay with, you know, my feet going numb at night because if I lose the weight and I do it too quick, I'll have loose skin. It's [ __ ] dude. I would much rather have loose skin today than be back in my old body. Ask anybody who's lost the weight. Ask anybody you'll ever see on Instagram, would they rather have loose skin or be fat again? And every single time, without fail, they will tell you they would much rather have loose skin. No matter how unattractive it might be in the beginning, they would rather have loose skin. Yeah, I think really the loose skin is the biggest one for me. But other than that, like there was really no worries for me when it came to getting to my goal. Like what Angelo said, whatever it's going to cost me to get to where I want to be, anything else outside of that is just a distraction. Yeah, like you'll have relationships and you'll have like vacations and family things that come up. But at the end of the day, like Thanksgiving isn't going to throw me off track. A vacation isn't going to throw me off track. Christmas isn't going to throw me off track. A relationship isn't going to throw me off track. No matter what it is, like I'm still going to go to the gym. I'm still going to show up. And that's what's gotten us to this point today where no matter what's happened in the past 10 years, we still show up. Family, kids, whatever the case is, we still show up, we still get it done. Family death, like we are going to show up and we're going to continue pursuing towards our goal. And I would attribute that all to the accountability. Yeah, putting my word to it, putting your word to it is the most powerful thing you can do because that's all you have. And in the Bible, in John 1, it's "In the beginning the word In the beginning was the word and the word was with God and the word was God and anything that was made or anything that hadn't been made was made basically with your word." So, your word is so important. When you say you're going to do something, you always do it. And if you know you're not going to do something, don't say you're going to do it. Mhm. The reason why you have zero confidence in yourself right now, the reason why you are having troubles with losing weight is because you've broken your word to yourself so many times. And so, for somebody that's just trying to get back on track, trying to lose the weight, trying to get How do I get myself going again? You have to put a small commitment to your word. You have to say that I'm going to go for a 15-minute walk today. And then you go and do that 15-minute walk. You don't say I'm going to go work out 5 days a week in the beginning. You don't say I'm going to work out 7 days a week. You focus on that commitment for that day. You focus on doing 15 minutes or whatever you said you were going to do that day. The reason why we say do 15 minutes is because it's an easy commitment. And that motivation boost, that confidence boost, that self-belief because when you say you're going to do something, you do it, you'll actually follow through on your next commitment. Then the next day comes, you're like, "Okay, I'm going to do 20 minutes today." Then you go and do your 20-minute workout. And then the next day, you say, "I'm going to do a 20-minute workout and I'm only going to eat this many calories." So, then when it comes time to actually eat your food, you're more diligent about what diligent about what you're eating, you're focused on that because you've already made a commitment to yourself in the past that I stick to my word, I'm only eating tw- 2,000 calories today, you're only going to eat 2,000 calories. You're going to go do your 20-minute workout. And then once you get that stuff done, you start to see results, you're more confident in yourself, you're more motivated because when you put your word to it and you get the results, you just want to keep doing it. And then when you say you're going to lose 100 lb, you just [ __ ] do it. There's no ifs, ands, or buts about it. You told yourself you're going to do it, you're going to [ __ ] do it. Yeah, that's real. I would say keeping your word and saying you're going to do something, it doesn't have to be this crazy five workouts a week, which isn't really even crazy, but in the beginning it may sound crazy. And you're not going to do it anyways. You know this. So so and that was was what we were too. It's like we're going to say we're going to go conquer the world. Well, it's like, okay, it's going to take decisive action one by one by one in keeping your word to that action. Yeah, it's like building a house. You put one layer of brick down, you put the slab over, you come back the next day, put the next brick down. Put the slab over, next brick down. 365 days later, you have 365 bricks stacked up and you got this massive project that you've been working on that's finally in front of you and there's no surprise the house as to how it got there. You remember each day you put that brick down. I remember I did that brick. I remember I did that day. I remember that day. I remember that day. And then you have this crazy transformation that people are asking you, "How did you do it?" And you're looking at them like, "It's not a surprise. It's not a shocker. I just did one thing every day." 100%. What's our next one? Yeah, next question is what would we master? What would we master? Believe it or not, I wouldn't master anything. What I would Well, I'll take that back. What I would master is pretty much what we've just been talking about. Making my word real. Committing to the thing that I said I was going to do. That that alone will separate the losers from the winners every single time. You know people out there that say, "I'm going to get, you know, this year I'm going to go get a new job and like I'm going to make, you know, 200 grand this year. And then first comes around, they haven't been applying for new tech jobs, they haven't been trying to get promotions, they haven't been doing anything. They're just staying in the same position. Oh, this year I'm going to get a new car. And then you see them 7 months later, they still have the same car. People talk about the things that they're going to do all the time and they never do it. So, if you're a person that can say you're going to do something and then actually follow through on it, that completely separates you from everybody else. And so, that's what I would do and that's what I would master is just being a man of my word. Not just in one area of my life, but in all areas. Yeah, mastering the commitment to your word. I would say one thing that I would master is truly getting better every day. And that really relates to I would say like my exercise because that's something that I care about. I'm not going to sit here and say that I'm the best fitness coach in the world because truthfully, we're just really good at getting on camera and sharing who we are and helping people lose weight, especially 100 lbs. But when it comes to like the little nooks and crannies, we coach you on that over time. One thing I would say for me is improving on my workouts day by day because when I can see physical improvements, say it's like in a mile time or if it's in my strength in my workouts or if it's in just like the number on the scale, depending on what my goal is for that time. I'll say mastering getting better at that every single day is what I would master from the beginning. Because I mean, when we first lost all of our weight, I would say like it happened extremely fast and you don't really get that time to process. That's what's taken this last 10 years for us to really look back and say, "Okay, I mastered that. That's what I can work on. I mastered that. That's what I can work on and really sharpening that over time. So, I'll say yeah, 100% what I would master is getting better in my workouts every day and something that has actual data because that's what helps me get better on a day-to-day basis. That's good. I like that. Yeah, losing weight you're especially when you're in our program, you're going to lose weight so fast that you might not even process like what's happening to you, which is a good thing because at the end of the day who gives a [ __ ] how you did it. It's just about getting the result at the end of the day. Well, I would say it kind of does matter how you did it. GOP-1s like kind of the [ __ ] of putting a needle in your stomach and doing like the women type of stuff, but know what we're talking about here. And if you don't, we don't agree with GOP-1s. We don't agree with surgeries. That's just us. Do what the [ __ ] you want, but I've never seen somebody who's gotten on a GOP-1 at 300 and plus pounds good where they are today. They always look like an excuse. That's what I'll say. They look like an excuse because they they never internally built the habits and did it the right way. When we say that you're not going to wreck When I say you're not know what happened to you, you'll know at the end, but in the process you won't realize like you're actively using discipline. You won't realize that you're being consistent. You won't realize much of that stuff until you sit down and reflect post the weight loss journey what actually it took to get you there. Absolutely. Now, that actually leads perfectly into the next question is how would we or how would you lose the weight twice as fast? Ooh, how would I lose the weight twice as fast? Well, it's pretty simple, right? You just go harder in your deficit and you double down on your workouts. The thing is is like we lost it very fast. I mean, I think with our clients and seeing how they've done it, we've kind of given them a road map to just basically lose it even faster than we did. Um but still relatively speaking, like I lost 160 lb in 14 months. That's over 10 lb a month on average. That's pretty fast. Calvin, you lost 140 in 12 months. That's still a little over 10 lb a month on average. Some of our clients, one of our clients has lost 107 uh what was it? 100 and 103 lb in 6 months. It was 5 and 1/2. You talking about Riley? Yeah. Yeah, 5 and 1/2. 103 lb in 5 months. So, like he just got all of the lessons directly from us on how to do it faster. We kind of just gave him a quicker road map to getting down the weight than what we did. Now, it by all means, like I'm very happy with how fast I did it. 160 lb in 14 months. I'm not mad about that. I don't wish it happened any faster. It happened in the perfect time possible because I've kept the weight off for 10 years. I learned enough. I I made the mistakes along the way that I know I don't want to do all over again. So, honestly, if you listen to what we're telling you and you're in our coaching program and you do what we're telling you to do, you will lose the weight twice as fast as we did and you'll see the results faster and you'll get to keep the weight off longer than you'll get 6 extra months for the rest of your life than we did for when we did it. Yeah. I'll say just for the fun and the sake of the question is if I were to do it twice as fast, when I look back at my weight loss journey, we still ate taco shop. We still ate Jack in the Box. I wouldn't say we ate [ __ ] like McDonald's. That was never really in our repertoire. But like It's still fast food. I still ate taco shop. That's one thing I'm in love with, I would say. California burritos, carne asada fries. burritos, carne asada fries, these foods that we really enjoyed growing up. I would still eat those at like 17, 18. And I would say I didn't really like spend a lot of time away from food. Like there was no like fasting, that's like a key buzzword nowadays. But like how I like to look at it is more just time away from food, respect for my body, allowing my body to build muscle and burn fat overnight. Those are things that I didn't really understand 10 years ago. I still just kind of ate whatever I wanted and lost 140 lb in 12 months. Again, I really relate it back to that one decision that I made at 17 where it's like I'm going to lose this weight. I'm going to do it quickly. I'm going to see how much weight I can lose in the next 8 to 12 months. And that decision is really what changed everything for me. So like to happen twice as fast losing 140 lb Mhm. I would say if I had a cleaner diet like these bunch of influencers like to speak on I guess it could have happened faster at that point. But again, like Angelo said You wouldn't have lost any more weight. You would have lost the same amount of weight just even faster. Yeah, I would have lost the same amount but just faster. Maybe like 6 months, 7 months to lose 140 lb. I did it in 12. And that was still with eating Taco Shop. That wasn't without tracking a single calorie. That wasn't knowing what protein, carbs, fats are. That wasn't knowing how much water to be drinking. That wasn't any a part of the regiment that I was on. Which goes to show Just decision. How important that decision is. Yeah, which goes to show that it's not about information. As crazy as it sounds, most people think they're lacking information. You're just lacking execution. If you can just go, if you can just get yourself to move, to do the thing, whatever the freak it is, if it's starting a business, if it's making more friends, if it's networking, if it's anything, if you can just get yourself to start taking action towards that goal, and then along the way you start picking up some pieces of advice, you start learning things, you can still get within 5 ft of your goal. Now, obviously, if you want to be exactly on the dot, you will need some more information along the way. But, 95% to your goal is much better than being 5% or only 5% progress. And that's where most people are as they continually make 5 to 10% progress and then go all the way right back to zero. And they're wondering why they're not where they where they want to be at. And they think it's because they don't have the information. They just didn't use the information they had long enough to go from 10% to 20%. From 20% to 30% and just use the same information on rinse and repeat until they got to their goal or until they got close to it. And then when you get close to it, yeah, fine-tune some stuff. That's where we talk about like lifting the weights. It's not like we're saying completely stop, never lift weights again. I lift weights to this day, but I only do it after having 10 years of experience, which can be cut down for you if you actually get some help on your weight loss journey and click the link in the description to work with us one-on-one. With that being said, guys, that is exactly what we do differently if we were over one more thing. Oh, you go. I remember a question that one of the clients asked is what advice would we ignore? Is that Did we answer that one yet? I think we did answer that one. Okay, I do have one more thing that I wanted to add to that. One more thing to ignore those. Ignore the opinions from other people. Ignore the advice from people you see that do not have the results that you want. Plenty of times I remember along the journey, friends, family, I wouldn't even call them friends, just people that I knew, family, everybody wants to chime in on the successful person being successful. They think that that person making success is due to the information that they gave to them. The difference between a person that see success and doesn't is the person that has success doesn't listen to the opinions of unsuccessful people. They figured it out on their own by taking action. And once you understand that the difference between who you are now and who you want to be is not more information but execution, you'll start moving with a different purpose and you'll start immediately doing the things necessary to get you to where you want to go. So, if you're on this journey right now and you hear friends and family saying, "Oh, like you should try this diet. You should try this. You should try this." Hear what they're saying, you know, nod like you're listening and you know, give them the little satisfaction of feeling like they're adding value to their life, but at the end of the day you know what to do. You know that you have a plan that you're following from us and that you're going to get the results that you want. You know that if you just don't veer away from that, you'll get to where you want to go cuz you've seen enough progress up to that point that validates that we're telling you the right things to do. So, with that being said, if you have any more questions or things that you want to hear in the next video, make sure you drop them in the comments. We read them all and we want to make sure that we give you the most value possible in these videos. And if you have any questions or you want help with your weight loss journey, go ahead and click the link in the description below, apply for our one-on-one coaching and we'll be reaching out to you to see if we can help. And as always, don't wait, lose weight.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2025-09-04 Views: 103 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nJN56dP67jU Runtime: 51 min 55 sec (10,245 words) The script, as delivered on camera further ado, let's kick this Wednesday wins off strong. If you don't know how this goes, as you should already, we've got a lot of legends that have been here before, raise your hand. You will be the first person to share. And with that being said, let's bring in the wife of Mr. Vision, Matt Carlson. Vision Britney, you have the floor. Give me some wins. Hey, what's up? Winning. You're you're you're cutting out. I can't hear you. Can you hear me now? Can you hear me? Okay. Um, my win for this week is that I finally got out of the 164s after I've been there for like a week and a half. I was getting so annoyed with that. So, those workouts that you gave me really helped, Angelo. Um, yeah, I'm 163 today. Um, and then just keeping on with this challenge. I'm excited for it because I feel like it's going to help me finally lose that last 15 pounds. So, I'm ready. Let's go. Oh, how you liking the new plan that I built out for you? I like it. It's good. Um, has so much. There's so much stuff in there. Yeah. But yeah. No, it's going good. Yeah, it typed says it should take like an hour, hour 15 for each workout. So, if you're like um Yeah, yesterday I worked out for an hour and 45 minutes. O, okay. because I had to get my steps in, which I still need to get back on the treadmill for at least 30 minutes to get the rest of my steps in for today. Um, but yeah. Okay. What you could do is you could split it up in the morning, do your Pilates early morning and cardio just to kind of knock that out the way and then hit the the workout side of things in the evening if that makes it easier for you. Yeah. Like this morning I did the Pilates and the weights and I did 20 minutes on the treadmill just because I didn't have enough time to meet. Um, and then I'm just going to do the rest of my treadmill stuff for the rest of my steps in at least um after the call. Nice. Yeah, I'm literally still behind on the steps. So, that doesn't mean I'm not going to beat you guys and get my 10K, but I am I am behind. So, I'm about to go get the treadmill after this. Other than that, that was about it. So, but yeah, feeling good about this challenge. So, out of the 164. Let's freaking go. Yeah. Got it. I was so irritated. I remember telling you that. What was it only like Monday? Like I'm so irritated with this weight. Well, you and literally the next day I was 162 and then I woke up today at 163 and I'm like whatever. Yeah. What Britney, what does your eating schedule look like? Um I usually eat lunch around 10:00 and then um today we actually move dinner back. So we're trying a new bedtime routine for her. Um, so I eat at 5 and then I'm not going to have anything else for the rest of the night. Um, unless I need sugar for any reason. Um, other than that, I'm done. Sweet. Yeah, I know that bedtime routine is going to help out a lot. Like when you can get her down a little bit earlier and really like focus on yourself, have a few hours to focus on yourself, it really does make a big difference. So, I know that's going to help you out a lot. Yeah, she's going through like a sleep regression right now. So, we're just having a lot of trouble trying to get her to stay asleep. And I'm We're both quite tired. So, yeah. Just trying to switch things up. Have you been sending Matt at 11:00 p.m.? Well, like last night she got up at 8 and then I tried getting her back to sleep and I'm like, well, I'm just going to sleep on her floor. So, I literally fell asleep on her floor for like 2 hours and then she started crying again at like 11. So, I finally just brought her into bed. But, we got to stop that habit so she doesn't keep this in our bed. Yeah. We're just have to try the sleep it out, the cry it out method probably. Yeah, we'll enjoy it. I know. You know, it doesn't last forever. So, thanks. Appreciate it, Brandy. super proud of you. I look forward to all night. Yep. I'm telling you, I'm going to get all these points. And I got my bonus points for Monday cuz And I even got uh the losers in the background. Hey, watch it. Watch it. Hey guys, so if you guys don't understand like what the challenges fully, we did put the description in the Facebook group, but if you show up to these calls, that's three extra points for the week. So very simple to join in. do that or do your check and call as well on Friday, but you can only achieve them once per week by joining on a call with us. So, just show up like literally even if you don't have your mic on or your camera, just show up so we can count that as points and that way my team can win. Yeah. Any call you guys show up to, whether it's this one, whether it's a one-on-one, that's five points for you. Yeah. Congratulations, Britney. We're going to move on to your husband, Mr. Matt Carlson. Give me some wins, man. Uh, so my win this week is my uh hour time. I did my hour run the other day and I got up to uh 2.6 m or 5.6 miles. So I'm I'm creeping up there back to where I was. Um, today I did some interval training. I didn't have anything on the schedule, but I needed steps, so I just hit the treadmill and uh did some interval running. But, uh, yeah, hoping to get that back up to like six and, uh, six six miles in an hour. Yeah. And six miles is your best time, right? Yeah. Yeah. You'll definitely get there, man. It's It's really just that break that you took, you know, that that break of like three, four weeks where you couldn't run. The biggest, man, is like if you don't use it, you lose it. Oh, yeah. Yeah, I'll get back there. I've been hitting the treadmill pretty much every day. Um, at least getting my steps in. So, yeah. Where are you weighing in at? I am at 193 this morning. So, I'm hoping to hit below the 190s, be in the 180s by the end of the week because I've been really strict with my diet this past week. Yeah. Matt, tell everybody where where did you started out at and where you're at today. I started out at weight-wise I was 267. Dang. Now I'm at 193. Wow. Uh, but yeah, I mean, diet-wise, I I was eating a lot of calories throughout the day that were just unnecessary. And now, I mean, now that I'm at like 1,700 calories a day, I really have to be strict to that. Otherwise, I just maintain. And I realized that this last month is you don't move unless you're in a calorie deficit and doing both the diet and the exercise. Mhm. Yeah. And Matt, you you've experienced it for the past about month now, but the margin for error gets way slimmer the more weight that you lose. Oh, yeah. Yeah. It came off real quick, but uh once you get down in weight to lose the last 10, 20 pounds, it's definitely the most difficult. Yeah. Well, keep putting in the work, man. You know, we're going to get you there. All right, let's do it. Let's go. Yeah. Mr. Zach Bartell's, we haven't heard from you in quite a while, man. I think you spoke last week, but uh give us some wins. Uh yeah, I got a couple quick ones. Uh I, uh weighed in today at 236, so I got three lbs down like I told you guys I would. I know no one was doubting me, but uh it was the first significant weight loss I've had in probably about a month. Um so good to get back on track there. Um other one for me was uh actually probably two more. Uh my run on Monday was five miles in uh 46 and change basically. So I was running just under 9 and a half minute miles for five miles which is kind of a new pace for me that I've been at the last week or two. Usually I was more like 10 10 and a half minutes. So uh was sub 930 for all those which was sweet. And then this challenge kind of reignited a little fire in my stomach here. And I've actually been logging my food for the last uh three days, which uh as you guys probably know, I have really never done since we started this journey. And so just trying to lock in here and uh switch something up because I know I was stagnant for too long of my own doing and uh looking to get back on track. So short, sweet, to the point. Uh also, Chris Reyes, that picture is unrecognizable of you with your plaque. Congrats, man. That was awesome. He's waving his hand up over there in the corner of the stretching room. Yeah, I know. He's got me. Yeah, Zach, that's amazing, man. 236 pounds right now. You notice that the margin for error is getting a lot slimmer for you, right? In terms of the calorie intake, which is that's important, man. Like that's why this challenge exists so that it's not something that you ignore and you're like, why am I not losing any weight? Well, let's look at the food intake. let's look at your expenditure in your workouts. What something something isn't adding up, right? It's never going to be a mystery as to why you're not losing weight. So, that's Yeah. And it Yeah, it wasn't a mystery. It was just time to kind of recalibrate, refocus. Um we weren't going in the wrong direction, but uh yeah, logging stuff has been been good. And uh yeah, I'm actually pacing up and down my sidewalk right now to get my steps in cuz both of my boys are asleep and my wife's not home yet. So, it's why I probably look like the neighborhood crazy walking up and down the street right now, but I don't have a treadmill. So, we got to get those steps in somehow. I got the baby monitor in one hand and we're on the meeting in the other. Oh, yeah. You got to play it safe, man. You cannot be seen outside the house knowing that the baby's inside. Wife pulls up. Trouble. How are you How are you able to leave the house with just a baby monitor, dude? My my girl would kill me. I'm literally Well, first of all, don't tell my wife because she would never okay this. Second of all, I'm basically going like two and a half houses down and then back the other way. Two and a half houses. So, I'm tracking my walk and it's just going to be like a scribble line back and forth in front of my house for about 30 minutes or so. But hey, got to get the steps in. Got to get it done. There you go. Yeah. And Zach, one big thing, man, is I want you to share your story here because it's really important that people are reminded more than they are taught. But for you, man, can you share with everybody where you started out weight-wise? And you already said where you're at, but give us So, I started out in November of last year at 350 down to 236. So, we're at about 114 pounds down. Um, and I know I said it before, like I'm a good uh example of what like HIT workouts and no gym membership can get done. You don't need any fancy tools to go out and do squats and run in place and get walks and runs in. You just got to get up and move. And so obviously diet is the biggest part of that. Found that out early on and then started kind of locking in more with the the workouts. Um like I said, I'm walking in front of my house right now to get steps in. Like got two boys under the age of four that are sleeping. Like you can find ways to to get your steps in, to move, to eat right. Everyone's got their own stuff going on, but you can you can figure out a solution to make it work to at least, you know, get some movement in and and try and progress toward your goals every day. Yeah, exact. Thank you for sharing, man. And that's no small feat that you were able to accomplish that. And most people have that common misconception that, hey, I need a gym membership. I need all this fancy equipment. No, all you need is your body and accountability. That's really what you're an example of, man. And congratulations because you also won a plaque as well. Can you send me your address? Uh, text it to me. Yeah, I'll text you. Awesome. Congratulations, Zach. Cool. Thanks, guys. All right. All right. Now, next man, next 100 pound man down. What's going on, brother? Christian. What's up, guys? Can you hear me? Yes, sir. There you go. Talk to me. All right. All right. So, we got a couple wins. Um, first win was a surprise. Um, we went, me and WP uh had like a little weekend. Uh, well, not a weekend, like a day on Sunday, we we went to like brunch, like one of our friends birthdays or whatever. So, we were next to the mall. We're like, "Oh, you know, after after we like, you know, eat or whatever, let's just go walk around." Long story short, we ended up in the Adidas store. And you know, where I live, uh, Messi plays in the Inter Miami, um, thing here. So, I'm like, we should probably get a jersey, you know, but their [ __ ] are like $150. I'm like, yeah, I'm not dropping $150 on a jersey. So, whatever. They were on sale. So, I'm like, let me get a 2X, you know? I already know it's my size, blah, blah, blah, whatever. I try it on and I'm like, is it me or like kind of feels a little too big? And she's like, go grab a XL. So, I was like I didn't want to really try it on because I was like this is gonna be tight like you know like like a [ __ ] Under Armour. And on the contrary, it was actually fitting like fitting as in like it fit perfectly like loose and everything. And I'm like what the [ __ ] So I I just dropped XL now. And I I went home and I was going through my closet cuz I'm literally donating everything that is a 3XL and above. I'm literally going to give it to the homeless and stuff like that. I'm like, even if they're they're not [ __ ] 3XL, they can use that [ __ ] as a [ __ ] blanket. Like, I don't give a [ __ ] you know? So, I'm giving all my clothes away. And I had some XL shirt, so I'm just like, I don't know if I can fit in this. And I just tried it on and it's like just like a glove. And I'm like, what the [ __ ] So, that was kind of crazy because I knew I was there, but I didn't kind of know it was there until I actually, you know, wore an ex extra large shirt. Guys, I haven't been extra large since probably ninth grade in [ __ ] high school. Like straight up, like I I I don't even [ __ ] remember like the last time I actually wore an extra large. I honestly think that I went from like large to like 2XL. Like I skipped like I skipped XL when I was a little kid. So that was a big kind of like sentimental win for me in the sense of like what the [ __ ] you know? That's kind of crazy. Um then yesterday, um I'm training for the 10K. So yesterday I had to do uh uh two miles and I ran the first mile. I think that's my fastest mile. I ran it in 8 minutes and 26 seconds. And then I ran both miles in 17 minutes and 30 seconds, something like that. And I was just like, "What the [ __ ] What the [ __ ] That's a title, isn't it? Speak. What the fuck?" I was just like, "What is going on here?" So, um, I'm pretty I kind of needed something uh to like really stay laser focused to. And uh I don't know. I'm always like the 10K is like one of those things where I don't ever want to be looking. I don't never want to feel or or feel defeated. So, the thing that this is the fact that this is a real event, the fact that, you know, there's gonna be other people there, I don't want to be a little [ __ ] So, I'm going to do everything in my power. And also, I don't want to be [ __ ] last place. So, I'm going to do everything in my [ __ ] power to to push through and and get those 6.2 miles in. And uh yeah, I mean, I'm pretty much sticking to the tea to the plan that you guys are sending to me. And um in the eating, I'm going to be honest, uh I'm kind of doubling down on the fasting like pretty hardcore. Like I mean yesterday I had like a meal and a half and then today I kind of had like one meal. I don't feel like I'm dying and stuff like that. I'm making sure I'm on my electrolytes, my water and everything, but that's it. Like you know I'm I'm I I I stopped eating like at 4 today and I'm good. So and I even told wife and wife was like you know you should eat I'm I don't I'm not hungry. And the reason why is I kind of get like this cuz I'm just like really I'm already the race is not till October 26th but I'm already there mentally. So, I'm like, you know, I'm just like, I gotta shave some some of this fat. And the way that I'm looking at it, the more fat I shave, the less it'll be stressful on my knees and [ __ ] all this stuff. So, I'm just like, it ain't no losing in this case. So, um I'm excited for that. Uh and yeah, I think I was I maybe missed a win, but I think that was my my my win. Yeah, Christian, that's huge, man. the fact that your mindset's already at the race and you just you just I I don't want you to gloss gloss over a point that you just made that is extremely important. You mentioned the less weight that you have, the easier it's going to be when the race time comes. And Christian, speaking from marathon experience, the the fasting is essent essential to what you're doing right now because once you get to race day, man, you need to feel as light as a feather. And I know like we still got some work to do to get there like with the abs and the core and like and and form and everything, but to do your 10k, you don't really have to focus on that. It's just about getting the damn thing done. But the weight part is extremely important. Me and Angela, I mean, Angela knows this. Weight over time. Like if I'm running a marathon and I'm 200, say I was going out and I was 210bs versus if I'm 190 pounds, 20 pounds over 26.2 2 miles is absolutely is going to it can make or break your time. Like it can it can add an extra hour onto your run. So definitely like really lock in for the weight loss this month because not only is it a race, but it's it's physical. It's a test. You know, you want to test yourself and see how your body can actually keep up. So when the marathon times come, you'll be able to you'll be well trained enough to to accomplish it because you have lost so much weight. Neil Christian, that make sense? Yeah, 100%. Yeah. What's up, coach? Um, but you see you see what he's doing, though. You notice what he's doing? Like he's he's actually putting himself already there like he's type of doing type of manifesting like like he's looking at himself in the future, how he's how he's going to look. And that's actually the way everybody should do to lose weight. I mean, not just use it for that specific event, but if you use that in your daily life, like like if you you can see yourself in the future, like how you want to look and and just get there, you know, reach that that person you want to be, you could do it. It's it's just you just got to have that locked in in your brain. I want to be like this person. I want to be this kind of person. I want to be, you know, I want to lose this much amount of weight. And and that's great, man. I think I think that's the that's one of the things I do like when I want to like I want to I get build up or get my muscles up you know hey I focus I want to look by the certain time or this is how I want to look and I just work towards that. So hey congrats Chris keep doing your thing man play boy keep doing your thing man for real get it man. Yeah. And if we were the the weight loss twins, we would brand ourselves as the weight loss twins, but like Coach Mark said, it's it's the vision, right? We're not It's not about Yes, it's about weight loss, but it's more than that. It's more than that, man. It's who is your vision. And Chris, you you hit it right on the head. Don't want to whole kitchen sink at you, man, but but you're crushing it. You about to get that running? Yeah, I'm about to do it. Uh I have the interval today. So, you said four four one minute. uh into I I talked to Matt about it. So he was telling me like start with a jog and then hit it for a minute then stop two minute cool down then hit it for a minute then stop and then two miles after that. So if I'm dead after this call you guys know why that knows. Hey man Christian posted a picture the other day on Sunday morning and he's like laying down with all his boys and I was like oh I know he feels skinny. I know he feels skinny taking that picture. He looked at him I look good. It's funny. It's funny you mentioned that though. That's that group that uh every Saturday we kind of link up. It's just like a bunch of neighbors. It's called F3. And pretty much they kind of it's it's almost like a military style workout boot camp. They wanted me to lead it. So with the help of one of their guys, um they're all like ex cops and firefighters. So they're all like fit. They were like, "Hey, I want you to lead it." So I was calling the cadence and all that stuff. But I we did some crazy ass workouts. Like to the point where I was like, "What the [ __ ] did I What did I do?" I was the one that made the workout. I'm like, "This is crazy." But it was dope because like it just keeps me going and and it's a lot of like actually they focus on a lot of a full body full body running. Um we do like Indian run. Uh we do a a mile run then we do like bear crawls half the field for 50 yards. Then we um then you have to do um uh what do you call it? Uh sprinting and then like arm hammers and and it's a little bit of everything, bro. And it's it's pretty cool because it's 6:30 in the morning. It gets my day started. Um and it just kind of jump start me. And then on Sundays, my neighbors, we run two miles. Uh, which I've been doing three miles now cuz I'm like, "Hey, I want to keep practicing." So, I start earlier than them. And we all get together and kind of like just just keep running. So, and I've been kind of running outside more, too, just to kind of get used to it because right now it's cold as hell inside this AC, but like I know they race time, it ain't going to be this cold. No. Matt, tell them how what's the weather going to be like October? It should be pretty nice. Uh, we were talking about it. It should be like in the low 70s in the morning. So, the race starts at like 7. So, beautiful. It shouldn't be bad until about noon and it'll be in about low 90s. Well, we're going to finish in less than an hour and a half for sure. Oh, yeah. Easy. Let's go. And thank you guys for the uh for the black once again, guys. That was that was honestly uh very very uh emotional surprise cuz uh I literally got like a bunch of packages that day and I was like what the [ __ ] is this box? I'm like what the hell is this [ __ ] So I'm like you know I'm thinking it's something I ordered or something and then at the end of the day I was like let me go ahead and unlock it. I unbox it and I'm just like what the [ __ ] is this? And then when I saw it I was like damn. And it kind of hit me. I was like damn this is [ __ ] crazy dude. This is this is nuts. You know I was like this is cool. So, I didn't expect it. So, I know my man Zach's going to have one, too, man. That [ __ ] is dope as [ __ ] The fact that you can say that you earned that [ __ ] is what I really like about it. It ain't given. It was earned. True. That's it, man. Let's go. I I want to show you this quick picture and then we'll get to the next person. Um, if you guys see in the chat right now, I just dropped two photos. That's Chris's transformation year to date. just about year to day almost I think or maybe a little bit before that picture but that's where he was sitting around um Hawaiian t-shirts big shirts button-ups that are loose and you know give you all that room man he tried to put that on now the thing's a dress so I did I did put it on when uh I was cleaning my closet I think I still have it if so I'm going to take a picture uh with it on dude I felt like I was [ __ ] swimming in that [ __ ] keep one article of clothing and I think Caitlyn was talking about that too like you I don't know if it was but keep an article article clothing from the past cuz it's cool to like dress into it afterwards and be like, "Dang, like this. I remember when I fit into this shirt and like it was snug on me and so it's pretty cool to go through. Good stuff, Christian." Yeah, Christian. And And come on now, man. Treat yourself, bro. Buy that buy that $150 jersey. Put it on, man. Get in. No, I bought it. I bought it. But that [ __ ] Come on, dog. I got that [ __ ] for $40, dog. That's the reason why I tried it on. I saw $40. said, "Me wifey, we grabbing one." That's the reason why we even thought about getting it. I said, "1 150 in my ass." But no, I got that [ __ ] Trust me, I bought it. I even wore it that day. Yeah. As long as as long as you bought it, man. As long as you bought it, you deserve it. Oh, no. We got it. We got it. We got it. All right. For sure. For sure. All righty. Let's switch it over to the next lovely couple. Two amazing people, Kate and Steve. Competition challenge. My boy, come on in. Talk to me. Whoever ladies first. Ladies first. Thank you. Thank you. Uh, well, I would say my win, um, I think I had mentioned to Calvin, I had to go to an event on Saturday night and the event completely derailed. I did not plan to eat out whatsoever, but I ended up just eating a burger, no bun. Didn't do terrible, but it was a late meal. I was very, very disappointed. Um, and then we had a breakfast with my family the next day, but I didn't let any of that wreck my weekend. Um, I just got right back to it. I really under ate on Sunday. Um, and just started working out again, you know, Sunday. So, I didn't let it derail my entire week. And then, um, I finally, um, I've been running, um, but I finally ran two full miles straight without stopping. So, which is I mean I haven't ran in it's been probably eight years since the last time I ran which was really nice but um I've been s I've been in a state of soreness since Sunday. I did a weighted HIT workout and then I did a hit workout yesterday that I wasn't anticipating being sore from, but I did six rounds of it and my core is incredibly sore. So, just decided to run today and finally busted out my walking pad at work. um to get the steps in. Uh because I have a 100% desk job. That's That's You're That's such You're cheating. That's [ __ ] cheating. No, it's not. That [ __ ] counts. Being able to walk at work is such a walk at work. I can't walk. I don't have a walking book. Well, go get one. All right. All right. I'm all right. $30 on or like maybe 50 bucks on Amazon. But fun. Kate, you said that you haven't ran in like eight years, right? So, yeah. There's a study that was posted. I don't know how true it is, but I I think it's very true. 95% of adults over 30 will never run again at full speed. Well, I would believe that because I mean, back in my prime of running, I was, you know, 7 minute mile. I could run for days and I'm half of that speed now. But at least I'm running. I mean, I played volleyball and did boxing throughout those years, but that's way different than running. Um, I literally didn't think I would run again. I just got up the courage a while ago to start running again, but finally did two miles straight. Probably could have done more, but you know, two miles. I'll take that as a win. So, hell yeah. I love that. And even though you're not on my team, like that's some good [ __ ] And I love the the walking pad. Uh I work a literally we all I don't know all of us, but most of us have desk jobs as well. So, it's pretty hard for us or Steve, I'm right there with you, man. Like, it's a challenge to get those extra steps in during the day. I got to like schedule it in early in the morning or like middle of the day. I have to just go for a walk just to catch up. And I'm I [ __ ] you not, I'm probably at like 2,000 steps for the day. So, I'm going to have to go bust my ass out, man. So, that's how my days normally are, especially if I'm at home. I'm only at like 1500 for the day. Um, I used to work at a hotel, so my steps per day were like 19,000 steps. It was great. And I that did play a huge factor into the weight gain was going to a 100% desk job which was very difficult. Um so I finally I've been sitting at work for I don't know two months and I've used it like one time. It's just wow never used it. So finally was like I need to get steps in during the day. This is ridiculous. So are you past your 10K? Oh yeah. Yeah. I did like I think I did 5,000 by the middle of the day or six or something. So good [ __ ] Good [ __ ] I'm at 576. 576. I gota I got a long way to go this evening. I feel you. That's me. Most days is like 1500 to 2,000. Yeah. By five o'clock. So, yeah. Well, that's that's exactly why this challenge exists, right? Not it's for an array of reasons, but even for that point, you mentioned Britney or Kate, when you used to work at the, you know, for your hotel, it was really easy to get like 19,000 steps in, right? But then that immediate shift into where you're just solely working behind a desk, it can be really difficult to to get yourself back in. And it's that immediate shift, guys. Like as soon as me and Matt talked about it earlier, if you don't use it, you lose it. You know, I'm not half of what I used to be. You know, I played volleyball. You know, I did all these sports. If you don't start, you know, if you don't use it, it's going to be gone. So, that's a great realization that you've had, Kate, and you're crushing this challenge. We're going to win this thing. I sure hope so. You can go. All righty. Now, let's talk to my man. I've had a good week. Um, wins for this week were um like she said, we had like a a family like brunch thing that we went to, but it didn't didn't derail anything. Like I I don't even remember what it was like breakfast casserole or something. And so, yeah. So, we had that and that was delicious. Uh, but I'm still I'm still down uh since we last talked I'm down three almost four pounds. Yeah. So, like a good week. Um, awesome. Might have been Christian that said uh he quit eating like four the other day. I did the same thing. I had um so it's opening season for dove hunting this week. I'm a dove hunter with my dogs and stuff and so I've been going out in the evenings and then when I get back like even if I'm under my calories or whatever I don't want to eat cuz I don't want I don't like eating before bed cuz I don't like how it makes me feel. And so there's been a couple days where I've just stopped eating really early or had my last meal really early. And I think that's kind of uh played into it. Um even if it's just like a a mental aspect of of this game. But uh but it's been good. So I've had a productive week. So yeah, three pounds down. I saw you like low 290s, right? No, player. I spent the day in the 280s. Uhuh. Wow. Come on. Round of applause. Yeah, man. It's uh it's it's been a good week. I mean, nothing nothing sexy, but just just slow and steady and just like sticking to the program, man. Like some weeks have been faster than others, but it's I'm just I'm still sticking with my macros, getting getting the workouts in and just, you know, slow and steady, man. Yeah. Chipping away, bro. That's how it is. Let me know. Little by little. Let's go, man. You're lucky Christian's on mute. You don't want him to come come in like last week, man. I did that in two days. You gonna come in here hot for some random reason, bro. These these 50 lbs two months, man. It's crazy. what some of these guys are are doing, man. It's it's impressive. Yeah. Well, and that's the thing, guys, is and Steve, congratulations, you know, on on still sticking to it. Three to four pounds down, that's nothing to bad at. And that's the thing. It's like Christian under he's been here for a while, so he knows what the standard is, right? It's 100 pounds. And however we have to get there, we're going to get there, right? But that is the standard is 100 pounds lost, nothing short, nothing less. You get what I'm saying? when I got on this program, um Angelo and I's discussion was uh we can get you 10 pounds a month. And so that was kind of my benchmark starting off. And I've surpassed that by I don't I don't even remember what I'm how much I'm I've surpassed it by, but like I'm I'm way ahead of that goal. And so like that's that's kind of my floor now is 10 pounds is 10 pounds a month. So and so far that's that's good. If I'm ahead of that, I'm like it's it's good. It's very Yeah, 10 pounds a month is like bottom line standard. And then people do like 20 pounds sometimes, but again, these guys are like one of our guys, Oscar, he has a a a job as a police officer support, so he's like, you know, moving cones and like directing traffic on his feet all day. So like that on top of his workouts gets him that extra 10 pounds. Yeah. So, it's for everybody it's different, but considering where you're at, dude, like you're right on track with like the lifestyle side of things and making it long term. Yeah. I think the first month was like 13 or 14 and then the same for the maybe the same for the second month. I don't know. I'm I'm I'm at like 30 something pounds. So, I I think I put my first weight as 3 18, but I was really like 325 like 10 days before that. So, that's kind of what I've been going at because I've been going off my heaviest weight. So many good spots, man. Start with the heaviest weight. Yeah, man. Yeah. Let's go. And by the way, guys, so if you guys you're Christian already got his plaque, but for people that have hit 50, 75, and 100, they get plaques. So if you're creeping up on the 50 pounds, if you're creeping up on 75 or 100, get there because the sooner you get that plaque, like it's really cool to have that hanging up in your garage or Chris might have it at his office. And if you already have hit it, I've spoken to most of you, but if you haven't yet, message me and we'll get you guys out your uh your rewards. Awesome. Thanks for sharing that, Steve. All right. I want to throw it over to Joseph Beltran since he's in the flow right now. Joseph, give us some wins. You got to catch your breath. There we go. Yeah. And I had to mute myself as well. What's up? Hey, what's up, guys? Uh, my biggest win, uh, it felt great. Uh, this weekend I was at the beach and something I usually don't do, it just came out naturally. I said, "Fuck it." took my shirt off. I felt good. I felt comfortable who I was. Um, a close friend of mine, he just looked at me and he he he's a big guy, too. And then he said, "You really feel comfortable, huh?" And I said, "Yeah." And then he said, "You know what? Well, [ __ ] it. Me, too. And then he took his shirt off. He's like, "Man, I never take my shirt off." And I was like, "Man," I was like, "Well," I was like, "I'm happy with myself. I love myself. I'm not." I guess it makes sense, but it doesn't make sense. Like, I like where I'm going, where I'm heading. Doesn't mean that's where I want to stay, you know? But I'm confident of who I am and what I'm doing and how I'm getting better every day. Uh, I told him, I was like, "Man," I was like, "That shirt ain't gonna do nothing." I was like, it's just like when you have a a car under a tarp, you know the car is there, you just can't see it. I was like, so that's the same thing Sherry's doing. I was like, man, I was like, [ __ ] it. And I was like, if I'm a little embarrassed right now, that means I just got to get better. So next year when we come back, I'm even in better shape. So that made me feel good. I think that was my biggest win. um especially since I've been um slow here this past month where that I had talked s about that I had to go back to therapy because of my ACL. So my my workouts dro decreased a lot. I've still been keeping up my steps. um is just that rather instead of having high intensity workouts, I've been having a lot of slow workouts just with my knee related, whether it be RDL's, step downs, leg press, cal works, you know, it's been a lot of different little variables and things even with the damn yoga ball, but hell, it still killed me. Uh I just still don't feel like it's been intensity that I was the previous month, but I'm working back to get in there. So, and dude, things like that are going to happen. I know a lot of people um especially like there's been a few people in the program, none of them are here today, but like they'll have something kind of derail them early on and then they get super discouraged and they're like, man, like f this. I'm not going to do it. I'm not going to keep trying and it's like, dude, what else are you going to do? You're going to go back to being uncomfortable with your life? You're going to go back to being unhappy and unhealthy? Like, that's not the way, man. Things are going to happen. and shit's going to come up and like either we decide how we're going to move around it, go through that [ __ ] or we're going to go backwards. And like for us, going backwards is not even an option. So, the fact that like you're figuring out a way to move around it, it might take you a little bit longer, but you're still going towards the direction of your dreams. Yeah, definitely. Because they just told me pretty much uh stop running or jogging or anything because obviously the same thing putting the that extra weight on the knee. They were like, but you still got to move. And I so that means I can walk. So, I just even if it hasn't been long walks, there's been times that I've done 10-minute walks and then I'll come back later do 20 30 minute walks and just I have to I've been splitting it whether I was doing it in one hour all together. I've been having to break it down. But, uh it's better than nothing. Yeah. I mean, it's an hour of walking either way, however you want to put it. If you do it in 10 minutes, if you do it all in one one go, you're still doing an hour. Yes, sir. That's what's up, man. Good [ __ ] bro. Can you give us a background on where you were weighing in at where you first started and then where you at now? I started at 4:15. Uh my skill didn't even read me, but I did when I first talked to Angelo. I had went to the doctor. I was at 4:15 and I am currently at 377. Well, that was like August 15th, bro. Last time I saw Did you Yeah. Have you noticed since then? I've been pretty much the same. I've uh I've weighed in and it's been like one pound up and down. I've stayed the same. Uh I say the same thing with the I guess the high the high intensity workouts. I guess it made a difference because I could definitely see a different when I'm going full speed. Uh but that I haven't let that discourage me. Where have I where have I stayed the same? Because I feel like I'm I'm working. It's just I came to my full capability at the moment. Yeah. Well, 40 pounds is nothing about it. I have, bro. So, keep doing your thing, man. Let's go. Keep pushing. Push through. Push. Go around. But don't let this thing stop you. Yes, sir. Let's go, man. Great work, Joseph. Let's go. Uh, Jacob Chavez. He's got He's been chatting over here. You there, Jacob? Yeah, I'm right here. What's up? Gotta get yourself some nice shirts, man. Spend money for the quality. Yes, sir. I'm going to we're actually going to go shopping right now. I'm going to go with my girl. We're going to go shopping around. I'm going look for some new gym clothes cuz my clothes is all loose on me. So, I'm like I was literally running on the treadmill after uh my workout today and my shorts were falling the whole freaking time. So, I was like I was getting pissed off cuz I had to keep stopping the time again. But at the same time, I was like, "Damn, this is good." Yeah, bro. I remember I man you just gave me a a core memory from when I was starting my weight when I was at like 240. All my clothes were from when I was 330 lbs. I'm like the shorts like 10 times, man. It's like do you have those string shorts where it's like on your skin? Yep. Like and not only that, but it's like with my work clothes, too. Like my pants are freaking falling. And I was annoyed at first at work, but then I was like, damn, this is a good thing. Like this is what I needed. And like I've gone down like three whole belt sizes since I've started. So it's like, you know, I just actually got to go get new clothes at this point. Let's go. Yes, sir. Uh win. Shoot. I mean, I got a win today. I got my mile time down to 11 minutes. When I first started, I was at like close to 16 minutes. So that was a win for me today. Um I also weighed in this morning at 212. So, I'm close to 210. I'm I'm trying to get there. So, I'm down like Question. We'll get to how how much you're down right now, but like now that you're at 210, do you feel like that's the end goal for you? No. I keep setting I keep setting like little goals for me so that when I reach them, I'm I'm on to the next like little goal. Once I'm at 210, I'm I'm my next goal is 199 and I'm going keep going from there. Yeah. A lot of people have these goals like especially when we're over 350 we're or 300 pounds like I got I want to see 250 on the scale. Zach Christian are prime examples. You hit 250 you're like this ain't it. So I push you. Hey what's the furthest goal that you want to get to because that's really what really matters. Like what's the end right now? Go back to what you're saying the how much you're down so far. Uh so I'm down I started at 230. So down to 212. That's about what 18 pounds. Mhm. So, 18 lbs in like 2 months. Let's go. And like not only that, but like I'm seeing like all the changes in my body like with muscles and stuff. Like I actually got I'm getting more toned, too. My shoulders are feeling bigger. My calves are freaking bigger. So, it's feeling good. That's good, man. Bigger now, too. Oh, of course. Of course. Every time I'm on the the workouts and you guys get to the take off your merch part, I'm like, "Yeah, [ __ ] it." You know, feel good now. Yeah, let's go, man. Yes, sir. Cool, brother. Well, thanks for sharing, man. Go and uh hit the stores, get some new clothes. For sure. Look good, bro. I'm telling you, you're gonna It's way more worth it than getting some, you know, knockoff $10 shirts, man. Like, yeah, the Nike outlet's amazing. Like, I'll definitely check it out. Yeah. Yeah, man. For sure. All right. Well, I hope you guys have a good one. I'm head out right now. See you then. Wait, wait, wait. Jacob, before you head out, I want you to schedule a one-on-one with us, man. And for everybody here on Wednesday, schedule your one-on-one for Friday. You get first come, first serve. Since you showed up to this call, you can also get another five points on Friday for booking in your one-on-one. This will go into the Facebook group, but since you're here on the call, you get priority. So, book in your one-on-one with us. Sounds good. Thank you. We're gonna go three more people and then that'll probably take us to our time. So, let's head over to Trey. What up, man? Yo, sorry. First night of bowling league and it's a crazy hectic us. Oh, the church. But no, uh, my W is not too exciting. But I returned back from Florida late, real late last night. Got a nice workout in. But the one thing that I've noticed, and maybe I think I hear others talk about it, too, is when I travel, I pretty much prioritize my working out as part of my travel. So where vacations used to just be chill around and [ __ ] around, it's more of like I gotta get my fitness in while I'm on my vacation. Even when I go to the Philippines next month, I'm kind of trying to bring a jump rope with me, trying to find ways to keep working out. I know we're going to be walking a lot, too. Nothing exciting for the W this week, but I'm just happy to be back in the desert and get back to my normal everyday routine of working out. Gonna meal prep tomorrow. Just get back in the swing. Get back not even at the back in the swing and just getting back to what I know. Yeah. Where are you at right now in terms of weight, Trey? I'm 263 right now. I put on three pounds in Florida, which I mean, crazy thing is, except for eating at my mom's house, my dad my dad doesn't know how to boil an egg. So, when I eat out when I eat meals with my dad like eat out at restaurants and [ __ ] I don't even think you have to air fryer. Am I frozen on this thing? No. Okay. Uh, I did I expect it? No. I thought I did pretty good. I might have had a couple of bigger meals, but at the same time, like when I'm in Florida, unless I'm eating at my mom's house, like that, like I said, my dad does zero cooking. He doesn't even cook for himself. He eats out every meal. Yeah. Sure. Is it okay that Can I coach you up real quick, man? Wait a little bit. Can I coach you up? Little bit of ass tune, man. Let's get back on track now. Like more than ever before. 263. Like, yeah, you gain a few pounds, but like dude, we're not going back, man. It's too easy to Why is everybody muted? His His camera cut out. I think he uh He can hear me probably. No, he's not in the not in the chat. So, I think his All right. He's getting a phone call. He must have he must have got called up for bowling. But no, I mean what what you're saying is Oh, here he goes. He's back. There we go. Trey, can you hear me? Hello? Yeah, I can hear you. I need 255 by next week. No, but if that means two a day again, man, back to it. But we need to get that the hard ball rolling again. Absolutely. All right, everybody heard you now. 255. Let's go. Let's go. I can I can tell Trey he's ready when he says done. He's good. You know Troy is about to go whoop some freaking ass. He's done. All right, enough said. All righty. Let's go over to the next person. Let's get Let's get Frank in here because I haven't heard from Frank in quite some time, but he showed up today. He's got some points on the board. What up, Frank? probably can't hear us. He's probably just collecting points today by joining in. All right, I feel the vibe. Who else we got? We can go one more person and then we'll wrap it up here. Uh Chris, what's up, bro? I'm in I'm in the gym. All right. What's going on? I'm in the gym, bro. I really can't uh talk. I'm just listening to y'all right now. Getting motivated. Say less, man. We got you. Dave, what's happening? What's happening, guys? What's going on, man? Not much. Not much. But, um, I guess for me, my win um, so on the days that I don't have workouts, I have a run in for 3K. Um, that would usually take me I mean like not consistently, but it would usually take me about like 35 minutes for 3K. Um, and I noticed uh uh two days before. Um, I I did that in uh I went from 35 minutes to 28 minutes. No, sorry, 31 minutes and then I went down to 28 minutes just the other day. Um, and that's with just keep pushing myself to keep running more and less of the stopping and stuff. So, I'm pretty proud of that. Um, and uh going this Friday to uh get my membership for the gym and then that's that, man. Let's go. It's in the calendar now, man. Look, celebrating. Let's go. Sorry, I didn't hear that. I I said Christian's over there celebrating that you're getting the gym membership. Yeah. Yeah, but uh that's pretty much where I'm at. Um I I did notice uh some fluctuations over the weekend as I was telling um Calvin. Um went up a bit and then back down. So I'm back down to 227, but 227.2. Um so now I'm just going to keep riding that out more. Um I I filled out that questionnaire stuff, so I want to drop that 3 lbs. Um so just getting in my workouts and stuff like that as as much as possible. And I I I kind of do have a question for y'all because um like I I do have uh the workouts that you guys sit, but how can I get the HIT workouts if I want to do the HIT workout that you guys the videos that you guys be doing? How can I get how can I get access to that? Yeah, I can throw that in for you. Angel, you got Cool. Yeah, I'll do it right now. Cool. Cool. I appreciate that. Got you. Yeah. Well, Dave, congrats on being able to run longer, right, without stopping. That's a huge win, man. And eventually, you're just going to keep getting better and better and better and better at running to where you can feel like you can run forever. Consistency. Consistency. Yeah. And and and as uh as your pops was saying uh you know, couple of calls back, like way back, he said, you know, uh don't look at it about the running. Just start with the jogging and then you'll work your way up. So I always keep remembering that and um I think I think prior to when I was doing the running I was just trying to push myself thinking that was the best way but now I'm seeing like if I pace myself take you know deeper breaths like 3 second in and then exhale I see that I'm able to push myself a little bit longer with the running and and and not stopping. So you have that? Yeah. Yeah. And Dave the thing about running man is it's an art form. So, it's not like something that you go and you just throw a bunch of paint at the canvas and see what comes out of it. That's what you do when you're running and just trying to figure it out. Like, no, it's it's an art form. Like, you ease your way into it. There's times to push. There's times to really fall back. There's times to walk, you know? There's times to jog. It it's an art form. So, treat it like that, like before you head out there, not to like go kill yourself and just go as fast as possible. Your body will it'll teach you as you start to get into it more how to go for that three that three miles that I put into your your distance. Your body will learn as you continue to go. That's why I put it in there. How to get that that running form, the speed, all that will be taken care of just as you start out just like how you said, jogging, then running, slowing down, walking a bit, then picking it back up and finishing strong. 100%. Hey Dave, you got an Apple Watch? Yes, I do. All right, text me after this. I'm put my number in there. I'm gonna compete with you this week. All right, sounds good. [ __ ] love that guy. He doesn't know I'm with it. No hold. I'm with it. That's That's that Toronto talk. I'm with it. I'm with it. Let's go. All right, guys. Well, that's the end of today's call. If you haven't booked in your time yet, go book it in. Uh if you want to compete with Christian, good luck. But he's just dropped his number in there as well, so you can do that, too. Um, but we will see you guys on Friday for your one-on- ones. If you have any questions, let us know and we're going to freaking rock it. So, everybody has a goal in their mind for this next week. Where are the what's the number you're trying to hit and make it a non-negotiable for yourself and tell us that on the call as well, just so we can make sure that we hold you accountable to that. All right. All right, everybody. Have an amazing night. Take care. We'll see you guys. All right, everybody. Take care. Let's go. God bless.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-04-20 Views: 102 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o66kjowuIS4 Runtime: 18 min 43 sec (3,712 words) The script, as delivered on camera Let him in here. Let him in here, it's fine. He can come in. Come here. As a matter of fact, this is what it takes. Come here. People think we're talking from theory. This is the truth. Say the truth, Calvin. The type of example you're going to set is set onto them. The vision of the man that you want to be for them. He wants to be the badass dad. He wants to be the dad that his kids can always rely on. When he goes to Disney vacations, he wants to get on the ride with him. He wants to enjoy his time. And that doesn't come from surface-level [ __ ] It comes from having a vision, having clarity, and having coaching to get you to where you want to go. That was perfect, Calvin. You're going to be a badass when you grow up. Say, "I'm going to be a badass." And you, Mila? Say hello. Mila, you're going to be a badass when you grow up, too. Say hello. Come here. Badass. Come here. Let me see your shoes. Oh my gosh. Wow. If you clicked onto this podcast, you saw the title, and you realized that it's a competitive attitude that we're going to take in this video. So, if you're not the type of person that can take criticism, constructive criticism at that, want to get better, actually make a change, swipe off this video. If you're looking for the next tip, trick, hack, [ __ ] [ __ ] next fad diet that you'll find on Instagram or TikTok, this video is not for you. This video is for the guy who's enough of his own [ __ ] He's tired of hearing the same excuses that he tells himself and is ready to make a change. With that being said, my name is Calvin. My name is Angelo. We are the Vision Twins, and we lost combined 300 lb together. Now, it's our life mission to show men who were just like us how to do the same thing. The title of this video is called Stop Feeling Sorry for Yourself, Fat Boy. Now, if you hear that for the first time and you're not in the mental frame to make a change, you're going to be offended by that. You're going to feel offended that we're calling you a fat boy and we're not validating your emotions for being fat. But, if you're the right type of person, you'll see this video, you'll hear it and you'll be like, "Okay, these guys are speaking the truth." And the truth about our situation is we don't validate our own feelings because the results that you want are not contingent upon how you feel. They're contingent upon the actions that you take on a daily basis in order to get closer to that person. I don't feel sorry for myself. Angelo doesn't feel sorry for his self. It's about taking the mindset that if you want your life to get better, you have to take vicious, repetitive action in order to become who you want to be. You've taken yourself so far away. Think about it. For the past 20, 30 years, you've given yourself all these excuses and they've led you up here to this point. That should be a clear indicator for you that the way that you've been thinking and the way that you've been validating your emotions does not work. Most guys that we speak to, I would say, not even most guys, a lot of fat guys out there that are, again, the type of person that we don't even want to talk to, come up with a million and one excuses for why they're fat. They'll say that they work 12-16 hour days and it's impossible for them to go and work out. They'll say that they don't know what foods to eat. They'll say that, you know, they they don't know what workouts to do to lose the weight. When that is absolute [ __ ] because you, yourself, have lost 30 lb in the past. You know what it's like to see progress. But, the reason why you failed and the reason why you gained all that weight back is because you stopped doing the things that were actually moving the needle forward. Now, granted, there might be some diets out there that are pretty restrictive. And it's just like, hey, [ __ ] I can't not have a carb for the rest of my life. And no one's saying those are the best ways to lose weight." Yeah, you'll lose weight on the scale, but ultimately it's about having the right system in place to do this. And what we figured out is that the guy that we want to work with, the guy that we work with that gets the best results, doesn't make excuses for why he fails. He says, "You know what? I remember losing the weight. I know what it felt like. I remember being able to have more energy. My sleep was better. And I miss that feeling. But I can't seem to get myself to take action or stay consistent with that because I always feel sorry for myself. I always start to talk myself out of, you know, this journey because I say it's going to be too hard. It's going to be too difficult. Why bother? Life is good. My I got a roof over my head. My kids are fed. My wife is, you know, fine with where she's at. Everything is seemingly okay in my career. Why can't I get this figured out?" And they'll settle for that. But the thing is is that guys that actually lose the weight, the guys that actually lose 100 lb, they stop feeling sorry for themselves. They stop validating why they're not seeing progress, and they take ruthless action like Calvin said. Here's the thing. You've done this before. You know the type of energy it takes to lose the weight, but you got afraid of that. You felt uncomfortable in it. Why did you feel uncomfortable in it? Maybe it's because you're the only person that is taking this serious. Maybe it's because you're the only person that's like trying to get real results in his life. And when you did that, a lot of people weren't comfortable with you making those hard changes. Maybe your wife was telling you, "No, babe, you look good. Like you don't have to lose weight. I love you for the way you are." And unfortunately, that's how being in a relationship is. But you have to be brutally honest with yourself. If you can't go and look in the mirror and smile with what you see, then you know some work needs to be done. And nine times out of 10, if you ask your wife, "Hey, babe, how do I look?" She'll look at you and say, "You look good." Why would she say you look good? Because she doesn't want want your feelings. And that is the point you have to get to in order to lose weight. [ __ ] your feelings. No one's saying that you can ever have an emotion again. That's not what we're saying. But what we're saying is when it comes to you having the results that you want on your weight loss journey, you have to disassociate the way that your brain processes your emotions and the actions you take. The actions you take are the only thing that matter when it comes to losing weight. Did you eat the right food? Did you work out consistently? Did you get enough sleep? Did you drink your water? Did you start fasting? Did you stop eating from a certain time and did you follow that and adhere to that consistently? That's what you want. It's that hard push, that wake-up call that hey, this is what your life is supposed to look like, but you always chatter yourself out of it. If you just focused on doing this and had the right system around this, you would lose the weight. 100%. It's about having the right system in place. Now, nobody's saying that you have to end your relationship. You may have a few kids, you may have a wife. At the end of the day, who do you feel about yourself? Who do you feel about what you see in the mirror? It's not about how or what or if, it's about who. Ask yourself who. In order to become the who that you want to be, you have to kill off the old version of yourself. And sometimes that comes with very hard conversations, that comes with cutting certain people out of your life. If you have an enabler in your household, where your wife enables you to eat junk food and you guys even worse eat junk food together and you're giving that to your kids, you need to have that hard conversation with your wife that you are serious and you're dead set on becoming who you want to be. The reason why is because if you don't have that tough conversation, it's going to spill over, she's going to be nagging in your ear about you making changes, you guys won't be in flow, and being realistic, you guys aren't even in flow right now. She knows that you're settling for being less than who you're supposed to be. She knows that you're settling for not pushing yourself to your limit. That's not the type of man that she wants, but she's afraid because let's face it, women are pretty fearful. She's afraid of losing you. That should drive you even harder to become better for her. That should drive you to become better for your family. That should drive you to become better for who you see in the mirror. All of the bad actions that you've taken in the past, you can't get those back. You can't go back and reverse years of damage by taking a time machine. But what you can do is set yourself up like Angelo said with the right system in place so that your next 10 years are extraordinarily better than the last 10 years. 100% Point being, stop feeling sorry for yourself. Nobody gives a [ __ ] And neither should you. No one's going to come and tell you that you have to lose the weight every day. You're not going to get that. Your wife will not give it to you. A personal trainer at the gym is not going to try to get you the best results. Shit's [ __ ] wild out here. People will try to keep you in the same position because you fit the mental frame of who they want you to be. They want you to be weak. They want you to be fat. They want you to keep um being dependent on them. But if you can't actually be dependent upon your own actions, nothing is going to save you. Nothing is going to help you become who you want to be. You will stay stuck. You will die an early death because you never got control of the one thing that you're only in control of, your weight. There's nothing else in this world that you can control. You can't control the economy. You can't control politics. You can't even control gas prices. You can't control really what your wife does. You can't control what your kids do. What you can do is control who you are. You can control the actions that you take. And your weight is in direct relationship with the actions that you take on a daily basis. You know what workouts to do. You know that pretty much any meal plan can work. The problem is you don't have the right people there in place to hold the standard, hold the mirror up for you so that you do become who you want to be. Instead of blaming your work, instead of blaming your wife, instead of blaming your schedule, instead of blaming your parents, instead of blaming the way that you were raised, take a good hard look in the mirror and blame yourself. The mental frame that we carry is it's my fault. Doesn't matter what it is in life. If my wife were to get into a car accident, that's my fault. Now, looking at it technically, I'm not the one driving. She's out on the road. Somebody could have swerved and hit her. But why do I take responsibility? Why do I say that it's my fault? Because if I for any moment in time give my control or give the way that my life works to anybody else, that's me giving away my power. One thing I refuse to do in my life is I refuse to give away my power. That any outside circumstance can control the actions that I take or can control the life that I live. The life that I live is in direct proportion to the actions that I take. So, the mental framework that we take on and that you need to start taking on is that everything is your fault. When you step on the scale and you see that scale read past over 300 lb, that is your fault. It is nobody else's fault but yours. You can't say that, "Oh, I got invited out to dinner, and I couldn't say no." You can't say, "My wife handles the groceries, and I don't take care of it, so I just eat what she brings home." All of that is excuses. Nobody is forcing you to put the food in your mouth. And you know this already. You know that discipline is what it takes to lose the weight. But for some reason, you always try to get back into motivation. You try to get back into, "Oh man, maybe if I just feel more happy about doing it." What's fun about being 330 lb? What's fun about What What bright light are you looking at? Cuz if you're really doing this, and you're looking at reality, you're saying, "Man, I ain't [ __ ] I am fat." And the fucked-up part is is that this fatness carries over through you into every other area of your life, even if you're doing successful in your career. So many guys that we speak to, they're like, "Man, I've got everything else figured out. I've got the career down. I've got my work. My family life is, you know, everybody's in a good attitude. Everything's taken care of. I got the cars. I got the house. All this is good. But for some reason, I can't get this one thing under control, and that is my weight." And again, it's because you fell so deep into this system of letting life dictate how you feel about yourself. And what life throws at you, you try to make the best of it. But if you want to have an extraordinary life, if you want to excel in your career even further, you want to excel in your home life, you want to excel in your physical fitness, and look good, that is up to you. That is your decision what you put in your mouth. That is your decision to say no to that rep dinner. That is your decision to make the right choices when you get off work. And instead of going and laying down on the couch for 6 hours, and calling it a night, and saying you don't have the time or energy, you put your [ __ ] shoes on right after work. You drive straight to the gym, and you get your workout done. And then you can come home and actually enjoy yourself. You You see You feel sorry for yourself because you're not doing the things you know you're supposed to do, and you're not supposed to feel good about that. That is your internal compass telling you to do better. No one's saying you should [ __ ] feel amazing 24/7. When Calvin and I are running for an hour straight knocking out 7 miles, that [ __ ] is not fun. But at the end of it, we feel [ __ ] amazing. We feel on fire. Because the lessons that you learn during a workout, the lessons you learn during doing hard [ __ ] tells you that life is going to be tough. [ __ ] is always going to throw it Life is going to throw [ __ ] at you, but you're tougher than it. When life goes hard, you go harder. When life gets tough, we get tougher. And then life becomes the little [ __ ] that you make it. Because you are telling it what the [ __ ] to do. It will bend at your will. Life is not this tough. The weight on your body is not that tough. It's not a [ __ ] Goliath that's standing in front of you. You can [ __ ] knock this [ __ ] down. But how do you actually do that? You need to be reminded and you need to have accountability. Most of the time when people are doing this journey alone, they're lone wolfing it, they'll lose the 30 lbs. And they think that they've done something good. Well, yeah, you've seen some progress. You knocked You got to first base, bro. You're still 2/3 away from the end goal of losing 100 lbs. And getting to the next base requires a different level of skill set. And getting from second base to third base takes another level of skill set. From third base to home, it's another level of skill set. And you're not going to get there with the same information that you've had from before. Yeah, you can white knuckle a little bit, lose 30 lbs. But once that starts to fade, once the [ __ ] that used to motivate you and drive you and make you want to stay disciplined fades away, what do you rely on? Most people don't have the answer to that. But we do. We've solved this for thousands of men. Most guys that we work with have already seen progress in the past. Everything is going good for their career, but the one thing they can't control is themselves in getting past that hump of their weight. We figured out how to get past the hump. We've gone all the way. One thing is that it's not a surface level problem that you solve. The only reason why you're still struggling is because you're still looking at your weight just like you look at your work. Just like you look at the car payment. Just like you look at all these other things that are [ __ ] You try looking at yourself in the same way. You need to look at yourself in a new light, in a better light knowing that it is an internal internal way of changing. It is not a surface level way of changing. Not like you're sweeping your floor in the kitchen. Not like you cleaning up your table at work, cleaning up your desk at work. No, it's an internal It's an internal cleaning. It's an internal cleansing that you do. Your weight is in direct proportion to how much clarity you have looking at it. The more clear you are on who you want to be, the more clear you are on how much weight you want to lose, how quickly you want it to make happen. That's the clarity that you need to be looking at. It's not a surface level fix that you're trying to fix. That's why you'll lose 30 lb and gain it all the way back because you're trying to do it at a surface level. You need to take it way deeper. You need to go beneath the iceberg and ask yourself, how can I change internally in order to become who I want to be because until you can do that you will continue to stay stuck. You will continue to stay on that hamster wheel thinking you can solve it at all these surface level methods when those things will never work. They haven't worked for over 20 years. They're not going to work 20 years in the future. As a matter of fact, this is what it takes. Come here. People think we're talking from theory. This is the truth. Say the truth, Calvin. The type of example you're going to set is set onto them. The vision of the man that you want to be for them. Who do you want to be for him? He wants to be the badass dad. He wants to be the dad that his kids can always rely on. When he goes to Disney vacations, he wants to get on the ride with him. He wants to enjoy his time. And that doesn't come from surface-level [ __ ] It comes from having a vision, having clarity, and having coaching to get you to where you want to go. If you want help losing over 100 lb in the next 6 months and keeping it off for the rest of your life, go ahead and click the link in the description below and apply for our coaching. We will change your life, but first you have to acquire the vision and want to do it yourself. No more excuses, no more victimhood. Victimhood doesn't matter to them. The excuses you tell yourself doesn't matter to them. What matters to them is who you decide to show up as. Make sure it's a good example. [crying] We'll see you in the next video. Mila, you're going to be a badass when you grow up, too. Hey, hello. Come here. I said a baddie? Badass. So daddy, you're going to be Let's see your shoes. Oh my gosh. Wow.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2025-10-12 Views: 102 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Uh2cONCVd-8 Runtime: 3 min 33 sec (745 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's going on? Hope you're having an amazing day today. So, in this video, I'm going to be talking to you about why a good career won't hide the fat boy that still lives inside of you. So, the reason why you work so hard in your career, why you put so much emphasis into being the provider isn't just about paying the bills. It's more than that. It's about trying to overcome that feeling of insecurity that you've had in your body for years. You hope that by getting outwardly successful, by stacking more money, by getting the nice house, the truck, the business, it'll cover the one thing you've been insecure about the most, your weight. And trust me, I get it, man. I was there, too. You keep telling yourself, "If I just keep climbing, if I make enough money, if I outwork everyone, then eventually I'll feel good about myself." You thought getting married would do it. You thought being a provider and having kids would do it. And there's nothing wrong with these things. You thought another promotion, another comma in your bank account, another business win would finally silence the voice that lives in the back of your head. And let me be real with you. That voice doesn't go away because money doesn't fix you. It just exposes you. When I weighed 350 lbs, I used to think the same way. So, I worked. I built. I grinded. But every time I looked in the mirror, I didn't see the man that people thought I was. I saw the same fat boy that I was running from. And the success, it didn't cover it. It just amplified it. It exposed every insecurity I tried to bury. And this is what happens to so many guys because we're not lazy. We're high performers. We build. We grind. But when it comes to our health, we always tell ourselves, "I'll get to it later." Later turns into months. Months turn into years. And before you know it, you've built something big. But you've ignored the one thing that you can't outwork. The man staring back at you in the mirror. Money can cover your bills. It can cover your lifestyle, but it can't cover your reflection. And so the turning point for me wasn't another check. It wasn't buying something new. It was losing the weight. And I'm not just talking about pounds. I'm talking about losing the mental weight of being insecure in my own body. When I finally faced it, when I actually took control of my health the same way I took control of my life, everything changed. Trips hit different. Family time hit different. My energy, my confidence, my presence, all of it leveled up. And for the first time, I wasn't faking confidence. I was confident. And I need you to hear me right now. You can't out earn the fat boy that lives inside of you. You can build the business. You can buy the house. You can get the car. You can raise the family and be the provider and still hate the man that's looking back at you in the mirror. And deep down, you know it. This isn't about vanity. This is about finally becoming the man that you've been trying to prove that you are. The man your kids look up to. The man your wife brags about. the man that walks into a room and doesn't have to fake it anymore. If you can build a career, if you can carry the weight of your family, your business, your responsibilities, then bro, you can build your body. You already have proven discipline in one area. You just need to turn it inward. That's when life actually hits different. That's when success actually feels like success. Because the best part isn't the money. It's looking in the mirror and finally respecting the man staring back at you. So, if this hits home for you, if you're tired of hiding behind your career just like these guys right here that we work with or these guys, it's time to stop running from that fat boy that lives inside of you. And finally, build the man you were meant to be. This is what we help men do every single day. And so, when you're ready to stop outworking your pain and actually face it, we got you. Have an amazing day.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2025-10-01 Views: 99 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OE8hb3U6tsk Runtime: 38 min 55 sec (6,750 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's going on everybody? Welcome to this morning's Monday mastermind. Today we are speaking about the importance of your identity. And let me ask everybody here in the group, is it okay if I challenge you here on this beautiful Monday morning? Absolutely. That's what I love to hear. Let's do it. I'll just I'll speak for everyone. That's that's completely fine. Trey, you you're the you're the the spokesperson here. We'll take it. Cool. Let's jump right in, guys. So, my question number one, and this isn't going to be a normal presentation, guys, because I'm going to be asking you all questions throughout this framework. So, stay active, right? Keep an ear open, pay attention, because I want you to you're you're going to be able to take a lot out of what we're speaking on today. So, number one, who who are you right now versus who do you want to become? Who are you right now versus who do you want to become? Now, don't give me a surface level answer like I want to be a dad or I want to be an employee. We hear that all the time. I don't know if you guys have friends who are not into self-development or into changing their current identity, but you can ask you you'll ask people out in society and you'll say, "Oh, what do you want to do?" "Oh, well, I just want I want a job or I want to grow in my career or I want to be a father. or I want to I want to be a dad. While those are great things, it's still surface level. We're not getting to the root cause of what's driving a person and their decisions. Now, are you the man or woman who quits when life gets hard? Or the man who shows his kids, his family, what consistency really looks like? Now, I want to ask you that question is, what does consistency look like to you? because I can share with you what it means to me. Although the right answer is going to be what consistency looks like to you. Now, I'm going to open up the floor real quick and I'm going to call on some people. Zach, what does consistency look like to you? Um, just um continuing to be accountable. Not that it's a a daybyday, hour by hour thing. Um there's going to be some speed bumps that come up in the road, but um just being consistent in the habits that we've we've built over the last 10, 11 months, whatever it is, and continuing those on knowing that there's no real like stopping end goal. It's just the new the new way of of living, the new way of being, and uh just trying to improve every every single day. Um sometimes you may not feel it like you have, but that doesn't mean like your progress as a whole uh is heading the wrong direction. I love that. Now, Zach, let me ask you this because you just hit a great point in progressing every single day. Now, let's take that a layer deeper. What does progressing every day mean to you? I think it depends on the day, right? It's um you know, some days I might not get in the workout that I want to get in, but that doesn't mean that I can't keep my nutrition the way it's supposed to be. Um, it's just finding ways to get slightly incrementally better or maintain the path that you're on without having any setbacks. You know, any not having any setbacks in a day could could be progress for someone for for me on on a given day. So, um I think it kind of varies by day, but it's it's kind of tuning your brain to to maybe look things in a more positive outlook so that you're not getting down on yourself if you only ran your two miles and not your fastest time or something like that. I mean, you still got out and you did the two miles type of deal. So, uh I think it's just a mindset mostly. Yeah, Zach, I love that. And I want to I want to take this a little bit deeper, man, because you're really hitting on something great right now where you you I was going to ask you what's a specific example, right? Where you said you go out and even though you go out and do your two miles, it may not be your fastest time, although you still got yourself out there and and and was able to do it. So, in those moments, Zach, say, you know, dayto day, you you said something very similar to progress. You said better. Now, let's get really specific. What does better mean to you? I think just an over overarching feeling about myself that you can consider yourself getting better in a multitude of aspects, but it's focus on one. Let's just I don't we don't have to like go, you know, write a book on it, right? for you like let's focus on one thing where you can say like that can be better. Um probably nutrition and eating more protein. Perfect. That's beautiful. Right. And it doesn't have to be, you know, something grandiose, but something specific that we can actually take away where you're saying, hey, you know, hitting more protein, I know for a fact that's what I can do better, right? And that's change, like you said, day over day. There's that overarching theme. But for you, it's like, okay, let's pinpoint it. My protein day in and day out can consistently get better. Yep. Freaking amazing. That was awesome, Zach. Cool. Now, moving into what what habits prove your identity? What's the proof right now that you're actually the person you claim to be? And if someone were to follow you around for seven days, would they say your identity is a disciplined athlete in training for a better life? How Zach just mentioned or a man trapped in his old patterns? Now, let me I want to throw this to Britney for this specific question. What's the proof right now that you're actually the person you claim to be? Being consistent with like the diet and exercise and just trying to keep on with this lifestyle. It's not a it's not a diet anymore. It's a lifestyle change. Just trying to keep moving forward and keep getting better. I know for me personally, I um still I'm going to stick with the diet and everything with the nutrition and then um we'll do that keep with the workout so that way I can sculpt my body to where I want cuz I have that goal of getting my body where I want it to be by the end of 2026. So, I plan on doing that. Let's go. I love it. And you you just said uh the diet, which is great. And I know the other day when we were having your one-on-one is you said change is something that is is scary for you, right? When your mom would move a desk when you were a teenager, it you would freak out, right? Because it was change. It was something that you weren't used to. Now, I love how you how you brought that up, Britney, because that's something that we all experience where we don't really like change. It's a little bit uncomfortable. think about your first time even joining in and getting help, right? Being able to say, "Hey, I'm not where I want to be right now." But I know there is a framework. I know there are guys who have lived it who can help me elevate to that next level. And the thing is is we all experience that. And the best part about it is that doesn't change. There's always going to be a place where we can get better. There's always going to be a next level that we have for ourselves. Although it can be something that scares you into inaction or it can be something that pulls you into that person that you're becoming and that goal of being at that dream goal weight or that dream body type recomposition by the end of 2026 is completely possible. Although how are we going to make decisions in order to become that person, right? Yeah. And I'm not really scared of change anymore. I've embraced it because it just helps you in the end that in there 100%. Cool. Oh, let me go back. Where' my There we go. So, question number three here, guys, is where where does your identity crumble? Is it at night when the cravings hit? Is it when work gets stressful and you check out instead of train? Knowing where you break shows where your real growth needs to happen. And I think this is something that most of us don't really take the time to sit down and reflect on. And this is why we're doing it right now. Because guys, we and when I say we, me and Angelo, we really do the deep work on ourselves where we consistently have to ask ourselves these questions on a day-to-day basis in order to reach that next level because the quality of the questions that you ask are in direct correlation to the quality of your life. I'll say that again. The quality of the questions that you ask are in direct correlation to the quality of your life. So once you ask better questions, you get better answers. And when you get better answers, you can look at yourself in the mirror and say, "I know what the answer is." And that's where the ultimate revelations come from. is the quality of questions that you ask. And so my question for everybody here is where does your identity crumble? Where do you find yourself having the biggest hiccups? I want to throw it to Oscar. Now Oscar, you've been doing amazing up until this point, although we're still not where we need to be yet, right? So let me ask you this, man. Where do you find that your identity takes a hit? Um, so I like to, you know, run now that I'm on the running phase. I like to do it towards the end of the day and I feel like my identity crumbles after the run. Um, I feel like, you know, I'll get home, look at what I've done, and then I say, "Oh, maybe I deserve, you know, half of a Halo Top or half a pint of ice cream to to make up for it." Or if there's, you know, some leftover food, I'll snack a little bit thinking I deserve it. And I feel like that's that's where I break, I guess you can say, um, after a workout, thinking that I deserve, you know, that treat or that prize. That's a great reflection, Oscar. Now, let me ask you this. Where does that I deserve it mentality? Where does that come from? I guess that comes from, you know, being in that workout and and knowing that I put in the work for the day to to I guess I think to myself like, oh, I put in so much work, I deserve a reward to myself. Okay. And so, let me ask you this, Oscar. Where where did you learn that food equates to a reward? Yeah. I don't know. I don't know about food itself. I know, you know, positive reinforcement growing up as a kid, like, oh, do something right, you get a toy, whatever. But with food, it's just I I guess it's something that I've taught myself. Um, especially looking back in my old ways, how it used to be like, you know, do something right and order pizza or whatever to celebrate. But nowadays, you know, it's not pizza, but it's still cheating on my diet with like, you know, like the Halo top or or a snack or something after I run, knowing that if I don't eat, you know, I'm only gonna get better, you know, after after a workout at the end of the day or run at the end of the day. If I don't eat, then it's only going to benefit me more. And if I do eat, even though it's a reward, it's it's, you know, it's not going to be beneficial. Now, Oscar, let me ask you this. What's What does that version of you at? What's your goal weight? Uh 200. What are the action steps that you need to take from here now moving going getting closer to 200 lb and that version of you? What are the actions that you're going to take after this? Knowing that you have workouts lined up, right? Knowing that you got food in the fridge, knowing that this is a part of your your identity now, what what are the steps that he has to take in order to eliminate that old way of thinking? Um definitely I believe that I need to reflect on the work that I've done. you know, it's I'm I'm at the point where I'm halfway there and I can't in a way, you know, mess it up because I'm only going to be cheating myself. And I need to understand that the only way to get to that goal or to complete that second half of my weight loss is by being good, not only to myself, but to, you know, be an example to those around me that um what's the word I'm looking for? dedication or uh I guess being locked in, not not um being vulnerable to those, you know, treats or those those things that are calling out for me. Um I just got to lead by example. I believe I need to, you know, get my get my together and and know that that goal is a lot closer to me now than it was three months ago, four months ago. And of course with you know with the the right the hard work or the motivation then um then you know I can reach that goal as long as I'm true to myself and true to my peers. That's real. I love it. Oscar. Well let me ask you this now man. Can't hear anybody. Can you hear? Oh okay. Cool. Which voice is stronger Oscar that's pulling you? Because either way it's pulling you right. the old voice or that 200 pound version of yourself voice. No, that that 200 pound version is most definitely, you know, what's what's pulling me? It's telling me come to the come of the to the dark or not the dark side, the bright side. The grass is way greener on the other side, you know. Um, right now to me, I can only imagine what it'll be like, but I I don't want it to be an imagination. I want it to be the truth. I want it to be, you know, the the me for the rest of my life. um being at 200 pounds, being fit and you know having the energy to do things not only around the house but as an athlete like you know run marathons or play sports or whatever it is from here to the rest of my life to the end of my life. Love it. Awesome Oscar great reflection. Now you got it. Now when when did you compromise your vision? Right. And this can either be recently, this can be in the past. When did you give yourself permission to slack? When did you forget why you started? And I think that happens to all of us. Even for me, sometimes I'll forget like, man, why did I don't even I was thinking yesterday on my 12 mile run, I was like, why am I doing this? I'm at like mile 7 and I'm like, I really don't have to do this. I really don't. like physically, you know, just like health-wise, I I I actually don't. Although that's not the commitment that I made to myself. My commitment that I made to myself was in the beginning of this year, I'm going to run five marathons. I'm at three right now. I've got one coming up in a few weeks and then I have one like December 18th, 19th. And I'm like, man. This is Why did I do this to myself? You're a beast. And it's like it's not it's really not I appreciate that, but it's not about that, you know? It's it's about that commitment. And we all have it. We all have that that commitment where we don't necessarily have to do it, right? I'm sure none of you guys are on dialysis. You know, none of you guys are in a freaking wheelchair. None of you guys have diabetes as far as I know. None of you guys have an injury to where you can't walk. I mean, you're essentially in most 99% of the world outside of this group, you're considered healthy, but is that good enough for us? For me, it's not. I know I have that commitment to my vision and I don't compromise on it. And so, when those times come up, asking yourself, why am I why am I doing this? reflect on what is that commitment that you made. Always think back to that commitment. Just like in a relationship, if you notice things, Dave, you I don't know guys here in a relationship, Zach, Oscar, I'm pretty sure most most guys here are. Uh if you're not, you can still, you know, learn from this is when a relationship starts to get a little bit stale. You know, that you guys aren't spending as much time together, you guys aren't really going out on date night, it can feel a little bit stale. You're like, why does it feel like stale? You know, like like old chips. What's what's going on here? And when that starts to happen, reflect back on your commitment to that person. If your commitment was, I'm going to spend more time for you time with you. I'm going to do the little things for you. I'm going to treat you in a special way, right? In terms of a a intimate relationship, then we need to take ourselves back to those moments and remember why we started. Because if you can't reflect on when that started, what your commitment was when you guys first got together, then over time it's going to it's going to fade away. and you'll forget. And then that's the easiest way to get back to square one, right? The divorce rate here in the United States, I think it's like 60 65%. Something really high. And the reason why is because, well, let's turn it into a weight loss comparison, right? Most guys struggle with their weight. Most guys let their health slip. Most guys don't prioritize themselves. Most guys don't keep their word and their commitment. So, what where does that bleed into? It bleeds into the relationship. that bleeds into the divorce rate skyrocketing. So, we have to take ourselves back to when that initial commitment was made. Are we holding ourselves to that commitment? And if we're not, you can easily kick your butt right back into it and remember why you started. And we just talked about this a little bit. Why does this identity even matter? Because it isn't about the six-packs, abs, or running a marathon. It's really not, guys. Like, I I can tell you as somebody who who does this like every single day and puts myself through extensive training, it's really not about that. It's about the story your kids or your family will tell about you. I think that's the biggest thing that drives what we do. And it's not just about even my family, it's about you guys, right? I spend most of my I spend most of my day with you guys. And I think it's I think it's great because this is what I love to do. You know, this is my calling and everybody here has a calling that is calling them higher. Oscar, you just mentioned it. That voice at 200 lb. He He's calling you. There's something that that is there for you that's waiting for you that hasn't been that hasn't been seen yet, that hasn't been lived, that has that hasn't been experienced. It's there. It is real. It's it's an it's an amazing feeling. And that's what we're here to cultivate. Now, why do you want to be remembered as the man who talked about change or the man who became change? For us, I believe it's we all we're all here to become that change. To become that person who can look in the mirror and say, "I know where my struggles are. Now, what are the steps that I'm taking in order to fix it?" Like Michael Jackson said, if you want to change the world, start with the man in the mirror. And this is something that I wouldn't coach you guys on if I wasn't doing in a moment to moment lifestyle for myself now or for Coach Angelo for that matter. So here's the challenge for this week. Write down your new identity statement. One sentence, something that you can read out loud every morning. Now, you don't have to necessarily read it read it out loud every morning. It's a great thing to have. It's changed a part of my life. An example is I am the man who keeps his promises to himself and his family. This is this is actually what I physically put in here. I am the man who keeps his promises to himself and his family. Doesn't have to be grandiose. Doesn't mean you're going to become the pres. You don't have to write down I'm going to be become the president of the United States or I'm going to be the 11th man on the moon. Doesn't have to be that. Although it could be. What's that identity statement that you're locking in here? Lock it in. Live it out. Awesome. Let me know once you guys got that. Let me see a thumbs up. You can write it in your notes. You can here in the chat. As long as we we physically put our fingers to work here, get get our minds, get our muscles working. Let me come over to the chat here. Bry, I love it. You guys, Britney's putting in work today this morning. Can we just give it up for Britney? She's killing it. I have diabetes, but that's not all all who I am and what defines me. You can do anything you put any person without diabetes can do. That's a fact. You just do have a little more struggles at times and have to take care of yourself in different ways. Absolutely. Before I used to love sugar being low because I would use that as I can eat more. Now I just like to be regulated. Isn't that a great feeling, Britney? I can do anything I set my mind to. Trey, I have a specific legal pad for notes on Mondays. Let's go. Let's go. Well, that that's not my identity, but I just I you know, I write notes for Monday and a lot of times I would just sit here, listen, which you know, you get there's however many people in this program in y'all's program, then there's only 10 people here. Um, but I think it's important to write notes. And I, you know, the crazy thing is someone a long time ago told me, an old mentor of mine. He's like, when you're coming to like meetings or events like this, like self-improvement style stuff, whether it's workrelated or fitness related, whatever, said, "You always want to have a pen and paper to take notes because there could be one thing that somebody says that could change your life forever. And it doesn't have to be directly from the coach. It could be from me, Zach, Oscar, Matt, Britney, you know, somebody can say something that, you know, light switch goes on and you're like, "All right, well, you know, life was going down this way, now it's going to go that way." So, um I I I personally feel that like I and I thought about it too is, you know, when I hit my goal weight, like I almost like don't want to leave the group because it's such a supportive group and in and all of that. And and I'm sure you've had all your successful clients are probably no longer around. You probably keep in touch with them in some form or fashion, but um I don't know. I just when you when you find a good group of people like this that are all striving towards one goal, it's hard not to, you know, event it's hard to eventually leave it one day, but you know, when I get to my goal weight, I'll make that decision then. Yeah. Well, the thing is, Trey, that's a great uh great point that you just made because in the past, our past clients, it was always just one-on-one. Now, Trey, you've been here for about a year and a half now. a year and four or five. Yeah. 16 months. Yeah. 16 months. Crazy. That's about almost as old as my kids. But um No. Yeah, man. And this group community, it really takes your mindset to the next level. And that's what we found here. And there's also more, right, for guys like Zach, you know, guys who are really inching closer, Matt, Christian, to that goal weight is there is a next level, man. And it's a little it's a lot more in depth of what we have here. Although when you think you've had it all figured out, I'm sure you've heard this before. That's when you get your barn doors completely blown open and that's what you're going to experience that your goal weight and then mentally the skills. Zach, we were talking about skills on Friday. Um it's about refining those, right? Because we can do marathons, we can have six-pack abs. How do we maintain that? And then how do we elevate that to where not only do we live it out on a consistent basis now? How can we how can we teach this? Right? A master is somebody is who isn't just has done it. You really learn something when you're able to teach it. And so that's the point that we want to get, you know, the guys who are getting closer to that goal weight to that point. And taking the years of experience that me and Angelo have been able to accumulate and trials and struggles that we've broken through and then collapsing the time frame on that is uh is what this this group is is designed to do. So 100% great point, Trey. Now, let's go. Aaron, I'm a man who shows up, a man who puts in the work. Aaron, you've been showing up past few days, man. I thought the middle of this month was gonna was gonna take you behind the the the house, but you Yeah, it's it's been it's been I've been doing a lot of training with work and uh I've I've been to the point where I'm getting home and and and falling asleep, but I'm getting, you know, I'm I'm doing what I can and it's just been so scatterrained. I haven't been able to get the post and stuff in. But I I uh no more no more excuses. I got to I'm I'm showing that I'm there. I'm showing that I'm doing this. 100%, man. And I love how your wife keeps you in check. Oh, yeah. Because sometimes, man, that that's not the case, you know. Yeah. She keeps uh every time I want to just be like, "Well, give me a second. I just got home." or well I'll I'll you know get in an extra exercise tomorrow. She's like zipline Aaron zipline. She cuz she uh when we go on vacation uh the cruise that we're going on to stops in Jamaica and there's a zipline and I have to be under a certain weight and she told me she's like if you can't go I'm going without you. Like I'm not missing this. So she's like you got to put in the work and and be able to get to go. So that's that's what I'm doing. Time to pay the piper. Yeah, exactly. Erin, I wish you had your camera on to share that, man. Sorry, I'm I'm I'm in a trash truck and I'm right in the middle of the sun, so I don't think you would be able to see me anyway. It's all good. Hey, but the the point here, right, is she said, "I'm going with or without you." Yeah. Talk about a fire in your ass. Yep. Exactly. That's amazing. Awesome, guys. Well, this is wrapping up the presentation here, guys. if or I'm gonna leave it open. Does anybody have any questions based on everything we spoke about? No. Any questions? Doesn't matter how big or small. You have the floor. Other than that, that's the presentation. Dave, go ahead. Um, one of the questions that you well the question that you asked uh um Oscar um I think it was the the third question you said um where where do you crumble? And I think I I want to speak on it for myself because I want to just put it out there for for me personally. And I think for me my my crumbling point is um the weekends and uh um coach, we we've had some talks where I said I think when I was doing the very beginning of the workouts and I was doing the hits and the runs and stuff, I was able to do it in the comfort of my home and stuff like that. And it was a lot easier for me to define that time uh between family and and getting in my workouts. And um lately now just uh most of my workouts are in the gym. Um and over the last two weeks I was recovering from like a cold. Now I'm back in full effect ready to go. And I think still though that that portion of of of spending time is um is the hard part for me. And and uh I remember you were saying like challen you were challenging me to like you know find that balance and stuff like that and put in and stuff like that. And one one night I went to the gym. I didn't get home till 11:30 but I it was like we went out took the took my kids out came back and I was like you know what the day is not done. I'm going to go hit this workout in and stuff like that. And for me it's like on the weekends is uh going back to the weekend thing is um is where like I get to spend most of the time with my kids and stuff like that and interact. But I still don't want that to be where I crumble. I want to still make that effort on that weekend to to excel. And just like you guys say, don't let the weekend be your weekend. You know what I mean? Um so I think for me personally is getting over that hump and and putting in the work on the weekend and stuff like that. And even to what Zach was saying, like you know, even if you miss a workout, um you're still not allowing yourself to fully fall off that cliff. You still keep your dietary stuff in in check. You keep your meal plans on a go and stuff like that. So, um I definitely took in what he said about that. Um but yeah, I think that for me it's just that that weekend, but ain't no sleep. I ain't going to lose sleep on that because I'm going to exceed to get get past that as well. Yeah. And I can jump in and give you coaching on that, but I want to throw it to the person you just mentioned, Zach. How were you able to break through those weekends with the family, with the kids? Similar experience. Yeah. Like I don't know. I to be honest, like yesterday was one of those days where like I my wife works on Sundays. Like wasn't a ton of time for me to get out, go to the gym. um different things going on that I was doing with the boys, whatnot. And it was also a rest day that I had in that, you know, wasn't scheduled to do any workouts. And I felt like I was falling behind or not doing what I was supposed to be because I didn't go and you know, get a run in at the gym or lift or something like that. Um, but that's where kind of like changing that mindset, flipping it, and being like, "Okay, just because I can't get there doesn't mean that I need to let everything fall off." Like, I can be conscious of what I'm eating. I can make sure that I'm keeping busy because we all know when you get bored at home on the weekends, at least that was for me, is like, "Oh, what am I going to do? I'm going to run to the fridge six times." Um, so trying to keep yourself um busy with family, with whatever else you're doing that's not sacrificing uh, you know, the other half in, you know, in most regards the more important part of it, the diet part of it. Um, you know, I've been on a pretty good clip and Dave, I know, you know, before you got sick, you were on a pretty good clip, too, of of working out and whatnot. And it feels like you're not doing something right because you didn't go and do it. Um, but I think it's a process of changing how you're thinking about what you're doing and knowing like, okay, I'm not making any steps backwards here. Um, I may not be pushing myself to the limit with a workout or, you know, trying to find that balance between I don't want to leave for two and a half hours in the middle of the day where I could be hanging out with my kids or something like that. but knowing like we're just we're we're making progress in different ways and tomorrow is a new day to hit it again. Um get that workout in that's maybe a little tougher uh whatever it will be. That's kind of the process that I'm in because I'm also in the same spot Dave where I've only been going to the gym for like the last two weeks or so before everything was running outside. Um initially was just the HIT workouts in my basement type stuff. So, I've been trying to figure that out as well in the last couple weeks because it's an extra 30 to 40 minutes for me on what my typical workout time was slotted for. Um, it's a lot easier to squeeze in 45 minute run where you start and end at your house as opposed to 15 minutes to the gym, 15 minutes back, you know, whatever else you got going on there. So, um, I'll shoot you a message. If you got anything you want to bounce off me, I'm here for it cuz um it's it's been tough for me, too. But I know it's it's just that that evolution, you know, to what Bernie said, embracing the change and and scheduling more for me with my wife, trying to find out times where she can go and I can go. It's it's just taking a little more brain power, a little more a little more planning, but um can it can be done, right? We can we can find out we can figure it out and you just got to find out what works for you. 100%. And yeah, for sure. I I would definitely um contact you and and touch base. But um yeah, I think uh I think you're right. It's just finding that time. Um and even like even for the simple fact of like if I can't make it to the gym and even with this one's challenge, I still wanted to make an effort to get my 10,000 steps in and stuff like that for the challenge. And um I'll hold myself accountable. I I missed a I missed a few days where I could have done that and and but no problem. I'll get back on track on that and stuff like that. But yeah, I think it's just I think I'm pretty much doing the same thing with my wife is just kind of figuring out what timings are good, making sure that I could still do whatever I got to do at the house, take care of the family, and then go and get the workout. And another another thing is it's like we're we're anxiously awaiting our third. So, um it could be any day now. So, it's kind of like all over the place like even on the weekend. So, you got a lot going on. Yeah. Just a lot running. But no excuse though. No burner. We trying to get back at it. You know what I mean? Yeah. The the 10K steps has been a good thing for me too. You know, like you said, that one call I went to, what was it, three weeks ago? I just I had the baby monitor in my hand and I was pacing outside my house. Like I said, it probably look like a crazy person, but um yeah, just just getting some steps in any way you can. Uh has at least helped me feel like I'm in a mindset of like, okay, you know, there was something more that we could do. We did it by just getting some steps in and getting some walking in. You're finding old us would have never done that. You would have sat on the couch. You would have watched TV. You would have done whatever. So you're the fact that you bring the questions up is already like you're you're working out those issues and trying to get solutions to your is you know already just got to find them and it'll take some time to do it and I have no doubt you'll do it for sure man I appreciate those words. Yeah. Congrats on number three. That's exciting. Thank you. Thank you. Yeah. Let's go. Congratulations, Dave. And I know we're going to work through it, man. And and you're you're going to have this this breakthrough. So Any other questions, guys? All set. Cool. Well, congratulations. You just earned your team two points or uh five points if you finish off the post inside of the Facebook group tonight. But other than that, guys, we'll be meeting on Wednesday wins, going really in depth, really breaking down the wins, not just the surface level wins, which are great. taking it a taking it a step deeper and seeing what was the difference in you actually achieving that win. So, super exciting stuff going on for this week. If you guys have any questions, hit us up in the app and have the best day of your guys' entire life. We'll see you in the Facebook group. Let's get it. See you. Peace. Have a good day, folks. All right.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-05-31 Views: 94 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iPjnVJNejO4 Runtime: 17 min 32 sec (3,112 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's going on everybody? My name's Angelo. My name's Calvin. We are the Vision Twins and we lost a combined 300 lb. Now it's our life mission to show guys who are like us exactly how to do the same thing. I got a question for you, man. Did you click on this video hoping that we would tell you what's the next best workout for weight loss? Did you click on this video hoping we were going to give you a secret meal plan that contributed to us losing over 300 lb, keeping it off for the past 10 years, then going on to help over 2,000 men do the exact same thing? Or did you click on this video to see if God put his magic finger on us and said, "You will lose 160 lb and you will lose 140 lb"? Because if that's the intention that you came on clicking this video with, this is not the video for you. If you clicked onto this video hoping that we would give you some magic secret bullet that would contribute to you transforming your life, stepping on the scale, being happy with the number looking back at you, loving what you see in the mirror, setting the example for your kids on what a healthy man looks like, can't have your wife keep her hands off of you, loving the clothes that you wear, being confident in social settings, being confident presenting in your boardroom meetings, being confident taking your shirt off out at the pool, being confident when you're speaking to a group of individuals you've never met before, being confident looking people in the eye and telling them that you are who you say you are. If you were hoping for that secret bullet in this video, this isn't the video for you. Now if you were clicking onto this video to hear the real story behind what real accountability looks like, then this is the video for you. Because we are not anything special. As much as we feel like what we've done is special when we look out into the world, we have to come back, put our feet to the ground, and realize, "Hey, yes we were blessed as two brothers to come into this world together, but having accountability isn't anything that you can't have. The example of that being all of the guys who come into our program and lose the weight. They weren't born as brothers. They weren't born with accountability built into their family structure, but what they did is they invested into themselves knowing that this is the type of environment they need to be in in order to be successful on their weight loss journey and keep the weight off for good. So, with that being said, let's talk about the three hacks to lose 100 lb. Nah, just [ __ ] with you. Here's the truth, man. If you played sports growing up, which I hope you did, and you weren't somebody that just wasn't involved in your community or life growing up, but if you did play sports, especially back in the older days, you probably had multitude of different coaches. And there was a few coaches that you probably just don't even remember you had. You probably forgot the name, forgot what they taught you, forgot a bunch of [ __ ] I've had a few of those coaches. He's But there is one coach that really stuck it out to me as a kid, maybe two of them, and I'll share the difference between them, but there is one coach that I will never ever ever forget. This coach was named Coach Parker. He was our first football coach we had playing tackle football in fifth grade. Now, here's the thing about being the fat fifth grader is that we weren't able to play with other fifth graders. We had to play with the eighth graders, people that were 3 years older than us. And this coach was absolutely out of his mind. What I thought. He was actually one of the most influential people to this day because I still remember the things that he taught us as a fifth grader. Some of the things that he taught us was as follows. He had a military background. And this guy would say things that were just outlandish like, "I'MMA GET UP IN YOUR ASS. I WANT YOU TO put your dick in the dirt. Stop pussyfooting around." Just all these like crazy things I would hear as a fifth grader. I'm sure you probably felt the same way, too. And at the time I thought, "This guy is such an [ __ ] He's so mean to us. He's Mom, like I would tell my mom like, "I don't want to practice with this coach. He's just so mean." And thankfully, my mom our mom told us, "No, when you guys start, you're going to finish." And so we stuck the whole season out. And our first hell week with this guy, we were doing things that no fifth grader should be doing. We were I remember sitting on the ground, legs out, and he had a rope attached to this heavy tire, like a truck tire. And he put it probably 25 yd out in front of us. And we had to sit down and row this tire all the way in to our body as a fifth grader. And then after that, we had to get up, run a few suicides, come back, no water, and go back to practice. And what that taught me is that when you get to a certain level, there's a certain expectation. We're not just some fifth graders that get to do fifth grade practice. Guys get to you know, go play football the whole or just throw the football around the whole time and like do all this kitty stuff. We had to elevate our game. We had to practice with the big boys. The more levels you go up in life, the harder it's going to be, and the more expectations are going to be there. And how does this pertain to your weight loss journey? Why am I telling you this story about this crazy coach? It's because a lot of the lessons that he taught me, I still live with to this day, and I still operate from that standard. That it's going to be difficult. I go in with an expectation of things being challenging. But here's the thing that I learned through that is that as a fifth grader, I was able to practice with the eighth graders. We were able to keep up with them. We would smack eighth graders on the football field as a fifth grader. And before we started that season, we were nervous nellies. We were just like the shy overweight boys that didn't have our dad in our life, didn't really have a father figure, no one to give us tough love, but we just thought less of ourselves. And in that moment, going through such a hard experience, I learned that we were able to do hard things. I learned that we were able to keep up, that our potential was much higher. That we didn't have to just play with the fifth graders. We could go up levels even being a younger age. And that is what I'm here to tell you. That as somebody who's over 300 lb, I want you to understand that you were not at a disadvantage. You were not behind. You were not lesser in capability to do magnificent things with your body. I will go as far as to say that if you weigh over 300 lb, and I'm talking I'm even go up to like 500 lb. If you weigh 400 lb, you have the potential inside of you to not only motivate the people around you, but be the craziest story that they've ever seen in their entire life. Mhm. You have that a capability. Not many people can say that they've seen something as miraculous as the transformation that you can make. And so, what does this mean for you? This means that it is your duty. It is big life's mission. It should be at least to go out and do something freaking amazing and lose the weight and change your life. Show others that you don't have to be bogged down and defeated by life's circumstances. You are capable of doing crazy things. Even if you don't know anybody that's done it yet, you're seeing two guys right in front of you who have done it. And we're telling you that the process is simple. The execution is difficult. And I would have never been able to excel in my football career as a kid in fifth grade playing with the eighth graders if I didn't have a coach telling me that I could do the things that these eighth graders are doing. And now for the second coach. The second coach we had was named coach Rob. This coach was like the nurturing father figure that we needed at the time. Someone that saw two boys that had just went through this crazy cuz he was just backstory. Coach Rob saw us coaching or being coached by the eighth grade coach because he was the fifth grade coach at the time. So, we couldn't go and be on his team, but we were his age group that he coached, but he saw us with the other the older coaches. Fast [snorts] forward. Coach Rob was like the father figure to us. Coach Rob showed us that all the things that we learned can be applicable in a positive direction in our life. The other coach is very militant, like I said, and we honestly went like 0 and 10. We went 1 and 9. 1 and 9. We We lost a lot of games. He instilled a lot of discipline and like pushing through hard [ __ ] and you could do more than you were capable of, for sure. Winning games wasn't his thing. Coach Rob, winning games was his thing. And he taught us all He showed us that all the lessons that we had learned and that once we got that spark flipped in our brain, we can use that to other areas. And so, I remember Coach Rob because when I was in seventh grade, Coach Rob allowed me to play a position that boys my size weren't allowed to do. Again, I was a 260 lb seventh grader. So, what did Coach Rob do? He allowed me to play running back. He allowed me to actually get the ball in my hands and go score a touchdown. And again, someone like me, I never thought that I could do those things until I was put in a position in an area where I was shown that I could do it. And I remember I scored probably three touchdowns. I even jumped over a kid as a 260 lb boy. That lesson taught me so much. That yes, having the discipline is important, but being in the right environment is much more important as well. And so, you might be the person that had that background growing up where no [ __ ] no excuses, [ __ ] just put your dick in the dirt, get it done. And that mentality will actually get you very far in other areas of your life when it comes to your career, to showing up on time, being, you know, a respectable hard worker. But then, the other side of that is the skill set, being able to use that stuff. And we're here to tell you that. We have built a system with guys in our program that have had that background, but now need to see the light in a positive direction that can get them to other places in their life. Guys that who are entrepreneurs, guys that who are project managers, guys that close multi-million dollar deals at their work because they just they got a hard nose they'll get that [ __ ] done, but showing them the potential of what they could be even more outside of just the hard worker. Can they be the example that people want to see? Can they be the leader, not just the number setter at their job? Can they be the person that comes up with solutions versus the guy that says, "Fucking figure it out cuz I had to." You can work really hard on a losing team. You can be the best player in a losing environment. This may be hard for you to hear, but you can be the hardest worker in your home, but you're still in a losing environment. You don't have anybody around you holding you accountable to the goals that you have set for yourself when it comes to losing weight. You can have that discipline, and you can have that hard-working trait, but if you're in the wrong environment, you're still not going to see the results that you want. Think about the hardest workers. There's hard workers in China that work for 10 pennies a day. Now, they can work really hard, and they can get everything done, but the simple fact is they're never going to really excel in their life because of the environment that they're in. Now, apply that to your life. You can work really hard at work, and you can work really hard on your mindset on wanting to lose weight, but if there's no action involved with it in the right environment going the right way, you're not going to be successful. You could also be going to the gym. You could be trying to meal prep. You could be trying to do all these surface level things, but if you're not in the right environment, you're running really fast in the wrong direction. Very quickly, you can back you will bounce back around. Very quickly, you will bounce back around and you will end up right back where you started, if not worse. We can't tell you time and time again how many men we speak to who say, "I've lost 30 or 40 lb in the past, but I've gained all of it back and some." That's not how we operate. In our environment, we don't allow for you to be successful on a weight loss journey and then gain it back. This is a fundamental trait that we've built here inside of our program, and it's been so consistent in working that we've helped over 2,000 men lose over 100 lb and keep it off for years on end. Not only with them, but you're looking at two guys, living proof, that it is possible to be successful in losing over 100 lb and keeping it off for good. If you're a numbers guy, which we're assuming that you are, just look at the numbers. The odds are already stacked against you. Most men who lose over 100 lb gain it back within 5 years and more. Take us for an example. We've lost over 300 lb combined, 140 lb for myself, 160 lb for Angelo, and we've kept it off for over 10 years. Now, we are twins. How we've always grown up with the type of mindset that we have and being told from people older than us, we don't just have 10 years of experience. We have over 20 years of experience in keeping this weight off. 10 for me personally, 10 for Angelo personally. When you put that together, you become unstoppable when it comes to losing weight and keeping it off for life. We've experienced it together for over 18 years of our life, and we've kept the weight off for over 10 years of our life to this point. We are bound to keep this weight off for good because of the simple foundation that was built of being overweight for most of our life and keeping it off now for the same amount of time with our proven experience together. And so let me ask you this. How many more years are you going to keep being that top performer in every other area of your life but with the man that you see in the mirror? How many more years are you going to keep feeling insecure as a full-grown adult when you take your shirt off at the lake, at the beach, or at the pool? How many more years are you going to have to second-guess if you can sit into a chair and it'll support you or not? How many more years are you going to continue to walk into a building and instantly feel the eyes gleaming on you because you're the biggest person that they've seen all day long? How many more years are you going to keep telling your kids that you're going to do a weight loss journey, you're going to be healthy for them, you're going to walk them down their aisle, you're going to be there for them, and you're going to go in the cabinet late at night and snack on a bunch of cookies and cakes? The choice is up to you. You know that doing this would be beneficial for you. We don't have to tell you that. But you just don't understand that it's actually possible for you to change that. It's actually possible for you to live that life. And so if you want to live that life, if you want to actually be the person when you wake up in the morning that has life and full of energy, if you want to be the person that your wife can't keep their hands off, if you want to be the person that goes to the pool with your kids and throws them around and climbs on Daddy and he dunks them and they dunk him and he just has a great time with them, click the link in the description below and apply for coaching. And we guarantee that in the next 6 months you will lose 100 lb. And if you don't, we will give you a full refund, no questions asked. Don't let 2026 and the second half of this year be the same repeat of the first 6 months and the last 15 years of your life. Don't wait. Lose weight.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2025-10-14 Views: 90 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=apQX6gvsZEY Runtime: 37 min 57 sec (6,770 words) The script, as delivered on camera Cool. Can you guys see my screen? Let's do it. Starting the mastermind in three, two, one. What's going on everybody? Welcome to this morning's Monday mastermind. Today's topic, we are speaking about the tangibles that change everything. Now, it's not your motivation, it's your followthrough. Anybody can start out and get motivated, but not really being able to follow through on the long term. And I think that's what a lot of people mistake on a weight loss journey is they can lose a little bit of weight. Although when things start to get tough and when things [ __ ] starts to hit the fan, they revert back into their old habits. They get hurt or family events come up, wedding, vacation, and then they completely throw their weight loss journey on the back burners. And I think what's really important for you guys who continue to show up and continue to follow through, it's not a surprise as to why you guys are getting the results because the resources are here, guys. It just comes down to your ability to show up, put in the action, put in the energy, put in the effort, and the results that you want are right around the corner, guys. Now, the truth about last week, a lot of you had strong intentions last week, but intentions without tangibles are just wishes. You can pray to rocks, crystals, gems. Although at the end of the day, it's about where your feet are and taking action on what's right in front of you. Now, we don't lose 100 lbs or change who we are by just thinking better. We do it by doing better. And a lot of people have this misconception, guys. We're breaking a lot of beliefs here is that they can put in a minimal effort and get a maximum result. To even get to where we are today, guys, not just in weight loss, but outside of weight loss, it takes a stupid amount of effort and energy to even have you guys to get to get you guys here, right? Like to even like be in front of you, to be connected together. I understand that it's due to all the work that I put in for years on the back end to be able to show up and continue to serve you guys. That's what the mission is here. So, today we're breaking down the tangibles, the measurables, the no fluff actions that separate transformation from just talk. Last week was about awareness. This week is about execution through small daily habits and small wins that compound. Now, the five tangibles that guarantee growth. And the term of guarantee, it sounds like, oh, there's no way that you can guarantee something. No, you can guarantee something. I promise you that. But you have to be able to follow these five tangibles. Number one is the wake up. What time did you actually start your day? This determines everything. Even Britney starting her walk and Matt getting up early and heading out before the day starts, that's going to set the tone for the rest of the day. asking yourself, did I earn my morning or did I waste it? If you have kids, then being able to prioritize yourself first, even if it's just spending time, guys, like for me, I can't just wake up and start like getting into everybody else's business with my family. Jess, I I just can't like I will not show up in the best way possible unless I take that morning for myself. And so for everybody here, being able to earn your morning, whether that's a meditation, whether that's drinking a glass of water, whether that's just spending time in silence. Guys, I think too many of us have so much going on or it's easy to just wake up and start scrolling on your phone where you completely neglect yourself and then you're into the world, you're into everybody else's business. But when we flip that on its head and prioritize yourself first thing in the morning, it just sets the mood. It sets the energy for the rest of the day to where you're actually being productive. Now, the second pillar here, guys, is the sweat. Did you get 45 minutes of intentional movement? Did I build momentum or let myself off the hook? And for most of you guys right here, this isn't a problem. But for everybody else who's watching the recording, the reason why you're seeing slower weight loss results is because you're letting yourself off the hook. And we talked about it on last Wednesday's call. Being able to do the hard work in private where nobody is watching, where it can be so easy to just let yourself off the hook. That's where your weight loss results live. Not when you show up on a call, which that it does help, but it's when nobody's watching. Are you wasting your time or are you building momentum? And it's it's really easy to let yourself off the hook because nobody here yet is a weight loss coach or is actively teaching somebody else how to do it. Sure, you're you you can be motivating other people in your your sphere, but the goal here, guys, is not just for you to lose the weight, and this is like our long-term vision, but it's for you guys to be able to teach it to other people. Think about all the transformational, I guess you can say, learnings that you've had just with your time here. Now, how can you share that with how can you actually teach that to somebody else? And so, Trey, I see you taking notes, Matt. You're paying attention every single day, every single time we show up. You're actively learning. Britney, when we come when I come over, you know, you guys are you guys are soaking information in so that it's not just something that lives in the moment, but it's something that you can carry with you, something that you can live with for the long term. Now, the fuel where your meal were your meals intentional or were they emotional? Am I eating for transformation or for comfort? And being 100% honest, guys, it's very easy for me right now on vacation, quote unquote. I I consider it traveling to eat a bunch of crazy food, right? Families want to go out to dinner, just want to stay inside, hang out with the kids, go play. Although, even while I'm out here, guys, I have to prioritize myself because if I don't show up for myself, if I don't put in the energy for myself, there's no way that anything that I touch is going to turn into something good. So asking ourselves, am I eating for transformation or am I eating for comfort? When we eat for transformation, that means your breakfast that you eat, it's going to be used for fuel. Yesterday I had my 10 mile run and I was fasting until about 12:00 one o'clock and then this is actually just a story sharing with you guys is my wife or my I guess you could say my stepbrother he brought in a huge plate of like pasta and chicken for me and like a piece of sourdough bread and I was like he just gave it to me. I was like oh crap. Like I was planning on fasting and then going into my run but he gave me the food. I was like, "Okay, I haven't hit my run yet, so I have to use this as fuel and not just eat it and then sit for the rest of the day, watch football, and waste the entire day just because I ate one meal." And so, I hope that gives you guys some more clarity like on how we are supposed to be thinking about our weight loss journey and just performance in general, building muscle, burning fat, having strong abs, right? It's not just those things. It's when your stepbrother brings you in food and you really don't have the option to just be like, "No, I'm not going to eat right now." You You could say that. But I was actually hungry and I'm like, "You know what? I'll eat this and I'm going to use it for my 10 milei run." Eating for transformation, not just eating just for the sake of eating. Number four, the mirror. Did you check in with your reflection literally through a photo to face your truth? And this is a big one, guys. Did I look myself in the eyes today? That's a tough one. Being able to look yourself in the eyes and say, "I freaking love what I'm seeing." And I think too many of us get so caught up on the long-term goal and not being able to appreciate what we're seeing in the mirror. appreciating the changes that you're noticing on your body through these small habits. Now, looking yourself in the eyes, guys, reflecting in the mirror every single night, I stare at myself in the mirror for at least two to three minutes. You can steal that right out of my playbook. I just will stand there and stare at myself. Brandy, I see you smiling. And it's it's a it's a great reflection, guys, because you really don't need anybody. You don't need to go out into the world and then try to pick up what other people are thinking about you when you can spend that solitude and look at yourself in the mirror and really reflect on what you're seeing. Does that make sense everybody? Like I I hope you guys are are really understand what I'm saying here. Yeah. I think uh Cool. You know, I think a lot of times it's, you know, I don't think people really realize like especially in this journey that other people don't matter. I think it's all just you versus you. And I I think the one thing I don't know about other people, this is just purely my own opinion, but I think other people are ready to let themselves down before letting other people down. And I think in this journey, you have to be willing to let other people down to put yourself first. Yep. and that, you know, and that's and I don't think people realize like it's okay to do that and the weight that that that holds, man. For sure. Yeah. So, I mean, I I know I've felt that many times, but I think I think when it comes to something like this, it's uh you know, you have to be willing to put your you have to be willing to put yourself first. And it sounds, you know, especially for people that have kids and stuff like, you know, I don't have a significant other or kids, so I don't know what that's like, but I think that's part of in this journey that is part of leading from the front and and letting people know like it's okay to put yourself first. So that way other people can essentially follow in your footsteps and realize like, you know, I have to do this in order for this, you know, whatever that is. Yeah, and that's a great point, man. And even speaking to the couple we have here who have kid have a have a kid, it is difficult. We were talking about it on Wednesday wins with Dave and we were like, man, what were we doing before kids? Like, what were we Britney, I'm sure you guys can relate. You're like, what did we do with our time before we had Emmery? Like, oh my gosh, I must have had years to to live my life. But that's the thing, Trey. It is actually difficult to put yourself first because as parents we think nobody else can do a better job than I can at raising my kid. And although that's true, you are the only mom, you are the only dad, but in certain instances, right, like taking them to preschool, it's like, okay, there's somebody else who can actively teach my kid where I don't have to be helicopter parent and always on top of of what my child's doing. And so being able to let go of your I guess you could say responsibilities for the moment so that you can prioritize yourself by leading from the front. And Trey, you you just hit it right on the head, man. Yeah. What's up, Christian? What's up, guys? Morning. Still morning over there. Yeah. Awesome. Now, number five, guys. What did you do today that your old self wouldn't? Am I proving it or still promising it? Showing up for yourself and asking yourself, what did you do today that your old self wouldn't? And for me, guys, it's weird to say, but my old self was a long time ago. Like 330 lb Calvin, it was a long time ago. So, it's hard for me to like take myself back sometimes and really think about, man, like what would he do in this moment just because I've been living for so long in this body, in this in my new self. But for everybody here, your old self realistically was what 10 11 months ago, 12 months ago. I mean, for the longest people that's been here inside of this, you know, this specific training, it's been what, 16 months? But that's still close enough to be able to ask yourself, okay, what would that version of myself do? What would that version of Trey do in this moment? Would he still be wishing, hoping, and praying to crystals that this gets done, or does he put his shoes on and prove it to himself? Now, a mini goal reminder for you guys. If you can win three out of five every single day, you're not failing. You're forging. Sorry, I just had a squirrel run up like two feet away from me. I was getting This is the the Iowa, guys. I had a squirrel like run up right two feet away. I was about to enter fight or flight mode. But yeah, guys, proving it to yourself. Or are you still promising it? Now, if you can win three out of the five, the wake up, the sweat, the fuel, the mirror, the wind, just winning three out of the three out of five every single day, you're not failing, guys. You're forging. Number three, the tangible difference. Weight loss isn't a mystery. It's the math. And I used to suck at math, but now being a coach and really taking it seriously and developing my skills, I realize math is pretty important. It's the mindset. It's the movement. Repeat it until it becomes your identity. Completely solid, unshakable identity. Now, adding these power lines to it. Discipline is a daily deposit, not a one-time investment. It's active. It's living. It's breathing. It's daily. And if you don't measure it, you can't master it. That's why we focus a lot here, guys, on tracking your calories, tracking how many minutes you're putting into your workout. I heard a saying when I was on my weight loss journey. I was probably about 275 pounds at the time and the quote was you don't master something until you've put in 1,000 hours. Well, I'd argue that it takes probably about 10,000 hours to master something. Although a thousand hours is a great baseline, man. If I had just stopped at 1,000 hours, there's no way I could have mastered it. It's about daily deposits. The more you track, the more you transform. That's putting into the math, right? Alluding to the math here. It is very important because when you step on that scale, there's going to be a number that reads back to you. And stopping chasing perfection, guys. Chasing proof. Every proof is a new identity formed. And I don't mean to, this presentation is about you guys, but to share a personal story to help really bring this all together. I have my marathon coming up in like six days and I'm very confident that it's going to be my best marathon time. The reason why is because I've failed so many times, I guess you could say learned so many times in the past on what not to do and what to do that this time is going to be bar none my fastest time. And so the only way I've been able to do that is by not chasing perfection, but chasing proof that I can actually do this. When you can look back and see in your past that you've proven it to yourself, that you've been able to do it once, that action is repeatable. Now, my question for everybody here, what does your proof look like this week? And go ahead and share inside of the chat. I want to read these off. What does your proof look like this week? I could share mine all day, but I'd love to hear what your proof for you looks like this week. I'll be actively reading the chat. What does your proof look like this week? Britney says, "Going on walks each day and staying on track with my food and hitting those weight workouts." Let's go. I love it. Britney, how does your food tracking on My Fitness Pal compared to Matt? Are you Matt, you still got your stream going? I'm not good at it. Honestly, I'm not good at it. But I'm at 203 right now. Yeah. Well, Britney, I don't even know how to figure out where you're at. I'm not savvy like that. Go to the when you go to the like the food journal. It's on the top right actually like on the main page of My Fitness Pal. Yeah. And Britney, it is difficult. I got to give it to you. Like it is difficult to to track every single day, but just getting into the habit of it. Trey, 203 days. Matt, you're at what? 10,000 days or something. Bree 31. What? Damn, that's a whole almost. You got Dude, you're like 25 days away from a whole year. That's awesome. Or no, 35. Yep. Yeah, that's insane. Trey, with traveling to Asia this week, my proof is keeping the main thing. The main thing know why I started and when getting to Asia is getting daily movement. I love it. Yeah, I I just I bought a jump rope and I know that I was told there's a gym like eight minutes away, so if I can get in that gym every day, that's going to be a goal. If not, I'll just, you know, I'll do some circuits like in our rental house or something, but just like daily movement. Like I know we're going to be walking a lot, too, but I want to do more than just the walking part. And um and and you know, your brother made a great point on Friday. is like is is just to you know when I say keep the main thing the main thing is like almost just kind of keeping like two meals a day making sure it's good quality foods meats you know light starches stuff like that you know most of the starch is just going to be rice anyway so um but yeah I mean it's just you know be present in what I'm doing you know I realize I'm on vacation but that doesn't mean I got to eat like an [ __ ] You know, it it means I can still enjoy my food. It's just going to be in smaller portions than everybody else. Yeah. So, you're right, man. And the best part about vacation, man, is like it does take you out of your routine. So, it takes you away from your own kitchen, right? Like now, I can't just go into the kitchen and start demolishing everybody else's food. Yeah. And that's how I felt in Arizona is like is, you know, I'm not, you know, I I don't know how much food this is. I don't know what it's cooked with and all this stuff. So, you know, I know in Asia I'll be able to control it a little bit more, you know, cuz we plan on eating not every meal out. We're going to have a a chef in our in our rental house. So, um but, you know, I I think as long as I keep that, you know, and we're going to be moving daily, I think I'll be just fine. But Matt Matt text texted me or said something the other day and he's like, "Dude, just do a crazy workout before you get on the plane so that way you could just recover because I mean I'm going be flying for like 16 hours." I was like, "Yeah, you know what? I might just I might go hard because I leave tomorrow afternoon." I was like, "I I might go hard tomorrow morning and then then get on the plane and just kind of feel my body just be like, "Okay, we're good." Yeah. Yeah. You'll you'll sleep really good. I would say Trey, well, we we were talking about the Murf earlier. If you hit a Murf, man, and really put yourself through it before you get on the plane, your body will be recovering and you'll still while while you're literally traveling. For sure. Yeah, I'm I'm going to uh I'm definitely going to go ham in the gym in the morning. I mean, I go ham almost every time I'm in the gym, but uh I think I'll do it a little harder tomorrow. So, let's go. But what day do you leave? Tomorrow afternoon. Okay, gotcha. I got I So I I will say for Wednesday, like I when I get there, I got to figure out the time. So if I miss Wednesday's call, it's because I didn't figure out the time right. So um I know I think it's 14 hours ahead of Arizona time. What part of you're going to the Philippines, right? Yeah. Well, we we can figure that out right now. Fair enough. Let's do it. Might as well. It's what we're here for. Let's see. But uh what time is it in the Philippines? So, Philippines, it's 11:39 p.m. 12 hour difference for me. Okay. I know because I got Filipino workers. Yeah, that's part of the part of the reason I'm going too is to find myself a virtual assistant. Um, so I got a text me after that. I got a website for you. Okay. So, it'll be 9:00 a.m. Thursday for you. Okay. It'll be morning for Wednesday. Okay, sounds good. Yeah, I can do that. Cool. just had to had to go ask ask Google real quick. Do the time translations. Fair enough. Sticking to running for my my running preparation for the 10K training. Man, I'm telling you guys, this end of the month of October, I hope you guys can feel it. Trey, I'm pumped for your your travels. Britney's freaking crushing it with the weighted workouts. Matt, Christian about to be here. I even texted you, Trey. I'm like, damn, man. If only you could have came out a few weeks later, it would have been a whole party. Yeah. Yeah. It's It's about to be sick. Cool. Work out with that weighted vest. Let's go. Let's get it. Awesome, guys. Let me get back to Here we go. Awesome. Now, here on the the last part, guys, is which of these five tangibles did I neglect most last week? You don't have to put it into the chat, but just ask yourself like where can I get better on those five things that we just spoke about? Which ones do you feel like I was missing out on? Was it the fuel? Was it the wake up time? Was it my mood, my sweat? Was it showing up for the calls? Was it you? Just ask yourself what what were the things that you neglected from last week so that you can improve and actually strengthen that that point so that everything starts to come together for you this week. Now, what did it cost you physically, mentally, emotionally? You can even throw time in there. How much time was wasted? If we're missing out on one of those five things now, what's one small specific action I'll track every day this week. You guys just put that into the chat. Celebrate every small proof. Small wins equals a big identity shift. That's one thing that has proven time and time again here in the community. Watching you guys show up in the private Facebook group. Even if you're not posting, you know, you guys are still showing up on calls and having those small proof wins and I hear them every single week. That's where the big identity shift comes from. And out of nowhere, that's where Zack, Christian, Trey, guys are down. Matt, Britney, even Dave, a couple other guys. Lo's getting back on track with with big shifts. Now, this week isn't about doing everything perfectly, like we said, although it's about proving it through what you can control. The scale might not move every single day, but your habits better. Every ounce you drop starts with the one tangible you track. Win today, stack it tomorrow. That's how comp transformation compounds. Awesome. Now, I want to leave some room here, guys, for any Q&A. I don't I don't have anything, fellas. Matt, any questions? No, I think I'm all good. Awesome. One day, one day, Christian, you'll have to shave the beard so you can see your chin again. Yeah, the last time I sh Hey. Yeah, I'll do that. I'll do that for that reason. Yeah, the last time I shaved my beard, you know, obviously I had a double chin, but I was just like, what the [ __ ] did I do, bro? But, uh, yeah, I definitely have to do that to see to to really see cuz I don't have Maybe just maybe just trim it a little bit. Yeah. No, I I go through uh it's either like I keep it thick or I trim it down. So, um, but yeah, that's that's that's not a bad one. I'll do it one day. I'll just trim the whole thing. And wow, that that's something I know for sure I haven't done in probably 20 years. Like, god damn. Like that's something that Yep. I was I remember I did it once in college like yep never again. Uhuh. That whole week I think I hid myself. I was like what the hell did I do this for? Oh, you know why I did it? I [ __ ] up. I was shaving. I went I went like that and I was like ah well I say I say when you decide to do it, you just shave it all off and then you get you know you get your phone and record a video and just but don't tell your wife. Just like randomly do it one day. Yeah. Yeah. Record record your wife's re record your wife's reaction. Then she'll just kind of like see. Yeah. Seen those videos. That's a good That's a good Yeah. Even my daughter, she might be like, "Who are you?" Yeah. Exactly. That would be I mean, that'd be cool to see, especially for someone, you know, lost over 100 pounds. And I mean, if even if you have a photo when you did shave that one time, that would be I mean, that'd be that'd be something. Yeah. That'd be the twins new marketing video. Oh, I didn't tell you guys. You got You guys got some crazy beards, Christian. I mean, Trey, you got some some coming in. I don't know. I'm right there with Matt. I gotta stay clean shaving. I especially with running. This just gets dirty, man. I don't know. I think it's a Spanish thing. I don't know. I've always had it. I've always I've always wanted I wanted a goatee, but it doesn't connect, unfortunately. Yeah. It's taken me a while to grow a beard now that I, you know, I trimmed it for the wedding last week and uh but once I get a little bit bigger, like I like keeping it because I don't know, Filipinos don't really have beards, so I've got somewhat of a beard, so I like to keep it. Yeah. Britney, what would you think of Matt having a beard? We talked about it and I do not like it. I don't even like when he has scruffle, so he's shave every day. So yeah. No, cuz my dad, he's always had a mustache and then he'll sometimes grow like a little beard or goatee and stuff and I've just always hated it. Like the feeling of it and stuff. I'm like, "No, no, he would look weird with it to be honest. I've never known him that have facial hair, so be weird." Yeah. Well, and I don't think he even likes facial hair. Yeah, Matt. I've never seen you with a beard, man. No, Max. I grow it out is like three days and even then it bugs me. Yeah, it's I'm the same way, man. There's I cannot do a beer tray. Christian, even Angelo, you you guys are you guys are gnarly. I had a question about the uh those uh the gooze that you drink during running. How often do you drink one during the race? Yeah. Yeah, great question. So for you guys, we're going to do miles two, miles three, and then mile four. So 2, three, four. It's going to it's going to be like we want that boost right in the middle. And so Matt, same same principle for you. Especially on the 10K, you're going to need a lot of fuel really in the middle. Miles one is pretty easy. Then miles two, three, four is when it gets the hardest. Like from miles two to three, really [ __ ] hard. Then miles three to four, a little bit more difficult. Then once you hit mile four, from four to 6.2, that's going to be like your your real fastest time. Especially with all the the goo gels, the energy that you've had from the from the middle piece. That's what's going to push you all the way through the line. So to answer your question, 2, three, four. I never had any of that. So, should I get some this week and drink try it out or something or does it No. So, just do water and then even those aminos electrolytes that that we were uh that I gave you what was that like four months ago now. Um, keep drinking that like stay hydrated before you come out to Arizona. And then for Matt and Christian, I'm gonna have for you guys is I'm gonna have Jess. She's gonna we're gonna I got your car loads ready. So, uh I got your guys' bread. Don't worry about having a car blow or the fuel. I'll have your guys' goo gels and we'll go over it the day before. Just making sure you guys have everything set. But we'll we'll meet up. Um let's set out a time to meet up when you Christian, you get out here. Yeah. Yeah. I'll get you guys the the sourdough bread. I'll get you guys the goose. You guys will be you guys will be moving. All right. Cool. Cool. Cool. Yeah. Cookies, too, right? Cookies. Whoa. Whoa. Now postrun her. Yeah. Postr run. We We can do that. But her her cookies are very dangerous, guys. Oh, boy. Yeah, because somebody sent all mine to their parents. You said what? And it was for She made them on Mother's Day for me and Matt sent like half of them over to his parents house and I only got two. I was like, "What the hell?" Damn. We got you, baby. We'll do the cookies. What else is she on right now? You know, Jess Britney, she's always doing some new bakery something. So, we got you guys. But the cookies are insane. [Laughter] Awesome. Awesome. Cool. Yeah, that's the only question I had about the goose though, like the the fueling. Yeah, cuz I've never had it. So, like I don't know, you know, I I mean, does it taste any weird or anything like that or it's just kind of like I don't know. I don't I haven't even seen one, bro. It's like a packet like this and you just kind of just drink it real quick like Yeah. I don't know it in like 10 seconds. Matt, do you still have that box? Yeah. Yeah, I got a box of about 20 of them. There we go. You try one a couple days before. It won't hurt you. That's what I was thinking like this week. I was going to try one on the long run and just kind of just just so I can see like what it tastes like. I'm going to try and throw up on this thing, but I doubt it. I'll be fine. No, you won't. And the thing is is especially for your first longer race, like I didn't have any goos until my literal first marathon. Like when I ran it, my first time having a goo and I actually did very well. And so like kind of having it newer into the system instead of like like training on it. We just want to That's true. I was thinking of that too. Like it's kind of like your body is like what the hell is this? I feel like it works better, you know, cuz after time your body gets used to things. Like I take the amino acids almost every time I work out and sometimes when I don't take it like I feel like even though I'm like man I had a great workout I'm like well I didn't take that today. I'm like cuz my body's already kind of like in that zone and I'm just like man it's just it's a placebo effect people you know just like I think I thought I did but I didn't. So yeah. No definitely I want I'm pretty sure he's gonna do some like crazy [ __ ] I'm like all right Matt let's keep running bro. What the hell's going on my body? Yeah dude. Matt's got like jet fuel flavors. He's got like the crazy He's got the crazy Oh yeah. Oh boy. Yeah. You're in for a fun time. It's crazy. It's literally two weeks. Less than two weeks now, but yeah, two weeks. Two Sundays from now. So, well, and we'll make the Southwest pasta because I know you've been requesting that. Oh, yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Southwest pasta sounds good. Yeah. Christian, you missed the ear earlier part of the call. I was like, it seems like all of our best clients live in like the sunb belt. Yeah. I mean, aside from Zach, you know, he's up there in the north, but like most people that I feel like we're attracted to is like in that lower half just and you know, the crazy thing is when it comes to Zach, like you know, he started in the dead of winter in Wisconsin or Michigan or whatever. or not. The crazy thing is is like to do that when you can't really like leave your house, go to the gym and all that like I think you know it's a different breed up there cuz you know Florida, Arizona, you know we can go outside and work out and do our daily lives without having to worry about 10 inches of snow. And so I think, you know, I think there's a it's a special type of person to be able to do that when you're almost land, you know, house locked for however much time. Um, but I mean, but that's another excuse, you know. I think people can people can, you know, whatever they want to do, they will do it. And if it's not important to them, they won't do it. Exactly. And I had a talk with Zach in February. It's easy for us guys to think, look at his back and be like, "Oh man, he's just killing it." You know, he's about to hit 120 pounds loss. He's insane. But he's lost the majority of the weight since February. Because when he started in November, the first three months, he did maybe lost like five pounds, guys. It wasn't until I like physically like called him and we hopped on a one-on-one where like everything changed. Everything changed for him and he's he went on for the past few months to just crush it. So that's things can turn around really fast and Zach's a great example of that. Yeah. Yeah. I remember that. I remember that he was he was uh because I remember Zach look like remember remember? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. I remember cuz he was competing with me at that time. I was like I think I had like a 20 pound month loss. So I was like on a high and then I was just like I I just told him I started talking to him privately. I was like yo what are you doing? And he started asking me like what I'm doing. And then out of nowhere it just kind of like whatever the hell we all did that that [ __ ] just kicked jet fueled him into like outer space. And ever since that he never he never looked back. He never looked back. So that was awesome cuz I thought I was like he's going to compete with me for this whatever challenge we're doing at the time for like a month and then that's about it and then I never hear him again. But no, he kept it got to the point where it was like yo who's gonna get to 80 pounds first then 90. I was like god damn dude this guy's gonna get to 100. I think he got to 100 first too. I was like [ __ ] I was like, "Damn, this guy woke up." But that's cool. That's cool. It motivated me. I'll tell you that. He did. He probably I I told him, but I was like, "Yo, I know you keep telling me I'm motivating you, but you motivated my ass." I was like, "Shit, it's cool." It was really cool to have somebody toe to toe cuz you know, I was talking to Matt and Trey, but we're all at different weights. So, with him, it was like we were poundforpound. I was like, "This is like pretty crazy." Like, you know, you know, just friendly competition. Yeah, that's what it's about to go, man. Yeah. And I think too, you know, based off what he just said and, you know, talking about Zach, like I he's the, you know, he amongst others is the perfect person to say, "Hey, like it is one decision away and six months of focus to completely change your life in anything." You know, I'm talking to myself about stuff like that, too. And it's just, you know, that's that's what it takes is a decision and action. Hit it right on the head. So, 100%, guys. Awesome. Well, great Monday mastermind, guys. I I definitely have a fire in my back and I'm ready to meet back up with you guys on Wednesday. It's going to be a great month. Keep your foot on the gas. If you have any questions, let me know. But other than that, guys, let's freaking crush this week. All right, let's get it. All right, let's go, guys. See you.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-06-04 Views: 88 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MV9ZRJytoIo Runtime: 16 min 42 sec (3,163 words) The script, as delivered on camera Here's something that most people will never admit to. Every fitness coach that you will follow online will tell you to be patient with yourself, be gentle, don't push yourself too hard. But we're here to be the guys that will tell you that that is not okay. And in this podcast, we're going to talk about the one thing that actually makes the biggest change on your weight loss journey that 99% of people will always fail on. Most of the clients that we have who come to us tell us the thing that separates us from any other fitness coach out there is that not only have we actually lived the life that you're living right now, but we're actually straight shooters. That we know exactly what you need in order to be successful on your weight loss journey. The pat on the butt, the your mom loves you no matter what type of mindset is what's been keeping you stuck for over the past 20 years. If we had to believed everything that our mom told us about how good boys we were and we could eat whatever we want and to love our body no matter what, we'd still be over 300 lb forbid even worse. So for you right now, the reason why you're stuck is because your wife will never tell you the truth. She will always tell you that you look good no matter what. That you have no reason to change because you are who you are. When in reality, you know that when you look in the mirror, you're hating what you see. That's not a bad thing. Most guys will diagnose that as being a negative thing that they're not willing to embrace. For us and for our clients, we fully embrace those emotions. We fully embrace those feelings because those are the exact feelings that are guiding us into who we were designed to be. Healthy, mobile, the best versions of ourselves. Not just physically, but mentally. So if you're afraid of anger, if you're afraid of that pain, think about the cost of not doing anything. If you continue to avoid those hard conversations, if you continue to avoid the pain of what you see in the mirror, it's only going to get worse. Do you need more proof? Look at your last 20 years. It's only gotten worse. You haven't been able to be successful in losing weight because you will not fully face those negative feelings, the pain that you see in the mirror, and you won't use that fuel to go do something positive. You'll use that fuel as something that will continue to have you binge eating, to avoid doing the hard work, to avoid going and exercising even though everything in your body is screaming at you not to. You're not strong enough yet mentally in order to overcome that. The moment you become strong enough mentally to look in the mirror, hate what you see, experience that anger, then finally go make the change. That's when you're going to be successful. That's when life actually opens up for you like your mommy was telling you about. You will actually be happy on your weight loss journey. You'll actually be be happy with your results because you know the difference between that pain and what real happiness feels like. Most guys will come to us and they'll ask us this question. They'll say, "Man, what did you do? Like what was the what was the secret formula to your guys' weight loss journey?" And every single time I point back to "Hey, it's not the information. It's not the next fad diet. It's not the next workout. It's the mindset that needs to be acquired in order to lose 100 lbs. Most of you guys watching this video have already lost 30 to 40 lbs in the past. You've gotten comfortable seeing some decent results. But then what happened when you lost that 30 to 40 lbs? You got comfortable. You stagnated. You thought that you could do all the old that got you fat in the first place without having any repercussions. So, when you went to that wedding, when you went to that birthday party, when you went to that event, that dinner, you decided to go all balls to the wall and do something that you know would take you off track. And when you did that, that is the moment you fell back into that old way of thinking. And you have to understand that that old way of thinking is meant to take you further and further away from your purpose. Most people nowadays will say being frustrated, being angry is a bad thing. Being upset with what you see in the mirror is a bad thing. You shouldn't experience negative emotions. But can you imagine if you always tried to just live life without experiencing all the emotions that come with it? You continue to just think that you're in some la-la land, that everything is butterflies and rainbows, and you continue to ignore the freaking red glaring signs in front of you? And then you wake up 5 years later and you're like, "What the hell happened?" Why Why didn't How come I let myself get this far? It's because you ignored the signs along the way. You ignored the signs of when you looked in the mirror and you noticed that your stomach was starting to hang a little bit over your pants. You noticed that when you put your jackets on, that they were starting to get a little snug. You noticed that when you saw the number on the scale go up a few pounds, that you said, "Oh, I'll make sure I get dialed in once I hit 270." And then you saw it 275 come up. And then you said, "Oh, it's not that bad. It's not worth it enough for me to change it. 280 is my final number." And then you just started to forget about it. And then you got comfortable living that same way. Before you knew it, you got up over 300 lbs. And now you're asking yourself, "Where the hell the time went?" And again, that's what we're saying. If you just got angry enough at the first time you saw that number it biked 1 to 2 lbs, you would have done something about it. When me and Calvin, to this day, notice that we gain 2 lbs, 3 lbs, we don't just chalk it up to, oh, that's water weight. No, we go to the very extreme end. No, we're not going to eat We're going to really dial in our nutrition this week. I'm not going to at all. Because if we just allow ourselves to believe that it's water weight, we'll get comfortable seeing the number on the scale rise. And then when we get up to 213 or 215 or 220, we're like, "What the hell happened?" Which hasn't happened in a long time, granted because we get our right. But if we see the number go up 5 lbs, so now we're we're freaking going hard. We're going to the gym, and we're going to go all balls to the wall on the treadmill. We're going to go work out for an hour and a half. And then when we come home, we're not going to eat for a few hours. We're going to eat until We're going to start eating our first meal when we get extremely extremely hungry. And then we weigh ourselves and we've lost 3 lbs. We're like, "Okay, this is working." But we don't get satisfied with it. We just do it again the next day. Because we realize as fast as it can go away, as fast as it can come back. And so when we see that number drop down 3 lbs, we say, "I'm going to go even harder the next day." And then you go even harder, and then now you've dropped the scale 5 lbs in the opposite direction. But then you don't get comfortable. You say, "Oh Okay, I lost 5 lbs. I'm kind of I'm back at my baseline. Let me do this again. Let me go hard." Because when I realize it when I understand that going hard gets the result that I want, I'll know the feelings of sedentariness, that's what gets me overweight. So you have to differentiate the two. Being uncomfortable gets you the results that you want. Being comfortable stagnates you. And most of the time you don't stagnate, you actually get worse. Now when Angelo says, "Not just stagnation, but it actually gets worse for you over time." The problem that you're facing right now is that you've been okay with being uncomfortable in a bad way. You've let yourself become okay with being the fat guy. Me and Angelo are not okay with being the fat guy. That's why we are where we are today. Over 300 lbs lost together and have kept it off for the past 10 years. It is unacceptable for us to be the fat guys. Right now, in your current state, your reality is you're okay with being the fat guy. Because if you weren't okay with being the fat guy, you wouldn't be him. It would be unacceptable for you. The reason why you're stuck up until this point is because you are subconsciously okay with being the fat guy. How you change that is exactly what we're saying here. When you notice the number on the scale scale starts to rise, that's when you go hard at the gym. That's when you cut back your eating. That's when you get the result that you want. It is extremely simple. Although, you have to have that mindset shift of I'm not being okay with being the fat guy. And now, the greatest X factor between the workouts and the nutrition is having the right accountability. Just so you know, if I didn't have Angelo on my weight loss journey, I would have gained all of my weight back 10 years ago. There's no way that my weight would have been stayed off for the past 10 years. [clears throat] There's no way that we would have gone out and been able to help over 2,000 men lose 100 lbs plus and keep it off. [snorts] The only reason that we're able to stand on that and we're able to continue to do what we love to do in transforming our lives and transforming other guys' lives is because we have the right accountability. If you're depending on your wife to help you lose weight, you will continue to stay stuck like the same day that you met her. You met her, you started going out to nice dinners, you started becoming fat, she told you she loved you the way that you are, you knew that you'd always have a woman to lay next to at night and you gave up. It didn't happen quickly, it happened over time. That's the problem with most successful men is that you don't have a quick downfall when it comes to losing weight. You don't just magically end up in the hospital bed one day diagnosed with pre-diabetes and high blood pressure. That doesn't happen overnight. That happens after gradual moments of allowing yourself to get comfortable. For us, we just know that having the right accountability will negate any of those negative experiences that we have to go through in the in the future. We just simply understand that having each other on this accountability we never have to experience high blood pressure, pre-diabetes, getting winded tying our shoes, not feeling anxious taking our shirt off in public. We don't have to experience any of these bad emotions because we simply know how to nip it in the bud having the right accountability. If you don't have coaches, if you don't have guys who have walked in your shoes before and can tell you the truth when you need it, there's no reason why you're stuck struggling with your weight for over the past 20 years. Just look at who has been holding you accountable that entire time. Nobody. If you don't have anybody that you can definitively point to and say, "This person has held me accountable for this many years," you can't question why you're stuck in a body that you hate. It's crazy. Most guys will get so defensive about having accountability because they think it makes them weak. They think that not being capable in certain areas makes them lesser of a person. But, not realizing that you not having the accountability that coaching and the guidance to help you get better just keeps you more incapable in the first place. Somebody that is smart like pretty much any professional athlete, any person that started a business, any did anything successful, they didn't go and try to reinvent the wheel. They learned from somebody who had already done what they're trying to do, and they modeled their behaviors, they modeled their psychology, and they modeled their physiology. What does that mean for you? When you model someone's behaviors, that means that you see somebody doing something and you say, "Wow, that person's successful at that. I'm going to do more of that. I'm going to listen to what they're saying." Most of you guys are trying to get information on how to lose 100 lb from somebody who's never lost 100 lb. Yeah, on paper, being in a calorie deficit and exercising makes sense. That's how you lose the weight. But nobody talks about the psychology going on in the mind of the person that weighs 100 lb overweight. There's a different way of moving and a different way of operating at that weight that actually helps you push through those tough moments. Like we're saying, being frustrated and angry, people might see us and be like, "You guys have lost 100 lb each. Life should just be freaking amazing and happy for you guys. You guys should be running around with your shirts off." And yeah, you could do that for a little bit, but that's where the devil creeps in. That's where you you get your mind off of the the seriousness of life, and you go back into la-la land. And when you're in la-la land, you're vulnerable. And so, take it from us, take it from how we model our behavior, we're serious about this. This is life or death for us. We don't just talk about losing weight as being life or death, we actually live it because we understand if we gain 40 to 60 lb again, we're not living the same life that we have now. We're not being able We're not able to hang out with our kids and our niece My niece and my nephew, he's not able to play with his son the way that he wants to. He's not being able to set the example for his son of who he wants a man to be in the future. But in your situation, look at your past behaviors. Every action you're doing right now is setting up the future you and the people around And so, if you just got serious now, if you just took this information that we're telling you and got serious about it now, and modeled this behavior, you would have lost this weight years ago. So, the best time to do it is now. Now, the second thing is modeling someone's psychology. Understand the way that they think, why they think certain things. Me and Calvin have a very potent psychology when it comes to food. We don't look at food as something as pleasurable. Now, granted, we want our food to taste good. We're not sitting here saying we eat raw chicken breast and broccoli all the time. We put seasonings, we do all of that stuff. But, the reason why we eat certain foods over other foods is because we understand how it makes us feel afterwards. Do we want to feel sluggish in the middle of the afternoon? Do we want to have a foggy brain in the middle of the afternoon? No. So, the foods that we eat, because we understand the psychology behind the foods and what they do to you, we think about those things, and then then we take the proper action afterwards. That's the psychology. Now, the physiology. How does somebody who lost 100 lbs carry themselves? Anytime I've met someone who's over 300 lbs, myself included, I was very hunched over shoulders, down in the dumps, head down, don't want to be bothered, very just lazy individual. And I never saw anybody that had lost 100 lbs before, and operated a certain way. So, I had to learn it myself. And so, take it from me and Calvin, we physically had to teach ourselves how does a person that weighs 190 lbs move? How do they walk? How do they carry themselves? Thankfully, we grew up playing sports, so we had an understanding of how I guess you could say the jocks walked around. So, we're like, "Okay, maybe they have something to that. Maybe they have a reason why they walk with their head up high. Maybe they have a reason why they are moving with urgency. They don't walk places slowly. Maybe there's something behind that. So, let's just start doing that." So, anything we did during the day, we would do it as quick as possible. If we're getting into our car, we're moving with a sense of urgency. Not that we have to be somewhere right away, but we learned that urgency and that feeling of I got to get done mentality carries with you in every other area of your life. And so, we took those three things, the psychology, the behaviors, and the physiology, and we created this system around it to help you, the guy who's struggling with his weight, change his life. It's called the Full Body Reset System. And we've talked about this in other videos before, but if you want to learn more on how we can help you lose 100 lb in the next 6 months guaranteed and keep it off for the rest of your life, go ahead and click the link in the description below and apply for coaching. We will show you how to actually change your life. Now, just because you apply doesn't mean that you're going to get in. It is a tight-knit group, but we will let you know that the moment you decide to change, which should be before we ever have a conversation, is the day that you change your life.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2025-11-06 Views: 88 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mn75p0Zv1sc Runtime: 8 min 9 sec (1,827 words) The script, as delivered on camera Oh, the holidays. The time of the year where most men [ __ ] up and fall off on their weight loss journey. They eat whatever's in front of them. They skip their workouts. They tell themselves that I'm going to fix it in January. And then suddenly 10 to 15 pounds show up on their gut like a paycheck they didn't ask for. Men who win don't wait for the calendar to save them. They build momentum while everyone else is slowing down. So, in the next few minutes, I'm going to give you the exact 30-day holiday fat loss blueprint that we use with our clients so you can lose an extra 20 to 40 lbs, stay powerful, and walk into January ahead, not behind. Let's get into it. Section one, we have to talk about the holiday commandments. These are rules and principles, and I'm going to explain to you why they work. So, first off, the rules. These aren't diet tricks. These are discipline anchors. Number one, we need to focus on having protein first in every meal. The reason why is because protein stabilizes your blood sugar. It kills cravings, it builds muscle, and it keeps you full. Most men gain fat because they chase snacks and not feeling full. Protein will do that for you. Number two is you need to have a one plate rule at events. Why? Because overeating doesn't happen because you're hungry. It happens because your brain gets dopamine from variety. One plate cuts that loop. Stop eating like a fat [ __ ] Number three, earn your carbs through steps. Why? Carbs aren't the enemy, but unearned carbs are. If you start walking or doing some form of cardio after every time you eat some carbs, you're going to notice that the weight isn't gaining on like it used to. Walking increases the insulin sensitivity, so your body actually uses the food as a fuel instead of as a fat storage. reason why you got man titties is because you eat too much donuts, cookies, pancakes, and all the carby full of sugar [ __ ] that holds you back from seeing results. And number four, we need to have this rule that you're only drinking water and you limit your alcohol. Look, liquid calories and alcohol equals stored fat and it destroys your willpower. If you wake up hung over, if you wake up 5 lbs heavier because you had a long night of drinking, you've just [ __ ] up your progress. Now, I'm not saying you can't ever have a drink again. But you got to limit it to at least two drinks max. Don't show up to your [ __ ] family event cursing out the kids, acting belligerent and drunken like an [ __ ] all because you couldn't control yourself. If you just focus on eating more protein, drinking more water, having less carbs, and having one plate at dinner events, you won't end up gaining an extra 20 lbs like every fat ass that does that doesn't care about their health. So, look, these rules don't restrict you. They just protect you from the version of you that used to lose control. Section two is the festive day formula. How do you actually manage what you're eating and actually have a successful weight loss journey amidst this crazy schedule that people have during the holidays? So, here's how you eat on big food days without getting wrecked. In the morning, I want you to focus on having protein and water. Because if you start your day with sugar and carbs like pancakes and French toast and [ __ ] like that, you spike your glucose and then you have this crash in the midday and then you end up binge eating at dinner. So, if you focus on having things like eggs, egg whites, Greek yogurt, a protein shake, this will curb your cravings in the evening time and actually make you feel full so you're losing weight and building muscle. In the afternoon, I want you to focus on having protein and vegetables. Again, this will keep the hunger low and the energy steady so you don't show up starving and emotionally eating at night time. And before the event, I want you to go on a 10 to 15 minute walk because walking improves the blood sugar control and appetite regulation. Look, man. The reason why most people overeat is because it's it's not their fault. It's just the fact that the foods you're eating spike your glucose and spike your insulin, which then causes this major crash and makes you feel hungry again. It makes you overeat when you don't even want to. That's where binging comes in. That's where that late night snacking comes in. So, if you start walking and doing some form of exercise that's steady state, you'll improve your blood sugar control and appetite regulation, and you're not starving. And then at the event, you have one plate and one plate only. You don't overeat like a fat ass and have two to three servings more than what you should have. You don't want to be the guy going back and going back for thirds, fourths, and fists and everybody's looking at you and your stomach's all bulging out as you're sitting on the couch watching those holiday movies. No, that's the old version of you. And if you want to change, you have to be willing to let that person die. Figuratively and literally. If you have just one plate and you focus on filling that plate up with protein, protein will make you feel full. It will help you feel satisfied. You won't have major cravings and you'll stop binging. And then after the event, I want you to do a 10-minute walk and then have some water. Your body uses food better after movement and so you stabilize your blood sugar and avoid that food coma feeling. Most guys eat emotionally. You're going to eat strategically. In section three, here's a restaurant cheat sheet. Most guys have these dinners with their family or their co-workers or social events and they find themselves overeating a [ __ ] ton. And so when you're at these events, you don't need to hide. You just need to have standards. So you can pick one from each category. You can have protein which will include salmon, steak, chicken or shrimp. And for carbs, you can have rice, potatoes, and quality breads like sourdough. For flavor, you can have salsa, mustard, lemon, or hot sauce, or zero sugar barbecue sauce. Why this works is because most restaurant weight gain comes from the sauces and the oils that they cook with and the sides, not the actual meal itself. And the cool part about this is if you hit your steps during the day, enjoy the carbs. If you didn't, you didn't earn any dessert. And again, this isn't a punishment. This is you taking ownership of you wanting to lose weight and making that commitment to yourself. Section four, we're going to talk about working out. And I want you to understand something for a second. I'm not a [ __ ] idiot. I get it. Holidays are busy and most of the time you think that you have to work out 6 days a week and go [ __ ] crazy to see results when that's not the case. All you need to do is have consistency plus intensity. So, here's the workout split. You're going to do three days of working out. one upper body day, one lower body day, and one full body and core session workout. In these workouts, you also need to include at least 30 to 45 minutes of cardio. Whether that's the elliptical machine, whether that's walking on the treadmill or going outside for a run. The reason why we have you doing some strength training and cardio is because again, strength training increases the metabolism and walking actually helps you burn the fat without putting stress and wear and tear on your joints. and also working out boosts your testosterone and insulin control so that way you can give it to your wife and not feel like a slob afterwards. In section five, one of the most important parts and why we put it at the end of this video is you need to have accountability and the right psychology. Every single day you need to check these off your list. Number one, did you hit your protein goal 1 to 1.5 g of protein per pound of body weight? So if you want to weigh 220 lbs, you eat 220 g of protein. If you want to weigh 185 lbs, you eat 185 g of protein. Number two is you get 8 to 10,000 steps per day. And if you're doing your cardio like you said you would and like we're telling you, this is very easy. Number three is you drink at least a half a gallon of water per day. If you drink a gallon, that's even better because it will curve the hunger. You have a one plate rule. You sleep at least 6 to 8 hours per night. You're not a [ __ ] busty 22-year-old anymore. You can't just wake up and go work out and live your day off of 5 to 6 hours of sleep. You need to have a minimum of 6 to eight hours so your body can regenerate, heal itself, and that way you don't wake up feeling sore and tired the next day like most people do. And if you find yourself very hungry in the afternoon or in the middle of the day, it's not because you're actually hungry. It's either one, you're dehydrated, or two, you didn't get enough sleep. If you just understand that the reason why men don't succeed on their weight loss journey, it's not because they're perfect. It's because they win the effort with tracking what they actually do. What gets measured gets mastered and what gets ignored gets worse. And so to wrap this whole video up, most guys are going to spend the next 30 days lying to themselves. I'll start in January. I'll start after the holidays. I deserve this, but you're still here because you don't want another year of regret, and you're tired of waiting. If you want a tailored version of this plan, customly built to your lifestyle, your family needs, and your goals. Comment the word holidays in the comment section below, or DM us the word holidays on Instagram, and we'll reach out to you to see if we can help. We'll build a game plan for you that helps you walk into January ahead, not behind. You don't need January, you just need standards. So, let's get to work.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2025-12-28 Views: 84 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3rPLTgh9Y_4 Runtime: 26 min 19 sec (5,566 words) The script, as delivered on camera Here we go. Starting podcast in three, two, one. What's going on everybody? My name's Calvin. My name's Angelo. We are the vision twins and we lost combined 300 lb. Now it is our life mission to show the entire world how to do the same the same thing. And in this video, we are going to be sharing with you our unconventional weight loss hacks. Now, the reason why we decided upon this topic is because we do a lot of things that would normally be frowned upon in a fitness space. And the thing here, guys, is like, especially as we go into 2026, we are no longer committing to being weight loss coaches. And what we mean by that is we're not just going to always be giving you workouts or nutrition guides. We're really just going to show you how we live and how we stay accountable with each other because that's the most important thing. The last thing you want to do and how most most people treat weight loss is like a diet or like a fat or a hack. And that's hard for us to understand coming from like very committed and driven people. We're like when we commit to something, we [ __ ] do it. Like we're all the way. We lost all the weight 10 years ago. We've kept it off. We've helped tons of guys do the same thing. And the reason why we've been so successful on our weight loss journey and as coaches is because we don't treat it like a hack. We don't treat it like I'm going to lose 50 pounds or I'm going to lose 150 lbs and then give up. Like no, this is a lifestyle. This is something that we live by. And we're going to share with you some uncon unconventional things that we do that I believe will shock you and have been transformative in my life. And like this is a very vulnerable time for me in sharing and opening up with you because I feel like there's been kind of like this block on like what we can and what we can't talk about. Yeah. And so being able to talk about these things and like being open with him and allowing you to like really understand who we are is going to I believe help the right person make the transformation they've been looking for. Yeah. And just and reveal the curtains. In just a second, too, I'm gonna close. Can you close the window right there? Because And see, we're not even going to cut this out because it's [ __ ] loud. AC in Arizona. Always got to run the AC in Arizona, man. I think it's just going to turn. [clears throat] Okay. Well, what I was going to add on to what Calvin said is like here's the thing. You've seen so many videos of workout routines, nutrition plans. You've seen all these different advice information online and it gets to a point where there's so much [ __ ] out there that it's impossible not to just try one of them and see success. But here's the thing, the reason why you haven't been able to see success on your weight loss journey is you're not being accountable. Now, that is a I guess you could say an unconventional weight loss hack that we have, but it's just genuinely the truth. Like, it's not a fat diet. It's not a quick workout routine. There's stuff that's helpful, but that's not going to be the end all be all as to why you lose the weight. In this video, though, we're going to give you guys some of the stuff that we did, some of the stuff that we do that actually were kind of hacks that allowed us to lose the weight. Aside from the fact that it's mainly accountability and like you need to be held accountable to lose the weight. Not saying this from a place of ego, just like hey, this is truth. You need to be accountable. But we're going to talk about some unconventional stuff. So, one thing I want to share, the first unconventional thing that we did on our weight loss journey from 350 lbs, myself, Calvin, 330 down to 200 lb and himself, 190 was we used to smoke weed. Now, I am in no way like putting out there that you should smoke weed or like do drugs because I don't think that's the vibe at all. But I will say that we used to smoke a ton of weed in high school. And we were still fat though while smoking weed. But there was a time where if we were hungry, instead we would smoke. And for some people, they might not understand like, oh, like the munchies and all these different things like, but for us, it would actually stop us from eating. It would make us not be as hungry as we used to. And that was a big unconventional thing. We would get high, you know, ungain, I don't like and I don't even Angelo and I I love Angelo I love Angelo and he's like he's like it's a bad thing. I could like his mindset now like after not smoking weed where he's very clear that like we don't [ __ ] with it. But like ultimately I think it like yes it's important to like understand the negatives of it. But then also I think it's important to pull out the positives of it which is likeful everything's not always like a bad thing. Like there were a lot of great times and like great things that happened from it. So I think it's important that like you're going to hear my perspective on it. Yeah. But I think it's also important that we shine light on like the positive aspects. And that's the whole point of this podcast, this video that we're talking about right now is that there are positives to the things that you're doing even though they might be bad in the moment. But I just want to give a clear standpoint like I don't smoke weed now. I don't plan on doing it anytime soon. Mainly because I just don't see the value in it anymore. It doesn't have like a utility benefit for me. But I will say when we were overweight, we smoked a ton of weed and it helped us out a ton. We were, you know, instead of, you know, it's kind of crazy to think about. I don't know if it did help me out because if I was not smoking weed, I probably would have done other things. Sure. But I will say that that was just a stage of life that I was in. And instead of doing one habit which was eating, I just replaced it with another habit which is smoking. And now as I got older, I replaced that habit of smoking with my habit of like working or more working out or just doing something more beneficial for myself than consuming food or smoking weed. That's what I would say about the unconventional side of smoking weed of what we did. Yeah. Okay, we're back. Angelo just had to move his car real quick. So that's the reason for the break. Now when you were speaking on smoking weed, right? how there was some utility in terms of not eating and replacing it with even being working out, right? That was a big one for me is I would smoke and then go run a long time. And so what I've come to realize after now being sober from weed for the past two and a half years now is I always just enjoyed mostly the nicotine that was in it because what nicotine does is it's an appetite suppressant. So it's pretty similar to coffee. Like if you're a coffee drinker, you'll drink your coffee and then it kind of stimulates your your mind and it stimulates your stomach, forcing you to have to go to the bathroom or just really not being hungry overall. And that's what we've come to actually enjoy more is just the clean form of nicotine without the tobacco, without the harmful benefits of smoking on the lungs. Now I can use nicotine pouches and still be productive during the day without getting the high. And I use nicotine pouches on a daily basis. I actually have them right here in my pocket. I have the Zeos. I use 8 milligram. So I still have that like high dosage mentality. And normally people will say to start off with 3 milligram and then go to go to six or go to eight. This is by no means nutritional or doctor's advice or condoning it or condoning it, but for me it's what works and it's what helps me actually hit my fasting times. So, I stopped eating every single night at 5:00 p.m. And so, around like 6:30, 78, normally I would get hungry. Now, if I did a good job for that day and I got all my protein in, I won't be hungry for the evening. But sometimes that craving will still kick in. What I'll do is I'll pop in a nicotine pouch and I won't get hungry. I'll actually suppress my appetite. I'll get some form of like cognitive benefits from it and like just be more focused on whatever I'm doing. And it helps me just stay away from food. So, the nicotine is what I've come to understand as being a better alternative than smoking. I don't have to harm my lungs. I can still run and I I do better with my runs because I can wake up in the morning, hit my workout fasted, have a nicotine pouch in, and it makes it easier for me to go longer without food. Makes it easier for me to fast until my 1 p.m. eat time. Yeah. And I think that's honestly all of the like other stuff that we do or like non-convent unconventional weight loss tips. I guess caffeine is another one that we do a lot of. We do drink coffee and like uh energy drinks. We don't drink energy drinks as much anymore. But three [clears throat] years ago or like two or three years ago, we used to drink an energy drink like two or three of them a day, maybe even four. And for some people that's like, wow, that's crazy. But for us, it's just our bodies can adapt to it. And so we do energy drinks as well. And caffeine is another uh appetite suppressant like Calvin said, kind of like nicotine where if you have caffeine in your system, you're not really hungry. Too much of it, you'll get a headache though. I I will say that. Um but that's what we would do and we would have caffeine and nicotine. That's like really one of our mental stimulate hacks and just weight loss hacks in general is these unconventional ways of, you know, living. Yeah. And with the caffeine, normally, like Angela said, we don't drink energy drinks throughout the day. What I'll do is I have pre-workout. I take that high dosage of caffeine, about 300 milligrams, right after my coffee in the morning, and then some more caffeine with my pre-workout. I drink that with water and that's typically all my caffeine consumption for the day. Like after my workout and after my preworkout intake, I'm done with the caffeine. Then we'll normally drink if we want like a carbonated substance, not just a energy drink. We'll do a diet soda or we'll do a caffeine-free diet soda which you can drink more of, not the not get the caffeine effects of having the energy and like getting that that mental boost. you can still stay calm. Enjoy a nice Diet Coke with with zero caffeine. And that will also help with the carbonation [cough and clears throat] inside of your stomach. [snorts] You actually get more of that filling in your stomach with carbonated drinks. And so we'll drink a lot of those in order to curb our appetite. And it really helps us out a lot when staying away from food. Yeah, drinking diet sodas is a really big hack because it it has like a flavor, like a taste to it. So diet Dr. Pepper, my favorites are diet Dr. Dr. Pepper diet, Dr. Pepper cherry cola, um cream soda, like I love those because again, it has like a taste to it and if I'm hungry, I'll just drink two or three of those and it completely takes away my hunger from really my body and I have that satisfied craving 100%. Yeah, [snorts] [clears throat] got to clear up those. Yeah, it's the nicotine. Yeah, probably the nicotine. And so another unconventional hack that we do and something that is more new into my life, although what I've realized has really helped me over the past three or four years is mushrooms. And most people have this bad rap on drugs or on mushrooms. But when you look around at other fitness influencers, most of them are taking tons of peptides. They're steroids. Steroids. they're taking things that can actually like inflame their body and literally kill them. And so what I do on the other hand is like I don't want to have to start taking testosterone. I don't want to do those artificial things. I want things to come into my body naturally and things that are of the earth. So nicotine is a substance that you do have to derive and it is packaged in a way that seems not healthy or seems like it's done in a factory. Although it's still deriving that natural resource of nicotine but with the mushrooms and I'm talking about like yes magic mushrooms or the neutropics what they do for me is they also have that effect where food just becomes strange like when you have a certain amount of uh mushrooms in your system when you have a certain amount of the actual substance which is psilocybin that's the word I was looking for is the psilocybin when you have that and It works on your brain. So you'll take about I when I micro dose I do about a gram at a time. And when you do that after about 45 minutes to an hour that's when you'll start to feel the effects on your brain. I always do it on an empty stomach and it allows it to go through my body. And what it does inside of the brain is it forces that creative way of thinking to start opening up. And there are things that you'll come to understand that I've come to understand after taking them that have completely blown my mind open on who I am, my identity, why I think the certain way I think, past childhood traumas, and like you get to go back and it's like time traveling. You get to go back in time and like relive those experiences, and you get to rewrite the story on your life where most people are living on autopilot, and they don't really understand why they do certain things that they do. They're just like, "Oh, it's just me. I'm just a fat guy or I'm just too lazy. But when I take these, it allows me to get out of my like physical body, like my carnal brain. And it allows me to think from a higher source of consciousness that allows me to be more open, that allows me to be creative, to think more, and it allows me to really just reshape my body. So that's why sometimes I'll micro dose early in the morning and I'll go to the gym. and you just have this mind muscle connection that you're allowed you you just feel free and you feel allowed to push yourself and do hard things and it's a great tool if you've been overweight and for me even when I was like 210 215 pounds a few months ago I wasn't I wasn't taking them and I noticed myself like eating a lot being very carnal and so I decided I was like you know what it's time for me to go on a deep ego death which is four grams of psilocybin and I did And I didn't eat for like 24 hours. I didn't eat for a whole day. But during the trip, I just was really able to reset my body and reshape the way that I look at food. And the problem with most overweight men is that they have this like stimul uh they have this stipulation against like drugs or like mushrooms or like these natural things and they're like, "Oh, that's bad. That's stupid. I'll never take it. That's for hippies." Okay. Well, they must have something right because you're living in a very carnal body, overweight, hypertension, high blood sugar. You've never really taken that time to like open up your consciousness. It's not just like a hippie thing that I've found a lot of like overweight men put a just people in general. People in general put like a bad label on it and they label it for hippies. But like when I dropped my ego and I did it for myself, I was like, "Holy shit." Like I can see why these guys are like skin and bone and like they're anti- food. They're just like really more about their the way that they feel in their bodies and you get in tune with how you feel. Like I think a lot of guys that we speak with, they're really out of touch with how they feel. Like they don't give a [ __ ] with about how they feel and like they just that's why they eat. They just put food on the table and they eat and they go to sleep and wake up and repeat the next day. While yes, working is very important and we believe in the value of hard work. We do believe it's important to live the dream life that you want to live. And being able to take these shrooms and like really open up my consciousness allows me to get closer to that person and be open-minded with with my skill sets and the things that I'm learning in my day-to-day life. Yeah. Yeah, I think one of the biggest lessons that I've learned after losing weight is when you go on this development of yourself and you go on this journey to lose weight, a lot of people get caught up in constantly trying to improve themsel like improvement, improvement, improvement, become better, be better, be better. And it does come from a place of insecurity when you do that type of stuff because you're always worried about how you like who you are as a person or how you're how you're acting. And I think there is benefit in like getting better at certain things, but when there's times not to just just be you, like be who you are, be yourself. And [clears throat] when you get on this weight loss journey, it's very easy to get caught up in that because you go from, you know, 10 pounds. Okay, let's do 20. Okay, I still got 80 more to go. Okay, then you do those 80. Okay, I could lose another five. I could lose another 10. And the more you go, the harder it gets. Like, you're getting really good as a person. You're getting really good at just being a human overall. And the more you do it, you start getting really close to the end. And it's like the gains are min minuscule. Like you don't see one big difference from one day to the next as if you were 350 pounds and then the next day you wake up, you're 345. Like you don't get that dopamine hit of just feeling proud about yourself. And so one thing I've learned as a result of doing these types of things and like doing the internal work is like I'm living the dream now. This is the version of me when I was 350 lbs that I only imagined I can live. I forget about being tired all the time. I forget about having knee pains and back pains. I don't have that stuff anymore. So, it becomes easy to take it for granted. But looking back and having a sense of gratitude, I'm living the version of myself that I want to be now. And I should be proud of that. And I am proud of it. And I'm happy that I can just finally be who I want to be. I don't have to worry about taking my shirt off in public. I don't have to worry about like not being able to find clothes at the store. I don't have to worry about running out of breath walking up a flight of stairs. I can just live my life now. And that's ultimately the goal that most guys that are overweight are just looking for in the first place. Yeah. And I was actually just having that conversation in the sauna earlier. This guy looked at me. He was like, "You used to be a big boy, huh?" And I was like, "Yeah, man. I was 330 lbs." And so we got into a conversation. He's like, "Yeah, man. I can tell like you're doing great. You look awesome. I there's no way I could have told if I didn't see like how your body was structured." And I told him like, "Yeah, you know what's funny is sometimes I forget what it's like to be 330 pounds." And I was looking forward to this conversation with you because sometimes it is hard to like think back and be like put yourself in the shoes of that 330 lb Calvin. I think that's one thing that is hard, I would guess you could say, for like what we do or is like is difficult to relate with like these bigger men because it's been so long like I've I'm so far removed from that shitty place in my life that I can relate to that person. So sometimes I speak as if I'm a skinny person who's never had to struggle with it. It's because it's a completely different life. I've made this my lifestyle. And thinking back and like trying to put myself in like a 330 pound guy's shoes, it's honestly bad, man. I think it's like it's hard to do. And like I don't want to think about what it was like to be so big. And it it sucked. It was a terrible life. And you block out that memory. Yeah. I block out I block out the memory of being 330 pounds, which probably isn't helpful when we're trying to, you know, help other guys who were in the same place. because it's I can't always just be like, "Yeah, man. I know exactly what it's like to be in your shoes." Well, I forgot the feeling. I really forgot. Like, I I'm sorry, but like I was there, but it's been so long since I've been there. I think the most important thing, too, is for people that for you guys that are watching this to understand that you don't need us to relate to who we used to be because we're showing you what the other side looks like. when we were like if I was 340 pounds trying to help you, you know, with weight loss coaching, you'd be like, "Yeah, you relate too much to me. I can't even tr I don't even believe you." But since we're so far away from who we used to be and we have proof and evidence that we were there now, you guys are like, "Oh, like let me let me listen to what this person is saying. I I can actually trust what they're saying because, hey, they've done it." And everything we share is exactly what we do. So there's nothing that we can really like tell you to do more of except for the stuff that we're doing now. There's no need for us to go back and relate to being 280 lb or 300 lb. Dude, I've been there. Been there, done that. That's an old season of my life. It's funny how you say real quick how you say 200 300 lb even though you were 350. Like you were way bigger than 280 300. Like we were bigger than 300 lb. So it's like sometimes we'll say in our content like guys over 250 lbs. like cuz that's like kind of as close we can kind of get to and speaking to them but like no we are reaching towards that bigger person and showing you what the complete opposite of your life can be. I remember if you go on the journey I remember seeing 250 lb people and thinking they were skinny. So that should tell you how like far away I was from it. I had 100 more pounds than somebody that was 250 lbs. If I had only 50 pounds to lose and I was struggling with that dude that's like come on get your [ __ ] together, man. Like that's that's tough right there. But I was so far away that I had more than like I was far gone. I guess what you could say is I was very far away from it. So when again when I'm talking about like we can relate to these things, I remember being far away, the experience of it, but I don't remember the day-to-day living. And I just want to tell you guys that yes, it's 100% possible. There is a way to do it. We coach people on how to do it. But if you can just take the first step and say, you know what, I just need to be held accountable. I need somebody to check in on me and make sure that I'm doing the things necessary. You will lose the weight. No matter if you're doing keto, no matter if you're fasting, no matter if you're doing freaking high carb switch out diets, like all these things work, but it comes down to having accountability. There's these little hacks and these things that will work at the end of the day. You know, the the micro doing that Calvin does, the nicotine, the caffeine, the fasting, the keto diets, all these things will work for a period of time. But in order to keep this weight off for two years, five years, 10 years, it comes down to accountability. Having somebody that says, "No, you can't go past this anymore. You can't keep doing like you can't slip up as much as you have been. Yeah, you went on a vacation. You were gone for two weeks. You can't come back and still eat like you're on vacation." Having that hard line and something that will not let you pass is what's going to help you keep that weight off or lose it in the first place. That is what most guys are missing. They have their wife. They have their brothers or not even their brothers. They have their cousins. They have friends. They have people that are near them that want the best for them but aren't willing to hold that line for them. That is what we do. That's what Calvin does for me and that's what I do for him is there's absolutely like Calvin could no way in hell gain 30 pounds and then me not say something about it. You want to know what just happened? Literally what just happened? Clip this. All right. So, I was in the kitchen and I was eating my normal meal. I had my pound of ground chicken and I had some sourdough bread. Oh, yeah. I know you I know you felt that. And I know you felt it. I had my normal serving grounded chicken, two slices of bread. And then I went back for another piece. I'm like, I have a I have a few carbs left and I measured it out and I knew I had some more room for another piece, but it was just one more half of a piece. So, I took that half and then I was looking at the other piece getting ready to go after it and then I heard Angelo come out and I put that [ __ ] down and I was like, "All right, it's good." He sees me. Don't want to get caught eating. I I cannot get caught eating extra. I just will not. I just said, "Fuck it." I knew without even having him to say a word that he was going to say something if I picked up that other piece. So, I put it down and I felt good. I had a diet soda and I'm good. And now we're filming this. Yeah. And in that moment, that literally just happened. That Talk about the feeling you felt internally. [laughter] What was that feeling that you felt when I walked out just now? I didn't even say anything, but what was the feeling that they can relate to because we all have the same feelings, by the way. What did you feel? What did it feel like to you? Describe the feeling. Care. [clears throat] Genuine care. Love. Relatability. No, you're being you're being too fluffy. What was it really? This is what I'm actually This is what I felt like in the moment. What did you feel? Did it feel warm? Did it feel fuzzy? Did it feel like empty? You feel like lightheaded? No, I wasn't like no fear. No, oh [ __ ] no fear. Okay. What I felt was like a genuine care without you having to say anything. That you actually cared if I were to have another piece of bread. That you love me enough to just be there for me. And that really just that you gave a [ __ ] That like somebody else gives a [ __ ] if I eat this other piece of bread. If nobody gave a [ __ ] I would eat that. And if it was just about me, then I would [ __ ] eat that and then regret it and get fat. But I ate it. I still feel like a little bit full just because I just ate and like sat down and I'm going to go walk after this. But still just having that line where that doesn't get crossed like you just said. Yeah. And it's very easy if you're with your girlfriend or with your wife, they won't say no to you eating that piece of bread or that piece of food. It's very easy for you to just grab it and be like, "Yeah, like babe, have it. Have that last slice of pizza. They'll give you more. Eat that. Like, go ahead and you want it, right? Like, eat it." But then you don't realize two to three months down the line of you being told it's okay to eat that that you've gained 40 pounds and you're like, "Holy shit." Like, how did this happen? You [ __ ] [ __ ] Not not that far. But it's literally like those moments where you you you know that like where did this happen? It was those extra moments that you have. And if you're overweight, it's because you have extra eating habits. You eat too much. You overeat. Which means that if you want to lose weight, just stop overeing. Eat enough to be full, but then don't eat past that. And that's where that accountability, that's where that discipline that we have with each other comes in. Yeah. That's the truth, man. I could wrap it right there. Honestly, that was it. Yeah. Well, those are the unconventional ways. All comes back down to the accountability and having people there for you. And if you want more one-on-one support on your weight loss journey, click the link in the description below. We're going into 2026. And by no means is this fake urgency or any type of marketing hack or tactic. We literally don't take on everybody because over 70% of the United States is obese. And so we definitely don't want to work with everybody. We only want to work with men who relate to this message and genuinely want to make the transformation in their life. They just don't know where the first step is. If you need that help, guys, click the link in the description below, apply for our coaching, and we'll be reaching out to you personally to see if we can help. Peace.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2025-12-13 Views: 83 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LpScdnZoQ3c Runtime: 27 min 46 sec (5,907 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's going on everybody? My name's Calvin. My name's Angelo. We are the Vision Twins and we lost combined 300 lb. And now it's our life mission to show the entire world how to do the same thing. And in this video, we are going to be talking to you about our experience in the 300 lb version of us and the 2009 190 lb version of who we are right now. And the difference might shock you because when we were over 300 pounds, there were a few aspects of our life that we didn't know were keeping us stuck where we were. And so what we wanted to show you guys is the three differences in who we are now versus who we used to be. And you might understand that, you know, eating right, working out, you know, having a good partner on your side is important, but we're really going to go more into depth on what that looks like in real life. Yeah. So, what we'll talk about first is the 300 lb version of 300lb version of us. 350 lbs. You know, how did we think? How did we act? What were the things that we were doing that in the moment we didn't even realize we were doing it just felt so normal to us. And so, the first thing that we're going to talk about is the food. And now when we're over 350 pounds, myself 350, Calvin was 330, the way we approached food is very different versus how we do it now at 200 and 190 pounds. The way we approached food back then was really focused on what's quick, what's easy, what is going to taste the best, what tastes the most salty, and is it going to fill me up? And with that mindset, it's very important to realize that you don't make good decisions that way. if you're thinking what's quick, what's easy, what tastes the best, and what's going to fill you up. Because sometimes the things you'll pick and the things that you'll decide to eat are actually what's stopping you from losing weight in the first place. What we would do, and I remember very vividly, is if we were to go, you know, if we had the choice to eat from home or if we had the choice to eat at fast food, obviously our first choice was always to go and eat fast food. Mhm. And when we'd go eat fast food, it wasn't just like, okay, let me get something, you know, that's small and quick, like a chicken sandwich and some fries. No, it was like, let's get three chicken sandwiches. Let's get a large fry and let's get a drink. And because we ate that way, and because it was quick and it was we'd spend money on that, that's what was holding us back versus now at 200 pounds. When we think about food, it's first off, fast food doesn't even come across our brain anymore. We're so we've just made a conscious decision that like fast food is not in alignment with us achieving our goals. Exactly. And actually just made a post about that on Instagram where I said you literally couldn't pay me to eat fast food. I just had a conversation with a guy in the gym earlier and he was from San Diego. He actually noticed my alcohat and we were talking about what fast food does and even going to restaurants, you know, going to sit down restaurants. You never know what that person's doing. Like that 330lb version of me, I didn't care if there was some teenager behind the cashier register scratching his balls and digging in his nose for boogers handing me my food. I thought that was completely normal. But as you start to get older, you get wiser and you have more experience with losing weight. Now at 190 pounds, there's no way I would go and stop at a fast food restaurant knowing that the person on the other side might just be having dirty hands or just not cooking it in a healthy environment. Yeah. You're you're very conscious about like what you're putting into your body. Um something you said like you couldn't even be paid to go to eat fast food. The thing is too is that if we have the choice to if we're on the road or something like that or if we're outside and we haven't eaten yet and we're starting to get hungry, we never say, "Okay, let me just stop and grab something along the way." We don't we we plan the way we eat now at 200 lb versus at 300 lb plus. It was very like what's available? What's around me? What can I grab quickly to, you know, make myself feel satiated, make myself feel full, and then I can go about my day. And for us, it's like, okay, we don't even if we're driving somewhere or we're we're on the road, we don't get fast food. We just say, you know what, I'll eat whenever I get to my destination. I prolong that that food for later because I know I can make a better choice when I'm not surrounded by what's available at the moment. I I know that the future is going to have something better for me. I just need to be patient and sit through this, I guess you could say uncomfort, discomfort for just a little bit of time until we get to our destination. So that means we're not stopping and grabbing, you know, McDonald's. We're not stopping to the gas station and grabbing a bag of chips. We're not we're not making those bad decisions anymore. And if you didn't know, they're bad decisions because that's why you're 350 lbs plus. That's why we were big. In the moment it felt normal, but now it's like at 200. That was one of the things that was holding us back was we were so focused on what's available, what's cheap, what's quick, what can we grab that, you know, doesn't cost a lot of money, but also fills us up. And that's why you lead yourself to eating McDonald's and Jack in the Box and all this crappy food. And so, if you want to get from 300 lbs plus to 200, you have to be more diligent with the food that you're eating. You can't just like pick what's quick, pick what's easy, pick what tastes the best. Be patient. Say, you know what? My goal is to lose weight. I want to get to that point. I'm not willing to rush something quickly in the moment and sacrificing my goals for later for what's in front of me now. 100%. And to compare that to how we operate now, even in my day-to-day life, you know, I don't eat even fatty foods. Like, we go to the grocery store now because those are where you're going to find the most fresh foods, the most whole foods. That way, you can actually support the way that you eat on your weight loss journey. And what I eat now is very lean meat. Like I just got some meat yesterday from the grocery store and I got 99% fat-ree ground turkey when I could easily go for the, you know, 85% or the 80 8020 which is very popular especially with the older generation when they're making a big amount for a family. They'll just normally get the 8020 because it's cheaper. You can make more of it. Although at the end of the day, you're not supporting your weight loss goals by eating the bad food, the unhealthier food. So, investing in higher quality meats, higher quality proteins like ground turkey, like ground beef, ground bison, lean chicken, these are all foods that I eat now at 190 pounds because I look at it as an investment into my future. I look at it as this food is going to support where I want to be ultimately. So, this is what I'm going to eat now in order to look and feel my best, say, tomorrow or a few days or even years down the line. Yeah. Like the 99% ground turkey, 99% lean meat, 1% fat ground turkey, it's going to cost a bit more, but it's going to make you look better on your weight loss journey because the fat content, all of that fatty food, it makes it more calories. And you can eat the same amount of meat, but one version will be 200 calories more versus another version is 200 calories less. And yeah, they might have a slight taste difference in the beginning as you taste your taste bud your your change but your taste buds change as you start to lose weight. You might not be used to eating such lean meat, but as you start losing more weight, your taste buds will change and your preferences will change as well. Mhm. And so that's why we eat 96% ground beef, 96% ground bison, chicken. We don't eat like chicken thighs as much. It's more about chicken breast. If we're or fried chicken or fried chicken, like if we're going to eat chicken, it's going to be grilled. It's going to be skinless, boneless. And doing that supports us building muscle, losing fat, and looking better. And again, we can go all day into like what foods are important to eat to lose weight, but that's why you hire us because we'll show you what exactly to get on your journey and what the benefits will be for you. But you just have to understand that, yeah, the better stuff is going to cost a bit more. The better stuff is going to be a little bit less convenient. But ultimately, that's why most people never get to where they want to go because they're not willing to make that short-term sacrifice and make the decisions that are necessary to acquire the results that you want. Most people, and ourselves included, when we were 350 lbs out of ignorance as well. And also part of it was by choice. We just said, you know what? What's easy? What's quick? What's cheap? What can I get now? And that's why we were stuck at 350 lbs and 330 lbs himself. Make decisions when it comes to your food as an investment into your future. Think about what is this food going to make me feel like? How is this going to make me look? How am I, you know, what's my energy levels going to be like during the day? Am I going to eat this and be tired in the middle of the day or am I going to eat this and feel revived? Most people don't even realize that the foods that they're eating affects directly the energy they have during the day. And so if you're tired of feeling sluggish, if you're tired of, you know, feeling like your body is just wearing down on you and you're not, you don't feel like you're vibrant and living the life that you want, take the first look at the food that you're eating and ask yourself, is what I'm doing getting me to my goal? And if it's not and you need help with that, like we said, just reach out to us. We'll show you how to do that 100%. And even like the ripple effect, right? All of these things that we're talking about right now have a ripple effect. Even the way that you're eating, you're bringing that food into the household. And so when you have that in the environment, not only are you getting the detriment of that food because you're not feeling the best that you can, but then you're also passing down those habits to the kids, right? Like the kids who are coming back home from school and the first thing that you give them is some McDonald's, right? Some chicken nuggets. Some chicken nuggets. you're showing them that eating unhealthy is an okay thing to do when it's not because you don't feel okay with yourself. And so, not even just that, you know, the wife, the kids, the other family members, you're essentially stamping and showing them that the way that I eat isn't important to me. And so, when you, like Angelo said, make that short-term sacrifice for the long-term version of yourself, you're going to feel a lot better. you're going to feel more vibrant and you're just going to make decisions a lot more confidently when you're acting out of that future version of yourself. Yeah. One of the things I I remember after I lost the weight was like what was the big difference for me? Like what shifted in my thinking? How did I get to this point from 350 lbs to 190? And really it comes down to being a long-term thinker. Thinking like beyond what's immediate and just going towards the end goal. Like what's my end goal? What do I want to actually have happen? And then you'll start making decisions in the present moment that'll get you towards that goal. Now, when I was 350 pounds, like I said, it was very short-term. It was very dayto-day. Like, what am I going to eat now? What am I going to do now that makes me feel the best? Not realizing that that's going to take me further away from my goal. So, if there's one thing we could say about that and just long-term thinking in general has so many benefits to other areas of your life, whether it's your career, whether it's, you know, the family life, like if you decide something quickly in the moment when you're having an argument with your your partner, like, is this argument worth me getting all fussy and irritated and mad about, what's my end goal? I want a happy home. I want a happy relationship with my my partner. I want to have a good, you know, environment to be around. Is it worth it for me to have this immediate argument and maybe feel satisfied in the moment because I got you and I got this one point versus saying, you know what, this isn't ne this isn't important to the end goal. I'm willing to let this go. I'm willing to let this, you know, die out in its own. And that's the type of decisions that you have to start making if you want to lose weight. And again, it bleeds into every other area of your life. Yeah. And the food, that's number one. That's like the most common struggle that people have. Now, moving towards the workouts and the version of us at 300 lbs plus versus the 200 lb version. You know, when I was 330 lbs, I would go into the gym and I would just do 20 minutes on the elliptical and call it a day. I would go back home, go back to sleep, still eat the bad food, which ended up getting cleaned up later on, but I would still just go into the gym and do 20 minutes and think that I did enough. And the problem that we see with most guys is that they don't know if they're actually doing enough in their workouts. And so now at 190 lbs, where I'm at right now, is I go into the gym and I work out for 20 minutes. That's just the warm-up for me. Yeah. That's not even the full workout, you know? I'm just getting my sweat going and I'm really long-term thinking, right? I'm getting myself into that state of I'm here for the long term. I'm here to enjoy this. I'm here to have fun. I'm here to sweat. I'm here to learn more about my body. That's what happens within that first 20 minutes versus the old version of me who would just go in and think that 20 minutes is my entire workout. Which is why I was at 330 lbs. I didn't do the right workouts in order to get me to where I want to be. Although now I do the right workouts. I spend a little bit more time in the gym. And the best part about it is I look and I feel and I act a lot more decisive with with who I am now just by the simple shifts in the workouts. Yeah. Again, it comes down to a mindset shift from being at 300 lb plus to 200 lb now. You think about exercising in a different way because before you you had to like really will ourselves to go and work out like you had to just h I gotta go do this. like short-term thinking, right? Because in the moment, whatever you're doing might be comfortable and deciding to go get your shoes on and go for a run or go and work out is like the last thing that you would want to do at that weight. Versus now at 200 lb, my day doesn't even really start until I work out. My day doesn't feel good or feel accomplished until I get my workout done. And most people look past it and say like, you know, it's if I go work out, like there's not going to be any benefit to me for doing this. So, I might as well just stay home and watch this movie. Like, what's an hour workout going to do for me? I'm 350 lbs. I'm not going to be jacked tomorrow, so there's no point in me working out. I might as well push it off until later, right? It's it's all about at 350 pounds pushing decisions off to later and procrastinating and saying, "I'll get to it later." Versus the guy that like us or people that are losing weight, they say, "You know what? I know it's going to take time, but it's not going to get any easier if I push it off. So, I might as well go get this workout done now. I might as well if I if Calvin has to run eight miles in a day or if I'm going to run five and I'm just sitting there looking at my shoes, it's like it ain't going to get easier. Those miles have to get done. If you want to accomplish this goal of looking good and losing weight, you're going to have to do that anyways. And so the version at 200 lb or 190 is much more apt to do that stuff because he knows that the quicker he puts in the effort, the quick the result comes versus somebody at 350 lbs, they think, you know what, it's going to get easier by not taking action, I'll do it when I'm motivated. And then only when I'm motivated will it actually start working for me. When at 200 lb, we know we're not motivated now to go work out, but we know that we're going to get motivated after we work out, which is a weird thought process. Like it's it's not even a weird thing. It's just normal. Motivation will come once you're doing it, once you're in it, once you're going. And that's where we feel the best. And we're more motivated to go do other things in the day. We're more motivated to spend quality time with our family and and and be present. That is the life that we're living now at 200 versus 350 lbs. 100%. And that's funny because the number one thing that I normally never want to do is the first thing that I get done. And being 330 lbs, the first thing that you were saying is like what I don't want to do is go and do a workout is that that's how my thinking was. Although now when I first get that signal in my brain of what I don't want to do, that's my sign to take action on it. And like you said, it is a flip-flop way of thinking, but that's why the 300 pound plus version of us and who we are now is so much different. It even is the way of thinking and the identity change that we've had throughout this process. Yeah, it's it's being able to hear that signal from yourself and then making the right decision in the moment. So, we can tie in the food to this point, we can tie in also the workouts. Like when I was 300, speaking on the nutrition side of things, when I was 350 lbs, if I saw like a box of pizza and I was still thinking about losing weight, I would have a conversation in my mind saying, "I shouldn't be eating this right now." Only when I was thinking about losing weight would I actually have that thought process of like being conscious with my food. When I wasn't thinking about it and I gave up for a moment, I was like, "You know what? I'll eat this. Who cares? But when you have that conviction in your heart and you see something that you should be doing or you shouldn't be doing and you go and do it anyways, that's what makes you feel guilty. That's what makes you feel bad about it. And so, like I said, at 350, if I saw a box of pizza and I knew I shouldn't be eating it, I would just listen to that signal and I would say, you know what, like, no, I'm good. It's it's that quick of a decision to just be like, you know what? No, I'm good. I I'll hold off. I'll wait. I won't eat that right now. And then when it comes to the working out side of things, the moment we start thinking about working out or like I know I need to exercise, h just go do it. I'm going to do it now. Like it's it's inaction versus action. When it comes to the working out side of things, it's like taking action. When it's, you know, the food side of things, it's inaction. I'm saying no versus saying yes. And so like we said with the working out side of things, if I I never look at a workout and say, you know, I I I shouldn't be doing that right now. Like I always look at it and say, I should be doing that. I should be doing this type of workout. And so I immediately I hear that signal and I take action on it. 100%. And like you said, it's that inaction versus action. And if we tie it back into the first two points, right, of the nutrition and the working out is you have so much experience already of not being who you want to be that taking action just feels easy. It just feels like the most natural thing to do. And so when we think about that long-term version of oursel, the only way that we're going to get there is through that immediate action. It's not going to be through procrastination or just pushing it off or just going in and doing a 20 minute workout. No, it's about taking action and seeing it all the way through immediately immediately. That way you do ultimately get to that person you want to be. Because think about it like this. When you have a goal that you know you want to accomplish and you know that all I have to do is this one thing to get it done and then you start saying like I'll think about it. I'll I'll contemplate on it. Let me I'll make the decision in a week from now. Like, let me just get some time to decide if this is something I truly want to do. You're never going to get the result because there's never a perfect time. The perfect time is when you have the signal, the signal right in front of you. When there's the opportunity that presents itself, when your buddy gives you a phone call and asks you if you want to go for a run around the park, you just say yes. Like, even if you don't want to do it, you just say yes because you know that that moment's probably not going to come. Oh, hit me up in a week, man. Like, I'll go work out with you next week. I'll be more free. You think in that week period time it's going to get easier for you to make that decision again to say, "No, let's go run now." Like, no. It's not going to happen. When the opportunity presents itself, you need to be able to take action and make it decisively and do it right away without thinking about it. And then nine times out of 10, it's actually exactly what you needed in the moment versus you think like the longer I wait and the more cautious I am about making decisions. Like, dude, look where it's at right now. And then speaking to myself, too, like, dude, look where you're at. Like, why are you waiting? What are you waiting for? What's What more of a signal can you get to tell you to go and do the things that you need to do? This is the signal. This is the opportunity. Does it feel right? Is it alignment with where I want to go? Does it make sense to me to do these certain things? Yes. Okay, let's do it. No questions asked 100%. And so, not just with the uh food and the nutri the food and the working out, the accountability is by far the most important aspect because yes, when I was 330 lbs, you know, over the past 10 years, I've lost 140 lbs and I've kept the weight off. Although, there's no way that I would have been able to do it if I didn't have my twin brother Angelo there with me every single step of the way. I would have gained all that weight back in a matter of like three months considering how I used to be. And having you on my corner and in my in my ring, right, in my arena the entire time has really just made this whole weight loss journey feels so seamless because you have that mirror, right? You have that person who not only has gone through the journey with you, but is going to always stay loyal to that journey with you. And the thing is, man, is having that accountability is what has saved me in so many moments where I felt like I could have easily just caved and eaten a whole box of pizza. Mhm. There will be times now, you know, Angelo being 200 lb and me being 190 is we'll be in the kitchen and there'll be a little bit of extra food left over and an I'll sometimes I've he's caught me plenty of times so he knows exactly what I'm talking about here is I'll be going and grabbing a little bit of extra portioning of food and Angela will literally point to me and say, "You don't need that." Or, "Do you know where that's going to go?" or "How are you going to feel after you eat that?" And just having that little source of accountability, man, over the past 10 years has it makes it so much easier for me to do it by myself. And even though I never want to do it by myself, I know that if I had to, I at least have had that 10-year period of a real accountability coach to make sure I I got to where I want to be and most importantly stay there for the rest of my life. Yeah. Cuz I know when you're when you have somebody that is holding you accountable, they know your goal as well. And when you vocalize it to them, it's like, okay, they've made it important to themselves to make sure that you accomplish it as well. And for us right now, it's like, okay, you can get about 90% of the way with accountability when someone's not immediately next to you. Like, you can 90% of the time, Calvin's going to do good. 90% of the time, I'll do good as well. And that's a trained habit. It doesn't just come right away, right out the gate. You do need somebody that's going to check in with you once or two times a week or even three times a week to help you stay accountable. And then when you get further along your goals, when you get further down, the accountability has to get really, really tight. And so that other 10% is what Calvin's talking about now where I will check him or he'll check me and say, hey, like do you need that? Is that necessary? And in it feels uncomfortable because it's like, dang, I have to be reminded that I need to be accountable again after all these years. After all these years, I' i've already lost so much weight, man. Like I I don't need this extra form of accountability. I got it. But like you know that there's another level that it takes to get to where you want to go. Like we said earlier, from 350 pounds to 200, you need relatively solid accountability and it needs to be from somebody that's not immediately like related to you. When we me and Calvin were able to do it is because we're both on the same page. We both have the same goals. But if you're trying to like get accountability from your brother, your your wife or your brother or you know a a um sister, a sister or a relative or something like or just a friend that you see like they're not going to hold you to a certain level of accountability that you need because if they're not already where you want to go, it's hard for you as humans, it's hard for us to take advice from somebody like, "Oh, you shouldn't be eating that." And it's like, "You're not fit either. Like, why should I listen to you?" or you're not actively working on your health, why should I listen to you? And it's it's just the truth of the matter. Like, you need somebody that's done it, been where you want to go, knows what it takes to get there to hold you accountable to this journey because otherwise you're just not going to believe them. Absolutely. And it has to be from people that are on the same path as you. And even with my wife, like I don't expect her to keep me accountable on my weight loss journey or for me to make certain investments on, you know, bettering my life. That's something that is solely responsible onto me. Mhm. And yes, I go to Angelo for those type of investments or or things that maybe I don't have that clarity on, but it being able to cons console with him. Having that accountability partner, not just in weight loss, but in all these other aspects of my life, has made life just that much easier because I'm working with somebody who is on the same path as me, has been where I wanted, has been where I want to be, has been where I've been, and knows all the little nooks and crannies in the meantime so that we can avoid it. It just really is that perfect checks and balances system where we constantly stay in check. We're constantly in balance because we've have the same experience on losing weight. Yeah. When we were 350 lbs, like, and we'll finish with this too, is that we felt like we were cursed. Like, and I'm not saying you have to feel like you're cursed either, but we felt like we were just like we got the short end of the stick because we're not only are we, you know, both fat, but we're we're brothers and like it's Yeah, we have a cool relationship, but like we're also fat. So, we're both suffering double as hard. Like, everything we do is going to be double as painful. Double hard. Yeah. It's going to be double as painful. Yeah. But now, after having accomplished this goal of losing the weight and holding each other accountable to this process, it's the biggest benefit. Like, not only am I in great shape, but my own blood and someone that's just like me is also in great shape, too. And so, what turned from our biggest curse and like our worst the worst thing that ever happened to us actually became the best thing that we could have ever needed. And it's really the only thing I ever need because I know that someone has my back. Someone's on the same page as me. And so if you don't have that built in, like for us it's built in. Sometimes you do need to get it artificially, but that is where accountability comes in. That's where having a partner, having somebody that's on the same page, understands where you want to go is very important. And so that's what we do for guys as well inside of our coaching program. Most of our guys come in having already tried to lose weight in the past. or maybe they've even seen 20 lbs come off, but immediately they get comfortable. Something happens where they go back to their old habits and they just decide that, you know what, like, let me just start eating this food again. Let me skip a couple days of my workouts. And then before they know it, it snowballs into something that's completely out of their own their control again. They've lost that sense of the grip of reality and like where they wanted to be and now they're back at square one or even further away. And so if you're at that point now where you've already lost 20 pounds or you're really committed to losing this weight this time around and you want to have something that's going to keep you structured and accountable and disciplined to this journey, that's where we come in. You know, if you want help with your journey and you want help losing 100 pounds in the next 6 months, guaranteed, just go ahead and either comment down below. we'll reach out to you to see if we can help. Or there's an application form in the description that you can go ahead and click on, fill out an application, see if we're a good fit, and if we feel like we can help you out, we'll definitely let you know, and we'll talk to you about the next steps from there, 100%. See you guys in the next video. See you.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-01-22 Views: 82 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0_YSDNx3aIk Runtime: 32 min 2 sec (7,269 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's going on, fellas? My name's Angelo. My name is Calvin. We are the Vision Twins, and we lost a combined 300 lb. Now, it's our life mission to show the rest of the guys who are just like us how to do the same thing. And in this video, we're going to be breaking down the number one thing that most guys are missing when it comes to losing over 100 lbs and keeping it off for good. And before we jump into this video, like we said, our background. I used to weigh 330 lbs. Angela used to weigh 350 lbs. And a lot of guys, they think that they're doing all the right things, right? They're going to work every day. They're providing for their family. They have a nice car, a nice house, but when they look in the mirror, they know that something isn't right. And it's a very obvious problem because there's love handles. There's a huge stomach, and they don't feel confident when they're taking their shirt off at the beach or just around other people in general. And so what we found to be the biggest life-changing aspect on how we've made our transformation is having accountability. That's the number one thing that's missing from most guys. For us, it was born into us. We're twins, so there was no running away from having accountability in our life. And we tried to run away from it for as long as we could. We tried to overeat. We tried to have different friend groups, but at the end of the day, it always brought us back together. And when we embraced that we were meant to do this together, it just made our transformation in our life so much more fun, so much more of a rich experience when you have accountability and people really a brother who's there for you to keep you on that narrow path towards your dream body, towards your goals. Yeah. So to break it down like from the beginning, right? Because most people are wondering like, "Yeah, you guys are in shape now, but how did you get to this point?" And so Calvin hit it right on the head. It's the accountability. To take you back on a story, Calvin started off at 330 lbs. I was 350 lbs. And so most of I mean pretty much the majority of our entire life, we were always the biggest people we knew. Whether that was friends, family, in school, college, you know, football teams, whatever it was, we were always the biggest guys in the room. And that was a stigma that we lived with for so long. And so everything we did would validate our experience. We would overeat. We would go and get fast food. We would eat late at night. We would just do things that would keep us in that identity of being the fat guy, the biggest one in the room. And one day, Calvin has a story and he's told it here on this podcast before is he just decided he was done. Like I don't know what it was for you, if it was an epiphany, whatever the moment is. I think all of us, a lot of men out there, you especially have had that moment where you're just like, "Dude, I'm done. I'm going to do it this time." And like, you know, you're not telling yourself a [ __ ] lie. You're just like, "I'm going to do whatever it takes." If that means [ __ ] cutting out fast food, if that means, you know, just whatever extreme thing that you know you need to do in order to lose weight, you'll do it. And so Calvin had that moment. And for me, I was still okay with being the fat guy. I wasn't okay with making a change. I was I was fine with, you know, doing my day-to-day life, you know, going to work, going to college, eating fast food, all these different things, but Calvin came to this conclusion a bit earlier. And so, the importance of this and how it's, you know, relates to you is that you've probably had somebody in your life who's like decided to make a radical change. They went from one person to another. And it seems like it was overnight, but we all know nothing happens overnight. It's a decision that's been built up over previous experiences for such a long time that finally gets to a moment where they say, "I'm done." You know, I'm done doing this. And so, since it's the start of the new year, a lot of guys have had that. You probably had that yourself where you said, you know, New Year's, I'm [ __ ] doing it this time. Like, no more excuses. No more lying to myself about why I can't lose the weight. I will humble myself enough to say it's like my ego that's holding me back. I'm not doing the things necessary. And like being okay with, I guess you could say, shaming for a little bit, but knowing that you're not sitting in that shame for a long time. time you're just you're acknowledging the truth and ready to move forward from it. And for some most guys out there actually a lot of guys started the New Year's know redot going to gym going to the gym you know trying to watch their diet a little bit still not doing everything perfect but they're being a little bit more intentional and that's a good thing to start off like having the the mindset of like looking forward and trying to make some changes whether it's the smallest things possible but deep down you know it's not enough. Deep down you know that there's another level that you need to be kicked into and it's hard to do it by yourself. It's hard to get yourself going when you've had all this previous experience of years and years and years of being the overweight guy and then all of a sudden changing overnight. We all know like it's [ __ ] hard, man. Like we were there. We understand it. So, here's what we're going to make an offer to you right before we get into the video. If you want help losing this weight, if you want help losing 100 pounds in the next six months, guaranteed, and keeping it off for the rest of your life with proven strategies from two guys who have been in your shoes before, go ahead and click the link in the description below. fill out an application to work with us for our coaching program. We don't take everybody. We only want to work with serious men who've had that, you know, moment but are still struggling on getting it going. We're here to help you out with this and we can guarantee we can give you the right strategy to lose the weight and keep it off. And so, back to the story, like what we were saying is Calvin had this epiphany moment, right? Go ahead and just kind of give them a recap, Calvin, of that epiphany moment and what that would what that meant to you because I'm sure a lot of people have had that same experience in the past but didn't follow through the same way you did. Yeah. And it means a lot, right? That epiphany moment. It's not just something that you say, "I'm going to do it." And you don't follow through with it. It really has to mean something to you because you can have a calendar date like January 1 and say, "I'm going to make the change." And it can come even a few weeks later, kind of where the moment we are right now. But if it doesn't mean anything to you, like if you if you've never had enough pain or enough experience in the past of being that 300 lb plus person, then it's going to be really hard to follow through. and see all the way to the end. It may get you about two months in, but what happens four months or 6 months down the line? That's the type of guys that we work with. The guys who are going to see it for more than half a year can see it for a full year because this isn't ompic, right? This isn't some peptides or a new trend. This is something that takes the old school way of thinking. We are old school type of guys. I mean, when we lost our weight, and I'll get into my story here in a second, but there was no Ozic, there was no peptides, there was no cheap to get to losing weight. All there was was surgery and we knew that getting a surgery for the two of us. I mean, number one, we grew it's like $100,000 per person, and we were seven we were 17 at the time. So, it really just didn't make valid sense for us to do that. And so, it left us one option and it left us one option is to morally do it the right way. We have high morals. We have high standards for ourselves. So, if we're going to do it, we're going to earn it. And it isn't like a a gotcha like, "Oh, I I can do it once and then, you know, try again the next day." Like, no, this is full certainty. This works as long as you put in the effort. And you change your identity to becoming that person. And what the identity change was for me 10 years ago was I was working at a landscaping job with one of my football buddies named Dylan. And he put me on to this work where we're doing landscaping for this old lady in Santi, California, which was like 15 miles away from where we lived. And I'm like, "Okay, cool." You know, it's kind of out the way. We can go out, make this commute, start working. And I'm 17 years old at the time, still in high school. But I'm like, "Okay, I can make some money. I can start providing for myself, have a little bit of money going into my senior year, you know, when all the kids are kind of getting jobs and figuring out their path." I knew college wasn't going to be the route for me, like full-blown university. Our grades weren't good enough. So, I'm like, "All right, I'm just going to, you know, go work, try to build up, and hopefully catch up to them." Right. Yeah. Yeah. And so, 17 years old and we start doing this job. I'm there for about a few weeks and nothing's really special happening. I'm just working, you know, carrying cinder blocks and, you know, taking out the trash and cleaning inside of her house. But the work over the first few weeks started to get a little bit more taxing on the body. I'm like, okay, like we're really working now. Like we're shoveling. We're really like excavating land. So the day exactly was July 23rd, 2016. And I remember this day like it was yesterday. And we're in the middle of this 15 by 15 foot pond and we're there digging. We're sweating. It's hot. It's dirty. And I remember looking up at the sun in the middle of this ditch and thinking to myself, I wonder what I could look like by the time I graduate high school. And it's really crazy just thinking about it. Like I can remember it like it was yesterday. I'm looking at the sun. I physically feel myself right now in this chair looking up at the sun in Santi, California. And I just feel it and I can see the sun and I'm thinking, what can I look like by the time I graduate high school? I really stood there. I slowed down and I really thought about it. And anything I did after that moment, whether it was taking out the trash, carrying cinder blocks, or finishing up digging that 15x 15t pond, I turned it into a workout. It became intentional for me. It was no just more It was no more just going to work just going through the motions like no, I was going there and I was specifically doing that work to lose weight. I was doing it with a purpose every single morning when we were making that drive. I'm going to go lose weight today. I'm going to go get in some type of better shape than I was the day before. And before you knew it, in a matter of a few weeks, I had lost about 50 pounds. And we go back to school that summer and everybody noticed a huge difference between me and Angelo. He actually got brought onto the job around that same time. Like maybe just like two days afterwards. A little bit. Yeah, a little bit afterwards. Probably like two days after he came onto the job. I put him on to the the work and we started doing the work together and we had saved up enough money, got our first car and now we're driving to school, you know, we got some new clothes on us, new backpacks, like we're feeling fresh and we finally had that independence like we were getting our swagger, you know, that swagger, our personalities was really coming into fruition. And it just so happened the reason why that was was because I made the decision to start losing weight. Yeah. And and so Calvin ends up going back to school. I mean, we both end up going back to school. Calvin is down 50 pounds. He looks much different than I do. And this played out over the summer football practice as well. Like the coaches were noticing he was losing weight. He started becoming a captain. Like just all these cool things started happening for him because he started doing something on his own time. And I want to take it back to that moment when you were looking up at the sun and you started realizing like, damn, this work is getting pretty taxing on the body. I'm getting tired. like this is starting to kind of feel like a workout. Most guys that we talk to have the similar experience where they're at work and they notice that they can't move the same way. They can't, you know, go as long as they used to. And instead of using that as like a challenge to overcome, they see that as a problem that they're dealt with and they can't they can't get past it. But the thing is is that nothing is special about us. Like there's nothing magically different. And I remember when I was 350 lbs, there might have been one or two people in like all of social media that had lost weight and kind of talked about their story, but I would look at them and I'm like like what's so special about them? Like why are they must have something that I don't? And I could never just come up with a reason as to why they were able to lose so much weight and I was still the fat guy. And so back to that story, like I said, Calvin, you know, instead of seeing that as a problem he was dealt with, he saw it as a challenge to overcome. And so for you, if you're starting to notice that like things are getting difficult for you, you're getting out of breath quicker, you're not able to put on clothes the same way, clothes are starting to fit smaller, and you're holding on to the, you know, old t-shirts that you have in your closet hoping one day you'll get back into them just randomly. Well, it's not going to happen randomly. That challenge that you're facing right now is meant for you to overcome it. It's put in your right in front of you, and you're not going to excel past in life until you get over that one problem. For us, it was like a calling our entire life that we weren't going to be fat. like we knew someday we were going to figure it out, but we just didn't know how or when. And for Calvin, his moment came and I think he just started becoming more aware of it and he said, "I'm not going to let this trample me down. I'm going to trample it." And so, and we're faith-based guys like in the Bible, it says, you know, u uh with Genesis, it says um sub uh subdue the what does it say? Subdue the earth and have dominion. Subdue the earth and have dominion. And so like when things come to you, you're supposed to take control over it. And not like in a dominating egoist way. It's like you're bigger than the problem. And so you can take that problem, subdue it, trample it, and replenish Earth. Keep making more of what you were put inside of this earth to do. And it's as big as you want to make it, right? I mean, you can lose 10 or 20 pounds, or you can lose 300 lb like we did and start running marathons and do an ultramarathon or even in a business aspect, right? You look at there's small businesses and then there's Elon Musk, right? There's certain levels that you can take it to, but you're called to have some type of dominion in your life. You're called to have the the kingship to have dominion and have control essentially as men especially as men. Yeah. To create your own life and build more and do more. It's not just things happening to you. No, it's specifically told to us in the Bible, right? You don't have to be uh uh faith-based. Like faith is great, but you don't have to be a Bible worm to know this. You can look at people who aren't necessarily Bible worms, right? Look at the biggest artists. Like they create themselves and they put themselves on tour and they have their albums. They're using their calling and the things put in front of them to trample over it and to have dominion, have that kingship over their calling. Yeah. And so now that you understand that there are challenges in your day-to-day life that you are supposed to overcome, the question you have to ask yourself is like, am I willing and am I up for the challenge? Am I up to do more? Am I willing to get uncomfortable so that I can genuinely be comfortable or at least more comfortable in the long term for you? And the same thing with us. Like again, we're nothing special. We were fat guys as well, but we just figured it out. We know how to do it. We just decided that we weren't going to lose anymore. We weren't going to be like the ones that are taking the backseat or the ones that are just [ __ ] always happens to us or just we weren't done with that story. We were ready for something new. And so I was a little bit hesitant still like even after seeing Calvin seeing so many wins and within a month, two month period after losing 50 pounds, I was still hesitant. I was still reluctant to wanting to change. But it wasn't until I really saw him being dedicated and like he was genuinely making a life change and he wasn't operating the same way anymore that I decided to go for it as well. And sometimes you're going to have a person like that in your life that is so used to seeing you a certain way. They're going to try to remind you of who you used to be while you're trying to actively change that in right in front of you. They're going to remind you of stories of who like we're fat guys. We we can't lose the weight. We've struggled our whole entire life. What about football? What about this? What about that? things that you are manufactured and think are important, but they're genuinely not in terms of who you want to become in your life. I was that guy. I was kind of just the antagonist, I guess you could say. But after Calvin having such undeniable results, it made it real to me and it made it a point. It's like, dude, our dad always told us before he went to prison as a kid, what he can do, I can do. Calvin was a skateboarder growing up, but I just never took up skateboarding because I was like, I can't do it. But we're the same. We're [ __ ] twins. like there's no reason why he can't do something and I can't do it. And so when it comes to losing weight, look at anybody out there. Anything that somebody else can do, you can do yourself. The question might be how. I guess that's important. But the real question is when when are you going to decide that enough is enough? And I'm ready to start taking action towards this. And so when I s had my moment, I don't remember exactly what it was or the day, but I think football season was coming to an end. We weren't going to college. So I was like, dude, like I don't want to be fat either. Like [ __ ] that. Calvin's been going to the gym. He's losing weight. He's lost by this point maybe 60 pounds or something going into the second half of our senior year. Like, dude, I'm I'm [ __ ] doing this, too, man. Like, I'm gonna go. And so, from November to I remember January 1st, I started at 350. I got down under 300 lb. I have a picture of my first time ever seeing 297 on the scale. And it's like, holy [ __ ] it was possible. It happened. I started putting in the work and it it it happened for me. And I wouldn't have been able to do that. I'm genuinely telling you this. Like I would not have been able to do that had I not had that accountability partner having somebody there that was doing it first or had done it already and just like he didn't even really tell me much information. He was just actively living it. And so when you're with somebody or when you have that person in your life that is actively doing it and they're getting good results, you almost feel like an outcast or an outsider when you see this person getting their gym bag and like going into the gym and you're sitting at home with a bag of chips watching TV. Like he's not going to over there go over here and tell me like, "Hey, you can't [ __ ] do that. We do that now." Like we're very hard on each other when it comes to accountability. Like don't eat that. Get your workout done. Do these types of things. But in the moment, he just made the example be known that this is what's going on now. this is what he's doing. And so most people don't have most guys don't have that example. Maybe their dad's overweight, you know, led bad examples for them. And nothing bad against your father, but is that the person that you want to be when you're their age? You know, do you want to be in great shape? And our dad was actually that type of person for us. He was in great shape, but he was just gone because he went to prison for a long time of our life. And so we always had that mustard seed of like being in shape is possible for us. It's in our blood. And I'm sure you have somebody in your life too or somebody that you're close to, a friend, a cousin, somebody that's in shape and they're doing it and you're like, "Holy [ __ ] like I could do it." Like they're in my life. But it needs to be closer than that. It needs to be somebody dayto-day you're experiencing their results and their wins and you get motivated by that. And because I had that with Calvin, I'm telling you, if I didn't have it, I thought I'd be on my 600 pound life. I thought that's where I was going to be for the rest of my life. But with such a quick turnaround after seeing such results, I wasn't satisfied with that because he was still going. Like he had by that time Calvin's now 270 and I'm 290. So I'm like I'm catching up. I I closed like 50 pounds of ground on him. I'm going for it. And I remember Angelo man when he got down to like 185, 190, man, just putting on crazy outfits. Like I remember seeing him like he had a Supreme bag and we were like 18, 19 at the time, but man, he was putting that [ __ ] on. like pink sweaters, like just the sexiest [ __ ] And I'm like, damn. Like, I'm so proud of him for doing that. And it's like, yeah, I did it myself, but I think it makes means even more for me seeing him do it cuz I'm like, [ __ ] Like, I remember when he was not that guy at all, like really putting that [ __ ] on. Like, and he was never even like the type to like go chase girls or like things like that. But that was more kind of like me. Like, I ripping I was ripping and running. Like, I didn't give a [ __ ] Like, I got my heart broken in high school. I'm sure we all have the heartbreak and I used that and like just went [ __ ] crazy, you know, after, you know, losing all the weight. Now I got a wife, I got my kids, like got the, you know, stable home, all that stuff. Um, and life is more comfortable now, like wearing better clothes and like just more comfortable with life, but I'm still putting in the work every single day. But I remember seeing Angelo, like really putting that [ __ ] on. And like when you talk about accountability, having people there for you and like experiencing those wins with you, like think about I think about all the time that we would have missed if we had never made that decision. If we had never made that change, like I would have never been able to see you like be that sexy dude at a party like where girls are coming up to you and you're just like, "Nah, like I'm good." Like I wouldn't have been able to see that or even be having that swag, man. Having swag having the swag that you do now. Like I would have never have experienced that and seeing that from you if I had never made that change for myself. And I wouldn't be in the house I'm at now. I wouldn't be driving the car I do now. I wouldn't have the kids. I wouldn't have this office. I wouldn't be doing the work I'm doing right now. If I I just made a post on it. You can check it out on our Instagram that if I had never made the change like I would know where your life would have been. I wouldn't have met all the people that we've met. I wouldn't be doing I wouldn't be a vision twin. Yeah, you're I don't know who I would be, man, if I never made the change. Not anything that I'd want to. And it's it's I even wrote about it like kind of makes me want to throw up a little bit like oh like all the think about all the cool people you've met, like the great connections, the networking opportunities we've had, the countless numbers of lives we've touched and clients that we've had like seeing their success stories. like if we had [snorts] never made that change, it's like gh like it's really hard to think about and it comes internally like that's that's a lot to carry if I had never made that decision. And I'm so grateful for my younger self for doing that. And it's not something special like again where we bleed the same blood. You cut us open. I bleed the same red blood that you do. He bleeds the same red blood that I do. We're all the same here. It's just about what's the decision that you're going to make that makes your life special, that makes it new to you, makes it something unique, something that that means something really deep for you. Yeah. And a lot of you guys, especially watching this, you might have kids, you might have a family, you've already kind of gotten your life started in one direction, but now you're in it, and you're almost thinking, you know, is this it for me? Like, is am I going to do this? Am I going to spend another 20, 30, 40 years living this way? You know, you don't see very many people that are over 300 pounds at 75 years old, 80. You don't see it. You know, they they die of heart attacks. They die of, you know, just diseases that are caused by being overweight. And for you, you might think, oh, like that's so far away. It's not going to happen to me. But ask any of these guys, you know, they would tell you like, I didn't think it would happen to me either. You know, I I I wish I would have done it when I was younger, when I was in my 30s or my 40s. If I had the energy then, like, you know, I wish I could have done it then because now I don't have the energy anymore. And well, I'm going to break that myth right now because you get more energy when you lose weight. It's very backwards. Like, you don't have any energy, you work out, then you have more energy. That's Yeah. Just how the law of energy works. Yeah. But the reason why they don't change and why a lot of people haven't changed is because they're so set in their ways. And the question you have to ask yourself is, "How long do I want to be set in my ways?" And you'll only accept that when you're ready to be held accountable because the moment you speak it out loud, the moment you set you tell somebody like, "I want to lose weight and I'm serious about this," people will start to treat you a bit different if they're like genuinely trying to help you. Wait, and you give them that right to hold you accountable when you say it out loud. Yeah. You're going to they're going to probably say something about the food that you're eating. Or if you come home with fast food and you had just spoke to your wife a month ago about how, hey, this new year we're not eating fast food. We're not going to do that. And then you come home from work with a bag of, you know, McDonald's and all that stuff, you might get looked at a certain way. And it's up to you, man, like to to decide if that is the path that you want to continue going on is lying to yourself. A big word that I like to think about even just on my own time, not even with Calvin, I don't I haven't even told him this, is just integrity. Like be who you are when nobody's watching because that is who you are when everybody's watching. Who you are in private is much more important important and a reflection of who you are than who you are when you show up to work and or who you are when you show up to events and family gatherings. Yeah, you can put on a front for how long. You can put it on for only so long until the truth starts to really come out and until, you know, even in this podcast, like if me and Calvin were lying about who we were and what we've done and all these stories that we've had, you'd be able to sniff it out pretty quickly. Like we're all pretty smart. We're in tune with, you know, what's going on here. You could tell if somebody's lying. You could tell if they're trying to like put on a bravado speech or something like that. But we'll tell you from straight up like we were fat guys. We have nothing to hide about that. We still have loose skin. The reason why we have loose skin to this day is because we believe so much in not [ __ ] doing surgery of any kind. I mean, Calvin, any type of cosmetics or anything. Calvin had a, you know, an ACL surgery. That's a bit different. But in regards to literally tore it being active, you know, but in regards to like making us look different, that is my responsibility. That's not my diet plan. That's not my or not my diet plan. That's not my, you know, ompic or my peptides talking. That's my soul. That's my that's who I am is talking. And a lot of you guys want that. You're like, man, I just want that fire. I want that passion. Well, it's not going to come from sitting down for too long. Your testosterone gets lower the less you work out, the more fat you carry on your body. And so, you're going to be much more relaxed, much more laid-back, much more the funny fat guy that's always cracking jokes and and being the the joke of the the room. But, is that who you want to be? Or do you want to be somebody that walks in and gets respect? want to walk in and be somebody that like your kids look up to when you go to the park. Do you want to be the dad that's sitting down on the sidelines and, you know, watching their kids play? Or do you want to be the dad that's going down the slide with them? That can even fit into the kids play area without causing a scene. You know, those are things that we live every day. I'm the uncle that does it and Calvin's the dad that does it. And we go to the park and we see it all the time. We see, you know, people out there that are just asleep, man. They're not they're not having integrity. They're not caring about who they are when they show up in public. And it all starts from who you are in private. And and when you make the decision that you're going to change, it's a it's a private decision, but it shows up publicly to everybody. And you have to be okay with being reminded of that in a positive way. Not taking it as like a hit on your ego. I mean, we have a story from this weekend. Our dad literally wanted to have a slice of cheesecake. And we're like, it was our cheesecake because it was just our birthday weekend. And we're like, we're not [ __ ] eating that [ __ ] Like there's no hell no. Like, no, that's not happening. And our dad, like he was like going for a bite of it. And we're like, no. Like that's not what we do. And a lot of people might be like, [ __ ] Like that's kind of harsh. That's kind of that's kind of rude. But like, let me ask you this. How many times have you said yes to that cheesecake? You need to say no to that cheesecake more than you say yes. And when you're by yourself, it's very easy to do it. If you my my own partner sometimes like wants to just have some food, I have to remind them like, "No, this is not happening." Like, "We don't do this. This is not going to be okay." Because it's not just this moment that we're having this. It's the next moment. It's the next week when this becomes okay. It's the next year of, you know, not fully being the best version when that shows up in another year. Yeah. And it starts with saying no. And when you start to say no, you feel really in control. Saying no to the things that are holding you back. Saying no to the fast food. Just keep driving in your car when you get off work instead of pulling off the, you know, side of the road because you smell it come through your car. Like you just have to say no. The world is going to attack you with all these different things trying to make you more like the world, make you more overweight, make you more unhappy, make you more of a glutton. And you just have to have that control over yourself. And if you don't have that control, you need to, it's not even a it's not even a suggestion. This is a [ __ ] prescription. You need to be around people that are living the example that you want to be. And until you get around that people, those type of people, and you're okay with the things that they might say to you to coach you up and guide you into the right direction, you're never going to change. It's always going to be the same life because you're surrounded by the same environment. And that environment is what got you to where you are today. So, yeah. And even with that, my stomach is growling right now. I haven't eaten all day. I ran seven miles literally. You probably just heard it through the mic. My stomach is growling. It's 3:00. I still haven't eaten yet. Because I don't feel hungry. And it's having to be able to say no when hours ago or 8:00 this morning, I could have easily eaten. But yeah, and some people might say, "Oh, you're starving yourself. You're this and you're that." It's like, "No, I'm just not." What's the opposite of being a health nut? People might say, "Oh, you're a health nut." Okay, what's the opposite? Being a fat [ __ ] Like, no, I'll take being a health nut. Like, I know what the two lives are. I've lived both of them, so I'm going to take the health one because I feel better being more comfortable in clothes. I feel just at peace. Yeah. And so, again, if you are a person that wants to make this change and you're a guy that's like, "Dude, I'm tired of spinning my wheels. I'm tired of secondguessing myself on if I'm doing the right thing, if I'm eating the right foods, if I'm doing the right workouts." And or maybe you're even just like, you know, I've tried this in the past and I've been thinking about losing weight, but it's hard for me to, you know, see the finish line because I know the moment I go and work out that it's not going to happen overnight. So, like, what's the point, you know, and and and you still have this like deep down desire to lose weight, but you're just you're not all the way there yet. And let this be the video that encourages you to at least take that first step. Have a conversation about it. At least explain your situation to somebody. Explain it to us. So that way we can guide you and you can make the decision of what's best for your life. And so if you're that type of person that wants to make the change or has been thinking about it but just doesn't know where to begin or at least you know start seeing results a lot quicker so you can stay motivated constantly. Click the link in the description below. That's the link to our application for our coaching. That coaching program that we've built is by far the best program on the entire internet. Nobody else out there has been in our shoes like us, who's been over 300 pounds, who struggles with not, you know, feeling confident in yourself, that that self-doubt, that lack of belief in themselves. And, you know, the insecurities that come with losing weight or just being big in general, we've lived it. And so, we're going to tell you exactly and show you exactly how this would work for you. So, you can lose 10 to 15 pounds. Heck, some of our best clients are losing 20 25 pounds per month. 25 pounds per month. We got our client Riley, man. He started pretty much November 1st. That's what, November, December, not even fully done with January. He's down 60 lb. 65 lbs. He started at 301 now or 303, now he's at 234. Like, and how fast it can happen, man. And mind you, he spent three weeks before and only lost eight pounds. the moment the first month of working with us again the light switches the the bulb the light bulb switches for you and you start saying this is real like I'm really taking this serious this time we're not cheap either so you're going to invest money into this and be like hey if I'm investing money into this [ __ ] I'm going to use it and that's the only way when something that means so much to you is also on the line of it then you'll start to make the change most people have to wait until they get a heart attack most people have to wait until something bad happens in their Just be the smart one, man. Don't wait for that moment. Don't wait for something bad to happen before you finally decide to commit to yourself. And maybe you've had and maybe something bad has already happened. Maybe something bad has already happened and you're still not getting through to it. Well, this video is not for you, man. We're not going to sit here and beg you to lose the weight, dude. You have to want to do it. But if you are at that point where it's like, dude, or even if you're like a foot away from that point and you just need that next step, we're the exact guys that are help will help you lose this weight and keep it off for the rest of your life. 100%. See you guys in the next video. Peace out.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-02-18 Views: 80 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YN_YK3UQ8aU Runtime: 13 min 40 sec (3,538 words) The script, as delivered on camera Have you ever wondered to yourself why losing weight feels [ __ ] impossible? You try and fail for many years on end, and you might see a little bit of results, but ultimately speaking, you can look back at your life and say you've never succeeded on your weight loss journey. Well, in this video, we're going to break down exactly why that is the case and why losing weight feels impossible for you. Before we jump into this video, if you want one-on-one custom support on your weight loss journey to guarantee that you lose over 100 pounds in less than 6 months, click the link in our description below and we'll be reaching out to you to see if we can help. Now, with that being said, let's start off with this video. Number one, the reason why you feel like losing weight is impossible is because your attitude is wrong. You're treating weight loss like it's a mountain that's bigger than you. Instead of you saying, "I can figure this out," you're thinking, "This is too much." And when you were growing up, I don't know if you remember, Calvin, but when people learned to tie their shoes or when you learned to tie your shoes, it wasn't something that was easy at first. How many times did you have to try to tie your shoes and they would come undone within 30 minutes of, you know, running around or being a kid? Being a beginner with no prior experience, it felt impossible. Exactly. And for most people, you figured out how to learn to tie your shoes. You didn't just go on with the rest of your life wearing strap shoes forever. You decided that it's going to be a time and a place where I learn how to tie my shoes. And so many people on their weight loss journey treat it as something that they can figure out once and then it's permanently there and it stays there forever when that's not the case. When you learned to tie your shoes as a kid, they came undone multiple times. You tripped over your own shoelace. You tried so many different times to get it down until finally after practice and patience, you learned how to do it. And so it's the same thing with your weight loss journey. You can't come off it into losing weight in this field and expecting to be an expert right away, expecting to learn how to tie your shoe on the first time. It's going to take you multiple times before you realize that there's a certain way to do this. And once you get it down, you can keep it forever. It's not a one-time action. It's a skill. And so, you have to stop expecting mastery. On attempt number three, it's taking a growth mindset and a long-term thinker versus being short-term and having a fixed mindset. 100%. And having that growth mindset is what allows you to open your mind up to new possibilities. And one thing that we say all the time on our one-on-one coaching calls is what if it works out better than you ever imagined. To give you an idea, all of your experiences up until today is experience that you've had on failing losing weight. It's not a successful weight loss journey. Or maybe you've even had success in the past, but you failed and you haven't been able to keep the weight off for good. Now, having a growth mindset versus a fixed mindset, it keeps your mind open to new possibilities. And a lot of people, they get tied up in the time frame that it takes in order to lose weight. So, if you're expecting to lose over 100 lbs in 1 day, well, we'll be the first people to tell you that that's not going to happen. Although, if you just expand it a little bit further to 6 months, now we're talking about a real schedule, a real time frame that guarantees that you lose weight with the right system. Most men quit because they think in a day or 30 days, and they underestimate what they can accomplish. But if you give yourself 6 months now being in February, 6 months this out into the future, now we're looking into August. In August, you can be a 100% different human being than you are right now. As long as you keep that growth mindset, you're open-minded to possibility of what if it's better than where I am at right now? And thinking 6 months into the future is giving yourself a way better shot at being successful than just looking at it for one day or for 30 days. You didn't gain 100 lbs in a day. But the good news is you can completely reverse a lifetime of bad habits within just 6 months of having the right strategy set in place for you. And that's where you have to zoom out and stop looking at, you know, a 30-day challenge or a 30-day fast or, you know, two week I went hard for 2 weeks. Why didn't it happen fast enough? Why didn't I see the results quick enough? You didn't give yourself enough time, man. It took you more than two weeks to learn to tie your shoes. So, what makes you think it's going to take you 2 weeks to learn how to completely reverse obesity in your lifetime to go from 300 lb to 250? You think you're going to do that in 3 weeks? Not a chance, man. And so that's where it brings us to our next point. Number three, is you have to stop looking for the hacks. You have to stop thinking, oh, like I'm going to figure this out in, you know, 30 days and and it's this little this little, you know, twoe workout plan I'm doing is going to be what I'm going to do for 8 months or do it for a year. When that's not the case, man. I always like to compare it to having a nail in your tire. Now, there's different ways you can go about this, but say you have a nail in your tire and you're driving your car and you realize, "Holy [ __ ] I'm going to get a flat soon if I don't fix this." and you're in the middle of the desert or something and you don't have a auto shop right next to you, what do you do? You patch it up. You come up with a hack. And hacks are good for short term. That hack, if you put a piece of duct tape or flex tape or whatever over that nail will get you to your destination. But most of you guys are trying to lose 100 pounds off of duct tape, off of duct taping a nail in your tire. You have to actually get a real solution eventually. You have to go get a new tire when you get to your new destination. You can't just keep trying to survive off of a hack. It's not going to work. And so instead of looking for the detoxes, for the fat burners, for the 30-day challenges, ompicaro, these crazy extreme diets, actually get a system. Actually have something that's set in place for you so that way you can lose the weight and keep it off sustainably. Most guys we talk to don't want to just lose 40 lbs and then, oh, keep it off. They say, "Oh, I want to keep it off forever." Okay, well, you're not going to keep it off forever by doing this little [ __ ] hack, by doing this ompic, by doing this manaro. That stuff gets you started. It's a hack. It gets you to where you need to go. But eventually, shit's going to hit the fan. the tide is going to come back in the ocean and you're going to see who's swimming naked. And so that's where people who are actually doing the right work and actually have the right systems in place will be, you know, ones that actually are comfortable standing there because they know they're not naked. They know that they have something to prove for this. They have actual results from a system put in place. Weight loss requires a structure. It requires repetition. It requires accountability and it requires consistency. So you don't need a hack. You need a system that works even when you're tired. Yeah, that's an A+ combination right there. structure, repetition, accountability, and consistency is an A+ and guarantees that you have long-term lifetime success on your weight loss journey. Which brings us to our next point of having that success. You look around once you get there and maybe you've lost 20 lbs or you've lost 30 lbs and you see other guys who have done it and then you immediately start comparing yourself. You see somebody drop weight faster or you're out at dinner with your family or in a friend group and you see your friends eating whatever they want. But you have to remember that you're going to look crazy to most people on your weight loss journey. For example, there are times when we go out to dinner and we take our meal preps with us because we are very dedicated to being healthy. Even though we want to spend time with family, it's not about the food and it's not about even the other people that are there. It's about 100% doing it for ourselves. We're not negotiating with oursel about what other people are doing. Oh, they're eating mac and cheese and French fries and pizza. Oh, they're able to eat, you know, a hamburger. Why can't I do that? Well, I don't give a [ __ ] man. Comparison is the thief of joy. That's the worst thing you can do is compare yourself to what somebody else is doing. Who cares, man? This is your own journey. And you have to be very selfish on this journey, but not just be selfish for yourself. You have to be selfish in order for you to be selfless. So, if you feel like you have more to give inside of you, you feel like there's a dog inside of you, you just feel like there's more that you have to offer to this world. It's just stuck underneath layers and layers of fat. You have to become extremely selfish from day one. take care of you, get the right system for you. That way, you can go out and be the example and be the shining trophy for other people to want to accomplish that same thing. And the thing is, you can't start negotiating with yourself. The problem that most guys face is they'll lose 30, 40, 50, 60, shoot, sometimes even 100 lbs and then they start getting the compliments. You start getting compliments from friends. You start getting compliments from people who are comparing you to who you used to be. And you start to believe those compliments. You start saying, "Man, I did do very good. I should just take my foot off the gas. But the moment you do that, the moment you become too comfortable is the moment that you have written off your entire weight loss journey. Mhm. So it's about staying uncomfortable so that you keep this as a lifestyle, not just something that you do once to feel better. No, you do it for a lifestyle to feel better. And when we say lifestyle, that is the rest of your life. Now, there's different seasons of your life where you will be going extremely hard, where you have to really tighten down. And then there will be seasons where, you know, like where we're in right now, we're kind of on autopilot. we it's on autopilot because we've done it for so long that us being on track, it just feels normal. So, it's not like a intentional thing that we have to think about all day long. It's just, hey, like this is what we're doing right now. And it's it's not as much of a a deep season as it would be when you first get started. Exactly. And your weight loss journey is personal. Your body is yours. Your schedule is yours. Your past and your experiences, your history, it's yours. So, don't compare your chapter 1 and just getting started on this to somebody else's is chapter 20. Yes, compare it to them in terms of the results that you can expect. Although understand and be humble enough to know this is where I'm standing in chapter 1 and that I will eventually get to that chapter 20 version of what that person has as long as I follow the same the same steps that they've laid out for me. And when you start following those steps and you start doing the right things, you start to see the results. But most people will hear all of this and still decide not to. And this brings us to our final point about why you feel like losing weight is impossible is because number one, you lack accountability and number two, you avoid pressure. Here's the cool part about this that we kind of grew up playing football and you know there's a game on Friday, you got to practice hard because if you don't practice hard, you're not going to be ready for the game. That's life. That is life. And if you avoid that pressure, if you want to take your foot off the gas at practice, if you want to play half ass, if you want to do all these things half ass, don't expect anything more than half results. Men say, "I just need to be disciplined. Oh, I I just need to get my discipline right. I just need to, you know, lock in, bro, for the next 3 months. I'll get it right. I just need to be disciplined. But no, you don't need just discipline, man. You need pressure. You need a real reason to actually do this [ __ ] because if it's just a, oh, I need to be disciplined, it's too much of an idea. But when it's pressure, when it's right in front of you, when it's on your ass now, you have to be disciplined. And most guys don't even get to that point until they're about to die. Unfortunately, in that pressure, we have a lot of former athletes who join our program and they want to bring that dog that's inside of them back out. Although if you've played football then you'll understand this that you if you don't have the pressure if you don't have the pressure to perform then you will not get to play on that field let alone be a starter. If you want to start then you need that pressure to be better than the next man. And if you're not better than the next man and if you can't internalize that pressure and use it towards positive action then you will not be playing on that field. Maybe special teams maybe on field goal unit but you will not be able to play starting offense, starting defense. You can kiss that goodbye. you might as well just pack it up and go hang out in the bleachers because you won't get to play with the big dogs who are actually making the plays, scoring the touchdowns and putting on for the identity that that team holds and that unit holds. Mhm. And if you don't care enough, if you're okay with sitting on the bench, then it's the same thing with you don't really care about losing weight. If you don't actually care to lose this weight, man, and it's just an idea for you, it's just something that's kind of, oh, it'd be nice to lose 100 lbs, dude, you ain't going to do [ __ ] You are going to be sitting on the [ __ ] bench filling up water bottles for the people that are actually out there who want to start, who want to play, who want to go to the next level, who want to become better. You're going to be holding their [ __ ] jock strap, man. You're going to be holding their towels for them, keeping that [ __ ] warm. And you have to ask yourself, is this what I was meant to be in my life? Was I meant to be a [ __ ] second string, a third string at your job? Were you meant to be the guy that gets made fun of your friends? Are you meant to be the fat guy of the group for your entire life? Are you meant to be the funny fat guy who drinks a bunch of beer and can eat a [ __ ] whole pizza in one sitting and be that's your identity? That's what you are here on this earth for? I don't [ __ ] believe it, man. And the reason why we say this and we're so passionate about it is because we were in your same shoes. And for so long, we listen to the ideas of what other people told us about who we were, about how our family was overweight, so we're going to be overweight. And so that way, you know, our kids are going to be overweight, too. [ __ ] that, man. It gets to a point where you have to see that this is your life. You have to be responsible for yourself and and take accountability and actually want this [ __ ] Not just have it be an idea, but enough of it to be an idea that it makes you move. It makes you take action. It makes you move with a sense of urgency. And that's where the pressure comes in. That's where you need to have someone constantly pushing you and saying, "Hey, this is the [ __ ] goal, man. This is what you need to do." Nobody gets major successful without having that form of pressure, without having that coach in their place. And the thing is, pressure isn't bad. Like, people hear the word pressure and get like tight and their [ __ ] get clenched up and they get nervous. And it's like, dude, if if you look at pressure as a bad thing, you're going to avoid it all the time. But pressure is a great thing. Pressure builds diamond. Pressure builds muscle. Pressure builds care. When you have that pressure, you're actually getting to become the best version of yourself. And people will look at you and say, "What the [ __ ] dude? Like, how did you do that?" Like, well, the steps are simple, but do you want the pressure that comes with it? Do you want the pressure of being asked to eat pizza at a family dinner and telling them no and being looked at in a different way? Do you want that pressure? Because that's what it takes to lose the weight. Most people avoid that. And so, if you don't have the pressure, but also coupled with the accountability, then your goals become optional. It becomes something that you could do. And the thing is, you don't have to, right? We could say that you should do it. We could say that you could do it, but at the end of the day, it's really dependent on what you truly want out of life. And in this video, we've explained to you why losing weight feels impossible. It's because you don't have the pressure. You don't have the accountability. You're comparing too much. You're looking for these hacks. You're thinking too short term. And number one, your attitude is just wrong in the first place. And so, if you genuinely want to make this transformation in your life, and you can see yourself eventually becoming that dream vision that you have for yourself in your mind, then click the link in our description below. This is not for the person who is a victim. This is not for people who have a poor mindset. This is not for the man who's okay with sitting on the bench. This is for the man who knows that there is a dog inside of him and that needs to be brought out. If only you had the right system in place, if only you had the right accountability in place, you know that if you just had that, you will be successful. So, if that's you and you're ready to answer to the caller, you're ready to pick up that phone from your best version of yourself and say, "I'm on the way." You're ready for that. We'll show you how to get there. Click the link in the description below. We'll see you guys in the next video.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-04-03 Views: 79 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uySjhAhItpM Runtime: 14 min 7 sec (2,842 words) The script, as delivered on camera How many years have you spent working on your weight loss journey only to end in deep shame and regret because you haven't seen the results that you wanted in losing weight? In this podcast, we're breaking down the exact mindset of a 300 plus pound man and why he's not seeing the weight loss success that he wants. What's going on guys? My name is Angelo. My name is Calvin. We are the Vision Twins and we lost a combined 300 pounds. Now it's our life mission to show guys who were just like us exactly how to do the same thing. In this podcast, like we talked about guys, there's this mindset where 300 plus pound men work so hard on their weight loss journey. Most guys who join our program, they're going to the gym. They probably been at their heaviest weight of 375 pounds. They can lose about 20 to 25 pounds by themselves, but they always end up stuck in the same position, either plateaued at that 20 pound mark or gaining all the weight back and some. And it leaves you with this question thinking, "Why am I doing this? Why am I even trying to lose weight in the first place?" Then the excuses roll in. "It's my genetics. It's my family. It's my bloodline. This is just who I meant to be." If you really thought about it, the only reason why you haven't been successful on your weight loss journey is because you haven't had the right system in place. We've been able to lose over 300 pounds with this exact system of having the right accountability. Now, with the time that you're spending in the gym, right? You're doing the workouts. You think you can out-train a bad diet, but somehow you always end up on the weekend splurging out Saturday and Sunday getting the most unhealthiest meal that you can on the menu because you believe that you deserve it. It doesn't matter how hard you work out in the gym if the way that you're eating isn't paired with that. Also, if you don't have the right accountability set in place for yourself, it will always end up in a big fat, failure. Most guys that we work with, like Calvin said, they've came into our program having already lost 30 to 40 lb by themselves. Maybe they've they were in sports back in the day, they were on a football team, a basketball team, maybe they were in the military, they had some form of structure where at that time in their life they truly felt the best about themselves. Maybe not always mentally, but physically they knew that they can look in the mirror and be happy with what they see. After that though, you know, once life gets them busy, they get into their careers, they get into work, they they start minimizing the importance of the structure that they had before. They think that oh, I could just keep going to the gym but eat like I was an athlete before and I'll still be in great shape. That's not the case anymore for you. At this season of your life, as you get older, you have to really tighten up on the certain aspects of being healthy. One of those is the food and that's been your biggest issue. I don't even know you yet, but I can guarantee that you have a huge issue with your food consumption. You might think you're doing good, like Calvin said, Monday through Friday, but then on the weekends you overeat, you splurge because you think that you deserve it. You think you could take your foot off the gas. Me and Calvin on our weight loss journey, we came into the mindset that we don't even deserve a cheat day. We have literally eaten cheat days every single day of our entire life. That is why we're fat. And so going back into the mindset of thinking you can take a day off, take a break from it. Oh, let me just not track this meal 100% because, you know, 80% is good enough and I think I'll still get the results that I want. You can't operate like that anymore. And you have to ask yourself, what other areas in my life am I operating at this level where I do things at 80% but I don't do it with full certainty that I'm doing the right thing. Most guys, Calvin, that we speak to, even one of our clients had this issue where he would meal prep. He'd meal prep Monday through Friday. I Heck, he would do the whole week. Monday through Sunday, every every week he was meal prepping. But then, there were times late at night where he would go into the cabinet and snack on some food. And he would purposefully avoid putting that into MyFitnessPal. And me and Calvin came up with the mindset of understanding what this is, that's fat brain. That's trying to get away with thinking you're just doing enough, but when you act like that, you're going to stay in the same position for such a long time. You cannot avoid those small things and think that they're not important. Those small things add up. And when you go to the gym and you work out and then you come home and you have your meal prep, but then you still slack off. You still sneak a couple snacks in that in the evening. You still avoid tracking your rice 100%, your tortillas 100%, and you grab an extra piece of bread. Those things matter. And that is where you have to intentionally get serious about your weight loss journey. There's no more slacking off. You're old enough now. When are you going to realize that you can't keep [ __ ] up like the way that you have been? That is why you're in the same position. Me and Calvin can pretty much end this podcast now and just tell you get your [ __ ] together. And that will change everything. That will change everything. Well, That will change everything for you. I have more to say when it comes to 100%. I'm not saying I'm not saying we're ending the podcast now. They're going to keep watching. If you watched them to this point, you're going to watch them till the end. If you've watched up to this point, keep watching because we promise there's more to this. But It gets better. It ultimately what it comes down to is how much longer are you going to keep letting yourself off the hook? You've lost 35 lbs before. You've seen what happens when you stay disciplined to yourself. You put in the work in the gym, you come home, you eat the right foods, you deny drinking that soda, you you deny eating that cupcake, the cookies on the counter. You've seen what the results are working for you. You know that this [ __ ] works. But then you start getting comfortable. Then you start thinking you earned some [ __ ] But if you took your shirt off in front of a group of people, even at your best when you've lost 35 lbs, you know you wouldn't feel confident as You know you wouldn't feel as confident as you know you could be. Exactly. And when it comes to one of our clients, we were adjusting his meal plan, and what I noticed, even though he was meal prepping every single day, Monday through Sunday, there were some foods that weren't being tracked, and I called that out, and before you know it, in a matter of 2 weeks, he's down 10 lbs. So, it can happen really fast once you really get serious and tighten things up. Mind you, he's lost about 75-80 lbs up to this point. We've got a big goal. We've got 100 lbs. Meanwhile, we have our client Riley, who's lost 100 lbs in 4 and 1/2 months. The only reason why that happens is because we start out super disci- disciplined from day one, and it comes down to being consistent every single day, not just Monday through Friday, but Saturday and Sunday as well. Think about this. You're in a relationship, right? Monday through Friday, you and your wife, you guys are spending time together, you guys are hanging out, you come back home from work, and you prioritize her. You got a good relationship at home. But then this happens. Saturday and Sunday, your wife goes out and cheats on you. By Monday, you're asking yourself what the hell just happened. That relationship is no longer as symbiotic as you thought it was. It's going to result in emotional turmoil, some guilt, some shame, some resentment. Same thing happens with your weight loss journey. You do good Monday through Friday, then Saturday, Sunday roll along, and then you completely splur- splurge out on bad food. Then you're trying to pick up all the pieces by Monday, and you never progress on your weight loss journey because you're always messing up those 2 days. When I was on my weight loss journey, when I lost 140 lbs 10 years ago, I would do perfect days every single day, Sunday to Sunday. There was times where I would mess up, where I would overeat one day, or where I would go out to eat, and there was something that I didn't track. Now, when I weighed myself again that next Sunday, and I didn't get the 10 lb that I wanted, I wouldn't be upset if it was only 7 lb. I'd be like, "Okay, I know exactly what happened on Tuesday night where I overate. I didn't start throwing up myself a pity party. I didn't start crying in my own shit." No, I picked myself back up, and I kept going, and I made sure that I was perfect every single day, Sunday to Sunday. That is where your real results lie. And when it comes down to not making the same mistake in the future, if you're going to have to cut out a certain food, if you have a bad habit of going to fast food already, if you know that it's only going to get worse later on, going through that McDonald's drive-thru line on your lunch break, or bringing home fast food for your family. If you know that's going to have to stop at some point in your life, are you going to wait until you're dead before you have an early death for that to happen? Or are you just going to say, "Fuck it. If I'm going to have to do it eventually, I might as well do it now." This podcast and what we do is about doing it now. There is no future. There is no waiting to get it done. It's about doing it now. The faster that you cut out all those foods that have been holding you back, that's as fast as you're going to get those those results that you want. Now, also, think about this. If you've been stuck at a certain weight, say you're 327 lb right now. If you've been stuck at this weight for over 5 years, there's something deep inside of you that is allowing this to be okay. That's allowing you to be that weight. Because we talk to guys all the time. The guys who are serious, they say, "I cannot let myself continue like this." They join our program, boom, they lose 100 lb in a few months. But then there are guys who say they want to lose weight, then when it really comes down to making that change, there's something behind them that's saying, "No, it's okay to be stuck at this weight. It's okay to be this fat person. It's okay to overeat. It's okay to miss my workouts. It's okay to Not go all the way in. Not go all the way in. It's okay to eat like a fat [ __ ] [ __ ] almost funny at this point. if it if it wasn't [ __ ] funny about it. It's comical the fact that you're letting yourself do this. If it wasn't okay with you, really understand this. Let this sink in. If it wasn't okay with you to be at this current weight, then why are you here? I'll say it again. If it was not okay with you to be at the certain weight, why do you believe that you're still here? For me, it was unacceptable to be 330 lb. Absolutely unacceptable. There's no way I could live like that. So, what did I do? As a result of deeming it unsuccess un- acceptable, I lost the weight. I made a success of myself and we became successful on our weight loss journey. But somehow you're still stuck. Somehow you haven't been successful with your weight loss journey. Why? Because there's some part of you deep down that believes it's okay to be the fat guy. It's okay to be the fluffy guy. It's okay to be the fat funny guy when you go out in public. It's okay to keep your shirt on when you go out to the pool. It's okay to take up three seats when you go on an airplane. Somewhere that's okay for you. The only way that it's going to change is when you deem being over 300 lb completely unacceptable for you. Same way that cheating in your relationship. If you say, "This girl cheats on me on Saturday and Sunday, this relationship is over." That is the moment where things start to change for you. Don't take it for granted because it's just you. It's just your body and oh, like I don't need to have as high of a standard for myself. No, have the same standard for yourself. The same way that when you start you start work at 7:00 a.m. and you need to be logged into your computer, need to be handling the projects, need to be taking care of business at 7:00 a.m. you show up. But then when it comes to yourself, oh, I have to go to the gym after work. You immediately start giving yourself excuses. Oh, I'm tired. My back hurts. My feet are sore. My butt hurts from sitting all day long. I'm too tired I'm too tired to go and work out. You've literally reduced your standards to nothing at that point. And you have to ask yourself, how much longer am I going to keep living this way? Until you get to a point where you are absolutely tired of picking out your t-shirts cuz they're sweating and your rolls are getting attached to your stuff your shirt is getting attached to your stomach. Until you start getting pissed off that you your feet go numb at night. Until you get pissed off that you are getting tired walking up one flight of stairs. And you look around and you see people's faces looking at you that you're sweating and breathing heavy in a AC room, then you'll start making the change. But maybe it gets to a point for in honestly Calvin, most people most guys will stay fat for the rest of life. It is what it is. Most of you guys have zero [ __ ] standards for yourself. Most of you guys completely lost touch of who you are and you started to believe that eating fast food is just normal. You think that coming home from work and being tired at a 29 years old, the youngest you'll ever be and just being [ __ ] lethargic and lazy and and a fat [ __ ] is completely normal for you. So be it. Stay that way for the rest of your life. But this podcast isn't for those guys. This podcast is for the guys that know that there's something deeper for themselves. They know that there's another level that they could be working at. And we're here to show you guys that you can absolutely [ __ ] do it because we've done it ourselves and we've helped thousands of men accomplish this goal as well. And so if you're tired of struggling with your weight, tired of making excuses for yourself, tired of letting yourself have a pity party because you're [ __ ] your own weight loss journey up, and you know that there's another level that you can get to, and you just need to be held to a standard, the one that you believe for yourself every single day, we're the right guys for you. And we guarantee you'll lose 100 lb in 6 months. If that's you, click the link in the description below, and let's get to work.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2025-11-10 Views: 76 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Bkl2IZzr3Yw Runtime: 14 min 56 sec (3,488 words) The script, as delivered on camera All right, we're going to jump into Monday's mastermind today, guys. So, with that being said, let me go ahead and share my presentation for you. Speaking of like food and, you know, a lot of people having troubles with that or even just trying to get better. One of the things I see a lot of, and I'm sure you guys had this issue as well, was the late night snacking that would hit you when you first started your weight loss journey or even before. And so I really took some time to go over how to actually overcome late night snacking without starving yourself and to be able to break the cycle, reclaim your nights, and change [music] your life. Because a lot of people, man, sheesh, like they'll go, there's so many different ways that you can end up late night snacking. Some people do it right after dinner, they're just nibbling on some stuff. [music] Some people will be in bed for a couple hours and then boom, something hits them or they're just freaking starving and they can't fall asleep until they eat something. And so in this presentation, I'm going to show you guys how we overcome it and how we've helped a lot of other people do it as well without starving yourself because that's that's the main key is you could still get over late night snacking and not feel like you have to go to bed on an empty stomach. Even though you could do that and it would work, there's a different way you could do it. So with that being said, let's jump right into it. So number one is you have to understand that the real problem isn't the food. [music] Okay? The hard truth is that late night snacking isn't necessarily a hunger problem. It's a stress problem, a boredom problem, and a habit problem. A lot of people have so much stuff going on during the day that especially if you're busy that they they [music] pack up their day with a bunch of activities and then they put food as an afterthought. And because of that, they're all stressed out from the day. They have all these different emotions and feelings going on. They're bored sometimes in the evening and they just find that the easiest thing to do outside of watching television or going on the phone is get the sense of dopamine with food. And so your body isn't asking for calories at [music] night. Your brain is asking for relief. So some people have different as big eyes like that was what our thing was, right? We all have this habit of like when we're bored, when we're tired, when we're feeling any emotion, we'll go grab some food. And so the thing is that we're not always looking for food. We're just looking for relief. [music] And so unless you went hungry all day, and this literally means you went hungry like you didn't have breakfast, you didn't have lunch, you didn't have any snacks, all you drank was water all day, and you have a ton of calories to spare in the evening. that's okay to eat later in the day. But even if that's the case and you have fasted quote unquote all day, I want you to look at your stomach and ask yourself if you think it's even possible to go hungry in the next 30 days if you decided not to eat. Now, this is like a challenge on willpower. This is more of a test on willpower. But one of the biggest things that helped me when I was on my weight loss journey was I would get real with myself and say like, I'm not going to starve. like it's hard to to to face that, but if you can get over that first day of like feeling hungry, it becomes normal. And being able to cut yourself off from food, kind of like an alcoholic or a bar, someone at the bar has to tell the person he's done drinking. You have to do the same thing with yourself with food. And you're not going to be like dead if you don't. If you don't have that drink of alcohol, you're not going to be like, "Oh man, my night's ruined." [music] Or if you're not going to eat that food, you're not going to be like, "Oh man, like I'm going to go starving now." like you're not cuz you know we we had a big stomach too, right? So don't worry, you're not going to go hungry. And so here's why people keep doing it, why you might keep doing it when it comes to late night snacking. After 8:00 p.m. your willpower is gone. You don't understand this guys, but your brain makes it easy to make decisions. And so at night time, if you've gone through a whole day, the easiest thing to do is just like chill out, right? Your your willpower, your your willingness to push through things is gone. That's why people end up scrolling on their phone. They're trying to release the stress and they try to get some dopamine from watching [ __ ] cat videos on the internet. But that isn't the real you talking right there. Your brain memorizes what brings comfort. And so if you always find comfort in eating food or doing something unproductive in the evening time, you're more likely to do that. And so for a lot of people, snacks is an instant form of reward. whether they what they have in the cabinet, if they're eating their kids' food, if they're eating, you know, their their baby snacks, man, like that's a lot of people's instant reward is a temporary escape. And when you do that, you're playing an impossible game to win. When you're when you're going and snacking, it's an impossible game to win because you getting your calorie throughout the day. And most people say this when they eat late at night. They justify it with what they're going to do the next day. I'm gonna eat this now and tomorrow I'm going to fast all day. I'm going to skip breakfast tomorrow. I'll eat a small lunch instead. I'll have a salad instead of, you know, a bigger meal because I I snacked tonight. And when you do that, yeah, the hell, right? You're playing a game to lose. That's not a winning game. [music] When you eat like this and you fail, all you're doing is telling yourself that I can't stay consistent. I just can't lose weight. It's too [music] hard. And because of the decisions you made at night time, now it's bleeding into the next day. And so, if you really want to win your weight loss journey, you got to win the evenings. And here's the number one mistake people make. They starve themselves all day. They skip breakfast. They undereat during the day. And then they say, "I'll be good today. I I don't need to eat anything." [music] And then by night time, you're ravenous. And now, unless you have discipline and you've been doing it for a long time, you're more likely going to [ __ ] up in the evening time. Chris, I don't think you're one of these guys. A lot of people, like, if you've already seen results, a lot easier just to say no as you continue on throughout the day and into the evening. But most people don't have that, especially when they're first starting their weight loss journey. And so how do you fix this? You build a controlled evening ritual. Your ritual needs three pieces. Movement, a short walk or stretches. Some people like to exercise in the evening and I like that as well. When you exercise in the evening, how many you guys have you exercised and you're [music] like, I could not eat fast food after this. There's just no way. Right? [music] If you exercise in the evening time, that's a benefit to avoid late night snacking because you're just like, [ __ ] I'm not gonna go. I smell the fast food and it just smells like [ __ ] But 2 hours or 3 hours before you smell that fast food before you've worked out and you're like, "That smells good." It's impossible to go eat crazy after you work out in the evening time. [music] Number two is you have to stay hydrated. I like to drink a big glass of water after every time I eat something, like two to three glasses. And that makes me feel satiated. It makes me feel full. And so in the evening time to actually help yourself fall asleep as well, it's been proven that drinking more water or some teas will help you get more tired in the evening time and not want to go and overeat. And then you have to have a shutdown trigger. Lights are low and the phone away. I have I'm still one of these people that have a bad habit of that. I like to check my phone before I go to bed. Uh but recently I've been changing that to where I get off I get in bed like an hour and a half before I'm actually going to fall asleep. Like yesterday there was a football game going on and over here it was going pretty late to watch. I'm sure for in the East Coast too like watching these football games. It went to like midnight or something like that. For me, I was like, I'm going to be in bed at 7:30 and it's getting dark outside, so it's easier for me to do that. I was in bed by 7:30, phone off, everything by 8:30, done 9:00, okay? And so, you need to start telling your body that the day is over. And then now when it comes to the daytime eating pattern, so you have to stop starving yourself. Now, again, when you're disciplined and you realize you're fasting, not [music] a problem. But for most people, they don't realize that they're trying to fast. They just say, "I'm gonna stop eating and then hopefully I'm going to make it through the night time." And that's not possible. So, what you need to have is you need to have a breakfast with protein. One of the things I did yesterday, we had a family brunch. And before I went and like there's a bunch of like, you know, carbs and pancakes and they made better recipes, but I still said like I can't overeat on these carbs. Like this is just not what I'm going to do today. And so what I did is I actually ate some like ground beef at [ __ ] 9 in the morning just so I didn't go and have a 12:00 p.m. pancake [ __ ] cinnamon roll girly breakfast that they wanted to have. And so when you do that again you're you're stopping those cravings from happening. And then for lunch time you got to have a lunch that fills you again protein with some vegetables. And then when it comes to snacking in the afternoon you can have some carbs. Now again if it's if you work out in the evening time these carbs will be useful. You can use them to go run. You can go use them to hit the treadmill, go outside and walk. Um, but something like like what did I have? I had a Korean beef pasta and it was like low wheat low wheat carb noodles with uh with beef, shredded beef. I ate that and then I went and ran for like five miles after that. I was done by the I didn't want to eat anything. I was done. I was cool. And that actually satisfied me. And so when you fuel right during the day, the cravings lose their power on the eating path. But when you starve yourself all day, the first thing you want to eat is never like a freaking chicken breast. It's like you want [clears throat] to have some chips, you want to have a granola bar, you want to have something small that makes you feel carbed up and sugary, gives you the energy and the dopamine, but that's not what's actually going to help you on your weight loss journey. And then another thing is have a slow digesting safety meal. So this is the hack that changes everything, guys. 30 to 60 minutes after dinner, a lot of people have like the sweet tooth. And so instead of going for like a yogurt or like not a yogurt, a ice cream or a protein bar with, you know, sometimes they have sugar in them, what I do is I do Greek yogurt and berries. I do blackberries and non-fat plain Greek yogurt. It's fier 0%. Um, I don't know if you guys have it in your grocery stores, but it's called Fay 0%. Non-fat plain Greek yogurt. You can mix in a little bit of honey just to have some flavor with it because it is pretty bland. But then you throw some berries in it and you're good to go. That meal will fill you up. It tastes good and it kills the cravings. Or you can have a protein shake. If you guys have those pre-made bottles like the OOS, Core Power, Fair Life, um any type of protein shake, you can have that as well. And then I put cottage cheese as a little fun thing, but if you don't like cottage cheese, you don't have to have it. And so why these meals work? Again, it's high protein. It'll satisfy your cravings, sustain your blood sugar, and prevent you binge. You will not get fat overeating on hard-boiled eggs. You will get fat on overeating chips. You will get fat on overeating pasta and chicken alfredo and all that [ __ ] But when you have protein, you're not going to get fat. The strategy right there, bro. So, there's multiple different strategies you could do to lose the weight. You could fast all day, then have like one good meal that you really want to eat. And I typ I typically do that when it's going out to like a restaurant. I will have that willpower to like fast throughout the day and then you can have one meal that's like 1500 2,000 calories and you're full because you ate it at like four or five o'clock in the evening time and then that will carry you over to the next day. That's good for weight loss. It will change as like obviously you're doing more macros and like you're not going to get hit 200 grams of protein in one meal or something like that, but that's a good strategy if you're like, "Hey, I can't, you know, hit all my macros today, but I'm going to make sure my calories are on point." And so you still see results from doing that. I wanted to touch on that one thing, Trey, that you said about when you look in the chips and you just dump the whole thing in the bag. [music] How many times have you guys like been eating something and this might have been before you started, you're eating some chips or you're eating something unhealthy and you're like, I'm going to finish. This is my last time, right? This is my last time I'm eating this, right? Or I'll I'll you know last times I've had, bro, you know last times I've had, bro, it's [ __ ] it's it's nuts. Like, but man, I've had so many last times, dude. It's like last time I'm eating this [ __ ] uh this is the last time and you never make it the last time cuz it's about the habit you're building as you're doing it. Like you think you can change a habit the next day. It always starts in the moment. And so me and Calvin would call each other out like why don't you just throw it away now? Like throw it away when you're eating [ __ ] eating whatever you're eating. Just throw it away. And it's like damn. But you do and that [ __ ] works. On Saturday I was eating the [ __ ] was I? I was eating something and I dropped something on the floor and I was just like that's it. That's your sign. That's it. Cuz you guys said that the other day and I was just like, "Fuck." That's it. I'm done. I was like, "That's it. I'm done." Why was like, "What happened?" I was like, "I'm done now." He's like, "Here, you're good." I was like [laughter] I was like this thing. I was like, "That's it. I got to take it as a sign. It is what it is. I'm good." It's like the Holy Ghost knocking it out of your hand and you're like, "Damn, you really had to do me like that right now." But yes, [laughter] that's that's how it is. And once it hits the floor, you got to start treating yourself like, damn, what's some fat [ __ ] I would do? I'd pick it up and start eating it after it touched the ground. Whatever it is I had. Nope. That's it. That's your sign. Throw it away. Yeah. And so what I do is uh you create that non-negotiating zone. [music] So this is something that we do in late at night, too. Like after 8 p.m. the kitchen's closed. That [ __ ] is off off duty. No opening up the fridge just to look inside of it. You walk by. How many times people just walk by their fridge looking to see if anything opened up and some new shit's in there? It's the same [music] [ __ ] I see that [ __ ] all the time. I still I still do it. I still do it, but I don't get anything. I still go I still open the pantry and I'm like and and then all I see where I used to have all my like stash, I just have electrolike packets and I go, "Well, no, I'm good." I'm like, "What the [laughter] what am I doing, bro?" That's again, guys, and this is all about like where the accountability comes in. So, what I've been doing a lot too is if you guys post your profile, your progress pictures [music] in the evening time or like your your screenshots of what you've eat in the app and then your workouts for the day. If you make that part of your nighttime routine, like that's what I do right before bed every night is I'll get my steps done. I'll finish logging all my food in case I miss something from dinner and I didn't put it in right away. Um, you just go through, you take a screenshot, you put that part as your bedtime routine, post it to the Facebook group, phone down. There's nothing else to check except for Instagram and Facebook and Tik Tok and all that [ __ ] whatever. And then you're done. That's it. And you you start building that into your routine every night. It becomes part of your ritual. And it's just like working out. You make sure you're you're logging it. And then you start losing weight. It's just part of the habit that you have to build. And so if you win your nights, you win your body because most of your progress is determined by what you do after 6 p.m. Again, guys, you could How easy it is it to put down 2,000 calories in 30 minutes? [ __ ] really [ __ ] easy to do that. And so if you just start too easy, too easy. Once you start looking at food labels, you're [ __ ] Pints of tenti are like 1,100 calories, that's 15 minutes. Yep. They make it easy, man. [music] And you're still hungry afterwards. So if you can just win the 6 p.m. after that, you're good to go. I like 600 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. I think if [music] you should try to get your last meal in earlier in the day. I typically do it around like 4 sometimes like 3:30 4 because I just I get hungry in the afternoon but I can make it to the evening time just fine if you have to. The latest I would say eating is like seven but nothing after eight 100%.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-02-27 Views: 74 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=crXHGr6RWPs Runtime: 36 min 48 sec (7,702 words) The script, as delivered on camera Ah, it's just weird. I like talking about it. No, death. Yeah, the idea. Scared of it. No, I'm not scared of it. It's just like you always hear that [ __ ] like people talk about it and then they die two days later. I'm like, what? Because I feel like everybody thinks about it every like it's not a it's not a not a bad thing to think like think about death. Yeah, bro. Everybody dies, man. Everybody's going to die at some point. It's just true [ __ ] I'm I'm living forever. [ __ ] that. I'm living forever. I claim that as my I'm living forever. I'm living forever. What makes you think you could live forever? Like what gives you the the belief that I'm not even trying to challenge you? Like what makes you feel like no, like I'm I'm making it through this. Like I'm not going to just crumble. Yeah. I've done what I felt like was impossible. Genuinely, me transforming my life and getting to this point that I'm at now is more proof than I've ever needed that I'm going to be further along in life, that my end point doesn't end now. And like even a few years ago, I thought like, man, this is it. Like, how many times I've ever felt like this is it and then I catch my second win and then I'm going, bro, I was watching some videos the other day, just yesterday, I think, or maybe two days ago. of when we were in St. Louis and the apartment was flooded and like I was like filming a video of like the car like honking outside like 4:30 in the morning. Why is the car honking? We go downstairs 2 feet of water in the apartment and then we're like, bro, like can we even go down there? Cuz like the electricity current, we had the ring light plugged in and like just think like, bro, what the [ __ ] are we going to do? Like we had maybe $2,000 to the our name between the both of us. At that time, I knew that we were going to make it though. Oh, 100%. I remember that's the thing. I never thought about like what if I died right now. Like that thought was there. I just knew that oh this is just shitty part of life. Like this is what I'm living through. It's cool. I'm still going to make it through. Yeah. I remember I was walking to the Family Dollar across the street. Mhm. And I was listening to an Andy Fcella podcast and he was talking about like the [ __ ] and like how hard it was. And I remember being 23 years old crossing the street just walking, no car, nothing. And I'm like, "Fuck, man. Why? Like this [ __ ] is so hard, man. Like where the [ __ ] am I? I don't even know where I'm at. Like what the fuck?" Like just that feeling of what the [ __ ] and how hard it was. And like eating frozen food from the Family Dollar, being as healthy as I could possible. Like being fat wasn't even a choice. I wasn't even thinking about it. I was still like in my kind of like slay day, like still trying to be sexy and Uber into [ __ ] Edge Edge Fitness down the street. We would Uber to the Edge. We would Uber to the gym just so that we can get a workout in, bro. Like that's the thing. A lot of guys are so scared to put to like for the future of like what's next for them because they they just really don't believe in themselves that they'll make it through. But like you said, in that moment when the apartment was flooded and we have two grand to our name, three grand or something like that, like just broke in the middle of [ __ ] St. Louis, knowing nobody, no car, nothing. I was still feeling like I'm not going to like this isn't the end for me. Like I'm not going to be done. Like I'm not going to be dead here. I'm not going to die in St. Louis and just die in these circumstances. Like [ __ ] no. I'm still I'm going to make it through this. And I think that is something that you learn, funny enough, on a weight loss journey that like this this [ __ ] is not the end for me. Like this is not where the story is going to end. I'm not going to be this way forever. And we can just kick it off right into the podcast of how we're talking about, you know, our athletic background and knowing that like when we were 350 pounds and you were 330, you know, senior year of high school, we're like this I'm not going into adulthood like this. I know that this isn't going to be forever. I know that this isn't I can't stay this way. Like there's a possibility I could change. even though we've never seen anybody around us have accomplished something so big, we just knew that there's another side to life that we could be living. And I think a lot of guys maybe they don't have that example growing up. I guess we had that from dad that there's some way we could be in shape. Like there's some ounce of possibility that there's some that we could do that. Well, what I know is that our dad made it so clear that being in shape was our destiny. Mhm. That it was just a matter of time at that point of when we became adults and took responsibility for ourselves and full accountability for our actions that we made the change. Mhm. And to your point where most guys, especially former athletes who used to be over, who are over 300 lb, how we were former linemen, I played center, you played left tackle after high school, really the only kind of example that they had was their O line coach of being fit or in shape was just showing them their past drill workouts or their run block workouts and lifting heavy weights. that that was their example of what fitness was like or being in great shape was like because they didn't get to work with the running backs. They they didn't get to work with the quarterbacks. That was the peak for them. The big guy that was still could move around that could still move around. That was their only example of being in shape. Yeah. And so once high school ended, that's when they're trying to remember what their O line coach taught them. But their O line coach was fat. Fat as [ __ ] too. I remember. Well, real quick before we move to the next point, I want to really finish off on Yeah, go ahead. on that father point and he our dad will even put a picture up. He was so cut up, so in shape and we were so fat that he didn't leave an ounce he genuinely did not leave an ounce of room for failure for us. And I re I really attribute our success to our father because health is the ultimate wealth. Mhm. Health is the ultimate freedom. If we had never been in shape, lost all the weight, you'd still be working at the storage facility. I would be a fifth grade teacher and that would have been our lives. Yeah. Well, I think personally I probably would have done something more because I knew like got to make more money at some point. Like we had the drive. Where did that come from? We just always knew that we were going to be the best. Like you're Exactly. like being a sophomore on varsity football, you know, we're we're not going to play [ __ ] JV. Like, we're better than this. We know we're more capable than, you know, we just look around, it's like, everybody's asleep. Like, everybody doesn't push it to that next level. And I think that really motivated us even further. But just let's get into this podcast, man, because we have a good one for you guys today. So, in this podcast, me and Calvin have been chopping up some ideas and, you know, just thinking like, you know, the guy that we really want to work with in terms of our coaching business and who we genuinely feel like we could help is a guy that played sports back in the day that was an athlete at some point or maybe he had lost a couple pound, he lost 30 pounds before, lost 40 pounds before and then ended up gaining it back. And so we came up with this question, you know, have you ever wondered why you lost that competitive nature when it comes to your physical health after you were done playing sports. Maybe you still had that competitive nature when it comes to your academics or to your career and that stuff got settled down. You kind of figured that stuff out. But then when it comes to you personally, like the guy that you see in the mirror, you still feel unfulfilled. No matter all the stuff, the accolades, the college degree, the the new job position that you have, all these great things that are external going on in your life, you look in the mirror and you're like, damn, I still feel like I'm falling short. I still feel like I haven't figured it out. And there's this insatiable gap to try to feel fulfilled, like feel better about yourself. And no matter what you do, no matter what check you get, no matter what bonus you get, it might feel cool for a week or two, but then you're like, it's just money, you know? It's just this is I'm supposed to have a career. I'm supposed to do all this stuff, but being in shape, I think that's the ultimate freedom unlock for me. I think once I get into the best shape of my life, where I start losing this [ __ ] sack of fat that's been sitting on me my entire life, I think there's something on the other side for me. And the and the part with that is you've gotten to the point where you've thought about it so much that it's not even a think, it's a knowing. It's a deep knowing that you aren't who you're supposed to be in this moment. And in this podcast, we're going to break down a few questions that we've had with our previous with our clients um and previous guys that we've had conversations with on why they stay stuck and why that insatiable gap between who you are right now and who you want to be issuable. It is possible to fill that gap as long as you have the right system in place. Yeah. And so we want to take it back to the days when we played football because that really is the genesis of, you know, our athletic journey and us, you know, being, I guess you could say, in decent shape. Wasn't in decent shape. We were still fat. But just in terms of like having something competitive about us and physically better than, I guess you could say, a normal fat people, the guys that just would play video games and [ __ ] sit in the house all day. We had that. We had sports. And so, uh, after our senior year of high school, you know, we had an unsuccessful senior year of football season, I think our team went like six and four, so we weren't making the playoffs. We we we did make the playoffs. Oh, maybe we did. But it was just with a junior quarterback, so it wasn't like he was taking us to state or any by any means like that. Yeah, we we probably I think we lost first round or whatever. And so once that season's over, you know, you go and you hand in your football pads, you hand in your helmet, and you still go to the All-Star game. We were still trying to become we were still playing football after that point. Like I think that's an I know that's an important part. Sure. Like even after that main football season ended, we still had that drive to compete in our local all-star football game. I'll be honest, I didn't want to compete. I think yeah, I knew like I wasn't going to go pro with this. I wasn't going to go to college. I knew I didn't have it just wasn't in my cards. Honestly, I didn't feel like going and playing football and some D3 college was in my future. And I'm sure you can feel the same thing too. We kind of we were lifting all the weight already kind of working out by ourselves, but we still had that edge. That's the point that I'm making is it was still there. So to make a a longer story short, we kind of go through the football season, end of you know senior year, hand all our stuff in and now we have we realize there's all this free time because you're not going to practice after school. You know that you know you're you're not coming back to see, you know, super senior in the next year. You're not going to play again. And so we were like, okay, you know, what are we going to do? And instantly, I think that's a question that a lot of people have once their sports season is over of like, what am I going to do for myself extracurricular outside of my academics and you know, the stuff that you you kind of have to go through? What am I going to do for myself? And we realized we had so much time on our hand. And instantly, the first thought was, we're going to lose weight. And for most guys, I I don't see that being a lot of the the answer for them. I think they just, you know, kind of be like, "Okay, I got all this free time now. I don't have to show up to practice anymore. Nobody's, you know, relying on me. I don't have to be accountable to anything. I don't have to show up to a team or do any of that stuff." So, a lot of guys settle down in that moment. They take a deep breath. So young yet so unambitious towards their physical peak. Yeah. Ready to ready to check out basically. And for us, we knew that having that structure in football and having those because if we didn't play football, we weren't working out outside of that. Like we weren't growing up that was, hey, we play sports, so that was like our, you know, we're fat, but we're not, we still do something, you know? And for us, we realized we can't just not do [ __ ] all day. Like, we can't just not do anything and be a [ __ ] bum. And so instantly, we went into losing weight because we knew we needed something to look forward to. needed something to keep us motivated, I guess you could say, throughout the day. And that's when the light really flicked on for me because like Calvin had told you guys probably in, you know, previous podcast, if you haven't watched him yet, go watch him, is that he had already started losing weight. So, he was down 50 pounds going into that senior year, played the whole season at a lower weight than I was, and he was already kind of doing something positive for himself outside of that. And the whole epiphany moment, you guys can go watch that in another podcast. We'll link it in the description for you. But once that ended, you know, we realized we have to do something. And so, like I said, that's when the light switched. I needed that structure and I started working out and I started working on myself every day. Instead of going to football practice after school, I would go to the gym. I would change up my habits. Instead of coming home and, you know, eating a bag of chips and watching [ __ ] YouTube videos and everything. I would just be more productive. I realized that the real world's coming. I'm not getting any handouts. There's no help. there's no jobs lined up for me. So, I know that if I just get myself into great shape and lose weight, something will open up for me. Something better will happen. And I still, we still believe that to this day, that the more in shape we get, and if anything starts to feel off in our life, we instantly go back into working on oursel. And that always starts with getting yourself into the best physical shape possible. because there's blind spots that you have at a weight that you're not comfortable at that wouldn't be there when you're in great shape because your mind is just flickering at a different level. It's thinking better. It's more it's processing information faster. You have more energy. You're more clear during the day. And so that's just something we've always kept with us. And so yeah, that's I would say that was the biggest thing that transformed us from just being normal fat guys after high school into doing something positive for ourel. Um, you know, Colin, I have a question for you, too. Is when you when you were playing sports, you know, did you feel like that was something that defined you? Like, I'm an athlete. I have this competitive nature to me. I always trace it back to our dad because we played youth sports, played soccer. He was our coach. So, he always set the example for us. When we got into football, our dad had went to prison when we were 9 years old. So he missed that high school football, youth sports football era of our life. And it always traces back to that athletic nature that we were brought brought up with. He would take us to the park in first grade when he started noticing us getting hank chunky. He would take us to the park and he we'd run laps around the park. He'd be doing sit-ups at the workout station in the park. And I remember just running around the laps of the park like, "Why am I doing this?" hating that [ __ ] Hating it. And that's just that young kid mindset. But as I got older, I realized how beneficial it was to thinking sharper, being more productive, taking on more responsibility for myself. So I always trace it back to my identity when it comes to being an athlete. It was shaped before football. It was shaped since really the day we were born. Yeah. like we were we might be bigger than everybody but that's not going to stop us from being good too and like competing with everybody else that might be in you know better shape than us at a younger age and I think that's what really changed for us as well is that hey we might be good at you know football but how much better would we be if we lost the weight personally like for us you know we already know that we're going to compete we're going to we're going to go up and go head to toeto toe with the best of them if we just didn't have this limiting thing of like our weight holding us back, how much better could we be, right? And I remember in middle school, seventh grade to be specific, it was one of my goals to be a running back for the Elcohone Falcons that next year. And I realized once I became an adult after high school, when that youth mindset ends, it's like I can do this. So, I ended up losing all the weight, got down to 185 pounds, and I was in running back shape. And the thing is is it took longer than I wanted it to from 13 years old to 18, 19 years old, but it still ended up happening when I became an adult and took responsibility for my own actions. Yeah. And I know you funny story. I remember Calvin actually wanted to just try playing football for a little bit and he actually tried out for the community college football team and at the time Calvin had already lost a bunch of weight. So usually, you know, when you're in a football practice, they got the whole team there, and then they say, "All right, go to your position groups." And everybody separates. Usually the lineman linemen are in the corner, the Dlinemen are on the other side, quarterbacks in the middle field throwing balls with the receivers are on the right side of the hash, the DBs are on the left side. And that was kind of like how the practice was split up. And Calvin told me, he came back one day and he's like, "I don't know what position I was going to be, so I went with the linebackers. I went with like the safeties and everything." And he remembers telling me that he looked over and saw the linemen. this bunch of just fat guys that I had to experience it. I I went for the spring ball. I maybe went for like two weeks at my community college, but I just had to experience what it was like to be on a football field and to see the linemen training on the other side when I was with the linebackers, the guys who were 190 lbs, 205 to be with those guys instead of being with the lineman. I never put on the pads and actually started playing games. But in a practice, I had to feel what it was like on that field in my lifetime. That that's all that's really what I wanted to accomplish was being in a skill position group looking over at the lineman and knowing to myself that's not me. I ain't going over there. And you see the linemen are [ __ ] you know, 400 lb. 400 lb. And you and at the time, you know, I could just and it was you, but I could see myself in that position cuz I didn't try out, but I could see myself there and I had lost the weight as well. I was like, damn. Like, what the [ __ ] don't these guys get? Like, what do they not understand about this [ __ ] man? Like, you don't have to be that fat. You don't have to be that big. There's no reason to be that big. You're only with the lineman. You're only in that position because you cannot control your food. You cannot You don't have any discipline. You don't have any like drive outside of this practice to go and be better. There's no reason for you to just settle for being the fat guy. There's more that you could become. There's more that you could do. And those guys just didn't get it. You know, they just graduated high school and decided to stay fat, still be linemen. Decided to stay eating like a [ __ ] monster and making plates going for seconds and having two huge plates of food, three huge plates of food. And that's a problem, man. Like when you lose the reason why we were able to lose the weight and why you might be struggling is because we don't do fat [ __ ] anymore. And I know that sounds harsh and like, "Oh, I don't do fat shit." But like, bro, yeah, you do. Eating fast food every single day. Yeah. If you go to fast food three to four times a week, that is fat [ __ ] And it's because it's not just about going and getting something from fast food, even if you say, "Oh, it's Chipotle. It's healthy." It's the fact that you're not doing something to like intentionally put better food into your body. When you get healthy food, when you cook healthy food, you're making it for yourself. You know what the ingredients are going into that? You're very, very detail- oriented about what you're putting into your body. And so, if you have this mindset of like, it's just easier. I'm just I'm tired after work, so I don't want to go home and make anything. That's one of those blind spots that we were talking about earlier that you don't even realize you have is that that is fat people with behavior. That is a fat attitude. It's too much effort to do this, so let me just do with this. This is easier. Like, bro, that is what gets you fat. What's also some fat [ __ ] is going for seconds. That's some really fat people [ __ ] And don't get it mistaken. We still like to eat a lot. For myself, just giving you a breakdown on what my meal plan is personally is I fast from 100 p.m. Well, I fast from 5:00 pm to 1 p.m. every single day. That means my window to eat is between 1:00 p.m. and 5:00 p.m. So when I do eat, I eat a huge plate of either ground beef, ground turkey, ground chicken. Then I'll also have a side of egg whites. This is about 120 140 grams of protein in one meal. So when I eat that, I am full. But the best part about it is I'm also sharp. I'm also cognitive. I'm also very intentional with my next actions. So, you can still eat a lot when you're losing weight, but it's about going for seconds after that. When I eat my meal, my big ass plate of protein, I don't go for another meal. I am full. I'm stuffed. I stuff myself with protein. I rebuild all my muscle and I am full. I don't go looking for a protein bar. I don't go looking for an apple. I don't go looking for another snack or another meal to add on to it. I'm done with my meal. I'm full. And I don't go for seconds because I don't have that fat thinking that I used to have. Yeah. And and honestly, the fat thinking might not even have been your own choosing. You know, growing up, I remember being told plenty of times, you know, you got to you got to eat to get bigger. You know, you got to be bigger than everybody else. So, go and have a second plate. Go and have a third plate. And there was no nobody looking at you sideways for doing that. Like, it was expected of you to eat a ton of food because it would help out with your performance on the field. It would help out with your athletic capabilities of being able to block some other 300lb guy. And when you get out of those sports, a lot of people still have those same eating habits. They don't realize that you have trained yourself into seeing food as I need to eat a lot of it because it's going to help me with this thing. But you don't have this thing anymore. So now all you're doing is just eating a bunch of food and going and sitting at an office job or you're going and sitting down at work. You're not moving the same way you used to. So your eating habits were instilled into you from a younger age whenever you started getting bigger. And people started noticing that and they said, "Hey, well, if you're going to be bigger, you might as well be big, very big. Might as well be very big and have that useful for the sport that you're playing." But you don't play that sport anymore. So there's no reason to keep eating like that. And it's a hard thing to train. It's a hard thing to get out of because you've been doing it for so long. It's just a habit. Like, here's the thing, man. You're not fat because you were born fat. You're not fat because it's impossible for you to lose weight or your genetics because your grandma had diabetes. No, that's not the case. It's the habits that get passed down on to you from people that either knew better or didn't know better. And when the people that knew better, they were setting you up for success in an avenue to be successful in life, whether it comes to sports, but they weren't setting you up for success to be a healthy adult. And so that's where you have to take a learning approach to it again and really drop the ego, man. Because when I tell you like if I was standing next to you and you had two plates of food, I would tell you go put that other one back and you'd probably be like, man, like no, I need to eat this. Like I I got to I'm hungry, man. That's your automatic response because that's what you were trained from your old identity. You were defending that behavior. You get the you get the life that you defend. And so if you defend why you're fat, if you defend why you're hungry, if you defend why you're tired, you're just going to keep living that way. But if you get around people that don't operate that same way, that don't think those same thoughts, you'll get the same life as them because you're Sorry, can you repeat that one more time? That was so good. That was so good. You get the life you defend. Wow. So if you defend your behavior, you get the life you defend. Wow. So if you defend being fat, if you defend being tired, if you defend I'm just hungry, you're going to live in those actions and you're going to stay that way forever. But until you start realizing that this behavior isn't accepted or it's not tolerable for other individuals or the people that you want to be like, you'll start acting like them. And if you start acting like them, you'll start getting the life that they defend. And the life that we defend now is I want to look good. I want to feel good. I want to have energy during the day. I want to get better sleep. I want to be able to go and buy clothes from the store without second guessing it. I will defend that stuff, which means that I will do stuff outside of that to make sure that I can have those have those results. Wow, that's so good. You get the life you defend. Wow. Wow. I'm actually mind blown right now. You get the life you defend. That's amazing. That's that that's amazing. I just got to say, Angela, that's a bar. Yeah. And I know you probably didn't even think that one just came to you. Straight from God, man. Straight from God. Straight from source. Open channel. And that's what happens when you start losing weight. Also, one thing, this is just a side note, but we have a client named Teddy. And one thing that I was coaching him on is to be more expansive and getting that life you defend is defending the actions that that person takes. So for example, in the way that you carry yourself, a lot of overweight men, they hunch over, they put their head down, they don't look poo energy. They don't look people in the eyes. But we challenge not only ourselves, but our clients to be expansive when you're exercising. Take big breaths. Be expansive with who you are. Mhm. Because we weren't put on this earth to be small, to be hunched over, to have poooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo energy. We were put here to expand ourselves, to be fruitful, to be m to to multiply and to be expansive. And it starts with the breath. And yeah, when you walk into a room, fill up the energy with your or fill up the room with your energy. Fill up the room with your presence. And a lot, it's really hard to do that, especially when you're around other people who are doing it. That's that that's that's a real thing because when you have somebody looking into your eyes, your eyes are the windows to your soul. And so if you're like I know this might be uncomfortable for you, man, but that's why a lot of overweight people hate going to the gym because they see a bunch of people that are carrying a good energy about them, carrying a a lively energy about them, and they instantly can feel that judgment. And it's not even usually the other person judging them. It's them judging themselves because now you're comparing yourself to somebody that is operating at a different level, at a different frequency, at a different energy. A higher level. Higher frequency. At a higher frequency, higher energy. Exactly. And you're like, damn, I'm not doing that. Because when I leave this gym, I'm driving to fast food. When I get off of work, my first instinct isn't be better like these guys might be doing. It's let me be lazy. Let me sit down for a couple hours and not do anything. And so that's why it's hard for people to even be around fit people when they're fat because they just don't feel like they belong there. And quite frankly, you don't. And it's not like a you're not worthy enough to belong there. It's just the version of you right now that you're operating at wouldn't be tolerated into that group. They wouldn't defend your actions. When you come around somebody that's fit and start complaining about how hard it is to lose weight and how hard it is to do these different things, we see that. We're like, "Dude, we went through the same [ __ ] like we had the same struggles. So don't bring that energy of like [ __ ] weak energy over here because we don't want to we don't want that seething into our mindset. It work we work too hard to get to this point for somebody else who hasn't worked as hard to come over here and explain how hard it is to get there on some weak ass poo poo energy mindset. And when we're talking about not that you aren't worthy enough to have that energy, it's when we were 330 lbs. when I was 330 and you were 350 We made that transformation. I had my epiphany moment. So, I instantly became that type of person with a higher energy. It happens in one moment. And for Angelo, he mentions how, you know, it gradually came upon him. But it still there is a time there is a point in time where you go cold turkey. That's you know where you stop doing certain things. You just say [ __ ] it, man. You just say [ __ ] this and you mean it. There's a lot of people I speak to, especially in like our Instagram DMs, they're like, "I just want to lose weight. I just want to get in shape." Like, dude, that's not the energy that's going to get you to lose weight. You might lose 10 pounds. You might lose 20 pounds, but you know what the energy is that gets you to lose 100 pounds is when you go, I cannot stand being this way anymore. And really meaning it. I think that's the point. What's the meaning that you put to that? Because you can say lose 20 pounds, but if you don't really mean it attach any meaning to it, then they're just words. But when you attach meaning to it, it's in it's in in invaluable. What do you think is more powerful? Oh, I just want to lose 20 pounds because, you know, I want to, you know, I just want to look better. I just feel like I could be better. Versus the guy that says, "Dude, I want to lose a 100 pounds because I'm tired of waking up in the morning and my body aches. I'm tired of going and looking in the mirror and hating what I see. Every day I think about losing weight. I think about being a better person and I just never get myself to do it. And I'm [ __ ] tired of that. I hate it so much. I want to make this change. Who do you think actually ends up getting the results at the end of the day? The person who means it. The person who has a [ __ ] attitude of like this is my life. I am serious about this. So in until you can get to that point and until you can finally just admit to yourself that you are ready to change that you want to make a better life for yourself and you want to be a different person. That's the only way you're ever going to lose weight. And most people shy away from that because it requires a lot of work. They already start judging about how much work it's going to take to do it before they even start taking actions toward it. People like us, we don't give a [ __ ] about how much work it's going to take. I know where there's going to be work involved. I know it's not going to be easy, but I know that the result is [ __ ] worth it 100%. And I know you had some more questions laid out. Yeah. Definitely want to get to those. Yeah. So, yeah, that's true. So, for you, Calvin, what had to change in how you thought about losing weight in order for you to do it? What had to change about what I thought about losing weight in order for me to do it. What had to change was replacing certain actions. What I mean by that, similar to how when you would come home, lay down, and watch a YouTube video. For me, it was instead of coming home, playing video games, or just mindlessly scrolling on my phone, it was doing 200 push-ups. So what I had to think, what I thought about that had to change was really the the meaning behind my energy, the meaning behind the time that I'm spending. And when I uh changed the meaning between what playing video games and scrolling on my phone was doing versus what doing push-ups was going to do for me, I realized that only one of them had a positive impact on my life. One was filling up my time. The other one was being productive with my time and doing the push-ups and wanting to become that sexy version of myself. Mh. That's what I had to start thinking like that version of myself who already lost all the weight, aka having the vision. Once I had that vision for myself, that's what changed my thought process on who I was becoming. Yeah. Because when you're over 300 lb, you think it's stupid. like going out for a run at seven o'clock at night when you got to wake up at 6 am the next day or eating this [ __ ] salad instead of having those chicken tenders and fries like man this is [ __ ] stupid like why am I what's the point in doing this man I'm not going to see the results tomorrow what's stupid is being fat very true but the mindset that you have at that time is like man this is this even worth it like why the [ __ ] would I go through all this energy I have to change so much I have to change all these habits that I have just to lose right there. That's what holds most people back because when you start thinking that way, you're not going to take the actions to lose weight. You're not going to eat the salad. You're not going to go work out. You're just going to say, you know what? This is more comfortable for me. And being comfortable has got you to where you are today. So getting out of that place of comfort into a place of uncomfort ultimately makes the change for people. And most people can't stand uncomfort because it challenges your ego. It challenges who you've been your entire life. You have to start questioning every single decision that you make to the [ __ ] you have to be so detail- oriented. And when I would go to work, instead of going on the golf cart and driving around because it was easier, it was comfortable, I decided to walk to certain places. And I worked in a big area. So I was like, I could drive there or I could walk there. Storage facility. A storage facility. In my mind, I'm like, well, I don't [ __ ] want to walk, so I'm going to walk. Like I instantly found out what I didn't want to do and just went and did it because at some point you're gonna have to do it. At some point you're gonna have to realize that like I need to be in shape for my life. And most guys would rather just say, you know, it's oh why why are you walking? You can just take the golf cart, man. You don't have to do that. Like take the easy route. It's like you don't even know like what the [ __ ] this is actually doing for me mentally aside from just getting my job done during the day. This is defining who I am. my actions that I'm doing are defining who I'm becoming. And so, I'd rather live with this life knowing that I I [ __ ] put everything out there. I tried everything to be in the best shape possible versus sitting back and thinking about it for years. Yeah. So all that to say, if you played sports back in the day, if you were an athlete at some point, played football, played O line like we did, wrestled, did something physical, and you still have that edge to you that it's there, but you you don't feel like you deserve it. I'm here to tell you, you do deserve it and you should go I don't like to tell people what they should do because you have the ultimate choice to do whatever the [ __ ] you want to do at the end of the day. But if you have that desire to be better and you know that on the other side of you losing weight is a life that you have been missing out on and you actually want that life, like I said earlier, get serious about it. Humble yourself enough to realize how far you are away from it, but also motivated enough to say, "I don't give a [ __ ] how long it's going to take. I'm going to get there." And then get the resources, get the help to actually do that. Because nobody just white knuckles their way through losing weight. And the truth the truth about it is is it happens in a moment. I can genuinely say looking back 10 years ago that I lost 140 pounds in one moment. Yeah. And you can have that moment after you watch this video. You could have already had that moment during this video. And the signs that you've had that moment is when you start to feel like the energy boiling up inside of you. Use that energy. Let that energy carry you to your next action that is productive towards losing weight. Don't just feel this video speaking to you right now. Get motivated and then turn it off and do nothing about it. You can literally go and change your life after this. And once you get to that point of starting moving that momentum in the right direction, dude, it's over. It's over for that point. Once and then you also have people that are helping you stay accountable to that and staying consistent and reminding you of that fire. It's [ __ ] over, man. You could literally be a [ __ ] different human being, man. a totally different human. And we've cracked the code to this, you guys. We've figured out how to do it. And if you want help with your journey and you want to actually guarantee that you lose 100 pounds in the next six months, you know what to do. Go ahead and click the link in the description below. Apply for our coaching. We're only taking five men in the rest of February. So, if you are one of those guys that are serious about this, want to put your head down and just get to work. So, that way by the end of this year, you look like a totally different human being, we got your back. See you in the next video. Peace.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-07-20 Views: 55 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TBuZylCZ9cY Runtime: 53 min 25 sec (8,442 words) The script, as delivered on camera Cool. Uh David, let's get some wins, brother. Uh wins for me, dude. I think since the 9th, I've hit at least 11 to 12,000 steps a day till now. Um and then yesterday night, we got in pretty late, but I had a workout that happened on Saturday that hadn't gotten able to get in. So then I ended up doing that. Once I landed, it was a little bit later than I wanted it to be, but at least got it done and then showered and still kind of handled everything else. And then uh since starting this, I've been pretty consistent about keeping myself in a deficit. I think I had one day, [clears throat] it might have been like the third day after I fully started, but for the most part, it's been pretty good about keeping everything in a deficit. So, it's been very great. It's been exciting, and I can feel it already. So, it's been it's super motivating. It's I'm enjoying all of it. Good, bro. I love to hear it. I know we talked about uh on Friday a few things, right? I think one of the main things was getting your workout done, like prioritizing you before the rest of the day starts to throw its responsibilities onto you, right? How's that been for you just, you know, the past few days? So, I think yesterday was a little bit harder to kind of get that going because uh we were trying to fly out and a lot of things got moved over because of the weather and stuff like that from Saturday. Um, but uh I plan on getting on to that as far as going to tomorrow because today I I hadn't been able to get in because I was still kind of settling in from moving or from flying in. Um, so I haven't started that yet, but I I was thinking likely tomorrow as I'll start continuing that where cuz for me I'll drive about an hour to get here to the office. So, typically I'll probably have to get up like at least an hour and a half, maybe two hours before and then handle my thing and then getting dressed or whatever workout that be and then go and showering at wherever gym I'm at and then going to here. So, just for that uh prep is going to come into that, you know, making sure if I'm going to have to get up so early, getting the clothes already put together the day before just to make it a lot easier to kind of get up, go handle what I need to, and then continue on with my day. [clears throat] Yeah, I love that point that you just made of showering at the gym. Um, I love to shower at the gym, man. Yeah. You get on with the rest of your day. Versus like Coach Angelo, he like hates showering at the gym. Like, really? Yeah. No, I don't know why. Like, I try to get him to sh I don't try to get him, but I'm like Yeah. Showering at the gym is, you know, makes it a little easier. Yeah. You just go there, do your thing, and then you shower 15 minutes, and then you're out basically within an hour. So, it's kind of nice. But, yeah, overall it's been uh it's been going good. And I was going to do my weekly check-in again for my weight. I hadn't gotten a chance to do this morning, but overall things are fitting already a lot better. So, I'm excited. I'm definitely excited to see what that looks like right now. Good. Awesome, man. I can tell even just in your face a little bit getting I was looking at some of the pictures over the weekend and I was like, "Okay, this is like already kind of working out." So, I'm excited. I'm excited. [snorts] Dude, not to mention, and you're in about I don't know how much weight you're trying to lose, but let's say it's 50 pounds for conversation sake. Yeah. You'll be surprised at how much you're going to thank yourself when you start when golf becomes a lot easier because you weigh 50 pounds. That's what I'm saying. That's the main reason. And it's like my friends, we play a lot and I'm like, you know, I hate getting burned out after like whole nine or 10, you know? It's like trying to keep up and keeping that in a golf cart, no less. Yeah, exactly. It's like getting in and out. It's like just going to get a lot easier. I'm excited. Everything's been going really really good. So, I'm just trying to keep it up and um it's it's crazy to see the benefits already in the past almost two weeks. I can't imagine five to six months of this at least and then we could just, you know, continue on with the the recump on the back end. So, I'm I'm stoked. Yeah, dude. I'll say this, like I know Hugh needs to get on with presentation, but in the I've lost 100 pounds since I hit my rock bottom and uh I'm hitting the ball with my driver like 25 yards farther. Dude, that's what I'm saying. That's what I'm so excited about. And I like I haven't like Yeah. I haven't like I mean and it's just come from the weight loss and and and adding muscle mass and you know it's not like I've changed my golf swing just changed because I have a thinner body to Yeah. to actually be able to twerk right. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. I agree. I'm excited for that. Cool. Yeah. I mean if you just watching David I know you're kind of new, right? But it's like watching Trey's transformation. He's been with us for a while and it's like, bro, it's just like when you when you get start to get to know more of the guys here in the program and like Yeah, that was Oh, wow. That was rock bottom, right? It's hard to see it, but like that was my rock bottom there. Yeah, there you go. That was like I was like 340 right there. Yeah. And then that was 2023. And then this was Saturday. Dude, that's amazing. Holy crap. Yeah. And that's awesome. Yeah, it's about six waist sizes and three shirt sizes. That's so cool. So, it's possible, man. And then golf gets a lot more fun. Yeah, even more. All right. Anyway, watching watching Trey. No, don't don't worry, Trey. No uh no rush today, man. We're gonna have some fun with this one. Um, so let's go ahead and jump right in. Can you guys see my screen? Yeah. Awesome. Here we go. Starting the recording in three, two, one. What's going on, fellas? Welcome to this edition of Monday Mastermind. You got Coach Kelvin and I'm bringing you guys some fire. Hope you guys are having the absolute best day of your entire life. We are going to crush it this week. And I just want to let you guys know, man, that seeing your guys' progress in the Facebook group, in the app, I'm watching your guys' wins, um, there's nothing better. Um, so with that being said, guys, I've got an awesome presentation for you. So, let's jump in. Here we go. Big U versus the fit you, winning the middle. Okay, so what we're talking about today, guys, go ahead and take notes if you got a pen and paper. When the scale stalls, the snacking creeps back in and it starts to feel like forever. I've been there and I'm sure some of you guys have been there or are there right now. This is where most guys quit and this is where we don't. Okay, you know what stops you. Now, let's beat the middle. So, last week we ran through all seven struggles through two lenses. Okay? Hold on to them. Everything today plugs right back into last week's message. [snorts] Number one is edify yourself. Speak life over the man that you're becoming. And stop feeding the version you hate. We know what that sounds like, right? When somebody comes to you with a struggle, you want to speak life over that person. Say, "Hey, man. You can do it. I believe in you. But if we're speaking from a place that we don't really talk to about ourselves like that, um it can fall on deaf ears. So making sure that we speak life over who you're becoming and you're not talking down on yourself and hating on yourself because that's only feeding the version of you that you hate. [snorts] Okay? So number one is edify yourself. Number two is own your response. It's not your fault where you are today. There's tons of outside factors that contribute to who you are today, but it is your responsibility to change that. Thumbs up on what you can control. And there's only a few things that we can really control in our lives, guys. Right? If we really think about it, it's what we eat, the workouts that we do, and how we show up for ourselves. Having the right accountability, okay? It's not a billion different things that we have to own, right? It's only three, but these three make all the changes. Okay? The middle is where these two get tested. Let's make them tangible today. Let me go. Let me Oh, there we go. Okay, [snorts] here we go. The scale is one number. It hides everything else. So, one of our guys stepped on the scale this week and was at a number he wasn't happy about [snorts] and then measured his waist and it was down from a 60 to a 44. He pulled the deadlift PR. The scale stalled, the transformation didn't. Okay, so do this this week. And if you haven't, this isn't something that we require of every guy. Um, but it's something that we've used with a few guys and it it does make a difference. Like one of our guys, Gerald, um, Trey, I know this is something you've done personally. Um, so measuring your waist and writing it down. Track it weekly, not the scale daily. Okay. So, for example, like Trey, I know that you mentioned going from a bigger waist size, right, to a smaller one. pretty pretty much those numbers. I mean, I'm at I think my waist is between 44 and a half and 45 right now. So, but I mean, I was at I I will say I was at 60 for sure. Yeah. Yeah. And there were a few other guys like um I mean this is in between us like one uh Zach for example um very similar position as this right here. um dropped crazy amount of waist sizes and we're tracking his waist and watching that go down, right? When we see our pant size go down, right, guys? When we see our shirt size, like when we go from a 3XL to a 2XL, like that's a big deal, okay? That's something that you need to edify yourself on, something that you need to to to celebrate. Okay. Um pick one lift or one distance you can beat. Who was it in the Facebook group? I think it was um it's been Oscar, right? Where there's progress progress there is fat loss. You can't see on the scale. So that means that when you're for example when you're running, right? I'll use Oscar as an example because he's killing it right now. He went from 340 lbs now he's at 220. um and he came out to our event in person and one of the workouts that we did we ran for 30 minutes straight. Have any of you guys ever ran 30 minutes straight before? Uh, I mean I have like I know I have this year a couple a handful of times like I you know at least four or five times I've been able to do that you know when I've been running my 5ks but uh I you know I will say yes I've done it and where previously [laughter] I have not. Yeah it's a hard hard task. Yeah I was say with a good pace. Yeah, 100%. With the pacing for sure. And he just posted in the Facebook group this last week. He ran five miles straight without stopping. Yeah. And then he posted it in the group. I'm like, "Oh my gosh." Like that's like when you do that for the first time, especially in the time frame that you got that we're in, it's that's one thing that the scale won't show you. That's [snorts] what happened with Florida for me. I mean, I did over the uh weekend cuz I hadn't gotten anything in. I did two miles straight at like a 4 and a half speed, you know, tracking it off my watch. And then that was like something that before starting this, I hadn't done that in I don't know how long. And so that was something that kind of caught me. I was like, "Holy crap." I was like, "Okay, this is this is something that I don't think I'd really gotten used to." I mean, I remember before I would have to like walk something like that, you know what I mean? So absolutely. Yeah. Yeah. So notice the clothes and take the photo. Okay? Fit in pictures don't lie the way that the scale does. Okay? The scale does not always tell the whole truth, but the pictures and how your body feels is what's going to tell the story. Okay? So own your response because we can't control the scales mood and how the scale feels, right? But you can control the tape measure and the reps that you put in. Okay. The heaviest thing this week and man this goes I know this will be felt by everybody here. It's a season. It is not a sentence. Okay. The hardest part wasn't the snacking and it wasn't feeling that the deprivation lasts forever. Right? It doesn't. You prune a plant so it grows back fuller. You cut first a season, then you earn your freedom to enjoy again. Vacations, weddings, a snack without guilt. Okay, so the tangible thing to do this week, okay, pick one thing to subtract for a short season, not forever, and put an end date on it. Snacks out of the house till next Friday. Okay. How many times I've had to do this in my life, guys? It's it comes in seasons, right? The same title as this. It's a season. It's not a sentence. How many times I've had to cut out fast food. When I go on a vacation again, it can come back up. Like, I can enjoy it without guilt. But there are certain things, guys, and I don't know what that is in your household, okay? Every guy here is going to be different. So, I want you to write it down. Think about something right now in your house that could be a snack. It could be a drink that you feel like feel like has been holding you back. And take it out for a short season. It's addition by subtraction. Don't pile on 10 new rules. Just remove one thing that's stunning your growth. Okay guys, like I I really I really hope you guys are understanding this and you guys are feeling this and getting this because how many times especially in today's world where it's easy for people to say do this, do this, do this, do this, do this, do this, do this, do this. And then it just becomes overwhelming like holy [ __ ] man. Like is are you sure I need to add all these things? No. Remove one thing that's stunting your growth. And it is actually that simple, fellas. Removing one thing that's stunning your growth. For me, I can tell you a specific example. Coffee creamer. Okay. Oh, dude. And it sounds so minuscule, right? Sounds so small, so stupid, but just eliminating coffee creamer for three months, I had I got great results. I felt great and it taught me how to respect creamer. It sounds crazy, dude. The the crazy part about coffee creamer is is when you actually use one tablespoon, you realize how much you've been actually consuming. Mhm. Because a lot of people when it comes to coffee creamer, they add enough to get to a certain color in their coffee. Yeah. And then when you add one tablespoon, you're like, that ain't nor that's not what I normally do. Yep. Yeah. My biggest thing will easily be ice cream with my girlfriend. That's been like a new thing that I never really like I did it back like maybe every now and then, you know what I mean? But now it kind of, and this is where I kind of noticed it, but I was like, it felt like it was a trend that just kind of kept happening. I'm like, okay. Like that's something where it's like one of those cutouts is like, not that it's not hard, but like you know what I mean? It's like we don't When I was on my own, I didn't do that that often. So something like that would I think be a real big thing for me. You got to get on that Yaso ice cream bars, bro. They're like a 90 calories, 100 calories. Yeah. Fantastic. Yeah. So, like when we talk about it's a season, not a sentence, right? And the addition by subtraction, it's not piling on 10 new rules. And for each guy here, it's going to be going to be different. Welcome in Allan. Welcome in Taylor. Good to see you fellas. Um, if you can go ahead and put on your camera, that way, you know, we can see, you know, your guys' great faces, right? And, uh, participate. Um we are talking about addition by subtraction. Okay. So Omar welcome in brother. Good to see you. Yes sir. Um since you guys are just joining in right now. You kind of are joining in the middle of the call. But think of one thing in your life. Okay. Think of one thing. For David it was the ice cream. For me it was coffee creamer. There's certain things that it feels like you have to add on 10 new things to your life in order to lose weight, but most times it's about removing pretty much every time. Removing one thing that's stunning your growth. And it's not forever, okay? Like now I can have coffee creamer and I know how to I know how to enjoy a morning coffee, but then I also know where where the limit is, where to stop. Whereas before I didn't know like, holy crap, I'm drinking a thousand calories of coffee creamer a day that it's easier to cut out a 100 calories a day than it is to burn. I mean, think about it, guys. How many of you have been on a treadmill before or like you have your Apple Watch, you're doing a workout and you burn 100 calories? Oh, man. It typically takes about 10 minutes of really rigorous exercise to burn about 100 calories. Yeah. When I run a 5K, my Whoop says I burn about 500 calories. And so like part of me thinks, do you want to consume this for 150 calories or do you want to run for 10 minutes? like, uh, you know, I'll take away. That's exactly what we're talking about right now. We can cut out one thing and experience way better growth and just overall peace. Mhm. With your body when we can remove that one thing. Okay. And the last part here is remember the payoff, right? a season of pruning, guys, it it buys you a lifetime of enjoying it without fear, right? Because on this journey, a lot of the a lot of you guys, man, and and when we first meet you, right, it's I don't mean to sound like dark or like like uh like fearful in a way, but like when we meet a lot of you guys, right, you're coming in at your heaviest weight, right? And when you come in at your heaviest weight and you're like you feel like you have to add all these things. No, it's about starting off like with what we're talking about here, right? It's it's a season where you can lose a lot of weight in a short amount of time, but you can also learn how to keep the weight off for good, right? You can actually experience peace, experience happiness, experience real joy in your life because dang, I just pruned out so much of who I used to be over 300 lb that now I can enjoy my life and have the skill of losing weight without the fear, right? Without feeling like you're failing, right? Because when you guys a lot of you guys when you come in, it's like this is true for me. This is true for I'm sure everybody here. Like when we come in, we failed so many times on our weight loss journey trying to do it by ourselves, right? We've lost 30 pounds, gained 40 pounds back. It's like, damn, man. Like, you kind of get to a point where you feel like you're too far gone, but you're not, right? When we can go through this season of cutting out the old crap that used to hold us back, have the right accountability and learn the skill, you can enjoy it for a lifetime, your results for a lifetime without the fear of of ice cream, right? Without the fear of coffee creamer or without the fear of fast food or without the fear of vacation. Okay? Now, edify yourself. Right? This is a season of growth, not a punishment that you're serving, right? This isn't like it shouldn't feel like a prison sentence where you have to check off the list and get good behavior. No, like it's about you becoming better, you feeling better with yourself, and it's not about punishing yourself, right? And we talked about it last week. You can't hate yourself into a body that you love. It's true for me. It's true for Angelo. Um I'm sure it's true for everybody here, right? You can't. How many times have you felt like you had to punish yourself to lose weight just to end right back up, even worse than when you started? Yeah. Right. I know. I've lived it, Trey. Right. It's like we know what that feels like. And it never lasts. No. Okay. Where the battle is actually won. when your environment, not your willpower. If it's in the house, it gets eaten. How many of us can relate to that? If you got the chips in your Omar, I see you. I see you, Omar. [laughter] I feel you, bro. I feel you. If it's in the house, it gets eaten, right, Omar? I know you got a few kids, right? We got some snacks hanging out. Um, I feel that, bro. So, if it's in the house, it gets eaten. And that's not weakness, guys. That's every one of us at 9:00 p.m. Okay. So, stop trying to outdisipline the pantry at night. Okay? You win this at the store hours before the craving ever shows up, right? Because when the craving shows up, that's that happened hours ago, right? When we bought the snacks, when we brought bought the the frosted flakes, right? When we bought the the Froot Loops, when we bought the fruit snacks, when we bought the the candies, the chips, the Reese's Reese's pieces, right? The candies. This didn't happen at night. It happened when we were at the store. Okay, so tangible. Do this this week. Don't walk the snack aisle just to look. Okay, I know I've been there. decide before you go in and stick to the protein and the produce. Okay, the protein, you guys all got it in your meal plans. Whether that's ground beef, whether that's lean chicken, whether that's cottage cheese. I freaking love some cottage cheese, man. Fat-ree cottage cheese. Amazing. I go into the store and I'm like, I'm going to get cottage cheese, some ground beef, um some beef sticks, I'm going to get um protein bars. Like, these are the things that I'm going to get, protein shakes before I go into the store. Okay? Buy single portions, not familysized boxes. Okay? A whole Costco box, guys, is a fivep person container. It's not a It's not a one guy snack, right? I don't know, some of you guys may have wives, maybe single guys, but like a whole Costco box, if you go in buying it, we think, "Oh, I'm buying this for everybody else and or I'm buying it for the rest of the week." No, we're kind of buying it for that day, right? Let's be real. We're buying the the chips. We're buying the the the snacks for that day if we're being real, okay? So, just buy those single portions for yourself. And the third thing, keep only the food you're supposed to eat, right? When you're supposed to eat it. Make the good choice the easy one. Make it simple for yourself. And I don't know, some of you guys have different timings that we've um that we've decided on for like your time away from food. For me, it's typically 1:00 p.m. when I have my first meal and 5:00 p.m. when I have my last meal. Mhm. So really, I'm just going most of the day like without eating just so when I do eat, I know, okay, this is my time where I'm I'm making the good choice, right? And it takes away a lot of the decision fatigue, right? I'm not bombarded with all these different foods I need to be eating. No, it's I have my [snorts] time when I'm supposed to eat and I'm going to make the good choice because it's only within such it's only within an allotted time. Okay? So own your response. You control what comes through the front door. Okay? You have full control over that. starts right here at home. Okay, beat the night. You are not hungry. Oh man, I know we all know this one. The nighttime urge. Late night eating is almost never hunger, guys. It's either stress, boredom, or habit. the same loop that we named last week. And you don't have to white knuckle it. You just need a move ready before the urge hits. Okay. So, what's tangible? Do this week. Hydrate with intent. A big glass of water or sparkling water with fresh lemon or lime or sugar-free electrolytes to feel full. Hold your eating window. And I'm on vac I would say vacation right now. I'm traveling. But this has saved me, man, every single day since I've been here. Pick your cut off time. Five, six, seven, and then stop. That one boundary does most of the work. [laughter] I'm telling you guys, like with all seriousness, picking your cuto off time, that will do most of the work and takes away so much of the willpower where you don't have to try to eat in a calorie deficit. You don't have to try to pick the right food to eat. No, if you just have a cut off time that you choose to stop eating, man, that one boundary will do pretty much all the heavy lifting for you. Okay? And when you start to feel those urges after five, after 6, after 7 o'clock, name the emotion out loud. Okay? Then what? Put one thing between. Oh, between the Oh, here we go. How do I go back? Here we go. Okay. Put one thing between the urge and the food. It can be a walk, a water, a post in the group. For me, it was like a big backyard where all the kids go play. I will literally go shoot some hoops at like 6:00, 6:00 p.m. Once everybody's down, kids are pretty or 7 o'clock and kids are down for bed. I'll go shoot hoops. I'll drink some Diet Coke and I'll go outside, go for a walk, do something. And then after 10, 15 minutes, I'm good. Like, all right, going to go chill now. Call it a night. But it's being able to name that emotion out loud. And then putting that one thing between the urge. That's what stops you from going into the pantry and picking out. Okay. Again, edify yourself. You can't punish yourself thin. Feed the man that you're becoming instead. Okay? And this is the real fight. Feeding the identity that you want to win. The real battle is big you versus fit you. And it's mostly in your head. The old you still lives in there. Okay, even for myself, my 330 pound coach Calvin still there. But every held window, every glass of water, every workout is a vote for which one runs your life. Okay, for example, this morning I woke up a little bit later than I wanted to and I missed quote unquote missed my gym time. It's like, okay, I got the call. 10:00 a.m. here central. 8:00 comes. I'm like, all right, I'm going to go for an hour run. Perfect. So, by 8:30 to 9:30, I only had 60 minutes, but I went out, got my run in. Didn't even have to go to the gym. Like, cool. I got my workout done for the day, and I'm ready to roll. My endorphins are high. I feel great. Holding my fasting time still. Okay, these are tangible things that we can do. So when the doubt shows up, coach yourself in that moment. You've done this a thousand times. Do it one more. Then say it like you mean it. I didn't come this far just to come this far. The reps that you've banked are proof. Okay. Oscar over 100 lbs down, inching towards that 180, right? Riley, Omar, Taylor, you guys have shown up before. And if you haven't shown up a thousand times, don't worry. You're doing the right thing here, right? You're showing up. Those are the reps that are proof for you. Okay? Then speak life over the man that you're becoming. [snorts] The body follows the guy that you've already decided that you are. Okay? It starts with a decision. Okay? Then edify and empower. Talk to yourself like you talk to a brother in the fight. Okay? A lot of you guys are very good at helping other people and pretty much serving other people, right? And how you you'd want them to overcome their battles. [snorts] Talk to yourself that same way, man. Okay. So, your three moves this week, if you haven't written anything down, I've seen you guys taking notes. Make sure to write these three down. Okay. Number one, subtract one thing. Okay, Omar, I don't know what that one is for you. Oscar, don't know what that one is for you. Riley, Darius, right? Taylor Allen, subtract one thing that you know is holding you back. Cut one snack habit for a short season and put an end date to it. Right? For myself, it was coffee creamer. did it for three months and now I can enjoy it without guilt. I know how to use it. I know when to use it right before a workout. Like you you really learn a lot about who you are when you're able to subtract one thing. Okay. And putting an end date to it because it's not a forever time that you have to cut it out. Okay. Number two, [snorts] track one non-scale win. your waist, a lift, or a photo. David, I see your face getting slimmer, man. All right, take a photo. You're gonna want to look back on this when you get to 200 pounds. Okay, log it and then watch it move. Number three, win one night. Okay, pick one evening and beat it with water and your window. Whether your cut off time is 5:00, 6 o'clock, 700 p.m., set that boundary for yourself, right? Have that respect for your for your body where you're able to say, "Okay, this is my time. This is my my recovery time. My body's burning fat and building muscle when I pick that cuto off time." [snorts] Okay, pick one evening. It could be tonight, which I would say for immediate action. Do that one. It's going to be more fresh for you. [snorts] Pick tonight, right? And then hold that window. It could be Diet Coke. I'll drink Diet Coke, drink water, and that's what helps not go into the pantry at 9:00 p.m. Okay. Then post your your three in the group, right? We've got the Facebook group challenge going. So, post this these as your wins in the group. [snorts] Okay. Now, let's let's open up the floor. Um, what does your middle look like right now? We'll go down the line for a few guys. Got a few minutes here. Um, because you didn't just come this far to come this far. Okay. Oscar, I want to ask you because uh your middle is a little bit different. Um, I mean, similar but different, right? What does your middle look like right now? one of you [clears throat] middle as in track one non-scale win. So when we say middle, right, it's kind of like the the theme of this call, but like in terms of the middle, like what would you say is is one thing that number one, right? What's one thing that you could subtract for a short season? like in this this journey that you're on to 180, what's one thing that you can subtract that you feel actually help you? I mean, I've already subtracted like sauces, but if if we're talking like additionally, I'd say maybe bread. Like I've been eating those uh Thomas muffins and I've been doing that with breakfast. So scrambled egg whites and the Thomas muffins which adds some carbs to my diet, but I mean feel like if I cut those out it's it's only going to be more lean breakfast. Yeah. Um my last meal prep included tortillas and that's my main carb source in that meal prep. Um, so yeah. I mean, I feel like carbs, I know carbs aren't terrible. They're good for energy, but the less carbs, the I guess easier it is to lose weight. 100%. Yeah. So, like the Thomas muffins you're saying is kind of one thing you feel like if you were to cut that out, it would help you move faster. Yeah. Um, I mean, like I bought a they were buy one get one maybe two weeks ago when I bought them and I haven't even gone through the first pack completely yet. So, it's not like I'm, you know, over binging on them or anything. But, I mean, I just have it for uh kind of like a pleasure thing cuz I want to eat toast, but I'm not going to eat bread, like straight up bread, because I know that there's better alternatives. But I feel like I don't need the muffins to to progress from here. So I feel like I could cut that out. Yeah. So let me ask you this because that's good. We identified the muffin like for the pleasure to cut it out. How do you feel like that's going to help you? Um like I said, I feel like it would reduce calories um for breakfast. So, an example is egg whites and the muffins and I have like a yogurt with it. So, if I cut out the muffin, I feel like that would cut the calories by I'm not sure. I I can't think of the top of my head what one muffin is, but yeah. Um I feel like just egg whites and the yogurt would be pretty lean and a pretty good breakfast to have at least something in my system before I work out. Um, I do like to do fastided cardio from time to time because I feel like, you know, I'll exercise with nothing but water in my system and I'll lose the weight. Um, but then again, there's days where, you know, I won't have the energy. So, [clears throat] I like to at least have something. So, eggs, egg whites, and a yogurt or a banana or something. Yeah, that's that's really good, Oscar. the uh the fasted cardio like I mean this is a whole whole different topic we could touch on next week but it's this this journey that we're on guys it's not so much a a physical one it is a spiritual um and when you say fasted cardio it's the first thing that comes to my mind is starving the flesh and feeding the spirit so like when you're able to to starve your flesh and go out for that fasted cardio like you're again making that vote for who you want to be, right? That 180 pound Oscar who's leaner, right, is in very lean, right? In great shape. And it starts with cutting out the uh you know, the muffins and those 250 carbs, right, for for seven days, you know, like that that adds up. I mean, we can cut when you can cut that out, that's easily two or three pounds right there. [snorts] Yeah. And like uh I know we had our Friday call and I was 222 I think and today I'm weighing 220.2. So I'm like this close from the 219s and being in the 210s. So that's what I need to work on these next few days. Sheesh. Let's go. Let's go. We just talked about that literally on Friday. I was telling the guys here, I'm like, I think I told Trey and David, Oscar's down to to 220, so that's good, man. Yeah, I'm excited. I need it. I need it. Yeah. Awesome. Um, let's go. Uh, let's go. Allan, I know this is your first call, brother. Welcome. Um, you there, Alan? Allan going once. Allan going twice. All right, let's move it on to uh to Taylor. Taylor, you there? Yes, I am. Let's go. Good morning. Good morning. Good morning. Now, yes, sir. Um, so from this call, right, in terms of subtracting one thing, I'll ask you the same thing. Um, what's one snack habit that you can cut out that you feel like will help you get to where you want to be? [snorts] Um, I have like two. One just like basic level snack um would be just like sweet [ __ ] Like I pretty much eat like the Costco 100 calorie fudge bar, like the ice cream fudgeicle. I pretty much eat one of those every day cuz I'm like, you know, if I'm going to like, you know, in my mind I'm like I'm going to have this one like bad thing and I know it's only 100 calories, but I know that that's kind of like a crutch. Um, but that's probably like the big snack thing. And then the real one is just like alcohol cuz I I work in the music industry and you know for instance I took a client this last weekend to get dinner with his wife who's celebrating her birthday and you know dinner's on the company so I'm not paying for it and we're at a really nice restaurant and next thing you know I [snorts] have two drinks you know, I didn't have like four or five like everyone else, but um I don't even you know really this is the sad part like they call me tank. Like I I can drink a ton. I don't really get drunk. Like I don't even really like drinking that much. It's just like a casual part of like my job in a way. Um, and I noticed this last weekend that I really felt like [ __ ] the next day, even not getting drunk at all, like not even like tipsy really, right? But because I work I worked out like six days last week, you know, cuz I started this and [snorts] I was really trying to do my best of eating better that next day. I felt like genuinely sick and I missed my workout that day and I had like 1,200 steps and I was in bed all day cuz I just like my body I either like got the flu or like my body was like this is [ __ ] everything up we just did this week. So, um, that's the big one that I just got to figure out how to like get it out of my, you know, current kind of like lifestyle. Um, but yeah. Yeah. And I totally understand that, bro. Like kind of, you know, even the Costco, like the fudgicles and um and then the drinking. If you could, bro, could you uh could you turn your camera on? It's can't really see like who's talking. Oh, okay. There you go. Um, yeah. What's up, bro? So, the first thing, right, is the C the fudge fudgicles bars. Like when we talk about like subtracting one thing and then number three, right? Like beating the the evening window, like having that window where you're saying like, "Okay, this is where I'm not eating after." I think this will be super helpful for you, Taylor, when it comes to not eating the the ice cream bars because I mean, let's be real, like when are you typically eating those fudsicles? Like right before bed, you know, or like in bed. I'm like watching TV with my wife, you know, like whatever. Yeah. So that's like when it it's gonna hit is like after 900 PM, you know, it's it's never typically like at 12 PM, you know, or 11:00 a.m. when you're eating that. Yeah. Right. So it's like when we can have like a a time 5:00, 6:00 or 7 where we're not eating anything afterwards, that's going to do most of the heavy that's going to do pretty much all the work for you. Yeah. Okay. So, it's not going to take you willpower to be like, "Oh, I don't go grab a a fudgeicle at 10:00 p.m. in bed." Like, no. It's like, I just don't eat after that time, my 7 7 o'clock, so it's just I'm not getting it. You know what I'm saying? 100%. [snorts] Yeah. So, I think that'll be super helpful for you. Um, even if it's like 8:00, man, like just picking one time where you know, like for a short season, right? Again, number one, it doesn't have to be for the rest of your life that you can't eat an ice cream in bed with your wife, but it's like but it's like, hey, for this time period, like just so I can start getting some results and like feeling better, you know, picking that time. Yeah. Cool. Um, and then and then the drinking thing, man. Like, you know, I think we talked about it on your first call. We don't have to like dive all the way into it. Um, but like it's also going to help with that window, you know, like when did you go out to eat with with a was dinner was at was at 9, right? Yeah. You go. And so like for you men like to have that discernment, Taylor, to be like, "Okay, I'm going out and [laughter] Yeah. instead of like fully sending it, right?" Yeah. It's like, okay, I'm going to I can have my dinner, right? Because that's a little bit pushed out later in the day just by by default um cuz you're going out. But it's like, okay, what's one thing I can subtract? If I can subtract the drinks, shoot, I'd be okay with you, man, having a little bit more food, you know? Like, I'd rather I'd rather you eat a little bit more than, you know, 700 calories of drinks, you know? Yeah. Like you said, you're not even getting faded, man. [laughter] I know. It's so annoying. I was going to ask you cuz like you said you eat at your first meal's at 1:00 p.m., your second meal is at 5:00 p.m. Like that's obviously like to intermittent fast a bit. Does And you feel like that has helped you in your journey? Absolutely, man. It it definitely helps. I would say it for where I'm at now, like Yeah. Again, I wouldn't say that's what you like I wouldn't even tell you or coach you to do that right now. Okay. Like even if you have your first meal like 8:00 p.m. to 8:00 a.m. Like So what I was going to ask you on the second piece of that was like Yeah. Are you just having one meal at 1 and one meal at 5 or you having other meals in between there? Yeah. So, like when I'm like fully fully dialed in, and again, I wouldn't say because I just have my goals are a little bit different, but um yeah, I'm having like a big protein meal at 100 p.m. where it's like 10 ounces or 12 ounces of ground lean ground beef. Um some fat-free cottage cheese and egg whites. I'll have like a really big bowl of that um at 1:00. And then around 4:35, I'm typically eating like a pasta or I'm eating sourdough bread. Um I'm eating some type of carb source right before 5:00 to like top off my my fuel source. Um yeah, after 5:00 I don't get hungry. It's like I'm I feel really full by 4:35 of all good ingredients. So So you don't eat anything in between there? You're not grabbing a protein bar or like anything in between there? when I'm like fully dialed in typically, no. Um, but like right now I'm traveling for example. So like there's prote I have protein bars. Um, pro I bought some protein shakes. So like I'll have I will pick some of those up like while I'm like not fully I would say dialed in at this point. Um, but for you, man, I will say like even 8:00 p.m. to 8:00 a.m. of of not eating is like that's how I started, you know, like especially at 295 293 where you're at now. Like, bro, that's you don't need you don't need a 20our fast like what I'm doing now, you know, at at 200, you know, 195ish range. Like, okay. And then sorry, last question is just like in the morning before you hit your workout. Um like right now. Yeah. Are you eating anything like coffee, you know, to start your pre-workout, like creatine? Are you hitting any of that before your workout or you just like jumping into the workout? Yeah. So, I'll typically drink a glass of water like right when I wake up and then I'll do cro I'll do coffee and then I'll put a little creamer in there like we just kind of talked about for this call. I'll put a little bit of creamer and then once I get to my to the gym or today I didn't even have the chance to get to the gym. I just ran outside. Um but I made a C4 drink so like pre-workout. Yeah. So, ice, creatine in my shaker bottle, and then the C4 drink inside. Shake it up and that's that's [snorts] my pre-workout drink. My hydration for the workout. Um, so that's typically how how the morning workout goes, but no food. Like I I'll do my water, coffee, pre-workout. Yeah. Workout. Cool. Sorry, I was just curious. 100%, man. That's No, that's great. Great question. Because I know just rolling into those workouts when you're fasting like that, you know. Oh, I need I'm a caffeine freak, bro. Yeah. Oh, dude. Caffeine is lives in my blood. That and Coke Zero. Yeah, dude. And I'm also a I would say I'm also like have an addictive tendency, addictive personality in a sense. So, uh so caffeine really helps with that. [laughter] Yeah. Yep. Cool, man. Great freaking questions, dude. Awesome. Cool. Well, guys, that comes up on the hour. Um, let me ask you this. Just by show of hands, was this call helpful for you guys? Yes. Awesome. Awesome. Good stuff, fellas. Um, well, that wraps up this call. Quick reminders. We have the Facebook group challenge, right? We've got posting a daily selfie and then posting a few wins. Okay, post your wins. Um, love to see that from you guys. Really helps out with your consistency. And, um, again, you guys got your workouts in the app. If you need anything, do not hesitate to reach out. Um, we're right here for you guys. All right? We're all in this thing together. So, congratulations. Way to show up on a Monday. You guys officially got a win for the week. Um, so let's do it guys. That is the end of the call. Um, Trey, if you could stay on just for a few minutes, real real quick, uh, when you're out to dinner with clients, they won't know that there's not alcohol when you're drinking a club soda with a lime. Yes, sir. And that has zero calories in it. Yeah. Word. So hopefully that helps. Thank you. I appreciate that. Yeah, it tastes like Sprite. There you have it. Cool. Awesome, fellas. Um, that's the end of the
Client: Vision Twins Format: Long form Published: 2026-08-11 Views: 17 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lfq4Qvg0WGk Runtime: 19 min 6 sec (2,641 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's going on, fellas? Welcome to this morning's Monday mastermind. Before we jump in, guys, I want to give everybody here a big congratulations for showing up on a Monday morning. When we started it off, Oscar was the only one in here, and I'm like, are we just going to have to make this a one-on-one call today? But um I'm glad to see you guys here and I believe that there's no better way to start out the week than here with the guys on Monday mastermind really developing our brains, right? Um growing in into who we want to be and being consistent, right? Consistency is the name of this journey. And the more that you can show up, the more that you can really dive into the the philosophy that we have here, guys, you will be successful. It's just a matter of time. And so today's title of the call is don't run from confidence. Embrace it. Okay. For a long time in my life, guys, I was kind of the guy who would make jokes about myself before anybody else had the chance to kind of make a joke. Has anybody ever experienced that? Oh, make fun of yourself before other people do. Oh, I'm like the master of that But yeah. Yeah. And I think that's a shared experience that really we can relate to here is because we don't want other people not to see us as as confident, right? We can walk into a room and we want everybody to kind of see us as the best version of ourselves. And how can we do that if we're not in great shape? I mean, one of the ways I did it was, let me just say a joke about myself. Let me call myself the fat guy before anybody else has the chance to call me, you know, big man or, you know, get their their laugh or get their their joke out. And so that was me running from confidence. That was me avoiding the work of doing the workouts, of eating the best, of just having a a positive mindset. And instead of running from the confidence, guys, I embraced it. And when I embraced it and I started showing up and I put in the work and attacked attacked the goals that I really wanted, that's where I started to stack the wins. Okay. And every time you show up, I'm telling you guys, you're stacking the win. And now it's time to believe like the man who did. Okay. Really big one I want to start out today's call with is you can't change the past. So stop carrying it. Okay. The missed days, right? How many times have you know we missed a day and then you start to beat yourself up over it and you start to feel bad about it and then it turns into this negative cycle, right? The weight came back and the years that you felt lost that you feel like you lost, right? I mean for us, for me personally, I was 18 years old when I went on my journey and lost the weight. But I look back and I'm like, man, I lost so many years of being in shape and how many opportunities I could have had that I missed because I was obese. But all of it, it's done. It's closed. And not one rep of it changes because you carried the guilt one more day. So carrying that guilt into today, even if it's from this weekend, if it's from last week, if it's from last month, from the past years, right? You can set it down. It was never yours to haul into August. And there's nothing more attractive to success than forward moving energy. Okay? And if we're always living in the past about our past mistakes and we're not actively changing the future, that's when we copy and paste the past onto the future. Okay? So, what we need to do is let that all go, leave it in the past, and move into August with better energy. Okay? So letting go of the past at the bottom here, letting go of the past isn't quitting on it. It's freeing your hands for what's next. Allowing you to be more open, allowing you to receive the the results that you actually want by going and putting in the work towards your goals, right? towards that weight loss that you want towards being able to wear better clothes. Being able to look at yourself in the mirror and love what you see, genuinely love what you see. Not just like, oh, I love myself, but no, like a real fullness of of loving who you are. And for men, we kind of don't really get to talk about that. Nobody tells you really at home like, oh, love who you are and you know, let go of the past. Like these are things that really it takes other guys who understand what you're going through in order to to move through it. Okay. Now we get to pick up what's yours. You can change the one thing that matters. What you do next. You told yourself you'd make the changes and that promise is still good. Okay, you guys are all smart. I believe you guys are all smart guys here. We We know what we want. We're getting after it, right? The promise that you made to yourself, like just because time passes doesn't mean that that promise to lose the weight isn't still good. Like that is a great promise and it's 100% in your hands, not the past. Definitely not luck. Okay. And not your genetics. When we see these people who lose a lot of weight, it's easy to say, "Oh, they got lucky." But Trey, let me ask you this. Were any of your 100 pounds lucky? No. Luck had nothing to do with that. Absolutely nothing. Are you sure you didn't have some luck? Maybe some great genetics. Hell no. I wish I had great genetics, but you wish in one hand and crap in the other and see which one gets filled first. Hey man, well you I mean you do got the the Filipino the Filipino energy, man. You guys you got I'll say you do got some good pretty good genetics, man. Not look. Yeah. I mean, look, my genetics are good cuz I've got good skin and good eyes and all that, but those genetics aren't, you know, don't come from a mom or dad that's insanely physically fit and all that. You know, my dad was overweight for most of my life and, you know, is not in shape by any means. he's kind of actually almost given up on himself a little bit. But I, you know, I also look at that as the opportunity to to change my future, you know, because whatever happened in the past doesn't, you know, it doesn't really matter anymore because it already happened. So like like you say, like what you do next is always going to be the most important thing. and and if you think you're going to have the best energy and excitement to work out every day, then you're never going to work out. So, like Oscar said, it's going to you're going to be hurting more times than you're going to be happy for a workout, but I think that is what makes you lose the weight and become a better person in the process is knowing that if you can do it when it's not easy, then when it is easy, it's a walk in the park, you know. And when I say easy, like when you feel motivated, you know, which is very rare. Like I don't feel motivated right now to work out, but at the same time, like here in an hour or two when I go do workout, like I've done it so long that I actually just kind of look forward to getting in there. Hardest part about getting to the gym is walking through the front door. Yeah, man. Trey, there's so much good stuff right there. Like, you never get motivated before doing something. It always happens while you're doing it. It's It's only while you're doing it. It's It's very seldom like very rare that I'm motivated before I go and run freaking, you know, seven miles. Like, it's not It shows up, I swear, like mile minute 20. That's when I'm like, "Okay, for everything that just happened in the past hour, Trey, kind of how you just said, like in an hour or two, I'm gonna go work out." There's no motivation there. It's like 20 minutes into the workout, I'm like, "Okay, you dropped all the Let's go." Yeah. I mean, the crazy thing is is for the new guys, Chris, Omar, like it I you know, it took me a while, but you just have you're going to work for so long and you're going to feel like you're so tired, but then there's going to be a point when you when work just becomes part of your identity, part of who you are, like you know, and and the funny thing is is like it's it's an awesome transition when you go from being the guy that everybody knows that you're the big guy to the guy that man Oh, you're going to the gym again. Yeah. Again. And like that once you kind of hit that threshold of like you get excited to go to the gym no matter how you feel, like that's almost like the point of no return. So yeah. Yeah. And one thing guys, this is kind of like a side note, but I think it's very helpful for you is when we understand our brains and like our motivation to do things, a big part of it is masking pain. Okay. Now, this doesn't mean ignoring doing a workout, but how can we say, you know, mask the pain and feel good while we're doing the workout? One thing that I do is if I'm like really sore and I still need to show up and do my workout, I'll take about two to three Tylenol Extra Strength rotating cabinet. Okay. And so when we take the when I take those, what it allows me to do is I can actually like work out really hard and I don't really feel any pain in the process. And so one thing I recommend for you guys all here is to grab some like some Tylenol because your body will be sore during the process. And if you're trying to like push yourself really hard during a workout and you're very sore, it's going to be tough. Like you won't be able to get them the max of your workout. So grab some Tylenol. Like mask that pain because what it does subconsciously is it's like, "Okay, I can push through. I can push through." And then, you know, tomorrow you may not have to take Tylenol. You'll probably feel a lot better. But when we take some when we're really hurting, it's going to allow you to, you know, push through and then feel more motivated, get better results, all that good stuff. So, that's one kind of side note is like if you're in pain, take some Tylenol, like mask the pain. Um, it will really help you out a lot. Okay, but back to right here, right? taking that next step, your next meal, your next post, your next rep, that is all yours. Go take it. Okay? You don't have to relive the past. You just have to decide it's different from here on. Okay? Don't run from confidence. [snorts] Embrace it. A lot of us flinch at confidence, like we haven't earned the right to believe yet, or like it's cocky. That's backwards. Confidence isn't arrogance. It's deciding to back yourself before the world just hands you proof. And you've already stacked wins. You earned it. Okay? showing up, making the decision to go all in on your weight loss journey. Like Oscar was saying in the beginning, like there's a lot of people who are just now like catching up to losing the weight, which everybody has different starting points, but the faster that you can have that confidence in yourself, the faster you can start to build that belief and be confident. And people, some may think that is arrogance, but you know the work that you're doing on the backside. Okay? Now, belief isn't the reward for showing up. It's the fuel. Belief is the fuel for you showing up. You have to believe first, then you show up. Okay, embrace it. Cool. And very simply, guys, make the decision you're back. Not I'll try, not I hope. It's I'm back. That's a decision available to you right now. You don't need permission and no perfect week required. This is the moment you choose who you are from here. Okay, now type it in the chat. Say it out loud. Mean it. Your turn. I'm back, Trey. Let's go. I'm back, man. I could shout that from the rooftops. I'm back. Let's go. Yeah. Oscar, you back. Let's go. My guys Let's go. Awesome, fellas. Well, for this call, really what we wanted to make the focus on, right, is letting go of the past, moving through this week, and owning your decision. You can't change what happened before, but you can change how the rest of this week is going to go. Okay? Now, don't forget we have the August challenge going, right? Make sure to be tagging your partners, Oscar, Omar, Chris. Got a challenge for you guys. Make sure to be posting in the group, okay? I love how you guys are showing up here. Freaking awesome. Like, this is great for you personally, but just remember the other people, right? The other guys that you have your challenge going with, okay? Um, I can say like, hey, guys get best results from tagging their partners being accountable in the Facebook group. There's really no quicker way to get to where you want to be when you have other people backing you up. So, that comes with the challenge. Chris, I got you as my partner, man. Let's go. I love seeing your post. Omar, love seeing your post, bro, when you're posting. And for Oscar, too, man. I love seeing those miles. Trey, no question, bro. You're going hard every day. Love it. But as a collective, guys, let's make sure we're posting in the group. And with that being said, that is really this call for today. I want you guys to go attack it. Um, any questions on this call? Uh, not really. I just was wondering if I could have a a quick one-on-one with you after this call, if that's possible. Yeah, you can stay on. Cool. Guys, was this call helpful for you? very much. I you know the Monday calls I've been enjoying a lot for sure. Perfect. Yeah, man. I I do put a lot into these Monday calls and really just, you know, making sure that you guys like the results that you're getting and, you know, like showing up. That's super important, you know, for you wanting to get to where you want to be. Yep. Cool. Awesome, guys. Well, with that being said, that is the call. Um, you guys are free to go crush the day. I'll see you guys in the Facebook group. Thanks a lot. Yes, sir.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-10 Views: 2,503 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=StT4s-2Stac Runtime: 26 sec (97 words) The script, as delivered on camera Taste. Taste. She [music] can get a taste. Taste. Taste. She can get a taste. [singing] Taste. Taste. [music] [ __ ] what a [ __ ] say. It's all the same like Mary Kay. Taste. Taste. She can get a taste. Taste. Taste. Let you get a taste. [music] Taste. Taste. Did he let her taste? Yeah, that's cool, but he ain't like me. Lot [music and singing] of girls like me, [ __ ] want to fight me. [ __ ] get your ass checked like a [ __ ] Nike. [music] Me and her
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-01-01 Views: 2,303 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lcszNMENLZg Runtime: 20 sec (65 words) The script, as delivered on camera This is how you can lose 20 lbs in 1 month. And trust me, I was fatter than you, so I would know. Number one, do 30 to 45 minutes of cardio 4 to 6 days per week. [music] Number two, intermittent fasting every single day from 8:00 p.m. to 8:00 a.m. Finally, drink a gallon of water [music] every single day. Follow for more
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-08-12 Views: 2,226 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bbPPE5SQVYo Runtime: 34 sec (103 words) The script, as delivered on camera Exercising 2 hours per day is bad for losing 100 lb. Exercising 1 hour per day is good for losing 100 lb, but 45 minutes is excellent. Exercising 7 days per week is bad for losing 100 lb. Exercising 5 days per week is good for losing 100 lb, but 3 to 4 days per week is excellent. Running on the asphalt is bad for losing 100 lb. A light jog on the treadmill is good for losing 100 lb, but the air trainer or elliptical machine is excellent. Not following this page is bad for losing 100 lb, but following is excellent.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-19 Views: 2,068 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oO7MbkutTto Runtime: 17 sec (65 words) The script, as delivered on camera And when we go eat fast food, it wasn't just okay, let me get something that's small and quick like a chicken sandwich and some fries. No, it was like let's get three chicken sandwiches, let's get a large fry, and let's get a drink. That's what was holding us back. Versus now at 200 lb, fast food doesn't even come across our brain anymore.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-18 Views: 2,052 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c5_NqtQtoGo Runtime: 13 sec (29 words) The script, as delivered on camera Why do all these dads have their shirt off? I'm with the rookie. Come on. What are you guys doing with your shirt off? Point at them. Show them.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-15 Views: 2,002 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yyuvJSGGicE Runtime: 22 sec (77 words) The script, as delivered on camera Screw me duck, got one of my rooms [music] all flooded with gold. I done bought 2 4 5 6 7 8 carat of stones. Cash on the California [music] cash, can't wait to go dress my home. Smash all you itty-bitty rappers in a minute, I've [music] shown the polo. On the way to bust my goals, let it know open and close. [music] I've been spending millions on clothes, I've been making [ __ ]
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-25 Views: 1,947 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=j0pMhy5mn-Q Runtime: 13 sec (45 words) The script, as delivered on camera Time. Come here, [music] little kiddies, on my lap. Guess who's back with a brand new rap, and I don't mean rap as in a new case of child molestation accusations. No worries, Papa's got a brand new bag of toys. [music] What else we
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-03 Views: 1,911 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MJBQ0UGe7Ks Runtime: 23 sec (69 words) The script, as delivered on camera This a rolling, not a stop. Watch don't never stop. [music] This the flow that got the block hot. got super hot. Hey, give me my respect. [music] Give me my respect. I just took a left like a ambidextrous. I move through London [singing] with the yellow steps. Got a sneaky deal [music] and I ain't break a sweat. Catch me cuz I'm gone. Out of there, I'm
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-03 Views: 1,892 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H-KfK7F6SC0 Runtime: 7 sec (30 words) The script, as delivered on camera Look at my eyes, tell me your tales, and you see the road I'm on to my soul. It'll tell me the signs whenever the smoke clear out of my
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2025-10-16 Views: 1,797 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AW2kt-KYVok Runtime: 20 sec (65 words) The script, as delivered on camera It's true. I've been working my ass for somebody else. I've been working my ass for my business at the same time, but I was throwing myself to the trash. I changed that mentality. I need to give time for myself. I need to work on Your win for the week is you just been killing it. Yep. That's it. Kill [snorts] it every day.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-08-05 Views: 1,794 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Rrv9g4DAnkY Runtime: 43 sec (143 words) The script, as delivered on camera Chicken, broccoli, and rice every day for weight loss. Terrible. You'll eat it for 2 weeks and then you'll binge. Protein shakes. Great. Protein bars. Okay. Fast food. Terrible. Ozempic. Terrible. Mounjaro. Terrible. Weight loss surgery. Terrible. [music] Having a coach. Good. Having a coach who's been in your shoes before. Couldn't ask for anything better. Peptides. Bad. Drinking a gallon of water per day. Great, but you can start off with half a gallon. Fasting. Good. Tracking your calories. Excellent. Getting 7 to 8 hours of sleep. The most important thing you could do. Magnesium. Good. Creatine. Good. Electrolytes. Good, but if you're drinking a gallon of water per day, Excellent. Worrying about having loose skin. An excuse, but I used it as well. Motivation. Bad. Discipline. Good. Accountability. Excellent. I want to learn how to lose 100 lb. Follow this page.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-21 Views: 1,758 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EwJGAwsAQfE Runtime: 13 sec (27 words) The script, as delivered on camera 0.2 Let's go. Last one. Don't stop. Don't stop. Don't stop. Don't stop. All the way through. All the way through. Relax. 9:37. Let's go. Let's go.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2025-10-01 Views: 1,719 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pX1f_B6O0lY Runtime: 13 sec (32 words) The script, as delivered on camera And that's when I I still consider myself looking good cuz I just got a haircut, right? So you feel a little skinnier, you know? Busy all day, bro. Oh. Oh man.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2025-09-23 Views: 1,666 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7kaFpKvU8rM Runtime: 22 sec (76 words) The script, as delivered on camera If I wasn't in this program, I'd probably still be 270, still trying to compromise with myself. This is going to keep me going. Vision twist for a reason. How I see myself living, how I think myself living, it's all starting to align. It's all starting to manifest now. I just hit 30. I feel like I got the the rest of my life to just achieve everything I want to achieve. Starts with this.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2025-12-29 Views: 1,620 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o8XHbCxMCJA Runtime: 1 min 27 sec (364 words) The script, as delivered on camera I lost 140 lbs in less than 12 months. And I'm going to give you the exact three-step framework on how I did it. This is only for the person who's going to take this knowledge and actually implement it into their daily life. As you know, knowledge is power. So, if you're the type of person who's just going to watch this and be an absolute dumbass still and still wonder why you're stuck being the fat guy, this is not for you. You must be serious about losing weight and keeping it off for good. Okay, now we got the real ones here. This is exactly how I did it. Number one, track your calories. If you don't know how much food you're eating, download the app called My Fitness Pal. This will allow you to know how many calories you're eating on a daily basis. If you're over 300 lbs, you should start at a 2,000 calorie per day intake. Number two, you need to be doing at least 60 minutes of cardio per day. Going on a walk around your neighborhood with your dog isn't going to cut it. You have to get your heart rate up. Start by doing the elliptical, then you can start going onto the treadmill, doing faster walks there. You're jogging, then you're running, just like that. And third thing is you need an accountability partner. Not just a friend, not just your homie at work. This has to be somebody who genuinely cares about you and it's their responsibility to make sure that you get results. I lost 140 lbs in less than 12 months. But there's no way that I would have been able to keep it off for the last 10 years now if I didn't have my twin brother Angelo there with me every single step of the way. So do those three things and it's inevitable that you lose over 100 lbs in the next year. If you want to know more about how we help our clients do the exact same thing, comment weight loss on this video and we'll reach out to you to see if we can
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-02-27 Views: 1,610 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PHcmpz11vwQ Runtime: 25 sec (103 words) The script, as delivered on camera What's the first thing you look at when you look in the mirror? Is it your biceps? Is it your legs? I bet you it's your [ __ ] stomach. Everybody online's going to tell you to go lift weights to lose weight, but that's why you and them look like that. Not you, though. You're sexy as [ __ ] Oh, and if you actually want to change that, do this. Number one, stop the late night snacking. Number two, don't be scared and start doing more cardio. And finally, comment weight loss and we'll reach out to see if we can
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-08-12 Views: 1,539 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oubFofNqHys Runtime: 28 sec (112 words) The script, as delivered on camera You were not meant to be fat. I mean, if you look at your arms and your legs, they're probably pretty solid. But the one area you hate looking at is your stomach. Your stomach always takes the worst damage. And the culprit to all of it is in your diet. And you probably [music] eat fast food at least four times per week. The problem isn't the burgers or the burritos themselves. It's how they're [music] made. To solve this, we created a fast food survival guide so you can still eat all the foods that you love and lose your stomach. And for the next 24 hours, [music] it's free.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2025-09-16 Views: 1,486 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=feQ5oR2JjV8 Runtime: 15 sec (50 words) The script, as delivered on camera Straight to the top. Never going down. Don't wait for the drop. Never stand still. That's the motto. Yeah. Brand new for the auto. Oh, foot to the ground, full throttle. Big energy for the night like Lotto. Damn. Y'all talk lots. Never disquite like when the sign felt flat.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-13 Views: 1,435 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ySuLpKVG_FQ Runtime: 18 sec (78 words) The script, as delivered on camera When you decide to change your life, the sky's the limit. This was The biggest thing that was holding you back your whole entire life is no longer there. What's the barrier anymore? What's stopping you? Yeah, you're not going to be great in the beginning, but the fact that you show up every single day, you'll end up in a place 1 year from now that will be what you thought would have taken 10 years before.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-06-10 Views: 1,420 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qU4PN0jI80U Runtime: 22 sec (75 words) The script, as delivered on camera Screw me duck, got one of my rooms [music] all flooded with gold. I done bought 2 4 5 6 7 8 carat of stones. Cash on the California [music] cash, can't wait to go dress my home. Smash all you itty-bitty rappers in a minute, I've [music] shown the paw low. On the way to bust my goals, let it know open and close. [music] I've been spending millions on clothes, I've been making
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-08-04 Views: 1,399 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UkfjzzOr6-Q Runtime: 14 sec (37 words) The script, as delivered on camera Never ever ever eat carbs for breakfast if you want to lose 100 lbs. Instead, eat this and then do this. And immediately after eating, drink this. Now, if you want to lose 100 lbs, do this.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-16 Views: 1,380 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8_tPS0Dex-E Runtime: 33 sec (111 words) The script, as delivered on camera Excuse me, duck, got one of my rooms [music] all flooded with gold. I don't buy 245678 carat in stones. Cash on the California cash can't wait to go dress my [music] home. Smash all you itty-bitty rappers in a minute I'll show you the payroll. On my way to bust my goals, let it know open and close. I can spend a million on [music] clothes, I'll make a million on clothes. Spend new money till it's old, got me staying busy and old. Got up my shirt full of holes, [music] going one and got a lot of hoes. Shout out to my cousin my clutch [ __ ]
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-05-30 Views: 1,315 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MSxMG7i4su0 Runtime: 31 sec (149 words) The script, as delivered on camera You ignored the signs of when you looked in the mirror and you [music] noticed that your stomach was starting to hang a little bit over your pants. You noticed that when you put your jackets on that they were starting to get a little snug. You noticed that when you saw the number on the scale go up a few pounds that you said, "Oh, I'll make sure [music] I get dialed in once I hit 270." And then you saw a 275 come up. And they said, "Oh, it's not that bad. It's not worth it enough for me to change it. 280 is my final number." And then you just started to forget about it. And then you got comfortable living that same [music] way. Before you knew it, you got up over 300 lb. And now you're asking yourself, "Where did all the time go?"
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-07-02 Views: 1,213 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0QXPNxs2mRE Runtime: 59 sec (208 words) The script, as delivered on camera If your goal is to weigh 250 lb, here's exactly where you should start. And as guys who used to weigh over 300 lb, we know what we're talking about. First, you need to get your nutrition under control. Most guys fail because they try to follow a perfect diet, chicken, rice, and broccoli. Then a birthday party, a vacation, a weekend comes around, and now you're completely off track. Instead, learn how to eat the foods you already enjoy while still losing weight. That's what makes it sustainable. If you need help with that, just comment the word nutrition and we'll send you a free guide. Second, start a consistent workout routine. You do not need to work out in the gym 7 days a week. Start with three to four workouts per week for 30 to 45 minutes. That's it. Finally, accountability. Think about your job. If you stop showing up and doing what's expected, eventually you'll be replaced. The reason you struggle with your weight loss is because you have nobody holding you accountable to the commitments that you make to yourself. If you want help getting kickstarted on your weight loss journey, comment nutrition for an enjoyable food guide to lose over 100 lb.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-21 Views: 1,200 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RMm5Rdgipok Runtime: 1 min 8 sec (208 words) The script, as delivered on camera It's pretty ironic seeing one of the guys you used to play football with turn into an absolute fat [ __ ] One day at football practice, there was a D-lineman named Gabe talking to another D-lineman named Ricky. He pointed over at me and Angelo specifically with the O-linemen and said, "If I ever end up fatter than the Sanders twins, shoot me dead." Word for word. Me and Angelo went on to lose over 300 lb. We've built a huge following over on Tik Tok of 2.7 million followers, 60,000 subscribers on YouTube, a quarter million followers plus here on Instagram, and the best part about it is we've helped thousands of men lose over 100 lb and keep the weight off forever. Meanwhile, Gabe is still stuck in the same spot over 400 lb. So, if you're a former athlete and you know that you have that dog inside of you just waiting to be pulled out, all you need is to be around the right guys and follow the right system to help you speed up the process so that you can also lose 100 lb and keep it off for good. So, Gabe, I hope we're all burning your eyes out with success.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-24 Views: 1,176 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l-F6ilGOVxM Runtime: 22 sec (97 words) The script, as delivered on camera No, no, no, I'm getting a good [music] feeling, yeah. That's our plan, I'll probably leave a water with this plan. Pull me, grab me, grab something they can't have me. I'll [music] be the president one day. Can't get to be first. Oh, you like that, God still? I guess you're the one taking what God still got home. Now I got a word for your car. How [music] many rolling stones you want? Yeah, I got a brand new spirit speaking in this tongue. Woke up on the side of the bed like I won.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-05 Views: 1,105 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qh0TPGb72jw Runtime: 39 sec (151 words) The script, as delivered on camera If you weigh less than 300 lb, swipe the [ __ ] off this video. Nothing I'm about to share right now has anything to do with you. You said in the beginning of this year that your goal weight was to reach 250 lb, but you want to know why you failed at that goal? It's because 250 lb is too believable. You even said, "I don't want to get too skinny." But look at you, man. Anything less than where you are right now is a win. You know your real goal weight is to actually be somewhere between 200 and 215 lb. Stop going to the fast food drive-thru. Stop skipping out on your workouts. Make a real commitment to yourself and follow through. And if you need help with that, comment the word weight loss and I'll reach out to you to see if we can help.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-06-26 Views: 1,089 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-bFW3WxM9Nc Runtime: 36 sec (156 words) The script, as delivered on camera I walk into meetings and hope me being fat doesn't make the first impression. I lost 140 lb and every impression I make lights up the room. I tell my kids that I can't play with them because I'm too tired. My kids will never know me as the fat dad. I restart my weight loss journey every month. I made one commitment and was held accountable until I got there. I know what to do, I just don't do it. I stopped collecting information and got help taking action. I just feel stuck. I used to feel stuck until I took action. I've just accepted that I'm going to be the fat guy. I learned that the weight was something that I carried, not who I was supposed to be. If you want help in your weight loss journey, come to weight loss and we'll reach out to you to see if we can help.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-19 Views: 1,070 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-P3GJ0KFPHY Runtime: 1 min 26 sec (411 words) The script, as delivered on camera The reason you keep regaining and losing that same 40 lb is not because you don't have enough willpower. It's actually something much deeper than that. You see, the problem with most guys that weigh over 300 lb is that they try to follow a diet meant for somebody who weighs 220 lb that just needs to lose 20 lb. At that point, you just need to have more willpower, more discipline, more motivation, and really white-knuckle your way through losing weight. But, when you weigh over 300 lb, something much deeper than that. It's a fundamental piece that is actually missing from your life. And most guys, they try to get this from their wife, they try to get this from their friends, their co-workers, and ultimately shoot themselves in the foot because nobody can actually do this for them. The reason that you keep regaining that same 40 lb is because you don't have any accountability. You remember when you played sports back in the day? You had your coach that showed up for you, you had your teammates there, but who did you listen to for advice? It was the position coach that was guiding you and teaching you on how to do your position. And most of the time, if you weighed over 300 lb, you were probably alignment. And what did they tell you? Keep eating food. Keep getting bigger. You need to be a big guy. It's beneficial for the position that you play. Then you got out into the real world and you realize that that is not useful anymore. There's no need to be 300 lb. And so, in your mind, all the lessons you ever had about being in shape was about getting bigger, never about losing the weight. And that's why so many of our clients actually decided to work with us. Not because we're fit and shredded our whole life, but because we've been 350 lb. We know how to go from where you're at down to a healthy weight. And so, if you want to learn how to lose 120 lb without having the struggle and strife that you usually do, we came up with a three-step game plan that is meant for guys who used to play sports back in the day, who used to be athletes. If you want me to send that to you, just comment the word comeback and we'll send it over to you.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-05-01 Views: 1,059 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JOhX0Tvaf0g Runtime: 1 min 16 sec (274 words) The script, as delivered on camera If you're a man over 300 lb and you start getting excited by the food menu items at the restaurant, you're not ready to lose weight. If you're a man over 300 lb and you are afraid of failing on your weight loss journey, you're not ready to lose weight. I'll break these two down. The first being is when you go out to a restaurant, all you're doing is you should be paying somebody else to make the food that you would make at home. For me, somebody who's lost 140 lb and kept it off for the past 10 years, I'm having the cook make me grilled chicken, rice, and broccoli, a loaded salad, something that's actually going to make me feel good after eating it, not feel like So, number one, don't get excited when you go to a restaurant. Get some normal food that you'd make at home. The second part is afraid of failing on your weight loss journey. For me and for my twin brother and for all of our clients who we've helped to lose weight, is you have to have a zero options mentality. I'm never going to be 330 lb again. So, if you're afraid of failing on your weight loss journey, there's something in the back of your mind that's saying, "I will revert back to my old habits." You have to kill off that old mindset that's been keeping you stuck. That way you can step into the shoes of the man who you want to be, lose the weight, but most importantly, keep the weight off for the rest of your life.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-07 Views: 1,043 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nVqboWHM8M8 Runtime: 23 sec (98 words) The script, as delivered on camera If you're a man who looks 6 months pregnant, stop doing bicep curls. This [ __ ] ain't helping you lose this [ __ ] The people you follow online that are telling you only to lift weights, run a 15-minute mile, and can't catch their breath after a flight of stairs, why are you listening to them? The reason you keep failing on your weight loss journey is cuz you do the wrong thing every single time. If you don't know what to do, comment weight loss and we'll reach out to see if we can help.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-11 Views: 1,020 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5uxo7GybwbA Runtime: 36 sec (114 words) The script, as delivered on camera Most 300 lb men don't understand this, and I for sure didn't when I was 330 lb. They go into the gym and you expect to do what this bodybuilder's doing, or do what that running man is doing, and expect to lose over 100 lb. It's simply just not going to happen. You're only going to feel more tired and be more stuck in your current situation over 300 lb. So, the thing is, me and my twin brother, we came up with the exact 100 lb blueprint that we used to lose over 300 lb combined. So, if you want that, just comment weight loss and we'll send it right to you.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-30 Views: 994 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2TOz8ZTr0qw Runtime: 51 sec (219 words) The script, as delivered on camera Start taking accountability for your results. Stop blaming the diet, stop blaming your job for not giving you enough time. None of those things failed you, you failed you. And I know what you're going to say, "Oh, you don't get it, coach. I have a job that's super stressful. I have a family. I can't just put 2 hours a day towards my weight loss journey." Well, first off, nobody's saying you have to do that. Our client, Chris, has lost 100 lb in 6 months. He's a business owner, he has a newborn, he's got a wife, he has tons of obligations. He doesn't have the time to spend 2 hours inside of the gym. But, the reason why he lost 100 lb in 6 months is because he has a structure that he's following that fits his schedule so he doesn't have to spend hours on the gym, hours trying to find recipes that he can get on TikTok, YouTube, and Instagram. He follows the plan and sees results. If you want to lose 100 lb in the next 6 months without having to spend hours in the gym or eating chicken, broccoli, and rice for your diet every day, comment the word blueprint and we'll reach out to you to see if we can help.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-20 Views: 983 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_d4yzms2cbA Runtime: 25 sec (108 words) The script, as delivered on camera We lost 300 lb together and this is exactly what you need to do to lose 100 lb in the next 6 months. Number one, you need an accountability partner. There's no way I would have lost 160 lb without this guy right here. Number two, you need to get out of your own mind and understand that doing any exercise is a good exercise. Make a commitment that you only eat out one time per week. If you want the full 100 lb blueprint to lose 100 lb in the next 6 months, just comment weight loss on this video and we'll send it right to you.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-18 Views: 1,547 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yyIFtErBnXs Runtime: 22 sec (86 words) The script, as delivered on camera I don't have time for the gym. Stop. You know that's not true. You're working long hours, you've got kids, you've got responsibilities. I get it. If you really care about your family, your job, and your future, it starts with taking care of you first. Otherwise, your family's going to be taking care of you when your body gives out. If you need help on your weight loss journey, comment weight loss and [music] we'll reach out to you to see if we can help.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2025-09-24 Views: 1,527 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mA2uHsosFi4 Runtime: 46 sec (176 words) The script, as delivered on camera The number one problem that you have losing weight is not because you don't know what workouts to do. It's not because you don't know what foods to eat. It's because anytime things get a little bit difficult in your life, you negotiate with the man that you know you were meant to be. When your friends invite you out to go drink and overeat, you cave in and you put yourself on the back burners. Anytime that you set out to work out and you miss a day or two and that turns into 5, 10 years, you again negotiated with the man you're meant to be and put him on the back burners. The reason why all of our clients lose over 100 pounds in 6 months is because they made a commitment from day one that they're no longer going to negotiate with that dream vision of themselves. So the question for you is, how much longer are you willing to negotiate with the man that you know you were meant to be?
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2025-09-23 Views: 1,449 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ajCakW2HIZA Runtime: 20 sec (82 words) The script, as delivered on camera The reason why you're addicted to many donuts and shitty [music] snack foods is the reason why you're still fat. Follow this if you want to lose weight. For breakfast [music] in the morning, you can make an omelette with some eggs and cheese. But if you want something sweet, get Kodiak [music] protein pancakes and a low sugar syrup. If you want something that's sweet and salty and a [music] low calorie snack during the day, get Boom Chicka Pop Popcorn.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-05-30 Views: 1,424 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yC5XkcOfgas Runtime: 21 sec (79 words) The script, as delivered on camera Are you tired of having high blood pressure and taking 30 pills a day like you're 70 [music] years old? Try this. When it's time for a snack, eat whole foods and put the garbage where it belongs. Instead of sitting on your ass all day, use what your mama gave you and start walking. And finally, get an accountability partner. So, when you feel like going back on old habits, you don't mess up. Follow for more value.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-02-16 Views: 1,402 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IcWeGyqQtag Runtime: 26 sec (74 words) The script, as delivered on camera On the way to my go and open spending millions on clothes I' been making millions offend new money to the old state and old cut my shirt full of hoes don't want to got a lot of hoes shout my cousin my cous my key my blood my hold my t I plant that seed give me water to grow my half a million in a third world country I travel the coast
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-01-06 Views: 1,397 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UOavlRmZFAo Runtime: 37 sec (140 words) The script, as delivered on camera Stop eating wheat thins. They're not making you thin. Most people think these are healthy, but if you actually take a look at the calories, you'll be surprised. In 16 pieces, it has 140 calories. And let's be real, you're not just eating 16 pieces, you're eating the whole box. But if you make the switch to these, you're going to lose weight so fast. The reason why these are better is because they have protein in them. Eating more protein makes you feel full, which will stop you from overeating. So, if you're a person who mindlessly snacks, you better find something that's low calorie, cuz otherwise you're going to be mindlessly gaining weight. If you want a list of foods that we ate on our weight loss journey, comment recipe and we'll send it over to you for
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-02-21 Views: 1,320 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IoSyLAuIUCc Runtime: 33 sec (50 words) The script, as delivered on camera Screw me up. Got one of my rooms [music] all flooded with gold. I bought two 46 carried in stones. Cash on the California [music] cash. Can't wait to go dress my home. My home. Smash all your itty bitty razo. [music] Don't want to got a lot of hoes.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-02-19 Views: 1,291 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jacsE-pxkPo Runtime: 38 sec (117 words) The script, as delivered on camera If you told yourself that you'd never get over 300 lb, but now you're asking yourself where the time went, start eating these foods on a daily basis to turn it around immediately. Instead of buying Ego waffles, and frozen breakfast sandwiches, buy a carton of egg whites, turkey sausage patties, thin sliced cheddar cheese, and one slice of sourdough bread. Instead of eating frozen chicken that you buy from Chick-fil-A, use 10 minutes of your evening to prep fajita chicken strips to take with you to work. Instead of fast food French fries, switch it over for sweet potatoes. And for dinner, instead of eating a regular pizza, switch it out for a cauliflower crust pizza.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-07-01 Views: 1,204 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JkAEznocx-g Runtime: 24 sec (80 words) The script, as delivered on camera Stop lifting heavy weights if you weigh over 300 lb. Your first 6 months you need to focus on elevating your heart rate, not maxing out your deadlift. The best exercises to lose 100 lb are the elliptical machine, swimming laps in the pool, zone three cardio, hit workouts, or incline treadmill walk. If you want a full 90-day workout plan to help you lose 50 lb, comment weight loss on this video and we'll send it right to you.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-03 Views: 1,177 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6XWa2a4L-qs Runtime: 12 sec (27 words) The script, as delivered on camera Come on. Michael Jordan out here. Playing with the rookies. Come on. What are you guys doing? With your shirt off. Point it out there. Show that.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-17 Views: 1,165 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IFnLO-cCG9Y Runtime: 1 min 39 sec (99 words) The script, as delivered on camera All right, what do we got? Just came in. Heart attack. 5'9, 300 lb, 32 years old. How the hell does that happen? Fire! Can I get a Could be developing diabetes. Let's exchange. Oh, yeah. You're graduating. Watch TV. You wouldn't have to leave. You can't do this. Yes, kick it up. You got no uh deep dish? You have to make a change. Good job, Jim. You got an A+. Here are your fries, sweetie. There you go. I still can't believe you get to sell drugs. I know. It's the only thing that'll make you stop.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-06-04 Views: 1,103 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e6nqgfI93_k Runtime: 23 sec (80 words) The script, as delivered on camera Here's something that most people would never admit to you. Every fitness coach that you will follow online will tell you to be patient [music] with yourself, be gentle, don't push yourself too hard, love every aspect that you see on your body, and that being overweight is okay. Well, we're here to be the guys that will tell you that that is not okay because every single decision that you are making is bleeding onto everybody else around you.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-05-12 Views: 1,072 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=17-kmbw9E4s Runtime: 54 sec (207 words) The script, as delivered on camera Like, the kitchen, where we're standing in right now, is a place where more people have been killed than the drug epidemic. I mean, it's That was I mean, that When I first started, I mean, I was Right before I was literally having Popeyes like three times a week. And when I had my Popeyes, it was like almost a half chicken. And then the biscuit and then extra dessert, and I was just like And it's You know what's funny? I would eat it, enjoy it, and then after I was done, I felt so so shitty. And in that moment, you're feeling shitty, I'm just like, "Why the hell did I do this to myself?" And I'm literally looking at myself like, "I got to lose this this weight." And I'm just like, "Ah, I'll do it tomorrow." And then you do it again. THE [ __ ] DOES IT AGAIN. It's an addiction, to be honest. It's like a bad girlfriend, man. It's like, man, that's I'd say it's worse than like It's the drug addiction. Like, the kitchen, where we're standing in right now, is a place where more people have been killed than the drug epidemic over the last 100 years.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-02-18 Views: 1,061 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hy4_zR8ymBo Runtime: 27 sec (103 words) The script, as delivered on camera The only difference between the people that have lost weight and your current situation is that they started a long time ago. They don't have better genetics. They don't have a better situation. There's nothing that they have that you don't already have. The only reason why it's hard for you to stay consistent on your weight loss journey is because you don't believe it can actually happen for you. Let's be honest, does it really matter how long it's going to take to lose the weight? Time's going to pass anyways, so you might as well take advantage and start seeing results.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-29 Views: 1,048 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pgTcu2ahXv0 Runtime: 20 sec (80 words) The script, as delivered on camera My health is my number one priority. If I don't work out first thing in the morning, I'll feel like I'm missing out during the day. So, what do I do? I go to sleep between 9:00 and 10:00 p.m. I wake up at 5:30 in the morning. I exercise between 6:00 a.m. and 8:00 a.m. That way I can go about my day, build a mission, still spend quality time with my family without feeling like I'm missing out.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-05-29 Views: 1,034 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gRBMI1ibOMk Runtime: 22 sec (110 words) The script, as delivered on camera How many more years are you going to keep telling your kids that you're going to do a weight loss journey, you're going to be healthy for them, you're going to walk them down their aisle, you're going to be there for them, and you're going to go in the cabinet late at night and snack on a bunch of cookies and cakes? The choice is up to you. You know that doing this would be beneficial for you. You don't have to tell you that, but you just don't understand [music] that it's actually possible for you to change that. It's actually possible for you to live that life.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-27 Views: 1,009 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AvQtus4_Um0 Runtime: 25 sec (80 words) The script, as delivered on camera 1 2 [music] 3 4 5 6 8 M's in my bank account. Yeah. In my bank account. Yeah. In [music] my bank account. Yeah. In my bank account. Yeah. In my bank account. I got 1 2 3 4 5 [music] 6 8 shooters ready to gun you down. Yeah. Ready to gun you down. Yeah. [music] Ready to gun you down. Yeah. Ready to gun you down. Yeah. Ready to gun you down. Yeah. Ready to gun you
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-12 Views: 999 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rKyZxUrJiWw Runtime: 53 sec (203 words) The script, as delivered on camera What I've realized after losing 140 pounds and keeping it off for the past 10 years is fast food does not hit the same as it used to. When I was at my peak, 330 pounds in 2015, that's when buffalo chicken fries started to become popular. We're from San Diego, so carne asada fries, California burritos, we used to tear it up. But now in 2026, it seems like all these restaurants just throw a bunch of random together and call it a meal. Now, what I do is I make my own food because I can spice it up how I want. I know how it's going to affect my body and there's tons of benefits from it. I know I'm going to feel great. I'll be able to take my shirt off with confidence. I can wear the clothes that I want. I'm going to be mentally more clear. So at the end of the day, fast food just doesn't hit the same as it used to. And if you're actually trying to lose weight and keep it off for good, make sure you start cooking your own meals because nobody knows exactly what you want more than you do.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-22 Views: 994 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A452-QODsYE Runtime: 16 sec (34 words) The script, as delivered on camera Chris, you just finished your first 10K. How you feel? Top of the world. Everything I've done this entire year, just uh you know Thank you for your joints for giving my life back.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-31 Views: 985 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IJqoWFrsauA Runtime: 13 sec (39 words) The script, as delivered on camera Woo! I just made this treadmill my Listen, man, you don't lose 140 lb like I did by sitting on your ass. You got to get up. You got to get moving. You got to earn it. Let's go.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-26 Views: 977 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y9O3IdvYbTk Runtime: 48 sec (189 words) The script, as delivered on camera How do I actually lose weight? It comes down to two things, your calorie deficit and your exercise. Those shots that you're putting into your stomach, not you cuz you're a man and you have balls, [music] but people that are putting shots into the stomach that makes their appetite suppressed means that they're focusing solely on the calorie deficit. [music] Doesn't mean that they're doing the exercise because they could do that all day long. You could put them in Jarrow, the Ozempic, all this into your body and it will make your appetite go away, which will make you lose weight, but then you're going to also look like a flabby sack of [music] because you're not exercising. You're not actually making your body look good in the process. You don't want to just lose a bunch of fat and then be stuck there with little flabby arms and skinny You want to build some muscle, too. And let's not even mention what it does to the inside of your body, right? Not just on how you look, but what is actually going on on the inside.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-25 Views: 951 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U5gGEFYKXGE Runtime: 16 sec (32 words) The script, as delivered on camera Surrounded by luxuries, both material and otherwise, my parents always gave me a good life. The old man in heaven must always guide me so that in life [music] will come out
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2025-10-16 Views: 938 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SB_IG7kWfAE Runtime: 22 sec (73 words) The script, as delivered on camera So I was like, "Damn, I lost 15 this month. I lost 20 in February." And I noticed that the months that I lost like 20 lb is because I was like stupid laser focused. My win is I've hit the 50 lb mark in just over 3 months. My win this week is my 740 mile. It's not an accident that I lost 65 lbs. That's how how much I'm down right
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-05 Views: 937 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ObDEnUBiWn0 Runtime: 39 sec (151 words) The script, as delivered on camera Do I have permission to be direct with you right now? The reason why you're overweight is because you can't take criticism in a positive direction. Anytime somebody tells you that you're doing something wrong, like truthfully wrong, you get defensive about it. And immediately you throw your hands up and be like, "You're just an You're just trying to make me feel bad." All these different things when no one's trying to make you feel bad. If you want to lose weight, you have to be able to take correction. You have to be able to take criticism. As coming from somebody who's been in your shoes before, I know what you're experiencing. You have to put that wall down if you want to change. Otherwise, you can keep your walls up all day long, but you're just walling yourself up in a prison that you already hate being in.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-17 Views: 884 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9pDfJ8motE8 Runtime: 46 sec (225 words) The script, as delivered on camera I'm just doing it cuz I want to get better better. I got to get I want to get even healthier. So now I'm I'm taking on this journey of like, all right, let me sculpt my body. Let me get to things like how you guys are at, you know, like to to to where I have muscles and I actually, you know, I can have some abs and stuff like that. And but ultimately, my goal I'm not I'm not I mean I'm not joining at least at least I I So as far as I know right now, I'm not joining a weight loss comp one of those competitions of bodybuilding Yeah. I'm trying to get there. At least right now I'm not I'm not doing I'm learning my own I don't like that. That's That's not me. That's not what I'm doing it for. I'm just doing it cuz I want to get better better. I got to get I want to get even healthier. I see those numbers on the scale. I used to be I think I was almost like a 50 almost 60% body fat. It's [ __ ] stupid. It was It was stupid. And now I don't know where I'm at right now with the app, but I'm either in the 30s or or below that.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-05-20 Views: 863 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hYAWjgvooVo Runtime: 56 sec (246 words) The script, as delivered on camera The most dangerous thing somebody can tell you as a man who weighs over 300 lb is that you don't look that bad. Because when somebody tells you that you don't look like a guy who weighs 300 lb, here's what they're actually imagining. They're imagining a guy who can't even get out of his own bed. They're imagining a guy who rolls around through Target on a scooter. They're imagining a guy who needs help when he takes a shower. And so when they're looking at you and they say, "You don't look that bad." They're not comparing you to a healthy guy. They're comparing you to somebody who would be on My 600-lb Life. And deep down you know it. You know when they say you don't look that bad you're thinking, "Yes, the [ __ ] I do." Because only you know the silent struggles that you actually go through. You know that you buy clothes that hide your stomach. Only you know about all the times when you're walking up a flight of stairs and you're completely gassed out. Only you know about all of the times when you're playing with your kids and you're realizing that you can't keep up with them. So don't believe it when people tell you that you don't look that bad. Because the only reason they tell you that it doesn't look that bad is because it's not as bad as what it's about to be.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-01 Views: 863 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ecDme299ljE Runtime: 31 sec (36 words) The script, as delivered on camera No might be so bad he spend your cash [music] on a you never had. Yeah, mama told me boy don't lie so I ain't going to stop [music] if that ain't about a bag. Yeah.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-05 Views: 844 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oEm1ELiPntI Runtime: 39 sec (160 words) The script, as delivered on camera If you've got over 70 lb to lose and you're done taking advice from shredded influencers who've been in shape [music] since they were in high school, this is for you. You've done keto, you've tried fasting, you even lost weight for a while, but it never stuck. You've always put other things first, your career, your family, but now you're realizing that you hate what you see in the mirror. We were both over 300 lb and we've been in your shoes before. That's why we coach guys just like you. Chris, Zach, and Matt. None of these guys are perfect, they just stopped doing it alone. And now they're finally living like the men they knew they could be, not just for themselves, but for their families. If you've got 70 lb or more to lose and you're sick of bouncing back after every single new diet or fad, click the link below and let's get to work.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-23 Views: 815 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OvFTVgqD-XQ Runtime: 51 sec (179 words) The script, as delivered on camera Hey, my name's Jose and I've been with the Vision Twins since February 2025. I started with them at 414. I am now at 292. I've lost over 100 lb with these guys. Working with them has been great. I've been an athlete my whole life, but never really truly knew how to take care of myself. And thanks to these guys, I now have all the knowledge that I need and they continue to push me every day to continue my weight loss and then hit my goals. If you decide to work with these guys, not only are you getting two great trainers who truly care about you, but you are also getting put into a community of people who are going through what you are going through and will help push you and get you to the best results. So, if you're thinking about working with them, I would say get in contact with them now and start your goals cuz the only regret I have about working with these guys is not doing it sooner.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-22 Views: 808 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=j_uCcsNsS0U Runtime: 51 sec (183 words) The script, as delivered on camera If you're a man who weighs over 300 lb, running on the asphalt is bad for losing weight. Doing the bicycle machine is good, but doing the elliptical machine is excellent. [music] Having motivation is bad for losing weight. Having discipline is good for losing weight. Having accountability is excellent. Fried eggs are bad for losing weight. Scrambled eggs are good for losing weight. Egg whites are excellent. Having ice cream is bad for losing weight. Having frozen yogurt is good for losing weight. Having nonfat plain Greek yogurt is excellent. Drinking milkshakes are bad for losing weight. Drinking smoothies are good for losing weight. Drinking protein shakes are excellent. Group workout classes are bad for losing weight. Having a personal trainer is good for losing weight. Having a one-on-one dedicated specialist to helping you lose weight is excellent. If you're tired of [music] random influencers online telling you how to lose weight, and you want to learn from somebody who's actually been in your shoes before, follow this page and I'll show you exactly how to lose 100 lb in 6 months.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-29 Views: 806 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8dtp_TMszGo Runtime: 1 min 38 sec (283 words) The script, as delivered on camera Oh my gosh, I don't know what to eat to lose weight. Finding the healthy food is so hard to do. I just don't know what to eat. I'm stuck. I'm fat. Okay, fine. I will show you what to eat and I bet you you still won't do it. This is what my fridge looks like after fully grocery shopping. Egg whites for protein, Fairlife fat-free milk, that's actually my girlfriend's, a five nonfat plain Greek yogurt, some protein shakes, some chicken breasts, some ground beef, some yogurt cups, some eggs, low-fat cheese, I have zero calorie drinks, zero sugar Minute Maid, zero sugar protein, zero sugar Gatorade, some water from Costco, blackberries, and these are the sauces that I use. Now, inside the freezer. Frozen pineapples, more beef, and that's about it. And some blueberries. But, what you don't see is you don't see frozen foods like Hot Pockets, frozen burritos, frozen pizzas, things that are easy to eat, high fat, high calorie, will make you gain weight. Inside of my pantry, cooking Goodles protein noodles, Kodiak protein pancakes, turkey pepperoni, 65% less fat, keto bread, keto thins, zero carb tortillas, lightly salted rice cakes, Liquid I.V.s, some fun snacks, Quest baked frosted cookies. I barely eat this, but I have it just in case someday I'm feeling fat. Organic ghee. There is no There's no chips, there's no garbage. It's all food that you have to eat and cook. Losing weight is very simple, and it all starts in the kitchen. If you want a list of recipes that I ate on my weight loss journey, just comment the word recipe and I'll send it over to you for free.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-03 Views: 805 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2Xp2Ex02YV0 Runtime: 21 sec (74 words) The script, as delivered on camera super excited excited the fact that I did it the natural way. I didn't [ __ ] shortcut anything because a lot of people are now in my ear and people are like, "Yo, dog, so tell me the truth, bro. Like, what you do, bro? Like, you took some pills or you took some some some some needles and [ __ ] Did you get the sleeve?" And I'm like, "What the fuck?"
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-18 Views: 796 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wb1cyIHPTic Runtime: 53 sec (202 words) The script, as delivered on camera When I'm in the process of losing fat, how do I make sure I am not losing muscle mass? That's actually a really great question and a lot of people have it misconstrued that they're not going to lose muscle mass when you lose weight, but like that's the case. Yeah, you lose the weight, but you also lose a little bit of muscle mass, but you can restrain that, you can minimize that by making sure you eat enough protein in the day. Now, you probably hear it all the time like 1 g of protein per pound of body weight that you ideally want to weigh. So, for example, if you want to weigh 190 lb, you need to have 190 g of protein per day. If you want to weigh 230 lb, you need to have 230 g of protein per day. The only way you really can get fat and, you know, not see results is if you have too much carbs, too much fat, things like chips, things like pizza, uh things like, you know, nacho cheese, just like that is not protein like chicken, beef, fish, steak, salmon, tilapia, all these different things. That's the way.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-23 Views: 794 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aCxSiV-Ay5Y Runtime: 33 sec (93 words) The script, as delivered on camera You know that moment when you're about to overeat, you've lost 40 pounds in the past, but now you're 10 years older, not only have you gained all of that weight back and some, you're stuck asking yourself where the time went. That moment inside of your brain screaming at you to stop eating. That is the exact moment that decides whether you lose over 100 pounds and keep it off for good or you stay stuck as the fat man carrying all of that extra weight to your early grave. Your choice.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-27 Views: 790 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I-7ipVmdlUU Runtime: 44 sec (104 words) The script, as delivered on camera I eat anywhere from 1,700 to 2,000 2,050 calories on a really high day. And I burn typically about 3,500 calories per day. What workouts would you do to burn it? Either cardio 30 to 60 minutes minimum daily. Then I lift about two to three times per week after my cardio. And I also do the sauna about five to seven days a week for the most part. If I can get into the gym one day I'm not in the gym, I'm usually outside running. But yeah, two to three strength training sessions per week, 30 to 60 minutes of cardio minimum.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-22 Views: 777 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VOzWy7R_jdM Runtime: 26 sec (58 words) The script, as delivered on camera He told me we're going cliff climbing. This is rock climbing. All those boxes of pizza, all those Five Guys burgers, Whataburger. We still want it? Hell no. You guys look like you're barely alive right now, man. Best day [ __ ] ever. Let's [ __ ] go. It's always the [ __ ] best day ever.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-29 Views: 763 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6MyuU0ZdxgI Runtime: 49 sec (186 words) The script, as delivered on camera How many days per week should you have a rest day? That's a great question. I don't know why it's not letting me reply on the story with the questions. Just make sure you ask your question like ask a question in the box. But the reason why rest days are important is because it allows your body to fully recover. That's when a lot of the fat loss actually happens. But the caveat is you actually don't need a rest day because if you're getting enough quality sleep at night and you're staying hydrated during the day, you don't need a full rest day. That's exactly how we speed up the process to help our guys lose a ton of weight so fast is because most people think you need a rest day. All you really need is great quality of sleep. So, great question. You don't need a full rest day. You need to work out really hard. You need to stay in a calorie deficit and you need to get great sleep. That is exactly how you lose fat as fast as possible.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-05-25 Views: 761 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ueGwH9V6Kls Runtime: 37 sec (120 words) The script, as delivered on camera I'll suck up my pride and tell everyone in the world that sitting there thinking you could do it by yourself, you can't. Put your life first. It's a struggle to do it by yourself without having someone on your on your side. If you're someone like me thinking you're hard headed and thinking you do it by yourself, you can't. I say get on board and have these guys come help you. Have them on your sidelines to push you through through your goals and weight loss journey. Make sure you know you're doing it for you. Joining this, I'm excited, looking forward to the future and and what what it holds for me in the next 6 months.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-11 Views: 750 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u4pc_msOXrw Runtime: 1 min 23 sec (327 words) The script, as delivered on camera It's like an addiction. Seeing Seeing those results is like It's like crack. I hit the 80-lb mark, so I'm 221 this morning. Sticking to the program, man. Who were you mentally when you joined? Doubtful person, a lot of self-doubt, questioning myself, didn't really know who I was. I wanted to lose weight, but I wasn't I didn't really want to cuz I wasn't doing it. What made you almost quit? This is not to say that I'm better than anybody, but I don't think there was a time that I wanted to quit. You see it every week, you lose however much weight, I'm going to do this again next week. And you see the number again. You Seeing those results is like It's like crack. It's like an addiction. What would you say has changed in you over the past 3 months? My ambition, the ability to go out and get it. I've set my mind to this and I It's something I want and it's something I'm going to get. It's something I'm chasing. It's all up to me and in the program. Wake up every day and do what I told myself I'm going to do. How is your life different outside of the scale? The biggest thing is just as I wake up and feel better. I can go up the stairs without being out of breath. I can wear clothes that I want to wear. I'm not walking around or people looking at me like I'm the fat guy. I don't want people judging me. Uh I know that I look good. I hear that I look good. It's a whole 180 mindset-wise. If the version of you 3 months ago was watching this right now, Yeah. what would you tell him? I would tell him uh wake up and go get it. Don't take days off. Even when you don't want to do it, force yourself to do it.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-24 Views: 741 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-Tjcbk02vNU Runtime: 35 sec (115 words) The script, as delivered on camera I used to believe that my 140-lb weight loss success was all because of me. I got myself into that mess and damn it, I got myself out of it. Then it was the universe. The universe perfectly aligned the stars for me. Then it was God. God just blessed me with this weight loss. It was none of those things. After thousands of men using this same system to lose over 100 lb and keep it off for good, it comes down to just that, the system. If you want the same system that we used to lose over 300 lb combined, just comment the word system and we'll send it right to you.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-07 Views: 730 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GEsrjPi8XU4 Runtime: 36 sec (141 words) The script, as delivered on camera If you wear a 3 XL t-shirt, but you feel like you're about to jump into a 4 XL very soon, this is exactly what you can do to turn this thing around in the next 7 days. Quite literally, the easiest way to lose 5 lb in a week is to get on a treadmill and walk for at least 30 minutes a day. The second piece is water consumption. The next time you find yourself about to go binge out on some junk food, drink a glass of water and watch your hunger [music] disappear. Finally, get around somebody that's going to tell you the hard truth. It might hurt a little bit, but it's still truth at the end of the day. Get around somebody who genuinely cares and watch your life transform in the next 7 days.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-06-08 Views: 701 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z1OQrgedRpw Runtime: 34 sec (119 words) The script, as delivered on camera We could go up levels, even being a younger age. And that is what I'm here to tell you. That as somebody who's over 300 lb, I want you to understand that you are not at a disadvantage. You are not behind. You are not lesser in capability to do magnificent things with your body. I will go as far as to say that if you weigh over 300 lb, and I'm talk I'm even go up to like 500 lb. If you weigh 400 lb, you have the potential inside [music] of you to not only motivate the people around you, but be the craziest story that they've ever seen in their entire life. You have that capability.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-26 Views: 695 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DJrs-GN8oeU Runtime: 1 min 22 sec (330 words) The script, as delivered on camera 55 lbs. Uh it took me about 2 and 1/2 months. Before you started the program, where were you at physically and mentally? Oof. Drained. Um you know, I noticed myself getting weaker um with you know, like the 24-bottle case of water, carrying that from the car to inside the house, [ __ ] was a struggle. Um just at work, too, like lifting cones and stuff. I was getting out of breath from just picking up a cone and moving it to the next spot. And I just noticed myself getting weaker and weaker and getting out of breath going up one flight of stairs. And to today, being 55 lbs lighter, it's [ __ ] a whole different thing. You know, back then, before I started the program, I would say, "Yeah, like I'll start next Monday." Or I'll start at the beginning of the month, and I never do it. Well, now, mentally, I know that if I don't do it, I'm only going to be failing myself. What would you say, Oscar, to anybody that's been sitting on the fence or hesitant about joining our program? What would you tell them? The hardest part is taking that first step. And you know, when we had that onboarding call, that initial call, I was very on the fence of it, like on doing it. And I was like, I don't know. And I'm I'm so glad that I, you know, I took that step, and I said, "Let's do it." Anyone that's thinking about it, I tell them, "You know what? It's only going to benefit you, and nothing is stopping you but yourself." You know, if money's tight, or if you don't think you have the time, like you don't realize yet that there's so many ways around it that you're going to be able to accomplish that goal, but you have to take that first step. After you take that first step, it's clockwork.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-01 Views: 604 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qGspLg5voG8 Runtime: 53 sec (190 words) The script, as delivered on camera The only reason why a 300 plus pound man exists is because somewhere deep down he believes that that's okay. Think about it. There's the person who always complains about how they hate their job when you know that doesn't have to be the case. The saying, right? Do what you love, you'll never have to work a day in your life. Same thing applies with your weight loss journey. Now, you know how it goes. You try to lose weight, you lose a few pounds, but then somehow you always end up gaining all the weight plus back more. The only reason why is because deep down inside of you you believe that somewhere it's okay to be 300 plus pounds. That identity of being the fat guy. So, when you can really ask yourself, go deep into your subconscious and say, "Hey, what part of me believes that it's okay to be over 300 pounds?" When you can identify it and see that that's not you, that's the exact moment that you're able to go ahead and lose the weight, but most importantly keep it off for good.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-05 Views: 579 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ohlnPw2VjGU Runtime: 1 min 28 sec (367 words) The script, as delivered on camera I lost 140 lb in less than 12 months and I'm going to give you the exact three-step framework on how I did it. This is only for the person who's going to take this knowledge and actually implement it into their daily life. As you know, knowledge is power. So if you're the type of person who's just going to watch this and be an absolute dumbass still and still wonder why you're stuck being the fat guy, this is not for you. You must be serious about losing weight and keeping it off for good. Okay, now we got the real ones here. This is exactly how I did it. Number one, track your calories. If you don't know how much food you're eating, download the app called MyFitnessPal. This will allow you to know how many calories you're eating on a daily basis. If you're over 300 lb, you should start at a 2,000 calorie per day intake. Number two, you need to be doing at least 60 minutes of cardio per day. Going on a walk around your neighborhood with your dog isn't going to [ __ ] cut it. You have to get your heart rate up. Start by doing the elliptical, then you can start going on to the treadmill, doing faster walks there, you're jogging, then you're running. Just like that. The third thing is you need an accountability partner. Not just a friend, not just your homie at work. This has to be somebody who genuinely cares about you and it's their responsibility to make sure that you get results. I lost 140 lb in less than 12 months, but there's no way that I would have been able to keep it off for the last 10 years now if I didn't have my twin brother Angelo there with me every single step of the way. So do those three things, it is inevitable that you lose over 100 lb in the next year. If you want to know more about how we help our clients do the exact same thing, comment weight loss on this video and we'll reach out to you to see if we can help.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-06-03 Views: 576 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E8LF9jFZ0Uo Runtime: 34 sec (140 words) The script, as delivered on camera Why do you talk about yourself like you already died? I used to love what I look like in the mirror. I used to have confidence. I used to wear nice clothes. I used to play football. I used to be an athlete. You talk about yourself like you're living in the past tense. Dude, wake up. Your life is happening right now. You see the reason why football and having that athletic background served you when you were younger is because it was meant to carry you on through an adult. Not so that you can look back and be like, man, that was me. That was the old days. That's how I used to look. No, man, the best years are ahead of you, but it's only once you become fully committed to living your best life now.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-18 Views: 529 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CeSXDtahmkI Runtime: 1 min 45 sec (344 words) The script, as delivered on camera My name is Oscar. I'm here to talk to you about the Vision Twins weight loss program. I wish I would have made a video at the start of this, but here we are 107 lb lighter. I've been with the program for about 10 months now, down 107 lb. I used to see videos like this all the time on Facebook, Instagram, TikTok, and would always think, "Damn, that's impossible for me to accomplish." Fast forward 10 months and here we are. I started at 340 lb, wearing a shirt size 3XL, almost a 4X. Now I'm comfortably fitting in a size large. If you're on the fence or thinking about joining the program, the best advice I can give you is to do it. I believe that this program is unlike any other that you'll find out there. It's more of a brotherhood or a family type of environment. We've got the Facebook page that we all communicate in. I think it's one of the coolest things you can do considering you're in this journey with other people. I'm very, very, very thankful, grateful for the coaches, Coach Calvin, Coach Angelo, Coach Mark. I honestly cannot see myself progressing or seeing the progress that I'm seeing without their guidance. The Vision Twins weight loss program not only helps you become better physically, but mentally. I feel like not only have I lost the weight, but I've also gained knowledge and leadership. One of the greatest feelings that I have experienced so far is now that I've lost, you know, 107 lb and I've been posting more of my progress on my social media. I have people reaching out, swiping up, and saying how I'm an inspiration to them. People that I've never thought would reach out and say that, other athletes or big bodybuilders. I can't give you any better advice than to join the program. Be ready to commit. You have to give 110%. If I was 340 again and had to make that choice again, I'd definitely do it again.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-05-25 Views: 491 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Yylqbw0kEVM Runtime: 48 sec (170 words) The script, as delivered on camera that you think you're doing that is a noble cause, but is actually one of the most selfish things you can do. And that, my friend, is putting other people first. You see, we had a conversation with a new client the other day, and he was talking about how I always put other people first. I always put other people's needs above mine. I prioritize my wife, my kids, and everybody else gets the best of me. And as long as everybody else is happy, I'm fine. And I told him that I understand where you're coming from, because quite frankly, we used to be the exact same people. Where we'd put other people's feelings above ours, we'd put other people's emotions above ours, and we always wanted to make sure everybody had a good time. We always wanted to make sure everybody else felt included, and that they had a good time. And And that can come at the expense of us feeling drained or lack of energy.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-06-04 Views: 454 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T6ZfQ33CzBE Runtime: 27 sec (98 words) The script, as delivered on camera If you make these easy swaps, you'll lose an extra 5 lb per month. Instead of eating this garbage which [music] is packed with calories, make the switch to foods that will actually satiate you and are macro-friendly. All you need to do is [music] replace the beverage that you drink with every single meal with a zero-calorie option. Instead of drinking regular chocolate milk that has [music] 40 g of added sugar, grab a chocolate protein shake that only has 1 g of added sugar and will actually make you feel full. Follow for [music] more value.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-02-26 Views: 451 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oWcRsK7c4Vs Runtime: 26 sec (116 words) The script, as delivered on camera I don't really care about how much the weight is on the scale. I just want to feel good. Then just stay fat. The people that say that are always the ones who fail on their weight loss journey. Buzzy targets never get hit. So if you're not crystal clear on the number that you want, you won't be motivated to keep making progress. Instead of saying, "I don't really care about the numbers, just the feeling." Pick a number that excites you and start working towards it. And if you want a crystal clear strategy to get there, comment weight loss on this video and we'll reach out to you to see if we can
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-22 Views: 437 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f98KTECK4QY Runtime: 52 sec (158 words) The script, as delivered on camera Hi, my name's Gerald. I've been with the Vision Twins program since October 2025. And uh if you're coming across the Vision Twins content uh and wondering if that could be you, the answer is yes, it definitely can be you. I started my journey at 370 lb. Now I'm down to 277. I'm approaching that 100 lb marker. Uh the coaches have been there every step of the way. Calvin, Coach Mark, Coach Angelo. They're all there for you. And then you're also backed by a group of guys that are in the same boat trying to accomplish the same mission. The it's a brotherhood. If you're on the fence about trying to join the program and and doubting yourself, I'd say just go 110% give it at all. Just go for it. You never know until you try. The coaches will be there every step of the way to help you guide you through the journey.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2025-09-27 Views: 432 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FemVxyikccI Runtime: 45 sec (118 words) The script, as delivered on camera Hey coach, I want to share something with you. I was doing 19 minutes a mile yesterday. That is 6 minutes less than before. And my heart palpitations were still lower than when I started. So I was thinking like, dude, how good is for my body what I'm doing? Do doing exercise every [ __ ] day. This week I've been [ __ ] working out every day. And it's so awesome to feel my body full of energy. I've been able to work more than before in less time. Feeling more productive, man. Has been just [ __ ] crazy, man. I appreciate a lot this work. And thank you, Colleen Angelo, for for your help.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-02-12 Views: 423 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2Wmue0FjoK0 Runtime: 26 sec (107 words) The script, as delivered on camera Do this if you need the scale to drop tonight. [music] I used to weigh 350 lb. This is exactly how I made the scale say what I wanted. [music] Stop eating at 3:00 p.m. No small snacks or liquid calories. If you cheat on this, you won't see the results you want. Move your body for 1 hour straight. I don't give a [ __ ] if it's basketball or swimming, but if you really want to see results, [music] do the elliptical machine. Get a good night's rest, 7 hours minimum for optimal results. Thank [music] us later and comment below the results you got.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-20 Views: 395 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jOhco5c5OCc Runtime: 39 sec (151 words) The script, as delivered on camera If you weigh less than 300 lb, swipe the [ __ ] off this video. Nothing I'm about to share right now has anything to do with you. You said in the beginning of this year that your goal weight was to reach 250 lb, but you want to know why you failed at that goal? It's because 250 lb is too believable. You even said, "I don't want to get too skinny." But look at you, man. Anything less than where you are right now is a win. You know your real goal weight is to actually be somewhere between 200 and 215 lb. Stop going to the fast food drive-thru. Stop skipping out on your workout. Make a real commitment to yourself and follow through. And if you need help with that, comment the word weight loss and I'll reach out to you to see if we can help.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-31 Views: 393 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gHumHv2eIlI Runtime: 1 min 24 sec (276 words) The script, as delivered on camera Hey, my name is Dave. And I started off with a vision twins back in June 2025 weighing in about 250 plus pounds. I've lost over 50 plus pounds. I'll be real with you guys. I used to dream of being 50 plus pounds down. I'm actually 50 plus pounds down. And I know that I can do more. What I would like to say about this group is that like it's no other group out there. And the reason why I say that is because they're not just coaches that give you a meal plan and a workout routine and say, "Hey, go work on this and we'll check in with you in a month's time." They're checking with in with you every week. And that's three times a week if you can make the time. What these coaches do is keep you accountable. They provide you with a mindset change. And you have a team of other individuals who are on the same journey as you to lose weight. They really create a family. A family that supports you. And supports you on the highs and the lows. Even when you're feeling crappy, they're there for you to bring you back in and say, "Hey, let's get back to that to that table and let's make those changes because we're not giving up." Like all my brothers in this group, they would say if they had to do it all over again, it would be in a heartbeat. Because I can tell you I don't want to see 250 plus pounds Dave anymore. It's a new me. And this is the place to be.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-06-10 Views: 381 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SnLrGdqadMY Runtime: 48 sec (194 words) The script, as delivered on camera If you told yourself that you'll never hit that number on the scale, and then recently you stepped on the scale and you hit that number, I'm going to give you something completely for free that will help you change your life. Most guys when they get into this position, they start scrambling looking for resources, workouts, nutrition guides all over the internet that will help them make the change. But here's the thing, none of those things will work for you because they're not meant for you. You're trying to get weight loss advice from somebody who's never been in your position before. It's like trying to become a pilot, but then you get boating lessons. The two don't correlate. If you comment the word workout below, I will send you a fully built out workout program that can help you lose 10 lb in the next 5 days. But don't comment the word workout if you're just going to and let this collect dust in our DMs together. This plan has changed so many lives and there's no reason why it wouldn't work for you, but you have to take it serious.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-07 Views: 378 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CMtpLcD6sHE Runtime: 23 sec (108 words) The script, as delivered on camera That is why we absolutely hate that because people that are promoting these peptides and the weight loss surgery and then they're out there giving weight loss help, they have no [ __ ] clue of what it takes to lose the weight. They didn't go through the [ __ ] grind. They just had to say, "Oh, I'm full. Like I can't even eat anything because my stomach is the size of a nickel." No [ __ ] [ __ ] no wonder why you lost the weight. You didn't actually earn it. Why we hate this new school method is because it doesn't teach you anything.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-03 Views: 360 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VKjkjNgCoOI Runtime: 15 sec (57 words) The script, as delivered on camera Give me more bottles, [music] these bottles are lonely. It's a moment when I show up, got them saying wow. Honey, bands [music] are what pocket is on me. Even your grandma might already know me. Give me more bottles, these bottles are lonely. It's a moment [music] when I show up, got them saying wow. Everywhere
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-09 Views: 333 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c5xWYgqK96Y Runtime: 30 sec (74 words) The script, as delivered on camera A lot of guys will watch that video and be like, "Damn, that dude's fat and gay." Which he is. At the same time, he's healthier than most 300-lb plus men that I speak with every single day. So, instead of scrolling on social media trying to find the next thing to be entertained by, get off your fat ass, start moving, lose the weight so you're not fat and gay like that guy.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-20 Views: 303 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sx4mpuLst2s Runtime: 59 sec (207 words) The script, as delivered on camera As a former big guy who is over 300 lb, there's only two ways you can handle this situation. Number one, you crawl back into your little safe shell and never be seen in public again. You never go on that airplane trip, going on a vacations. You don't go hang out with your friends because you're afraid of another situation like this happening again. You keep watching out for the next seat, the next staircase, afraid go and live your life because of a situation like this where you got saw 32 million times in less than 24 hours. Or number two, which is my [ __ ] favorite, you have your oh [ __ ] moment. The oh [ __ ] moment is when you realize I'm never being fat again. I cannot stand looking this way. even imagine that was me in the [ __ ] video having trouble going up a [ __ ] escalator. The thing is, if you're overweight, this hasn't happened to you yet, but it's on the way. Realize that you never want this to happen and start making changes now. Otherwise, you're going to go hide off in your little shell and never be seen by people again.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-06-03 Views: 278 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1aFOTGmSzq0 Runtime: 49 sec (193 words) The script, as delivered on camera Our biggest flex isn't that we've lost over 300 pounds together. Our biggest flex is yeah, I mean we helped over 2000 men do the exact same thing, but even bigger than that is that we've been able to keep the weight off for over 10 years. 10 years after the motivation left. 10 years after I wasn't in a football team. 10 years after life got busy. So if you find yourself saying like oh man, I'd love to go out and lose weight. I want to go lose over 100 pounds. Well, just know that like once you get there you're going to have to keep the weight off. So like if your vision isn't big enough for the long term then don't even think about losing weight because it is not for you. That's why the odds are stacked against you. I mean it's a fractional percent of people who actually lose over 100 pounds and keep it off for 10 years. So if your vision isn't that big, if you're not actually trying to live the best life for the rest of your life then don't even do it.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-26 Views: 275 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1y4wJNrSpkI Runtime: 45 sec (181 words) The script, as delivered on camera And then diabetes, like he literally put it as like, he's like, "You're not a diabetic, but you're you crossed that line, bro." I was taking these pills that I was just like, "What the fuck?" I was like, I I was like I I never cuz I see friends and all stuff that they take pills and all that. And I guess some people have to take certain pills for certain things, but I was just like, "This is my doing." I did this [ __ ] Like, I shouldn't be [ __ ] having to take these [ __ ] pills. So, um and then diabetes, like he literally put it as like, he's like, "You're not a diabetic, but you're you crossed that line, bro. Like, you're already pre-diabetic. Your ass is like pretty much Keep Keep doing what you're doing the next 6 months, I might have to give you insulin." Like Like, that's how it was. And I'm just like, "What the fuck?" So, and that's when you guys came along. Literally like the month after
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-02-10 Views: 190 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lffdIutekqM Runtime: 15 sec (55 words) The script, as delivered on camera Your body doesn't [music] look like because you eat this. It's because you eat shitty food like this. Your portion sizes are bigger, the chips are worse, the [music] drinks are larger, and you try to crave your sweet tooth all in one meal. So stop questioning why you're not losing weight if you eat
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-13 Views: 175 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q1qyriAz0h0 Runtime: 21 sec (90 words) The script, as delivered on camera You're an absolute dumbass if you don't know what a calorie deficit is. Because that's the only way you're going to lose weight. But how many calories do I need to eat in order to lose weight? It's easy. Find your goal weight, then multiply it by 10. Okay, but how much protein? 1 g of protein per pound of gold body weight. And if you want a list of foods that we ate on our weight loss journey, comment recipe and we'll send it over to you for free.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-06 Views: 150 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tEB1oC60Gh0 Runtime: 54 sec (256 words) The script, as delivered on camera 10 things I used to do as a fat guy that I thought people were not aware of, but they are aware of it and they notice when you do it as well. Number one, readjusting the shirt off the side of my stomach because it would get caught in my rolls. I probably did this 100 times a day without even realizing it. Number two, going up a flight of stairs behind people because I didn't want them to hear me running out of breath when I got to the top. Number three, wearing compression shirts under my regular t-shirt because I didn't want it to seem like I had rolls. Number four, [snorts] breathing heavy when you're doing menial tasks like tying your shoes. Number five, suggesting sitting in the booth instead of a chair at a restaurant. Number six, standing in the back of group photos and not looking at the picture afterwards. Number seven, getting introduced to somebody new and watching their eyes do a full body scan before they shake your hand. Number eight, talking about my sporting days and watch people do the mental math and wondering how I let myself get this far. Number nine, being the loudest and funniest person in the room, commanding the most attention. I also took on the persona of being a funny teddy bear. Number 10, being uncomfortable sitting next to skinny people because I felt like I was taking up their space. I know you do this stuff, too, and people notice.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-17 Views: 149 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ol9jc-5Cyhg Runtime: 38 sec (157 words) The script, as delivered on camera You can eat Skittles in moderation. Yeah, I can, but you can't. The reason why I'm saying this is because I used to weigh over 330 lb and my ass couldn't eat this. [music] I had to get rid of candies, [ __ ] foods that were keeping me fat in the first place. Then, when you lose 140 lb, you can eat whatever you want. I remember [music] when I was fat as [ __ ] that I used to think eating peanut M&M's was a better option because they didn't just have regular M&M's [music] in it, but my brain was the size of a peanut for thinking this was good for you. Don't listen to anybody telling you that you should eat this in moderation. You have no sense of what moderation is right now. You need to do elimination. Eliminate this [ __ ] from your diet [music] and you will lose weight.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-03 Views: 141 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pLDyNLHNC2U Runtime: 13 sec (46 words) The script, as delivered on camera Time. Come here, [music] little kiddies, on my lap. Guess who's back with a brand new rap, and I don't mean rap as in a new case of child molestation accusations. No worries, Papa's got a brand new bag of toys. [music] What else we got?
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-15 Views: 124 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H9RyDkEcKZg Runtime: 26 sec (117 words) The script, as delivered on camera I don't really care about how much the weight is on the scale. I just want to feel good. Then just stay fat. The people that say that are always the ones who fail on their weight loss journey. Fuzzy targets never get hit. So, if you're not crystal clear on the number that you want, you won't be motivated to keep making progress. Instead of saying I don't really care about the numbers, just the feeling, pick a number that excites you and start working towards it. And if you want a crystal clear strategy to get there, comment weight loss on this video and we'll reach out to you to see if we can help.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-19 Views: 123 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NLy54zLArjA Runtime: 18 sec (57 words) The script, as delivered on camera How to lose 5 lb in 1 day and trust me, I was fatter than you, so I would know. Start your fast from 6:00 p.m. the night before till 2:00 p.m. the next day. Do 1 hour of cardio. Drink a gallon of water before your first meal. Thank me later and follow for more value.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-08-05 Views: 122 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GpIlDNADmNY Runtime: 25 sec (110 words) The script, as delivered on camera We lost 300 lb together, and this is exactly what you need to do to [music] lose 100 lb in the next 6 months. Number one, you need an accountability partner. There's no way I would have lost 160 lb without this guy right here. Number two, you need to get out of your own mind and understand that doing any exercise is a good exercise. Make a commitment that you only eat out one time per week. If you want the [music] full 100 lb blueprint to lose 100 lb in the next 6 months, just comment weight loss on this video and we'll send it right to you.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-17 Views: 115 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dwdPyOz6I7M Runtime: 15 sec (35 words) The script, as delivered on camera Surrounded by luxuries, both material and otherwise, my parents always gave me a good life. The old man in heaven must always guide me so that winds [of music] may come out in life .
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-06-09 Views: 103 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y_1jF5f15iw Runtime: 54 sec (250 words) The script, as delivered on camera If you genuinely want to lose 100 lb, you need to adopt a zero options mentality. It's either you lose weight and do it naturally or you stay fat forever. I used to weigh 350 lb. I believed that getting a surgery was impossible for me, and it was because I was too broke at the time. And on the other hand, peptides and Ozempic weren't even a thing back then. And because of that, I was confronted with the option to do it naturally or just give up. And I was not ready to live the rest of my life as a 350 lb fat person. And honestly, I couldn't because I would have died if I did. And to this day, I still have the same mindset. Me being healthy, having a six-pack, and having muscles can only come from one way. It's from eating healthy, exercising regularly, and staying consistent. I made a covenant across my heart that I could not put a foreign substance into my body, which forces me to choose only one option, and that's just doing the freaking work. The reason you still struggle with losing weight is because somewhere in your mind, you're still contemplating on whether you want to do it unnaturally or naturally. You believe there is an escape route you can take that helps you avoid doing the hard work. You're actually just okay with being fat and it doesn't bother you as much as you say it does.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-03-18 Views: 88 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kY3ouUK74TU Runtime: 26 sec (107 words) The script, as delivered on camera Do this if you need the scale to drop tonight. [music] I used to weigh 350 lb. This is exactly how I made the scale say what I wanted. [music] Stop eating at 3:00 p.m. No small snacks or liquid calories. If you cheat on this, you won't see the results you want. Move your body for 1 hour straight. I don't give a [ __ ] if it's basketball or swimming, but if you really want to see results, [music] do the elliptical machine. Get a good night's rest. 7 hours minimum for optimal results. Thank [music] us later and comment below the results you got.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-04-03 Views: 85 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Nuvy5ov5QWE Runtime: 59 sec (207 words) The script, as delivered on camera As a former big guy who was over 300 lb, there's only two ways you can handle this situation. Number one, you crawl back into your little safe shell and never be seen in public again. You never go on that airplane trip, going on a vacations. You don't go hang out with your friends because you're afraid of another situation like this happening again. You keep watching out for the next seat, the next staircase, afraid go and live your life because of a situation like this where you got saw 32 million times in less than 24 hours. Or number two, which is my [ __ ] favorite, you have your oh [ __ ] moment. The oh [ __ ] moment is when you realize I'm never being fat again. I cannot stand looking this way. even imagine that was me in the [ __ ] video having trouble going up a [ __ ] escalator. The thing is, if you're overweight, this hasn't happened to you yet, but it's on the way. Realize that you never want this to happen and start making changes now. Otherwise, you're going to go hide off in your little shell and never be seen by people again.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-05-20 Views: 70 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6zg4e6yer-A Runtime: 51 sec (179 words) The script, as delivered on camera Hey, my name's Jose and I've been with the Vision Twins since February 2025. I started with them at 414. I am now at 292. I've lost over 100 lb with these guys. Working with them has been great. I've been an athlete my whole life, but never really truly knew how to take care of myself. And thanks to these guys, I now have all the knowledge that I need and they continue to push me every day to continue my weight loss and then hit my goals. If you decide to work with these guys, not only are you getting two great trainers who truly care about you, but you are also getting put into a community of people who are going through what you are going through and will help push you and get you to the best results. So, if you're thinking about working with them, I would say get in contact with them now and start your goals cuz the only regret I have about working with these guys is not doing it sooner.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-05-29 Views: 64 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IeWri1Pdmmo Runtime: 1 min 16 sec (274 words) The script, as delivered on camera If you're a man over 300 lb and you start getting excited by the food menu items at the restaurant, you're not ready to lose weight. If you're a man over 300 lb and you are afraid of failing on your weight loss journey, you're not ready to lose weight. I'll break these two down. The first being is when you go out to a restaurant, all you're doing is you should be paying somebody else to make the food that you would make at home. For me, somebody who's lost 140 lb and kept it off for the past 10 years, I'm having the cook make me grilled chicken, rice, and broccoli, a loaded salad, something that's actually going to make me feel good after eating it, not feel like So, number one, don't get excited when you go to a restaurant. Get some normal food that you'd make at home. The second part is afraid of failing on your weight loss journey. For me and for my twin brother and for all of our clients who we've helped to lose weight is you have to have a zero options mentality. I'm never going to be 330 lb again. So, if you're afraid of failing on your weight loss journey, there's something in the back of your mind that's saying, "I will revert back to my old habits." You have to kill off that old mindset that's been keeping you stuck. That way you can step into the shoes of the man who you want to be, lose the weight, but most importantly, keep the weight off for the rest of your life.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-06-03 Views: 60 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y29AcSS-4Bs Runtime: 53 sec (203 words) The script, as delivered on camera When I'm in the process of losing fat, how do I make sure I am not losing muscle mass? That's actually a really great question and a lot of people have it misconstrued that they're not going to lose muscle mass when you lose weight, but like that's the case. Yeah, you lose the weight, but you also lose a little bit of muscle mass. But you can restrain that, you can minimize that by making sure you eat enough protein in the day. Now, you probably hear all the time like 1 g of protein per pound of body weight that you ideally want to weigh. So, for example, if you want to weigh 190 lb, you need to have 190 g of protein per day. If you want to weigh 230 lb, you need to have 230 g of protein per day. The only way you really can get fat and, you know, not see results is if you have too much carbs, too much fat. Things like chips, things like pizza, uh things like, you know, nacho cheese, just like that is not protein like chicken, beef, fish, steak, salmon, a lot of all these different things. That's the way.
Client: Vision Twins Format: Short form Published: 2026-05-29 Views: 60 Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GOG6fxZSTa8 Runtime: 56 sec (246 words) The script, as delivered on camera The most dangerous thing somebody can tell you as a man who weighs over 300 lb is that you don't look that bad. Because when somebody tells you that you don't look like a guy who weighs 300 lb, here's what they're actually imagining. They're imagining a guy who can't even get out of his own bed. They're imagining a guy who rolls around through Target on a scooter. They're imagining a guy who needs help when he takes a shower. And so when they're looking at you and they say, "You don't look that bad." They're not comparing you to a healthy guy. They're comparing you to somebody who would be on My 600-lb Life. And deep down you know it. You know when they say you don't look that bad you're thinking, "Yes, the [ __ ] I do." Because only you know the silent struggles that you actually go through. You know that you buy clothes that hide your stomach. Only you know about all the times when you're walking up a flight of stairs and you're completely gassed out. Only you know about all of the times when you're playing with your kids and you're realizing that you can't keep up with them. So, don't believe it when people tell you that you don't look that bad. Because the only reason they tell you that it doesn't look that bad is because it's not as bad as what it's about to be.